Absctrac Congreso NSCA

ABSTRACTS
BIOMECHANICAL ANALYSIS OF A FATIGUE

PROTOCOL USING A WEIGHTED SLED:
AFFECTS ON PERFORMANCE MEASURES
S. NEWELL,
1
N. FOX,
2
A. C. FRY,
3
N. MOODIE,
4
AND D. WASSOM
5
1
The University of Kansas, Lawrence, KS;
2
Dynamic Athletics
Research Institute, Overland Park, KS;
3
The University of
Kansas, Human Performance Laboratory, Lawrence, KS;
4
Rockhurst University; and
5
Dynamic Athletics
Purpose: To introduce a novel fatigue protocol using
a weighted sled and to evaluate biomechanical performance
changes. Methods: Four recreationally trained male subjects
(age 19 6 2 yr, mass 74.5 6 8.5 kg) and 1 female subject (age
27 yr, mass 61 kg) participated in a pilot fatigue protocol utiliz-
ing a weighted push sled. Subjects completed a resistance
exercise bout consisting of 8 all-out sprints pushing a sled for
40yds with 30lbs of external weight added. Sets were broken
up to allow for testing. The complete protocol is diagramed in
Table 1 below. A 3D Markerless motion capture system was
used to collect the biomechanical data. This technology was
utilized to decrease set up and testing time per athlete. During
the weighted sled sets, time was used to determine perfor-
mance. For the biomechanical testing, jump height, rate of force
development, and net joint torques were used to measure per-
formance. Results: Each weighted sled push showed a signif-
icant time reduction (p . 0.05) at every push when compared
to the rst. Average percent drop from rst through eighth was
(6%, 8%, 16%, 18%, 23%, 22%, 30%). Box Jump max height
achieved also showed a signicant reduction (p . 0.05) found
at every set of box jumps compared to the rst set. Average
percent drop from the rst set through the fourth set was (6%,
8%, 13%, 15%). Range of motion at the hips, knees, and
ankles at max loading during the box jumps did not signi-
cantly change (p . 0.05) with drops in performance. Average
percent change from the rst set through the forth was (Hips:
3%, 3%, 5%, 4%; Knees: 2%, 2%, 4%, 4%; Ankles: 1%, 2%,
2%, 2%). Max joint torques at the hips, knees, and ankles
during the box jumps changed signicantly (p . 0.05) with
drops in performance. When comparing joint torques from the
rst sets to just the fourth sets there is a 51% decrease at
the hips, 54% increase at the knees, and 51% increase at the
ankles. Rate of force development during the box jumps did
signicantly change (p . 0.05) with drops in performance.
When comparing pre testing box jumps to post testing box
jumps there was a 58% drop in rate of force development.
Conclusion: A weighted sled has the ability to drastically
induce fatigue. Rate of force development and net joint tor-
ques changed signicantly during the protocol. These results
suggest that as the hips fatigue other joints over compensate,
but do not provide the same performance. Further research
needs to be done to track more biomechanical markers as
well as combined acute physiological responses. Practical
Applications: Since the sled allows the athlete to go
through a normal range of motion it produces more natural
movement patterns thus transferring the performance
enhancement with less stress on the joints. With this study
we now have a better idea of progressive compensation tech-
niques with fatigue. This information could lead to more effec-
tive uses for the weighted sled in the future.
CHANGES IN MEDIAL GASTROCNEMIUS
MUSCLE-TENDON INTERACTION FOLLOWING
8 WEEKS OF RESISTANCE TRAINING
J. J. MCMAHON,
1
S. J. PEARSON,
1
AND
P. COMFORT
1
1
University of Salford, Manchester, UK
It is well documented that muscle and tendon adapts to
resistance training by increasing strength, size and stiffness.
The effect of such adaptations on subsequent muscle-tendon
interaction during functional performance, however, has not been
examined. Purpose: To determine the effects of loading on
medial gastrocnemius (MG) muscle-tendon interaction in order
to inform resistance training practice. Methods: Resistance
VOLUME 27 | NUMBER 10 | OCTOBER 2013 | S1
Copyright National Strength and Conditioning Association Unauthorized reproduction of this article is prohibited.
trained males (n = 11, 27.0 6 8.4 yrs, 180.8 6 5.8 cm, 86.3 6
10.2 kg) performed 3 single-leg hopping trials (each lasting 15
seconds) on an inclined sledge at 2.0, 2.5 and 3.0 Hz in a ran-
domized and balanced order. Three-dimensional motion analysis,
ultrasonography of MG and ground reaction forces were col-
lected. For each trial, 5 consecutive hops performed within
65% of the prescribed frequencies were analyzed. Sagittal
plane joint angles and joint moments were determined via a com-
bination of motion data, force data and inverse dynamics. Ankle
joint stiffness was calculated as the ratio of peak joint moment
(relative to body mass) to peak joint angular displacement. MG
muscle-tendon unit (MTU) length was determined as a function
of shank segment length and joint angle data. MG muscle length
was calculated as fascicle length multiplied by the cosine of the
pennation angle. MGtendon length was determined by subtract-
ing MG muscle length from MG MTU length. The elongation and
shortening phase for each component of the MTU was deter-
mined based on the peak MTU elongation during the ground
contact phase of each hop. One repetition maximum (1-RM) calf
raise was determined on a separate day. Participants performed
4 sets of 12 repetitions of the calf raise with 67% of 1-RM, twice
per week for 8 weeks before being retested. Dependent t-tests
were used to compare pre- and post-training data (p = 0.05).
Results: 1-RM calf raise signicantly increased from 82.0 6
16.4 kg to 93.5 6 23.0 kg (p # 0.05). There were no signicant
post-training changes in MG muscle-tendon interaction at
2.0 Hz; in contrast there was a signicant decrease in MG muscle
elongation (Figure 1) at both 2.5 Hz (20.6 6 20.2 mm vs. 21.4
620.2 mm, p #0.05) and 3.0 Hz (21.3 620.4 mmvs. 22.4 6
20.6 mm, p # 0.05). Equally, there was a signicant (p # 0.05)
increase in MG tendon elongation
at 2.5 Hz (15.1 6 1.7 mm vs.
18.2 6 3.9 mm) and 3.0 Hz
(11.0 6 1.9 mm vs. 13.7 6 3.0
mm). This was accompanied by
a signicant (p # 0.05) increase
MG MTU elongation at both fre-
quencies (2.5 Hz: 14.6 6 2.0
mm vs. 16.9 6 4.1 mm; 3.0 Hz:
9.8 6 2.1 mm vs. 11.4 6 3.1
mm), leading to a signicant
decrease in ankle joint stiffness
at both 2.5 Hz (0.29 6 0.05
Nm$kg
21
$deg
21
vs. 0.25 6
0.04 Nm$kg
21
$deg
21
, p ,
0.01) and 3.0 Hz (0.40 6
0.07 Nm$kg
21
$deg
21
vs. 0.36
6 0.08 Nm$kg
21
$deg
21
, p #
0.05). There were no signicant
changes in MG muscle, tendon
or MTU shortening at any fre-
quency. Conclusions: Despite post-training increases in
muscle strength, ankle joint stiffness decreased when hop-
ping at 2.5 and 3.0 Hz due to an increase in MG tendon
elongation. Practical Applications: Short-term resistance
training leads to a disproportionate increase in muscle
strength in comparison to tendon stiffness, resulting in
a greater reliance on the series-elastic component during
stretch-shortening cycle movements performed at higher
velocities. Acknowledgments: This study was funded by
the NSCA Foundation.
EFFECTS OF FATIGUE FROM RESISTANCE
TRAINING ON BARBELL BACK
SQUAT BIOMECHANICS
D. HOOPER,
1
T. SZIVAK,
1
B. COMSTOCK,
1
C. DUNN-LEWIS,
1
J. APICELLA,
1
D. LOONEY,
1
S. FLANAGAN,
1
B. CREIGHTON,
1
H. LUK,
1
AND
W. J. KRAEMER
1
1
University of Connecticut, Storrs, CT
*Award Winner-Doctoral Student Outstanding Podium
Presentation*
Purpose: Exhaustive resistance training programs that have
been previously referred to as extreme conditioning protocols
have increased in popularity in military and civilian populations in
recent years. However, these programs have also been associ-
ated with increases in injury. As both cardiovascular and local
muscular fatigue have been shown to result in reduced
Abstracts
S2 Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research
the TM
proprioception, the combination of both stimuli in these
extreme conditioning protocols could be a concern. Further,
when these programs are performed with higher loads as well
as with complex movements, the possibility of performing
such lifts with poor technique could certainly result in injury.
Therefore, the purpose of this study is to assess the altera-
tions in movement patterns that result from extreme condi-
tioning protocols and to evaluate if these changes are
the mechanism of increased injury rates in such programs.
Methods: 12 men (age 24 6 4.2 years, height 173.1 6
3.6 cm, weight 76.9 6 7.8 kg, body fat percentage 9.0 6
2.2) and 13 women (age 24.5 6 3.8 years, height
166.9 6 8.5 cm, weight 66.1 6 9.2 kg, body fat percentage
18.6 6 4.0) with at least 6 months of resistance training
experience performed a resistance training workout. The
resistance training protocol was designed to create as much
fatigue as possible in order to study a near worst case sce-
nario for extreme conditioning protocols. 75% 1RM load
was used for each of the 3 lifts; back squat, bench press
and deadlift. Subjects began with 10 repetitions of each lift
and then reduced the number consecutively by 1 until they
reached only 1 repetition. Subjects were instructed to per-
form all of the repetitions as quickly as possible. If the pre-
scribed repetitions for a set were not able to be performed in
1 single set (i.e. rest was taken mid-set), the following set
was performed at 5% RM less (i.e. 70%). The subjects were
instructed to perform the routine with as little load reduction
as possible. In order to analyze the impact that fatigue has on
movement patterns, a 2-dimensional analysis of the barbell
back squat was performed using Dartsh (Fribourg, Switzer-
land). Plasma lactate was measured as an indicator of fatigue
via blood drawn from an indwelling catheter immediately
before and after the workout. Results: Over the course of
the workout knee angle signicantly (p # 0.05) changed for
both men (early 97.4 6 6.8 vs. late 90.4 6 5.6) and women
(early 103.9 6 8.1 vs. late 91.7 6 10.0). Also, hip angle
signicantly (p # 0.05) changed for both men (early 86.7 6
15.9 vs. late 116.8 6 72.8) and women (early 87.6 6 9.1 vs.
late 101.5 6 8.6). Mean blood lactate for men before the
protocol (Pre) was 1.48 6 0.30 mmol$L
21
and immediately
following the workout (IP) was 14.21 6 2.19 mmol$L
21
.
Mean (Pre) blood lactate for women was 1.44 6
0.42 mmol$L
21
and (IP) was 10.06 6 2.50 mmol$L
21
.
Conclusions: These changes serve as a potential avenue
to explain the increased injuries seen in extreme conditioning
protocols. A potential cause for said increased injury risk
could be that exercises are being performed with changes
in technique, as fatigue has been associated with reductions
in proprioception. This study showed that alterations in tech-
nique do occur in extreme conditioning protocols but a long
term study would be required to see if these changes are
contributing to increased injury. Ultimately, this study has
documented the changes that occur in an exhaustive resis-
tance training program that represents a near worst case
scenario. Practical Applications: If movement patterns
change during a resistance exercise, particularly under heavy
loads, it seems in the interest of athlete safety that this work-
out design is performed with less technical exercises (such as
resistance machine exercises) to keep potential injury risk at
a minimum while still seeing the positive adaptations associ-
ated with such program design.
MONITORING NEUROMUSCULAR FATIGUE AND
RECOVERY IN SEMI-PROFESSIONAL RUGBY
UNION PLAYERS
N. GILL,
1
D. MCMASTER,
2
D. SMART,
3
J. CRONIN,
4
AND M. MCGUIGAN
5
1
All Blacks - New Zealand Rugby Union;
2
Sports Performance
Research Institute New Zealand;
3
Hight Performance Sport
New Zealand;
4
Sports Performance Research Institute New
ZealandAUT University; and
5
AUT University
Purpose: In elite rugby, the rigors and demands of a match and
competition can have acute and accumulative effects on neuro-
muscular performance; various monitoring methods can be uti-
lized to detect system fatigue and recovery. Vertical jump peak
power is commonly used track and quantify neuromuscular
fatigue and recovery following rugby matches. Few studies have
fully assessed the accumulative effects of a rugby competition on
vertical jump performance; furthermore no prior research has
monitored the changes in the peak power derivatives (i.e. force
at peak power and velocity at peak power) and their contribution
to fatigue and recovery. The aim of the current study was to track
the time course changes in vertical jump peak power, force at
peak power and velocity at peak power to monitor the amount of
acute and chronic neuromuscular fatigue and the weekly recovery
rates in semi-professional rugby union players throughout a com-
petitive season. Methods: Vertical jump performance of 18 semi-
professional rugby union players (age = 23.9 6 2.9 yrs; height =
184.4 6 7.2 cm; body mass = 103.1 6 12.4 kg) was monitored
at regular time points between games (pre [58 6 2 hr] and post
[41 6 10 hr]) across a 9 week period. Two body mass counter-
movement jumps (CMJ) and a portable force plate were used to
measure peak power, velocity at peak power and force at peak
power. Results: There were small decreases in post-game peak
power (22.3%) and velocity at peak power (22.7%) in compar-
ison to baseline values; while differences between baseline and
Journal of Strength and Conditioning Research
the TM
| www.nsca.com
pre-game were trivial (,1.0%). Small increases in CMJ peak
power and velocity at peak power (2.93.7%) from post-game
to pre-game were observed; whereas the pre- vs. post- game
force at peak power changes were trivial (20.5%; ES = 0.08).
There were small increases in peak power (2.4 6 2.6%) and
velocity at peak power (5.9 6 4.1%) and small decreases in
CMJ force at peak power (23.7%; 64.0%) fromthe rst 2 weeks
of competition to the last 2 weeks. Large and very large correla-
tions were observed between velocity at peak power (r = 0.62),
peak power (r = 0.72) and the number of hours post-match jump
testing took place. There were also moderate correlations (r =
0.470.52) between enhanced pre-game CMJ performance and
match outcome (expressed as a positive or negative value based
on score differential). Conclusion: The results suggest that uc-
tuations in peak power were most-likely due to decreases and
increases in velocity and not force, therefore velocity produced
at peak power appears to be the limiting factor for assessing peak
power decay and recovery rates. Neuromuscular performance
(peak power) may be diminished for up to 110 hour post match
from a neuromuscular fatigued state. Practical Applications:
The rate/amount of post-game fatigue (i.e. decrease in peak
power and velocity at peak power) in proportion to the week prior
and baseline may be used to guide daily and weekly training loads
throughout the season. Peak power output can be maintained and
under the right training stimulus even improved throughout a com-
petitive season. Acknowledgments: The investigators would like
to thank the North Harbour Rugby Union staff and players for their
support of and cooperation on this project.
POWER-LOAD AND VELOCITY-LOAD CURVES:
A COMPARISON OF TWO WEIGHT ROOM
TESTING MODALITIES
M. T. LANE,
1
A. C. FRY,
1
J. WEIR,
2
T. J. HERDA,
3
M. ANDRE,
2
A. HUDY,
2
G. CAIN,
2
AND
L. BRADFORD
2
1
The University of Kansas, Human Performance Laboratory,
Lawrence, KS;
2
University of Kansas; and
3
University of
Kansas / Biomechanics Laboratory, Lawrence, KS
Many strength and conditioning professionals prescribe resis-
tance training based in part on power and velocity characteristics
of the individual. Currently several testing modalities are available
for use in the training facility. Purpose: To compare tether-based
and 3-D camera-based external dynamometers for determining
power-load and velocity-load curves for the barbell speed
squat exercise. Methods: Twenty resistance-trained collegiate
student-athletes participated in this study (8 female 12 male).
Each athlete performed 1 set of 3 repetitions at loads of 30,
40, 50, 60, 70, 80, and 90% of their 1 repetition maximum
(1 RM) for the barbell parallel speed squat exercise. Each repe-
tition was recorded with both a Weightlifting Analyzer Tendo
device (Fitrodyne; Bratislava, Slovakia) and an EliteForm Power-
Tracker system (EliteForm; Lincoln, Nebraska). The Tendo dyna-
mometer uses a nylon tether attached to the barbell, while the
EliteForm PowerTracker uses 3-D video cameras to record bar-
bell movement. The repetition with the highest mean power for
each set was used for data analyses. Using mean power data
and 2 polynomial regressions, a power-load curve was calculated
for each subject. From these curves, maximum power and barbell
load at maximum power were determined. Using mean velocity
data and linear regressions, a velocity-load curve was also deter-
mined for each subject. Comparisons of data from both dyna-
mometers used paired t-tests (a , 0.05) corrected using the
Holm-Bonferonni method. Where appropriate, Cohens D effect
sizes were calculated. Results: Estimated maximum power was
signicantly different between the 2 dynamometers (Tendo =
676.0 6 213.4 W, EliteForm = 654.1 6 204.2), but the effect
size was extremely small (D = 0.09). Barbell loads at estimated
maximum power were similar (Tendo = 83.0 6 20.8 kg,
EliteForm = 84.3 6 22.0 kg). No signicant differences were
reported for any curve variables for either the power-load (rst,
second or third polynomial coefcients) or the velocity-load curves
(slope, intercept). Excellent data t for all regressions was evident
from the r
2
values (power-load, Tendo = 0.95, EliteForm = 0.85;
velocity-load, Tendo = 0.93, EliteForm = 0.95). Conclusion: Pre-
vious research has examined whether external dynamometers
such as used in the present study provide valid data for barbell
exercises. These data demonstrate the comparability of either
testing modality for determining more complex measures that
are useful for the strength and conditioning professional or coach.
Results from the use of 3-D camera technology for these types of
measures results in similar power and velocity values to those
derived from tether-based technology. Practical Applications:
Use of the Tendo or the EliteForm external dynamometers will
result in comparable power-load and velocity-load curves resis-
tance-trained college-aged student-athletes. Acknowledgment:
This study was supported in part by Nebraska Global LLC.
RELIABILITY OF A YOUTH BASEBALL AND TEE
BALL HITTING SCALE
A. WALSH,
1
G. G. HAFF,
1
AND S. NIMPHIUS
2
1
Edith Cowan University; and
2
Centre for Exercise and Sport
Science, Edith Cowan University, Joondalup, Australia
Extended age for exit from tee ball to baseball in Australia has led
to issues in the development of key baseball skills. In particular,
Abstracts
the TM
the development of poor hitting mechanics seems to be more
prevalent as a result of this slow transition. To allow for
assessment and critique of hitting motor competence a hitting
scale was developed using experienced coaches in conjunction
with current motor competence scales for striking skills. The scale
was comprised of 6 criterion sections addressing the hands,
hips, shoulders, coordination of movement and follow through.
Purpose: To assess inter and intra rater reliability of a hitting
competency scale in youth tee ball and baseball players.
Methods: Ten male participants (age: 11.1 6 2.02 years) with
at least 1 year of prior tee ball or baseball experience attended
3 testing sessions. After a baseball specic warm-up, each par-
ticipant hit 5 balls off a tee followed by 5 balls fromsoft toss with
the instruction to hit the ball up the middle. Each swing was
recorded using 2 cameras. The rear and side on view video were
synced and 2 coaches used the hitting scale to assess each
swing. Intraclass correlation coefcient and coefcient of variation
with 90% condence intervals (90%CI) were calculated for inter
and intra rater reliability. Results: Inter rater reliability was high
(ICC = 0.98; 90%CI: 0.940.99) with low coefcient of variation
(CV = 3.5%, CI: 2.94.4%) for the tee and soft toss (ICC= 0.99;
90%CI: 0.971.00)(CV = 2.5%; 90%CI: 2.13.1%). Further,
intra tester reliability was also high for both tee (ICC = 0.98;
90%CI: 0.950.99)(CV = 6.6%; 90%CI: 5.68.3%) and soft
toss (ICC = 0.99; 90%CI: 0.981.00)(CV = 4.5%; 90%CI:
3.75.6%). Conclusion: The results demonstrate the hitting
scale used in this study is reliable between sessions and between
assessors (or coaches). Further, the use of either a tee or soft toss
to assess hitting competency using this scale is similarly reliable.
Practical Applications: The high reliability between the ses-
sions and drills demonstrate that the scale is reliable for grading
youth baseball swings. The ability to assess this fundamental skill
with a reliable scale allows coaches to identify areas to improve in
the swing and determine progress of swing mechanics.
THE EFFECT OF TRAINING STATUS AND
FATIGUE ON MUSCLE LENGTH CHANGE
DURING JUMPING
J. PAUL,
1
J. ALLEY,
1
C. GOODMAN,
2
L. VASQUEZ,
1
C. JOHN,
3
T. TRIPLETT,
3
T. ERICKSON,
4
AND
J. MCBRIDE
2
1
Appalachian State Univeristy;
2
Appalachian State
University/Neuromuscular & Biomechanics Laboratory,
Department of Health, Leisure & Exercise Science, Boone,
NC;
3
Appalachian State University; and
4
Appalachain State
The purpose of this investigation was to utilize a novel
technique involving the insertion of a Fiber Bragg Grading
sensor through the patellar tendon to determine changes in
tendon length in a single trained and untrained jumper.
Muscle-tendon unit (MTU) force output and length change
during stretch -shortening cycle (SSC) activities has been
investigated but the exact mechanism for optimal function is
still unclear. It has been speculated that MTU function
differs between trained and untrained individuals, thus
effecting concentric performance. Fatigue has also been
speculated to decrease concentric performance due to an
alteration in MTU function. Purpose: The purpose of this
investigation was to determine the effect of training status
on muscle, tendon, and muscle tendon unit length change
during jumping. Methods: One trained jumper (height = 71
in, weight = 82.5 kg, vertical jump 29.5 in, age = 22 yrs)
and 1 untrained individual (height = 71.2, weight 74.8 kg,
vertical jump 25.5 in, age 19 yrs) were recruited. They both
reported to the laboratory 1 time for 3 hours. An optic ber
was inserted through the patellar tendon and used to deter-
mine tendon tension. An ultrasound probe was attached to
the vastus lateralis and used determine muscle length. Each
subject was asked to perform a total of 12 individual
counter movement jumps (CMJ), 12 individual static jumps
(SJ), 20 sequential CMJ, and 20 sequential SJ. Individual SJ
and CMJ were performed before and after the sequential
jumps to determine changes in MTU function due to fatigue.
Results: The trained individual had a 11% increase in force
production, a 26% decrease in patellar tendon length,
a 42% increase in muscle ber length, and a 5.7% increase
in jump height. These results demonstrate the changing
function of the MTU during fatigue. The trained individual
had a 4% decrease in force production, a 92% decrease in
patellar tendon length, a 52% decrease in muscle length,
and 1.2% decrease in jump height. The large decrease in
patellar tendon length, and decrease in muscle length can
be explained by the shallow depth of the counter movement
jump while fatigued. The ratio of muscle length change to
tendon length change in the untrained individual was
greater than the ratio of muscle length change to tendon
length change in the trained individual. This indicates
that a trained individual is better able to maintain muscle
length during jumping. Conclusion: Fatigue impacts MTU
function by decreasing the muscles ability to maintain
length. Increasing change in muscle length and decreasing
change in tendon length decreases concentric perfor-
mance. Practical Applications: Jump training may inu-
ence performance by varying the function of the MTU thus
future research should focus on longitudinal study of these
variables. Acknowledgments: NSCA senior investigator
award.
the TM
| www.nsca.com
THE RELATIONSHIPS AMONG THE SLOPES OF
THE MECHANOMYOGRAPHIC
AMPLITUDE-FORCE PATTERNS OF RESPONSE
AND THE FATIGUE INDEX FOR THE
LEG EXTENSORS
M. COOPER,
1
AND T. J. HERDA
2
1
University of Kansas; and
2
University of Kansas/
Biomechanics Laboratory, Lawrence, KS
Purpose: The purpose of this study was to examine the slopes
from the mechanomyographic amplitude (MMG
RMS
) vs. force
relationships for the vastus lateralis (VL) and rectus femoris
(RF) and correlations between the slopes from these relation-
ships and the fatigue index from 50 maximal concentric isoki-
netic muscle actions of the leg extensors. Methods: Forty
healthy subjects (females, n = 23; age, 20.5 6 1.7 years;
height, 1.69 6 0.06 m; weight, 67.3 6 8.9 kg; males, n =
17; age, 21.2 6 3.0 years; height, 1.80 6 .08 m; weight,
81.9 6 13.6 kg) volunteered to perform isometric ramp con-
tractions of the leg extensors from 10% to 85% of their max-
imal voluntary contraction (MVC). MMG (m$s
22
) signals were
recorded from the VL and RF muscles. Simple linear regression
models were t to the natural log-transformed MMG
RMS
vs.
force relationships. The slope (b term) was calculated for each
relationship. Subjects also performed 50 repeated maximal
concentric isokinetic muscle actions at 1808/s. The individuals
fatigue index was calculated as [(Initial Peak TorqueFinal
Peak Torque)/Initial Peak Torque]*100. Pearsons product
moment correlations (r) were calculated among the fatigue
indexes, MMG RF b terms, and MMG VL b terms. Multiple
regression was also performed to determine if the b terms from
the MMG VL and RF could be used to predict the fatigue index.
The alpha level was set at # 0.05. Results: The b terms from
the MMG
RMS
vs. force relationships for the VL (r = 0.417) and
RF (r = 0.386) were both signicantly correlated (p = 0.01,
p = 0.05) to the fatigue index, however, the correlations
would be considered small. In addition the b terms from the
VL and RF were correlated (p = 0.01) with each other (r =
0.688). Multiple linear regression indicated that the b terms
from the VL and RF only accounted for 19% of the variance in
the fatigue index. Conclusions: Previous research has dem-
onstrated that the fatigue index is related to muscle ber type
composition and the b terms have also been reported to be
inuenced by muscle ber type composition. The higher
b terms indicate a later onset of rate coding as a primary
mechanism of increasing force, which has indicated that the
muscle has a larger percentage of type II ber. We would
therefore expect higher b terms to be correlated with higher
fatigue indexes due to the high fatiguability of type II ber.
Although there were signicant relationships between the
fatigue index and slopes from the MMG
RMS
vs. force relation-
ships for the VL and RF in the present study, the correlations
would be considered small. In addition, the slopes from these
relationships only accounted for 19% of the total variance in
the fatigue index. Practical Applications: The log-trans-
formed MMG
RMS
model was unable to account for a large
enough percentage of the variance in the fatigue index to
be considered an acceptable method for the prediction of
leg extensor fatigability.
THE ACUTE HORMONAL RESPONSE TO THE
KETTLEBELL SWING EXERCISE
R. G. BUDNAR,
1
J. L. VINGREN,
1
B. K. MCFARLIN,
1
A. A. DUPLANTY,
1
A. FERNANDEZ,
1
M. E. ANDERSON,
1
AND
D. W. HILL
1
1
University of North Texas, Denton, TX
Introduction: Kettlebell exercises such as the kettlebell
swing have recently been popularized in the strength and
conditioning community and have been shown to improve
strength, power, and maximal aerobic power. The acute hor-
monal response moderates physiological adaptations to exer-
cise and is affected by acute program variables such as
exercise selection. The appearance of an acute hormonal
increase in response to exercise and the magnitude of the
response are affected by the amount of muscle mass
involved. The kettlebell swing involves a large muscle mass
(legs, hips, shoulder, back) and thus might induce a large
acute hormonal response. However, no previous studies have
evaluated the acute hormonal response to the kettlebell
swing exercise. Purpose: The purpose of this investigation
is to examine the acute hormonal response to a bout of kettle-
bell swing exercise. Methods: Ten healthy men (1930 y,
23.6 6 3.5 y, 174.6 6 5.7 cm, 78.7 6 9.9 kg) who were
engaged in resistance training at least twice per week
but were inexperienced with kettlebell swings participated
in this study. Participants were familiarized with the kettlebell
swing exercise during an initial visit. During the subsequent
experimental protocol visit, participants performed 12 rounds
of 30 seconds of 16-kg kettlebell swings alternated with
30 seconds of rest. Heart rate (HR) and rating of perceived
exertion (RPE) were measured at the end of every round of
swings. Fasted blood samples were collected pre-exercise
(PRE), immediately post (IP), 15 minutes post (P15), and
30 minutes post exercise (P30) and analyzed for total
Abstracts
the TM
testosterone (TT), growth hormone (GH), cortisol, and lactate
concentrations. Results: Participants completed a total of
227 6 23 swings (average swings per round: 19 6 2). HR
and RPE increased signicantly (p # 0.05) throughout the
exercise protocol. Lactate concentration was signicantly
increased at all post exercise time points compared to
PRE. TT was signicantly increased at IP compared to
PRE. GH was signicantly increased at IP, P15, and P30
compared to PRE. Cortisol was signicantly increased at IP
and P15 compared to PRE. Conclusion: 12 rounds of 30
seconds of kettlebell swing exercise induced an acute increase
in TT, GH, and cortisol concentrations in resistance trained men.
Practical Applications: A relatively short duration of exercise
(total of 6 minutes of exercise in a 12-minute session) produced
an acute increase in hormones involved in muscle recovery and
adaptations. Additionally, this exercise protocol induced a large
increase in HR and lactate concentration. Thus, the kettlebell
swing exercise might provide an effective method for simulta-
neous endurance and resistance training.
ACUTE HORMONAL RESPONSES TO
SUPER-SLOW OR TRADITIONAL RESISTANCE
EXERCISE IN MEN A PILOT STUDY
P. R. DIETZ,
1
A. C. FRY,
1
M. J. ANDRE,
1
Z. GRAHAM,
2
AND M. T. LANE
1
1
Lawrence, KS;
2
University of Kansas
Various methods of resistance training have gained in popu-
larity such as super-slow resistance exercise (i.e., 10 s
concentric and eccentric phases) where movement velocity
is purposely slow. Because of the slow movement, there are
limitations to the loads that can be lifted (e.g., ,50% 1 RM).
Purpose: The purpose of this project was to determine the
acute hormonal responses to traditional and super-slow
resistance exercise protocols in healthy college age men.
Methods: Three healthy resistance-trained men served as
subjects (X 6 SD; age = 24.7 6 3.8 yrs, Height = 1.79 6
0.03 m, BW = 96.5 6 8.4 kg, 1 RM squat = 197.7 6 6.4 kg,
1 RM bench press = 140.3 6 15.0 kg). Each subject per-
formed 3 testing sessions in random-order; 1 control session
where no exercise was performed, and 2 different free weight
resistance exercise sessions, a traditional protocol and
a super-slow training protocol. The traditional protocol con-
sisted of 3 3 10 at 70% 1 RM loads for the parallel squat
and the bench press exercises. Inter-set rest intervals were
1 minute, with 2 minute between exercises. The super slow
training protocol consisted of 1 3 10 at 28% 1 RM loads for
the parallel squat and bench press exercises. Inter-set rest
intervals were 1 min, with 2 min between exercises. Serum
samples collected from a supercial antecubital vein 15 min
pre exercise (Pre) and 5 min post exercise (Post) were ana-
lyzed for total testosterone, cortisol, and immunoreactive
growth hormone (IR GH; 22 kDa). Lactate (HLa) was sampled
via nger-stick at the same times. Serum samples were col-
lected at identical times during the control session. All testing
was performed between 1630 and 1900 hrs, with times
held constant for each subject to minimize diurnal variations.
ELISAs were used to determine circulating concentrations for
each hormone. Results: The table below lists the hormonal
responses (X 6 SD) for each exercise protocol. * indicates .
2 SD different from pre value; indicates . 2 SD different from
control value. The acute responses for growth hormone, corti-
sol, and lactate increased for both protocols; whereas only the
traditional protocol increased testosterone. All sessions were
completed in 911 minute. Volume-loads (reps 3 wgt.) were
6840.2 6 625.2 kg for the traditional session and 895.5 6
91.7 kg for the super-slow session. Conclusions: Contrary to
some claims in the lay literature, the super-slow session did not
the TM
| www.nsca.com
produce greater hormonal or lactate responses than the tradi-
tional resistance exercise session. Additionally, the super-slow
session took approximately the same amount of time to com-
plete. Due to the small sample size and the exploratory nature of
these data, additional study is warranted to more closely com-
pare endocrine responses to these 2 resistance exercise pro-
tocols. Practical Applications: Individuals who want to
achieve large acute hormonal increases while training for strength
can use a traditional protocol with heavy loads (e.g., 3 3 10 at
70% 1 RM) and short rest intervals (1 min inter-set rest).
THE EFFECT OF DIFFERENT FREQUENCIES OF
WHOLE BODY VIBRATION ON SALIVARY
TESTOSTERONE AND CORTISOL LEVELS IN
COLLEGE AGED MALES
B. PARKER,
1
R. WOOD,
2
T. MATTHEWS,
2
AND
V. PAOLONE
2
1
University of Rhode Island, Kingston, RI; and
2
Springeld
College, Springeld, MA
Purpose: Hormone levels have been shown to be an important
factor in development of strength, power, and athletic perfor-
mance. The use of WBV has been shown to increase testoster-
one levels and decrease cortisol levels thereby placing the body
in a primarily anabolic state. The purpose of the current study
was to examine the hormonal effects of different frequencies of
Whole Body Vibration (WBV) as measured via salivary testoster-
one and salivary cortisol levels. Method: Eleven physically active
male subjects (20.18 6 1.25 yrs; 84.23 6 18.73 kg) completed
the protocol. All subjects completed 1 accommodation session,
during which the subjects stood on the vibration platform with no
stimulus (0 Hz) for 10 1-min bouts with 1-min of rest between
each bout for a total of 19 min on the platform. Unstimulated
saliva samples were collected in 1.5 ml aliquots prior to standing
on the platform followed by samples at 0-minute Post, 15-minute
Post, and 30-minute Post. Subjects underwent 3 additional ses-
sions at a randomly selected frequency (30 Hz, 40 Hz, or 50 Hz).
Collection of saliva was identical for all subjects at all sessions. A
total of two 4 3 4 repeated measures factorial analysis of vari-
ance (ANOVA) was utilized to examine the differences or inter-
actions that existed for the following dependent variables:
salivary testosterone and salivary cortisol. Results: Mean salivary
testosterone level at 50 Hz (160.81 6 4.26 pg$ml
21
) was sig-
nicantly (p # 0.05) lower than mean testosterone at 0 Hz
(190.12 6 10.43 pg$ml
21
). Mean salivary cortisol level at
15-minute Post WBV (0.37 6 0.06 ug$dl
21
) and 30-minute
Post WBV (0.31 6 0.05 ug$dl
21
) was signicantly (p # 0.05)
lower than mean cortisol at baseline (0.45 6 0.06 ug$dl
21
).
Conclusions: In the current investigation, it was hypothesized
that at a higher frequency of WBV, motor unit recruitment would
increase as it would with a progressive overload. This would
result in the recruitment of a greater number of muscle bers,
which would enable greater hormone-tissue interaction, a precur-
sor to anabolism. Furthermore, it was hypothesized that as fre-
quency of WBV increased, thereby increasing the gravitational
load, both testosterone and cortisol would increase based on the
increased recruitment of muscle bers. Perhaps the stimulus of
WBV in the current investigation was not sufcient enough to
elicit the hormonal response one would expect with greater train-
ing volume. Because salivary cortisol levels decreased in the
current investigation, the hormonal response to the WBV failed
to produce a general stress response as well as a response
commonly seen in exercise. In addition, the decrease in salivary
testosterone levels indicated that the stimulus provided by
WBV in the current study was not sufcient enough to produce
increases in testosterone as would normally occur following
a bout of resistance training. Practical Applications: Vibration
training is relatively new and, therefore, guidelines for WBV exer-
cises and protocols have yet to be standardized. Further research
needs to be conducted to determine the most effective protocols
for this form of training and in the specic arena of athletic per-
formance toward which the technology is being targeted.
EFFECTS OF HIGHER AND LOWER RESISTANCE
EXERCISE VOLUME ON SERUM TESOSTERONE
AND SKELETAL MUSCLE ANDROGEN
RECEPTOR, MYOSTATIN, AND MGF
MRNA EXPRESSION
M. SPILLANE,
1
N. SCHWARZ,
1
AND D. WILLOUGHBY
1
1
Baylor University, Waco, TX
Testosterone (TEST) has shown the ability to augment
muscle protein synthesis through a variety of biochemical
and molecular interactions. Higher and lower volumes of
resistance exercise have been demonstrated to differentially
elevate endogenous levels of TEST. As a result, the ability of
acute resistance exercise with higher (HV) and lower volumes
(LV) to alter key regulators of skeletal muscle mass [androgen
receptor (AR), myostatin, and mechano growth factor (MGF)]
needs to be elucidated. Purpose: To examine the effect
resistance exercise with either HV or LV on serum TEST lev-
els as well as the subsequent effects on skeletal muscle AR,
myostatin, and MGF mRNA expression. Methods: Nine resis-
tance-trained (a minimumof 3 exercise sessions/wk for 1 year)
men (1825 yrs) performed 2 separate resistance exercise
bouts. One bout consisted of a LV routine [lower-body only
Abstracts
the TM
(5 sets of 5 reps, 9095% 1-RM)] of bilateral knee exten-
sions, whereas the second bout consisted of a HV routine
[upper-body (4 sets of 10 reps, 8085% 1-RM) of bench
press, seated row, and overhead shoulder press as well as
lower-body with bilateral knee extensions (5 sets of 5 reps,
9095% 1-RM)]. Exercise sessions were held 1 week apart in
a randomized cross-over design. Serum free and total TEST
were measured immediately prior to and after exercise, and at
.5 hour, 1 hour, 2 hour, 3 hour and 24 hour after exercise.
Muscle biopsies were performed immediately prior and after,
3 hour, and 24 hour after exercise. Separate (2 34) & (2 37)
[Session 3 TEST] ANOVA with repeated measures were
performed with signicant between-group differences deter-
mined by Tukeys post Hoc TEST. Results: No signicant
main effects for time or group (p . 0.05) were observed for
total and free TEST indicating no changes in response to
resistance exercise or between LV and HV. However, a trend
was observed (p = 0.066) for an increase in free TEST with
HV. In addition, no signicant main effects for time or group (p
.0.05) were observed for skeletal muscle AR, myostatin, and
MGF mRNA expression. Conclusions: Even though previous
research has shown serum TEST to be greater for HV resis-
tance exercise, these studies typically used untrained partic-
ipants. The results presented herein are contradictory, perhaps
due to using resistance-trained participants, and suggest that
resistance exercise volume does not affect serum TEST which
may have a subsequent effect of the skeletal muscle expression
of the AR, myostatin, and MGF genes. Practical Applications:
Acute HV (upper and lower-body resistance exercise) in resis-
tance-trained individuals may not result in the greater TEST
response typically seen with untrained individuals. This suggests
that training may involve other biochemical and molecular signal-
ing mechanisms which regulate muscle protein synthesis and
contributes to increases in muscle hypertrophy and strength.
COMBAT-INDUCED POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS
DISORDER RESULTS IN BLUNTED ACUTE
ENDOCRINE RESPONSES TO HEAVY
RESISTANCE EXERCISE A CASE STUDY
D. R. WILSON,
1
A. C. FRY,
1
M. J. ANDRE,
1
Z. A. GRAHAM,
1
P. R. DIETZ,
1
AND M. T. LANE
1
1
Lawrence, KS
Individuals clinically diagnosed with post-traumatic stress
disorder (PTSD) reportedly exhibit a blunted endocrine
response to stress due to adrenal fatigue and disruption
of central regulatory mechanisms. Purpose: The purpose of
this project was to determine the acute hormonal responses to
a heavy resistance exercise session for a male individual clinically
diagnosed with PTSD. Methods: A combat-experienced U.S.
Army Special Operations veteran previously diagnosed with
PTSD served as the case study subject (age = 29 yrs, Height =
1.80 m, BW = 111.1 kg, 1 RM squat = 130 kg, 1 RM bench
press = 109 kg). Three healthy resistance-trained men served as
comparison subjects (X 6 SD; age = 24.7 6 3.8 yrs, Hgt =
1.79 6 0.03 m, BW = 96.5 6 8.4 kg, 1 RM squat = 197.7 6
6.4 kg, 1 RM bench press = 140.3 6 15.0 kg). Each subject
performed 2 test sessions in random-order, one a control ses-
sion where no exercise was performed, and one a free weight
resistance exercise session. Resistance exercise consisted of 3 3
10 at 70% 1 RM loads for the parallel squat and the bench press
exercises. Inter-set rest intervals were 1 minute, with 2 minute
between exercises. Serum samples collected from a supercial
antecubital vein 15 minute pre exercise (Pre) and 5 minute post
exercise (Post) were analyzed for total testosterone, cortisol, and
immunoreactive growth hormone (IR GH; 22 kDa). Lactate (HLa)
was sampled via nger-stick at the same times. Serum samples
were collected at identical times during the control session. All
the TM
| www.nsca.com
testing was performed between 1630 and 1900 hours, with times
held constant for each subject to minimize diurnal variations. ELI-
SAs were used to determine circulating concentrations for each
hormone. Due to the small sample size, only differences greater
than 2 SD are reported (* .2 SD from corresponding PTSD
value; .2 SD from corresponding Pre value). Results: HLa
increased 12.7 6 0.7 mmol$L
21
for the healthy subjects, and
increased 9.7 mmol$L
21
for the subject with PTSD during the
resistance exercise session. Table below lists the hormonal re-
sponses. The healthy subjects exhibited expected acute
responses. The subject with PTSD exhibited blunted hormonal
concentrations at both Pre and Post exercise times. Conclu-
sions: The anabolic/catabolic hormonal prole for the subject
with PTSD was considerably different than what is observed for
healthy subjects. These preliminary data support disruption of cen-
tral regulatory mechanisms and/or fatigue of peripheral endocrine
tissues in the presence of PTSD. Since a commonly prescribed
therapy for PTSD is exercise, this blunted hormonal prole could
impact the expected chronic adaptations. Practical Applications:
Individuals with PTSD may have compromised adaptations to exer-
cise due to the lower hormonal concentrations. Additional study is
required to determine if the ndings for this case study are consis-
tent across the entire population diagnosed with PTSD, and if
training regimens need to be appropriately modied.
THE ACUTE EFFECTS OF A PERFORMANCE
MOUTHPIECE ON WHOLE BODY REACTION
TIME TO BALANCE PERTURBATIONS
C. ALLEN,
1
J. LUNDAHL,
2
H. CHANDER,
2
C. ZACHARY,
2
N. DABBS,
2
AND J. C. GARNER
2
1
The University of Mississippi; and
2
University of Mississippi,
Oxford, MS
Introduction: Temporomandibular joint position has been
shown to have a relationship with dynamic balance maintenance
which can be uantied with whole body reaction times through
a manipulation of center of pressure. Previous research investi-
gating performance mouthpiece inuence on reaction time is
focused primarily on voluntary reactions to stimuli. Purpose:
The purpose of this study was to investigate the acute effect
of a commercially available, performance mouthpiece on invol-
untary, whole body response time to balance perturbations.
Methods: 21 recreationally trained males (age 21.5 6 1.3
yrs; height 177.5 6 7.9 cm; mass 87.1 6 10.8 kg) completed
the study. The rst of 3 lab visits included obtaining informed
consent, familiarization with protocols, and providing the mouth-
piece and tting instructions. The remaining 2 visits were the
experimental protocols, and were separated by exactly 1 week.
The order of completion for the mouthpiece (MP) and no mouth-
piece (NoMP) conditions was randomized for all participants.
Each condition involved a warm-up consisting of 5 minutes of
cycling followed by supervised calisthenics. The warm up was
followed by administration of the motor control test (MCT) on the
Neurocom Equitest (NeuroCom, Inc., Clackams, OR, USA). Par-
ticipants in this investigation were given no instructions to clench
the jaw, only to performas normal as possible. Mediumand large
translations in the forward and backward directions were ana-
lyzed by paired-sample t-tests, comparing differences between
the MP and NoMP conditions for latency of response to each
perturbation. Results: There was no difference (p . 0.05) in
reaction time between conditions for any perturbation size or direc-
tion. Conclusions: The results of the current study indicate the
use of the mouthpiece has no inuence on reactive automatic
postural responses to external balance disturbances. Further,
use of the mouthpiece did not improve coordination patterns in
the whole body reactive response suggesting no inuence on
involuntary whole body reactive motions. Practical Applications:
Although no advantage was illustrated in the study, no disadvan-
tages were found with regard to the specic test. Further research
is warranted on the volitional response to balance perturbations.
Acknowledgments: Funding for this research was provided by
the University of Mississippi Graduate Student Council.
PACING STRATEGIES IN ELITE WOMENS
FIELD HOCKEY
A. WHITE,
1
AND N. MACFARLANE
1
1
University of Glasgow, Lanarkshire, UK
Purpose: It has been previously shown that the intensity of
team sport competition decreases from the rst to second half.
However, eld hockey rules allow unlimited substitutions that
allow players frequent rest periods during the game. Therefore,
we hypothesise that elite eld hockey players can maintain con-
stant intensity levels throughout a game. Methods: Fifteen
female eld hockey players (mean 6 SD; age 25 6 3yrs; body
mass 64.0 6 5.8 kg; maximal oxygen consumption 52.9 6
4.5 ml$kg
21
$min
21
) were studied (giving 40 player analyses
over 5 games). Physical activity was recorded using a 5-Hz
global positioning system. Full game analysis procedures were
used to report data. Results: Table 1 shows that average dura-
tion of rst half was signicantly less than second half (36mi-
nutes [36 to 37minutes] vs. 38minutes [37 to 39minutes]; Mean
[95%CI] p , 0.001). Markers of intensitydistance covered,
meterage, player load, efforts over 14km$hr
21
, 18km$hr
21
and
21km$hr
21
and maximum velocity were all similar (p . 0.05).
Abstracts
the TM
Conclusion: Unlike most other popular team sports, eld hockey
allows unlimited in-play substitutions. This can mean players enter-
ing and leaving the game 2 or 3 times in one half and allows for
more rest time. The results from this study show that intensity, as
shown by selected markers, is maintained throughout the game.
This demonstrates that pacing strategies inuence the intensity of
game play in elite level eld hockey. Practical Applications:
This study demonstrates that the intensity of game play is inu-
enced by pacing strategies and as a consequence the use of
such strategies must be considered when planning conditioning
sessions for athletes in sports with rolling substitutions.
MUSCLE ACTIVITY
DURING PUSH-UP
VARITIONS OF
DIFFERING STABILITY
M. BREAUX,
1
D.
BELLAR,
2
AND L. JUDGE
3
1
University of Louisiana at
Lafayette, Lafayette, La;
2
University of Lousiana at
Lafayette; and
3
Ball State
University, Muncie, IN
Electromyography (EMG) meas-
ures the electrical activity of
muscles. Using an EMG, the
muscles being used during push
up variations were observed.
Purpose: In this study the activity
of the pectoralis major and tricep
brachii muscles during a push-up
done 3 different ways was moni-
tored. The rst was a standard
push-up performed on the oor.
The second was with the hands
placed in straps that were sus-
pended from above and the feet
placed on a stable platform, and
the third was with the hands
and feet suspended in straps.
Methods: For this investigation,
the participants were 7 college-
aged males (BF: 12.5 6 2.5%)
trained in the technique of
a push-up. The pectoralis major
and the triceps brachii (lateral
head) muscles were monitored
using EMG. The data was
recorded and amplied, low pass ltered and then iEMG signals
over 1 concentric representative phase were quantied. Results:
Data were analyzed via repeat measures Anova. The results of
the analysis from the iEMG of the Tricep by treatment were
signicant (F = 4.12, h
p
2
= 0.407, p = 0.043). The iEMG signal
was the highest fromthe fully suspended position followed by the
hands only suspension with the lowest signals from the standard
push-up. These results were similar to those from the pectoralis
major (F = 22.96, h
p
2
= 0.793, p # 0.001) with the highest
coming from the fully suspended push-up. Conclusion: The fully
suspended position resulted in the highest iEMG signals, fol-
lowed by the hands only suspension and then the standard
the TM
| www.nsca.com
push-up. Practical Applications: It is important to strength and
conditioning professionals to understand that the triceps and the
pectoralis muscles seem to be more active the more unstable
the push-up gets, so strength coaches should consider adding
instability into similar movements to enhance muscle activity.
Acknowledgments: The authors would like to acknowlege
the contributions of TruFit LLC to the current project.
EFFECTS OF BLOOD FLOW RESTRICTION
EXERCISE DURING ISOMETRIC CONTRACTIONS
ON NEUROMUSCULAR
RECRUITMENT PATTERNS
T. CAYOT,
1
A. SHAW,
1
C. SILETTE,
1
E. GARMYN,
1
AND B. SCHEUERMANN
1
1
University of Toledo, Toledo, OH
Muscular hypertrophy has been demonstrated using blood ow
restriction (BFR) exercise at resistance intensities of 2040%
of an individuals maximal voluntary contraction (MVC), similar
to the results observed for resistance training at a much higher
percent of MVC. Current literature indicates that BFR exercise
elicits a greater neuromuscular recruitment compared to
free ow (FF) exercise at similar resistance intensities for
dynamic exercise; however, the effects of BFR exercise on
isometric muscle contraction has not been previously exam-
ined. Purpose: To investigate the effect of BFR exercise on
neuromuscular recruitment patterns using surface electromy-
ography (EMG) during various BFR conditions. Methods:
Healthy, recreationally active, college-aged, male subjects
(n = 4; age 26 6 3.2 years; weight 88.5 6 12 kg) performed
4 repetitions of an isometric knee extension exercise at 908 of
knee exion for each resistance intensity (20%MVC, 40%MVC,
60% MVC, 80% MVC). Subjects performed the exercise during
3 BFR conditions including control (CON), immediate occlusion
(IO) and pre-occlusion (PO). Each participant performed 3 max-
imal voluntary isometric contractions (100% MVC) at 908 of
knee exion for each BFR condition. The external occlusion
pressure (1.3 x SBP) remained constant throughout each of
the 5 sessions and was applied to the subjects upper thigh
on his dominant leg using a pressure cuff (Hokanson, SC5,
6.5 cm). The external occlusion pressure was applied immedi-
ately prior to the onset of exercise (IO), for 5 minutes prior to the
onset of exercise (PO), or not applied during exercise (CON).
Neuromuscular recruitment patterns of the vastus lateralis and
vastus medialis were measured via surface EMG techniques
(sampling rate = 2,000 Hz; band-pass lter of 10500 Hz).
The EMG signal for each isometric contraction was rectied
and the root mean square (RMS) for each muscle group was
then calculated. The RMS data was normalized as a percentage
of an isometric MVC during CON BFR conditions. Maximal force
and the actual force generated at each target MVC was mea-
sured using a force transducer connected to the subjects ankle
using a cable. Results: One-way ANOVA was used to analyze
any potential difference in neuromuscular recruitment patterns
(RMS) between BFR conditions for each of the target resistance
intensities. Statistical signicance was set at a priori of p #0.05.
No signicant difference (p . 0.05) in neuromuscular recruit-
ment patterns were observed between BFR conditions at any of
the target resistance intensities. Conclusion: The effects of
BFR exercise are specic to the type of contraction since the
neuromuscular recruitment pattern during BFR exercise appears
to be different between isometric and isotonic exercise. The
results of previous studies suggest that isotonic exercise is asso-
ciated with an increase in neuromuscular recruitment with BFR
exercise however, an increase in RMS was not observed during
isometric exercise with BFR. Practical Applications: If using
BFR exercise to promote an increase in neuromuscular recruit-
ment, it would be suggested to perform isotonic BFR exercise
compared to isometric BFR exercise.
THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN AROUSAL
LEVELS AND GOLF PUTTING DURING THREE
DIFFERENT CONDITIONS: A PILOT STUDY
A. ELUMALAI,
1
D. SZYMANSKI,
1
AND J. PARKS
1
1
Louisiana Tech University, Ruston, LA
Arousal is a major aspect of many learning theories and is
closely related to concepts such as anxiety, attention,
agitation, stress, and motivation. Arousal level is one of the
most powerful factors to affect the performance of the
players. Purpose: To determine if there is any a connection
between arousal levels and putting in different settings.
Another purpose of this study was to dene the way for future
research in determining the relationship. Methods: 6 NCAA
Division 1 golfers (handicap , 3) volunteered for this study.
All subjects signed an informed consent according to the
universitys Institutional Review Board. Subjects character-
istics were age 20.2 61.5 yr and played for the same division
under the same coach and practice conditions. The partici-
pants were instructed to wear the Zephyr device while put-
ting. Zephyr HxM BT heart rate monitor It detects the time
between 2 of the distinctive, large, upward R spikes during
the QRS complex of heart rate, and the Mind Meter tracks the
arousal levels by recording the subtle changes in the R-R
interval between each heartbeat. In the rst session, on a at
putting green surface the participants were randomly
Abstracts
the TM
assigned 5 putts each from 3 distances -3, 6, and 9 feet from
the hole. The data from the Mind Meter was recorded before,
during, and after each putt. In the second session, the partic-
ipants were assigned 5 putts each from 3 distances located
from 5 different positionsuphill lie, downhill lie, side hill lie
from right to left, side hill lie from left to right, and at surface
outside on the practice greens at Squire Creek. In the third
session, the arousal levels were raised by changing the emo-
tional factor of the golfers by exposing them to a competition
for a prize, at Squire Creek. The accuracy of the putts was
monitored by measuring the number of accurate putts and
distance between the ball and hole in case of a missed putt.
Results: The average of arousal levels during the makes and
misses was used to determine the relationship between dif-
ferent settings and arousal levels. There was little or no cor-
relation among the different settings and optimum arousal
levels varied in the players. Conclusions: The results sug-
gested that each player had an individualized optimum
arousal level during different settings whether they made or
missed the hole. The ndings of this pilot study indicated
that denitive results regarding the optimum arousal levels
and different setting required a larger sample size and more
data in each setting. For the best performance the athletes
may need individualized zones of optimum arousal levels.
Practical Applications: Players can improve the success
of their game during competitions by using Zephyr HxM BT
heart rate monitor to determine the arousal levels when they
putt affectively during a controlled setting. Further research is
needed to determine the relationship of arousal levels and
putting in athletes of different categories.
PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION INTO THE
SUITABILITY OF AN ALTERNATIVE FORM OF
COUNTERMOVEMENT JUMP TEST ANALYSIS
FOR ATHLETE FATIGUE MONITORING
R. GATHERCOLE,
1
B. SPORER,
2
T. STELLINGWERFF,
2
AND G. SLEIVERT
2
1
University of Victoria, BC, Canada/CSI-Pacic, Victoria,
BC, Canada/Sport Innovation Centre, Victoria, BC, Canada;
and
2
University of Victoria, BC, Canada/CSI-Pacic,
Victoria, BC, Canada
Purpose: The countermovement jump (CMJ) test is an ath-
lete monitoring tool used to examine neuromuscular (NM)
function and fatigue state. There is uncertainty though as to
which components of CMJ performance are most sensitive to
post-exercise fatigue. Here we assess the suitability of the
CMJ test for the detection of post-exercise fatigue, examining
an alternative form of CMJ analysis based on jump traces
(aCMJ) compared to more typical CMJ-derived measures
(tCMJ). Methods: 7 elite snowboard athletes (4M, 3F) per-
formed 6 CMJ tests prior to and 30 min following repeated
stair climbs to fatigue. CMJ was evaluated using the Ballistic
Measurement System (BMS; Fitness Technology, Australia).
20 aCMJ variables based on time, work and single-points
during the jump were analysed using custom-designed soft-
ware, with raw jump data extracted from the BMS. aCMJ
variables (6 reported): Time: eccentric (EccT), concentric
(ConT), total jump duration (TotT); Work: area under the
force-velocity trace (FV-AUC), total area under the PT curve
(PT-AUC); Single-point: force at zero velocity (F@0V). tCMJ
variables: jump height (JH), peak power (PP), peak velocity
(PV), peak and mean force (PF, MF). Outlier jumps were
removed using standardised procedures. Coefcients of var-
iation (CV) were calculated for each pre and post-variable to
examine whether variability of each variable would permit
detection of fatigue-induced changes. Results: Signicant
differences pre- to post-exercise (p-value) were observed
for aCMJ variables for time (EccT: +0.07s, 0.042; TotT:
+0.08s, 0.048), work (FV-AUC: 2523N$ms
21
, 0.047) and
single point (F@0V: 2158N, 0.031), while tCMJ variables
PF (2120N, 0.032) and MF (240N, 0.007) were also signif-
icant. All other aCMJ and tCMJ variables were not signi-
cantly different. Conclusions: Compared to tCMJ, the use
of aCMJ variables appear better suited to the detection of NM
fatigue. The aCMJ variables relate to how the CMJ is per-
formed rather than tCMJ, which focuses on the CMJ output.
Rather than a decreased capacity to produce a jump output (i.
e. jump height, peak power), these ndings suggest that
fatigue expresses itself as an altered CMJ movement pattern.
the TM
| www.nsca.com
Fatigue state may therefore be better identied through exam-
ination of how the CMJ is performed (i.e. aCMJ). The lack of
change in PT-AUC suggests that similar work was performed
during the CMJ. However the speed and timing of this work
appeared decreased and delayed signicantly. Practical
Applications: These results indicate that although fatigue may
not ultimately inuence end NM output, it appears to alter NM
strategy, decreasing the speed-efciency of movement. Given the
importance of speed and timing in many sports, this has a number
of important implications. These results suggest that a practical
test such as the CMJ can be used to examine changes in NM
movement strategy but that tCMJ analysis may not be as suitable
for the monitoring of fatigue state as aCMJ variables.
VASTUS MEDIALIS OBLIQUE AND VASTUS
LATERALIS ACTIVATION DURING CLOSED
KINETIC CHAIN EXERCISES
B. GATZKE,
1
M. FAUTH,
2
AND W. EBBEN
3
1
UW-LaCrosse;
2
Ohio State University Medical Center; and
3
UW-Parkside
Purpose: The quality of the activation of the vastus medialis
oblique (VM), as well as its ratio of activation with the vastus
lateralis (VL) have been proposed to be important in the reduc-
tion of patellofemoral pain syndrome and to improve patellar
tracking. However, research has yet to quantify how resistance
training exercises activate these
muscles in order to compare the
activation of the VM or the VM to
VL ratio (VM:VL). The purpose of
this study was to compare VM
activation and VM:VL using sur-
face electromyography during 4
closed kinetic chain resistance
training exercises. Methods: Six-
teen women (mean 6 SD; age =
21.19 6 2.17 years; height =
169.39 6 7.54 cm; body
mass = 66.08 6 9.91 kg) who
participated in either NCAA Divi-
sion I, club, or intramural sports,
as well as lower body resistance
training volunteered and provided
informed consent. Independent
variables included the type of
resistance training exercise and
the muscle action phase of the
exercise (eccentric or concentric) for the vastus medialis oblique
(VM) and the VM:VL. Test exercises included the squat, deadlift,
step up and lunge, each performed with a 5 repetition maximum
load. Dependent variables included the root mean square (RMS)
EMG expressed as a percentage of the MVIC. Data were eval-
uated with a repeated measures ANOVA to test main effects of
RMS EMG for the VM and VM:VL for each exercise assessed.
Bonferroni adjusted post hoc analyses were used to assess the
specic differences in muscle activation between each exercise.
Results: Signicant main effects representing differences in VM
RMS EMG between the resistance training exercise were found
for the eccentric phase (p = 0.003) and concentric phase (p =
0.014). The squat resulted in 36.9% greater eccentric VM
activation than the deadlift and step up, while the lunge pro-
duced 48.0% more activation than the deadlift. The lunge
resulted in 22.1% greater concentric VM activation than the
squat and 38.5% greater activation than the deadlift. The step
up produced 24.3% more concentric VM activation than the
deadlift. No signicant differences were found for VM:VL for
the eccentric (p = 0.61) or concentric (p = 0.26) phase.
Conclusions: Exercises with the greatest VM activation
may help reduce patellofemoral pain and improve patellar
tracking. However, no differences in VM:VL were found in
the exercises assessed. Practical Applications: Training
with exercises such as the squat and lunge offer more VM
RMS EMG activation during the eccentric phase, while the lunge
and step up offer the greatest VM RMS EMG activation during
the concentric phase, compared to the other exercises assessed.
Abstracts
the TM
EFFECTS OF ECCENTRIC-INDUCED MUSCLE
DAMAGE ON THE TIME COURSES OF
RECOVERY FOR PEAK TORQUE AND RATES OF
TORQUE DEVELOPMENT
N. D. JENKINS,
1
D. A. TRAYLOR,
1
T. J. HOUSH,
1
H. C. BERGSTROM,
1
K. C. COCHRANE,
1
R. W. LEWIS, JR,
1
R. J. SCHMIDT,
1
G. O. JOHNSON,
1
AND J. T. CRAMER
1
1
University of Nebraska-Lincoln
Introduction: Molina and Denadai (Clin Physiol Funct Imaging,
32: 179184, 2012) recently reported differences in the time
courses of recovery between peak torque (PT) and peak rate of
torque development (pRTD) after eccentric-induced muscle
damage in the leg extensors. Less is known about rate of torque
development (RTD) recovery in commonly measured time inter-
vals of 10, 50, 100, and 200 ms or whether differences exist in
the forearmexors. Purpose: Examine the time courses of recov-
ery for PT and RTD at peak, 10, 50, 100, and 200 ms for up to
72 hour after eccentric-induced muscle damage in the forearm
exors. Methods: Eighteen men (mean 6SD age = 22 63 yrs;
body mass = 81 6 16 kg; height = 183 6 6 cm) completed
6 sets of ten maximal isokinetic eccentric muscle actions at
308$s
21
on an isokinetic dynamometer. Maximal voluntary iso-
metric contractions were measured before (PRE), immediately
after (POST), and 24, 48, and 72 hour after the eccentric exer-
cise. Serum concentrations of creatine kinase (CK) and lactate
dehydrogenase (LDH) were measured at the same time points.
PT, pRTD, and RTD at 010 (RTD10), 050 (RTD50), 0100
(RTD100), and 0200 ms (RTD200) from the onset of torque
were calculated from the rst derivative of the torque signal. PT
and RTD variables were normalized as a percentage of PRE.
Results: MeanCK (6SD) increased (p # 0.05) from 138
the TM
| www.nsca.com
(6175) to 6,457 (612,769) IU$L
21
and LDH increased (p #
0.05) from 116 (629) to 199 (6196) IU$L
21
from PRE to 72
hour. PT and all RTD variables decreased at POST (p # 0.05).
PT and RTD200 remained lower than PRE through 72 hours
(p # 0.05). pRTD remained lower than PRE through 48 hours
(p # 0.05), but was not different from PRE at 72 hours (p .
0.05). RTD10 and RTD100 were lower than PRE through
24 hours, but were not different from PRE at 48 and 72 hours
(p . 0.05). RTD50 decreased at POST, but was not different
from PRE at 24 h (p . 0.05). Normalized PT was greater than
pRTD, RTD10, and RTD50 at POST (p # 0.05); however, nor-
malized PT was less than (p # 0.05), pRTD, RTD10, and RTD50
at 72 hour. In addition, RTD50 was greater than RTD100 (p #
0.05) and RTD100 was greater than RTD200 (p = 0.04) at
48 hour; RTD10 was greater than RTD200 (p ,0.01) at 72 hour;
and RTD50 was greater than RTD100 (p = 0.02), RTD200 (p =
0.02), and PT (p = 0.02) at 72 hour. Conclusions: Eccentric-
induced muscle damage caused greater relative decreases in
pRTD, RTD10, and RTD50 than PT at POST, while pRTD
(84%PRE), RTD10 (97%PRE), and RTD50 (117%PRE) all
recovered to a greater extent than PT (72%PRE) at 72 h.
RTD50 recovered the quickest by 24 h, whereas RTD200
responded similarly to PT and never returned to PRE levels during
the 72 h recovery. Practical Applications: For sports such as
kicking, sprinting, or jumping that are associated with explosive
rates of force development, performance may suffer greater dec-
rements initially from exercise-induced muscle damage, but may
subsequently recover quicker and to a greater extent than maxi-
mal strength within 72 hours.
GENDER ANALYSIS OF HAMSTRING AND
QUADRICEPS ACTIVATION RATIOS DURING
BILATERAL AND UNILATERAL JUMP LANDINGS
K. LASKOWSKI,
1
J. ENDISCH,
1
L. GARCEAU,
2
AND
W. EBBEN
1
1
UW-Parkside; and
2
Marquette University, Milwaukee, WI
Purpose: Low hamstrings to quadriceps activation ratios (H:Q)
may increase the liklihood of knee injury, including the rupture of
the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL). Women experience 2 to 8
times more ACL injuries than men. Thus, gender differences exist.
However the research is mixed with respect to gender differen-
ces in knee joint muscle activation during jump landings, and its
potential role in these types of injuries. Therefore, this study eval-
uated gender differences in H:Q of college athletes, during jump
landings. Methods: Subjects include 12 women (age = 19.8 6
1.4 years; height = 175.49 6 5.9 cm; weight = 73.21 6
10.37 kg) and 8 men (age = 20.8 6 0.9 years; height =
189.71 6 5.80 cm; weight = 87.10 6 7.70 kg). Subjects were
evaluated using electromyography (EMG) to quantify rectus fem-
oris, vastus lateralis, vastus medialis, lateral hamstring, and medial
hamstring activation during bilateral countermovement jumps
(BCMJ) and unilateral countermovement jumps (UCMJ). Data
were normalized to a maximum voluntary isometric contraction
(MVIC) and expressed as an aggregate of hamstring and quad-
riceps muscles, forming the H:Q. Data were analyzed using
a one-way ANOVA to examine gender differences in EMG during
the jump landings. Results: During UCMJ, men produced a H:Q
ratio of 0.59 6 0.31 whereas women had a H:Q ratio of 0.35 6
0.18, which was signicantly different (p = 0.039). During the
BCMJ jump landing, men demonstrated H:Q of 0.66 6 0.23
whereas the ratio of women was 0.46 6 0.21 which was trending
toward a signicance difference (p = 0.075). Conclusion:
Women demonstrate lower mean H:Q ratio during BCMJ, and
signicantly lower H:Q during UCMJ, representing less hamstring
and more quadriceps activation during jump landings, compared to
men. Thus, gender differences in muscle activation strategies are
present and the magnitude of the differences is more pronounced
in the single leg, and thus more intense, jump landing condition.
Practical Applications: Strength and conditioning coaches
should train women athletes with the goal of increasing hamstring
strength, and thus improving their H:Q. Acknowledgments: The
authors wish to thank the research participants.
ELECTROMYOGRAPHIC AMPLITUDE VERSUS
AVERAGE CONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC
SQUAT FORCE RELATIONSHIPS
M. LUERA,
1
AND M. S. STOCK
1
1
Texas Tech University, Lubbock, TX
The relationship between signal amplitude and force is one of
the most frequently studied s in electromyography (EMG)
research. This is largely due to the desire among researchers
and clinicians to study the relative effort of individual muscles
during a contraction. However, all of the previous authors that
have examined this have done so for single-joint strength tests.
Purpose: This study examined the linearity of the EMG ampli-
tude vs. concentric and eccentric squat force relationships for
the vastus lateralis (VL). Methods: Fourteen resistance-trained
men (mean 6 SD age 22 6 2 years) participated in this study.
Forty-eight hours following a familiarization session, the sub-
jects performed submaximal concentric and eccentric isoveloc-
ity squats in 10% increments (i.e., 10%, 20%, etc.). The
durations of both the concentric and eccentric muscle actions
were set to 4 seconds, and an electrogoniometer placed over
Abstracts
the TM
the lateral aspect of the right knee ensured that all squats were
performed through an 808 range of motion. Bipolar surface
EMG signals from the VL were collected for all trials. The aver-
age force value (N) and the amplitude (mV RMS) of the EMG
signal were determined for the middle portions of the concen-
tric and eccentric muscle actions for each subject. Linear
regression analyses were used on an individual subject basis
to examine the coefcients of determination (r
2
), linear slope
coefcients (mV$N
21
), and signicance levels for these rela-
tionships. A paired samples t-test was used to compare the
mean linear slope coefcients for concentric vs. eccentric test-
ing. A 2-way (muscle action [concentric vs. eccentric] 3 force
[1090%]) repeated measures analysis of variance (ANOVA)
was performed on the absolute EMG amplitude values.
Results: There was no mean difference between the concen-
tric and eccentric muscle actions for the linear slope coef-
cients of the EMG amplitude vs. force relationship (p =
0.055). The results for the 2-way repeated measures ANOVA
indicated that there was no interaction, but there were main
effects for both muscle action (concentric . eccentric) and
force (10% , 2090%, 20% , 3090%, 30% , 4090%,
40% , 6090%, 50 , 7090%, 60% , 8090%, 70% ,
8090%). Discussions: The coefcients of determination for
this investigation showed moderate-to-high degrees of linearity,
with similar ndings for concentric and eccentric muscle actions.
Our results are comparable to previous studies examining the
linearity of the EMG amplitude vs. torque relationship during
unilateral isokinetic muscle actions. Practical Applications:
During squats performed with a standardized range of motion
and movement pattern, EMGamplitude for the VL increases with
force in a fairly linear fashion. Future investigators might consider
examining the electrical activity of antagonistic biarticular
muscles of the thigh during isovelocity squats.
RELIABILITY AND VALIDITY OF THE MANUAL
SIDE-LYING HIP ABDUCTION GLUTEUS
MEDIUS ACTIVATION ASSESSMENT IN THE
STRENGTH AND CONDITIONING FIELD
J. NICOLL,
1
R. S. NADELL,
1
AND D. L. HATFIELD
1
1
University of Rhode Island, Kingston, RI
Introduction: The gluteus medius (GM) is an important hip
stabilizer muscle. Non-activation of the GM is related to
increased risk of injury of lower limbs and reduced running
the TM
| www.nsca.com
speed and efciency. Many strength and conditioning coaches
(SCC) incorporate glute activation (GA) assessment and exer-
cise into practice to activate and strengthen the GM. One
widely used eld test of GA is the manual side-lying hip abduc-
tion test (MLHA.) However, previous research suggests inter-
rater reliability of this assessment test is low. Despite this poor
reliability and absence of substantial research supporting
MLHA as a valid test of GA, many SCCs continue to utilize
this test as an assessment of GA. Purpose: Thus, the purpose
of this study was to determine SCC inter-rater reliability
and validity using MLHA as a GA assessment in athletes.
Methods: Nine men (age: 20.77 6 2.10 yrs; body mass:
86.0 6 12.97 kg; height: 177.5 6 13.1 cm; body fat percent:
12.66 6 4.0) and 13 women (age: 20.23 6 1.48 yrs; body
mass: 73.73 6 12.15 kg; height: 165.1 6 12.8 cm; body fat
percent: 22 6 4.2) participated in the study. All participants
were resistance trained collegiate athletes. Electromyography
(EMG) electrodes were placed on the GM by the same inves-
tigator prior to every trial. Prior to and after a warm-up protocol
participants were assessed for GA manually using the MLHA
standard scoring protocol by one of 2 coaches. Standard
scoring ranges from grade 05, with 0 meaning poor or no
GA and 5 meaning adequate GA. One week later the partic-
ipants were tested by the other coach. Intraclass correlation
(ICC) was calculated to determine reliability between the
coaches MLHA scores and Pearson Correlations between
the MLHA scores and EMG activity were assessed to deter-
mine validity. Results: There were no signicant correlations
between MLHA scores and mean or maximum EMG activity
at any time point. Inter-rater reliability between the coaches
MLHA scores was low (Cronbach Alpha = 0.201 and ICC =
0.284.) Test-retest reliability for the EMG was high (Cronbach
Alpha = 0.864 and ICC = 0.809.) Conclusions: The athletic
population being evaluated were very well trained and did not
have any GA dysfunction. Although MLHA scores reported by
the coaches indicated GA in the participants, the coaches
still reported signicantly different MLHA scores. Previous
studies have reported a similar lack of reliability in a physical
therapy setting with a sedentary population. Electromyogra-
phy activity has been reported to be a valid and reliable mea-
surement of GA and reliability of EMG in the current study
was high. However, it is expensive and impractical tool for
SCCs to use, hence the need for reliable eld assessments.
The results of this study indicate that MLHA is neither a reli-
able nor valid eld assessment tool in resistance-trained ath-
letic population. Practical Applications: Currently, any
training SCCs get for common eld assessments is through
workshops and/or self-learning. Professionals in the eld
should be cautious when suggesting and/or implementing
new assessment techniques; taking into account reliability
and validity of the assessment and the population they will
be performing the assessment on.
TIBIAL ACCELERATION IN DISTANCE
RUNNERS IN REDUCED BODY
WEIGHT CONDITIONS
B. J. RICKERT,
1
M. F. MORAN,
1
AND B. GREER
1
1
Sacred Heart University, Faireld, CT
Seventy-two percent of all athletic stress fractures are the
result of running, with nearly half occurring in the distal end of
the tibia. Purpose: The purpose of this study was to investi-
gate the relationship between the level of body weight (BW) in
an unloader treadmill and tibial acceleration (TA). Research
reports that increased vertical ground reaction force during
running is positively correlated to peak TA. Methods: Fifteen
collegiate cross country runners (9M; 20.4 6 2.4 yrs; 60.1 6
12.6 kg) granted informed consent and participated in the
present study. Following a 10-minute familiarization run on an
unloading differential air pressure treadmill each subject
started at 100% BW and ran at a consistent velocity for 3 mi-
nutes during each of 9 stages which progressively decreased
at 5% intervals until 60% BW for a total of 37 minutes. During
the last 30 seconds of each stage, TA and heart rate (HR) were
measured. TA was assessed with a skin-mounted uniaxial
accelerometer attached to the lower third of the anterior tibia
and data were recorded via computer data collection system
and processed with custom-written data processing code.
HR data was collected via a heart rate monitor. A repeated
measures analysis of variance with Bonferroni post-hoc com-
parison was used to analyze the data. Signicance level was
set apriori at p # 0.05. Results: There were no signicant
differences between TA from 100% BW (10.59 g) to any level
of unloading (60%95%). Mean peak tibial acceleration initially
increased with the levels of unloading (9575%) before drop-
ping below 100% BW TA levels at 70%. Mean peak-to-peak
TA was signicantly less (p = 0.021) at 60% BW (16.55 g) as
compared to 100% BW (18.56 g). Conclusions: Tibial accel-
erations are not directly related to level of BW on an AGTM.
Practical Applications: Based on the present study, a runner
rehabilitating from a tibial stress fracture/reaction should begin
rehabilitation at BW levels below 60% BW to maintain stress
levels below normal. By running at these reduced BW levels,
the runner better maintain aerobic tness while still rehabilitat-
ing from a tibial stress fracture as opposed to traditional reha-
bilitation protocol which is rest.
Abstracts
the TM
CONSISTENCY OF PANORAMIC ULTRASOUND
IMAGING TO EXAMINE MUSCLE SIZE
AND QUALITY
J. G. ROSENBERG,
1
E. D. RYAN,
1
E. J. SOBOLEWSKI,
1
B. J. THOMPSON,
2
M. J. SCHARVILLE,
1
AND G. E. KING
1
1
The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and
2
Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, OK
*Award Winner Masters Student Outstanding Poster
Presentation*
The popularity of ultrasound (US) devices to examine muscle
architecture has increased due to its ease of use and
portability. New panoramic imaging capabilities have al-
lowed researchers to quantify both muscle size through
cross-sectional area (CSA) measurements and muscle
quality using echo intensity (EI) analyses of a single image.
Although these techniques seem promising, the consistency
of these assessments warrants further evaluation. Purpose:
The purpose of the present study was to determine the test-
retest reliability for CSA and EI assessed from a single
image using the panoramic US technique. Methods: Six-
teen healthy, recreationally active males (mean 6 SD age,
20.9 6 2.5 years; height, 173.7 6 6.9 cm; mass, 74.2 6
9.7 kg) volunteered for this investigation. Participants visited
the laboratory on 2 separate occasions separated by 2 - 7
days at the same time of day (6 2 hrs). During all measure-
ments, participants were examined in the prone position with
their leg fully extended and right foot securely attached to
a vertical post at a 908 joint angle between the foot and leg.
To ensure the probe moved perpendicular to the skin and
along the transverse plane during each scan, a custom made
probe support composed of high-density foam padding was
positioned perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the leg.
The probe was then moved manually with slow and contin-
uous movement from the most medial aspect of the medial
gastrocnemius (MG) to the beginning of the lateral gastroc-
nemius. A generous amount of water-soluble transmission
gel was applied to the skin to reduce possible near eld
artifacts and enhance acoustic coupling. Transverse meas-
urements of the MG were obtained using a portable B-mode
US imaging device. All US imaging analyses were performed
using Image-J software. Test-retest reliability for CSA and EI
were determined using Model 2, 1 to determine the intra-
class correlation coefcients (ICC), standard error of mea-
surement (SEM), and minimum difference (MD) values per
the recommendations of Weir (2005). Systematic error was
examined using separate one-way repeated measures anal-
yses of variance (ANOVAs). Results: The reliability statis-
tics for CSA and EI are presented in Table 1. Conclusions:
The ANOVAs indicated no systematic error between days.
Relative consistency was acceptable with ICC values
of 0.914 and 0.720 for CSA and EI, respectively.
Absolute consistency was also acceptable with SEM values
(expressed as a percentage of the mean) of 5.83 and 3.68%
for CSA and EI, respectively. Minimal changes to be consid-
ered real for CSA and EI were 1.995 cm
2
and 7.298 a.u.,
respectively. These ndings demonstrate that the panoramic
US imaging technique may be a reliable technique for simulta-
neously measuring muscle size and quality. Practical Applica-
tions: Future studies may use panoramic US imaging to
examine the inuence of aging, disease, and training on muscle
size and quality.
the TM
| www.nsca.com
TEST-RETEST RELIABILITY OF PEAK AND
AVERAGE CONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC
ISOVELOCITY SQUAT FORCE
J. SHIELDS,
1
M. S. STOCK,
1
AND M. LUERA
1
1
Texas Tech University, Lubbock, TX
Strength and conditioning professionals are interested in
knowing whether small changes in force production are
meaningful. A recent development in strength testing
technology allows subjects to perform multiple-joint exer-
cises while movement velocity is controlled. Termed isove-
locity testing, the duration for both the concentric and
eccentric phases, as well as the range of motion, can be
pre-determined by the tester. Purpose: The primary
purpose of this investigation was to examine test-retest
reliability statistics for peak and average force during max-
imal concentric and eccentric isovelocity squats. The sec-
ondary purpose was to assess whether analyzing data for
solely the middle portion of the range of motion improved
the trial-to-trial consistency. Methods: Seventeen resis-
tance-trained men (mean 6 SD age 21 6 2 = years, body
mass = 81.1 6 8.1 kg) participated in this study. The sub-
jects visited the laboratory on 2 occasions separated by
48 hours. For each trial, the subjects performed 3 maximal
concentric and eccentric squats using a standardized range
of motion, and the repetitions with the highest force values
were selected. The duration was set to 4 seconds for
both the concentric and eccentric phases. Data analyses
included determining the peak and average force values
throughout the entire ranges of motion, as well those
excluding the 1 second acceleration and deceleration
phases (i.e., the middle 2 seconds). Statistical analyses
included the p-values for 8 separate paired-samples t-tests,
95% condence intervals (CI) for each mean difference,
intraclass correlation coefcients (ICCs [models 2, 1 and
3, 1]), standard errors of measurement (SEMs [calculated
as the square root of the mean square error]), and minimal
differences (MDs) needed to be considered real between
the trials. Results: (See Table) There were no mean differ-
ences between the trials for the 8 variables examined in this
study. The ICCs ranged from 0.676 to 0.848. When
Abstracts
the TM
expressed as a percentage of the mean value for both tri-
als, each of the variables showed SEMs of less than 11%.
Discussions: The results of the present study demonstrated
moderate-to-high test-retest reliability for the peak and average
force values obtained from maximal concentric and eccentric
isovelocity squats. The data for the concentric repetitions were
more reliable than those for the eccentric repetitions, and similar
levels of consistency were shown when the entire force curve
was analyzed as opposed to only the middle of the range of
motion. Practical Applications: It is in the best interest of
practitioners to compute test-retest reliability statistics before
using a given measurement to assess the effectiveness of an
intervention. Our results showed that the peak and average con-
centric and eccentric force values obtained during isovelocity
squats were generally reliable. These statistics would likely be
improved with multiple familiarization sessions.
A COMPARISON OF THE ACUTE EFFECTS OF
CONCENTRIC VERSUS ECCENTRIC EXERCISE
ON STRENGTH AND FORCE STEADINESS
X. YE,
1
T. W. BECK,
2
AND J. M. DEFREITAS
2
1
The University of Oklahoma; and
2
University of Oklahoma,
Norman, OK
*Award Winner Doctoral Student Outstanding Poster
Presentation*
Concentric (CON) and eccentric (ECC) muscle actions are
involved in nearly all sporting activities. Generally speaking,
acute force loss following concentric exercise is due to
muscle fatigue, while that after eccentric exercise is caused
less by muscle fatigue, and more by muscle damage. In
addition, the loss of strength also affects the ability to control
submaximal forces, which is often referred to as force
steadiness. Purpose: To compare the acute effects of 2 dif-
ferent exercise interventions (CON and ECC) on strength
and force steadiness. Methods: Fourteen resistance-trained
males (age = 24 6 4 yr; height = 179.5 6 6.4 cm; body
weight = 86.8 6 10.8 kg) participated this research study
and nished all 3 visits. On Visit 1, the subjects established
their baseline isometric maximum voluntary contraction
(MVC) of the dominant forearm exors, practiced several sub-
maximal isometric contractions, and then were familiarized
with both exercise interventions (CON and ECC). During
Visits 2 and 3, CON and ECC exercises were randomly
assigned to each subject. Before the exercise intervention,
subjects performed 1 MVC followed by 3 10-second sub-
maximal isometric contractions at the strength level of 40%
baseline MVC. Right after they nished the pre-testing,
subjects were told to perform 6 sets of 10 contractions
(CON or ECC) on an isokinetic dynamometer at a velocity
of 608$s
21
. One minute of rest was provided after each exer-
cise set. Once the subjects nished the exercise, post-
testing was performed as the exactly same procedure and
order as the pre-testing, with the caveat that the submaximal
isometric contractions were performed at 40% of the base-
line (as opposed to the current) MVC. The force steadiness
was calculated as the standard deviation of the force (force
SD) being generated during 10 seconds of the 40% baseline
MVC contraction. Two separate 2-way (time [pre vs. post] 3
condition [CON vs. ECC]) repeated measures analyses of
variance (ANOVAs) were used to examine the changes in
strength and force steadiness due to the 2 exercise interven-
tions. When appropriate, follow-up analyses included Bonferroni
post hoc comparisons. Results: The results for strength showed
that there was no signicant time 3 condition interaction, but there
was a signicant main effect for time, but not for condition. Average
strength decreased 24.86% following the CON exercise and
30.08% following the ECC exercise. The results for force steadi-
ness showed that there was a signicant time 3 condition inter-
action. Follow-up analyses showed signicant decreases in force
steadiness following both exercise interventions, but the decrease
after the ECCintervention was greater than that following the CON
intervention. Conclusions: High intensity CON and ECC exercise
caused similar strength loss. However, force steadiness was
impaired more after ECC exercise than CON exercise. Practical
Applications: Concentric and eccentric exercise resulted in sim-
ilar acute strength losses. However, the nding that force steadi-
ness decreased more following the eccentric exercise, when
compared to the concentric exercise, suggested that performance
during activities that rely heavily on force steadiness (e.g., balance,
postural stability, etc.) may be particularly reduced following activ-
ities that have a high eccentric component.
AGE-RELATED DIFFERENCES IN BODY
WEIGHT, HEIGHT, BODY MASS INDEX, AND
UPPER BODY SKINFOLDS BETWEEN YOUNG
WRESTLERS AND NON-ATHLETES
K. C. COCHRANE,
1
T. J. HOUSH,
1
H. C. BERGSTROM,
1
D. A. TRAYLOR,
1
R. W. LEWIS, JR,
1
N. D. JENKINS,
1
D. J. HOUSH,
2
G. JOHNSON,
1
J. T. CRAMER,
1
AND R. SCHMIDT
1
1
University of Nebraska-Lincoln; and
2
University of Nebraska
Medical Center
Purpose: This study examined the age-related mean differ-
ences in body weight (BW), height (HT), and indirect
the TM
| www.nsca.com
indicators of adiposity of 11 to 18-year-old male wrestlers vs.
a national representative sample of non-athletes. Methods:
One hundred and sixteen male wrestlers (Mean age 6 SD =
14.38 6 2.24 yr; BW = 55.24 6 15.20 kg; HT = 162.05 6
13.75 cm) were divided into 8 independent age groups
(AG): (AG) 11 = 11.0011.99; (AG) 12 = 12.0012.99;
(AG) 13 = 13.0013.99; (AG) 14 = 14.0014.99; (AG)
15 = 15.0015.99; (AG) 16 = 16.0016.99; (AG) 17 =
17.0017.99; and (AG) 18 = 18.0018.99 year. Data from
the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey
(NHANES) 20032008 were used as the non-athlete com-
parison samples. Five variables (BW, HT, body mass index
(BMI), subscapular skinfold (SF), and triceps SF) were as-
sessed and independent t-tests were used to compare the
variables for each age group of the wrestlers with the non-
athletes. Results: There were no mean differences between
the wrestlers and non-athletes for any of the age groups for
BW, HT, or BMI (Table 1). The wrestlers, however, had
signicantly (p # 0.05) smaller
subscapular (AG 11, 12, 13,
14, and 18) and triceps (AG
12, 14, 17, and 18) SF values
(Table 1) than the non-athletes.
In addition, for both samples,
there were age-related in-
creases in BW, HT, BMI, and
subscapular SF, and de-
creases in triceps SF. Discus-
sion: The results of this study
indicated that the samples
were similar in BW, HT, and
BMI, but the wrestlers had sig-
nicantly smaller upper body
SF values (subscapular and tri-
ceps SF) than the non-athletes.
Thus, participation in wrestling
had no effects on BW or HT,
but reduced subcutaneous fat
levels of the trunk and posterior
upper limb. Practical Appli-
cations: Participation inage-
group and high school wres-
tling had no adverse effects
on BW, HT, or BMI. In addition,
the wrestlers exhibited positive
subcutaneous fat distribution
characteristics when com-
pared to non-athletes.
BODY COMPOSITION, HEIGHT, AND MASS
DIFFERENCES BY SPORT AND SPORT
POSITION IN NCAA-D1 WOMEN ATHLETES
G. L. COLEMAN,
1
AND M. T. JONES
1
1
George Mason University, Fairfax, VA
Purpose: The current study was designed to assess body fat
(%BF), height (HT), and mass (WT) in 4 womens NCAA-D1
sports: basketball (BB), lacrosse (LAX), soccer (SOC), and
volleyball (VB). The secondary focus was to compare differ-
ences in %BF, HT, and WT across sport positions. Methods:
Athletes from BB (n = 63; age = 20.3 6 1.1 yr; HT = 176.3 6
6.7 cm; WT = 71.0 69.6 kg), LAX (n = 103; age = 20.0 61.2
yr; HT = 166.3 6 6.9 cm; WT = 64.0 67.2 kg), SOC (n = 91;
age = 19.6 6 1.1 yr; HT = 165.6 6 7.0 cm; WT = 61.1 6 6.5
kg), and VB (n = 51; age = 20.0 6 1.0 yr; HT = 176.5 6 6.9
cm; WT = 68.9 6 7.7 kg) served as subjects. Body
Abstracts
the TM
composition was analyzed though use of air displacement ples-
thymography (BodPod, Cosmed). Sport positions were cate-
gorized as follows: BBForward (FOR), Guard (GRD); LAX
Attack (AT), Mideld, (LMF), Defense (LDF), Goalkeeper
(LGK); SOCForward (SFOR), Mideld (SMF), Defense
(SDF), Goalkeeper (SGK); VBDefensive Specialist/Librero
(DSL), Middle Blocker (MBL), Outside Hitter/Right Side
(OH), Setter (SET). Analysis of variance (ANOVA) compared
HT, WT, and %BF by sport and by position within each sport.
Alpha level was set at p # 0.05. Bonferroni was used for post
hoc analyses. Results: The %BF for BB (20.5 6 6.3%) was
lower (p = 0.001) than LAX (24.4 6 5.2%), SOC (23.4 6
5.1%), and VB (25.5 6 4.4%). BB and VB were taller (p =
0.001) than SOC and LAX. Mass was greater (p = 0.001) for
BB and VB compared to LAX and SOC. Within BB, GRD
(17.9 6 6.1%) had lower (p = 0.001) %BF than FOR (22.9
6 5.6%). BB FOR were taller (p = 0.001: 181.6 6 3.8 cm vs.
171.2 6 4.6 cm) and heavier (p = 0.001: 76.2 6 8.8 kg vs. 66
6 7.4 kg) than GRD. Within LAX, LMF (21.7 6 4.6%) had
lower (p = 0.001) %BF than LDF (27.5 6 5.4%) and LGK
(29.2 6 4.6%). AT (23.5 6 3.2%) had lower %BF than LDF
(p = 0.01) and LGK (p = 0.009). LMF were taller than AT (p =
0.032: 167.6 6 7.5 cm vs. 162.9 6 7.8 cm). LDF (67.6 6
6.7 kg) were heavier (p = 0.001) than LMF (61.7 64.8 kg) and
AT (60.2 6 5.6 kg). LGK (74.5 6 7.5 kg) were heavier (p =
0.001) than LMF, AT, and LDF (p = 0.015). Within SOC, the
SGK (172.9 6 7.8 cm) were taller (p # 0.05) than SFOR,
SMF, and SDF. Within VB, MBL (183.9 6 1.2 cm) were taller
(p = 0.001) than DSL (167.3 6 5.3 cm), OH (177.9 6
2.9 cm), and SET (175.8 6 2.7 cm). DSL was the shortest
(p = 0.001) VB position. Conclusions: BB consists of short
sprints, cutting, jumping, and stopping; actions that favor hav-
ing a low %BF. Due to sport demands and position demands, it
was expected that perimeter players (GRD) would have lower
%BF than FOR, and that BB would have less %BF than LAX,
SOC, and VB. SOC and LAX are eld sports that entail long,
recurring runs up and down the pitch, which place a high
demand upon the cardiovascular system. The AT and LMF
positions of LAX require precision passes and dodges follow-
ing long sprints with abrupt stopping and restarting. AT and
LMF cover more distance in a game than LDF or LGK, which
may explain their lower % BF. VB posted the highest %BF,
which may be more a reection of sport demands than tness
level. VB requires the utilization of quick, reactive, multi-
directional movements in a limited space. VB athletes tend to
have more similar body types across sport position than other
sports. Practical Applications: To make comparisons across
sports or sport positions is difcult due to the lack of published
data and differing sport demands. Values can be expected to
vary from NCAA divisions to athletic conferences. Monitoring
an athletes body composition is crucial because major
changes in %BF can be indicative of health concerns.
ASSOCIATION OF BODY COMPOSITION AND
AEROBIC FITNESS ON HEART RATE
VARIABILITY AND RECOVERY IN BLACK MEN
R. L. HERRON,
1
S. J. CARTER,
1
H. WILLIFORD,
2
AND M. ESCO
2
1
The University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL; and
2
Auburn
University Montgomery, Auburn, AL
Heart rate variability (HRV) and heart rate recovery (HRR) are
indicators of cardiovascular autonomic modulation and are
noninvasive measures used to observe physiological changes
associated changes in health status or tness. Previous
researches have indicated relationships between body com-
position, cardiorespiratory tness, HRR, and HRV, though the
extent of this link remains unclear. Few studies have consid-
ered the interaction of race regarding health related physical
tness and autonomic modulation. Purpose: The purpose of
this study was to determine the extent of variation in HRV and
HRR that could be accounted for by cardiovascular tness and
various measures of body composition, while controlling for
race. Methods: Fifty adult Black men (22 6 3 yr) participated
in this study. Each subject rested in the supine position while
HRV was recorded for a 5-minute period. To measure HRV, the
frequency domain was used to transform the electrocardio-
gram into a power spectrum. The normalized area under the
high-frequency (0.150.40 Hz) component was recorded and
analyzed as a marker of parasympathetic modulation. Waist
circumference, BMI, and sum of skinfolds (7 sites) were used
has anthropometric measures of body composition. A graded
exercise treadmill protocol was performed to attain V
_
O
2
max.
Immediately following the exercise test, each subject returned
to the supine position to monitor HRR at 1-min (HRR1) and
2-min mark (HRR2). One-way ANOVA procedures were used
to compare means between subjects. Zero-order correlations
were also used to determine the relationship between the
studied variables. The clarify inuences of the variables on
the variance in HRV and HRR stepwise multiple regression
procedures were used. Results: The results indicated that
HFnu was lower and LF: HF was higher (p # 0.05) in our
lower cardiovascular tness group compared to the higher,
as designated by the norm-referenced V
_
O
2
max measure
(above and below the 50th percentile). However when
adjusting for BMI, WC, and SF these differences were not
apparent (p . 0.05). Signicant correlations were found
between all variables and V
_
O
2
max. However, V
_
O
2
max did
the TM
| www.nsca.com
not correlate with any parameter of HRV or HRR. BMI and
WC provided signicant correlations with HRR (p . 0.05).
The stepwise regression procedures showed only SF to
account for the variation in HFnu (R
2
= 0.20, p # 0.05)
and LF: HF (R
2
= 0.30, p # 0.05). The regression also
revealed that WC was the only variable to account for var-
iation in HRR2 (R
2
= 0.20, p # 0.05). Conclusions:
The results of the investigation suggest that Black men with
higher aerobic tness exhibited greater HRV. This relationship
appeared to be a result of more favorable proles of body com-
position seen in the higher t group. Practical Applications:
The results of this study underscore the importance of body
composition when explaining the relationship between physical
tness and cardiovascular-autonomic control in Black men.
According to these results, lifestyle interventions should be
designed to improve aerobic tness and body composition to fully
enhance cardiovascular-autonomic control in this population.
THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN AEROBIC
POWER, FAT FREE MASS, AND
CROSSFIT PERFORMANCE
B. KLISZCZEWICZ,
1
R. SNARR,
2
AND M. ESCO
3
1
Auburn University, Auburn, AL;
2
Auburn Univeristy
Montgomery; and
3
Auburn University Montgomery
CrossFit is a fast growing sport of tness that not only serves
as a form of competition but as a form of general exercise
training. Little is known about this conditioning program or
what factors may inuence performance. Purpose: The pur-
pose of this study was to examine variables that my inuence
the performance of semi- to well-trained subjects on a named
CrossFit workout. Methods: 7 men and 3 women (mean
age = 27.2 6 9.6 yrs) who have trained in CrossFit for at
least 3 months participated in the study. Each subject had
body fat percentage (BF%) assessed with the use of dual-
energy x-ray absorptiometry (DEXA). Subjects then per-
formed a graded exercise test on a treadmill to determine
maximal oxygen consumption (V
_
O
2
max). All subjects per-
formed the named CrossFit workout called CINDY, which
consisted of as many rounds possible of 5 pull-ups, 10 push-
ups, and 15 air squats in 20-minute, which is occasionally
performed in competition. Pearson product correlations were
performed to determine the relationship between the labo-
ratory (i.e., BF% and V
_
O
2
max) and performance (i.e., rounds
of CINDY completed) variables. Results: The participants
had a mean (6 SD) BF% of 16.6 (6 7.9)%, a mean (6 SD)
V
_
O
2
max of 52.9 (6 6.4) ml$kg
21
$min
21
, and a mean (6SD)
rounds of CINDY completed 17.6 (63.4). There was
a signicant correlation found between BF% and the number
of rounds of CINDY completed (r = 20.84, p , 0.01). Con-
versely, there was no relationship between V
_
O
2
max and
CINDY performance (r = 0.02, p . 0.05). Conclusions:
The ndings of this study suggest that BF% is a relatively
strong predictor of CINDY performance. Conversely, there
was no relationship between V
_
O
2
max and performance,
probably because CINDY is primarily a muscular endur-
ance-based workout. Due to the many different types of rou-
tines within this unique sport, further investigation is
necessary to better understand the relationship between
overall physical tness and CrossFit performance. Practical
Applications: This study demonstrates the importance of
BF% in relation to rounds completed of CINDY. However,
the signicance of V
_
O
2
max for CrossFit performance re-
mains unclear.
EVALUATION OF MUSCLE QUALITY
RELIABILITY AND RACIAL DIFFERENCES IN
BODY COMPOSITION OF
OVERWEIGHT INDIVIDUALS
M. N. MELVIN,
1
A. E. SMITH-RYAN,
2
H. WINGFIELD,
3
M. WOESSNER,
3
AND S. FULTZ
3
1
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill;
2
University of
North Carolina Chapel Hill; and
3
University of North
Carolina
It has been suggested that physiological differences in muscle
density and pennation angle exist between black and white
athletes. Echo intensity (EI) may detect these differences in
muscle integrity. Purpose: The purpose of this study was to
investigate the reliability of ultrasound measures of muscle
cross sectional area (mCSA) and echo intensity (EI) of the
vastus lateralis (VL) in overweight subjects. A secondary pur-
pose was to evaluate racial differences in EI, mCSA, and body
composition. Methods: Thirty-three overweight subjects (Age:
39 6 11 yrs, Height: 174.1 6 10.0 cm, Weight: 94.2 6
15.1 kg, %fat: 32.4 6 7.1%) were stratied by race: black
(B; n = 10) and white (W; n = 23). Muscle CSA of the VL
was determined from a panoramic scan of the VL using a GE
logiq-e B-mode ultrasound (GE Healthcare). The ultrasound
probe was held perpendicular to the tissue and swept across
the skin at equal pressure from the lateral VL border to medial
fascia separation. Echo intensity was determined from the pan-
oramic scan of the VL by grayscale analysis using Image-J
software. Fat mass (FM), lean mass (LM), and %fat were deter-
mined using dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry (DXA). Reliability
of mCSA and EI was evaluated using intraclass correlation
coefcients (ICC), standard error of the measurement (SEM),
Abstracts
the TM
standard error of the measurements as a percentage of the-
mean (SEM%), and minimum difference (MD). One-way anal-
ysis of variance was used to identify racial comparisons.
Results: For mCSA, ICC
(2-1)
, SEM, SEM% and MD were
0.87, 2.12, 12.65% and 5.89, respectively. For EI, ICC
(2-1)
,
SEM, SEM% and MD were 0.74, 4.58, 9.20%, and 12.69,
respectively. Between black and white subjects, there were
no signicant differences (p = 0.1440.519) for the body com-
position variables FM: (B: 33.4 6 9.6 kg; W: 28.9 6 6.9 kg)
LM: (B: 63.9 6 15.9 kg, W: 59.0 6 10.5 kg), and %fat: (B:
33.7 6 8.3 %, W: 31.9 6 6.6 %) or for mCSA (p = 0.841; B:
16.6 6 9.3 cm
2
, W: 16.0 6 5.1 cm
2
). However, EI was sig-
nicantly lower (p = 0.018) for black (45.7 6 10.3) than white
(53.5 6 7.2). Conclusions: Ultrasound measures of mCSA and
EI are reliable in overweight subjects. There were no signicant
differences in mCSA or DXA body composition measurements
between the black and white overweight individuals, but there
was a signicant difference in EI. Lower EI in overweight black
individuals may suggest that black athletes have decreased intra-
muscular adipose and connective tissue, decreased pennation
angle, and increased muscle density when compared to over-
weight white athletes. Practical applications: These results sug-
gest that EI may be a better indicator of obesity-related health risks
than DXA %fat. Measurements of EI in overweight athletes may
provide better risk indicators for sarcopenic obesity and metabolic
syndrome, which may help provide a more effective transition into
retirement. Acknowledgments: Supported by funding from the
Nutrition Obesity Research Center (P30DK056350).
RELATIONSHIP OF REGIONAL AND TOTAL
LEAN MASS TO ISOINERTIAL LIFTS IN
COLLEGE FOOTBALL PLAYERS
R. SCHUMACHER,
1
J. RAMATOWSKI,
1
B. MANN,
2
AND J. L. MAYHEW
1
1
Truman State University, Kirksville, MO; and
2
University of
Missouri, Columbia, MO
One-repetition maximum lifts (1RM) have long been the choice
of strength and conditioning specialists to evaluate strength
potential of college football. In addition, body dimensions and
lean body mass have been used as adjunct correlates to
strength performance. However, little attention has been given
to the generalizability among strength tests or the potential of
body composition elements to assist in identifying strength
potential. Purpose: To evaluate the relationship of regional
and total lean mass to 1RM isoinertial performances in college
football players. Methods: 66 NCAA Division II college foot-
ball players (age = 20.4 6 1.2 yrs, height = 181.5 6 6.6 cm,
body mass = 97.8 6 17.6 kg) were evaluated for 1RM per-
formances in bench press (BP), squat (SQ), deadlift (DL), and
hang clean (HC). Players also performed maximal bench repe-
titions with a constant load (NFL-225 test). In addition, regional
lean tissue mass was determined for arms, trunk, legs, and total
body from dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA; lunar?...).
Results: BP was signicantly related to SQ (r = 0.389, p ,
0.001), DL (r = 0.614, p , 0.001), and HC (r = 0.328,
p , 0.001). DL was signicantly related to HC (r = 0.513,
p , 0.001) but not to SQ (r = 0.147, p = 0.26). SQ was
negatively related to HC (r =-0.569, p , 0.001). Factor analysis
produced 2 strength components, with BP and DL accounting
for 48.3% of the total variance, and SQ and HC accounting for
39.3%. Regression analysis indicated that only total lean mass
was moderately predictive of BP (r = 0.53, SEE = 16.1 kg) and
DL (r = 0.55, SEE = 21.7 kg). Regional lean mass did not
signicantly predictive of SQ or HC. NFL-225 repetitions were
highly related to 1RM BP (r = 0.93, p , 0.001) and, to a lesser
degree, to SQ (r = 0.43, p , 0.001), and DL (r = 0.46, p ,
0.001). Regional and total lean masses made no signicant (p .
0.80) contribution to lift prediction beyond NFL-225 repetitions.
Repetitions were not signicantly related to HC (r = 0.19, p =
0.19). CONCLUSION: Regional and total lean masses appear
to make relatively small contributions to the prediction of 1RM
strength performances in college football players. Major lifts may
be independent of one another, suggesting a lack of strength
generalizability with less than 38% common variance among the
lifts. Practical Applications: Strength and conditioning spe-
cialists may have to consider an array of strength tests to eval-
uate regional or total body strength. Neither regional nor global
body composition appears to be of much value in identifying
specic or total strength performance in college football players.
SELF DIRECTED LEARNING, DEPRESSION,
ANXIETY, AND STRESS IN
ULTRA-ENDURANCE ATHLETES
B. GENTRY,
1
L. VAN GINDER,
2
T. J. PIPER,
3
AND
C. MCMILLIAN
2
1
Western Illinois University, Macomb, IL;
2
Western Illinois
University; and
3
Western Illinois University, Department of
Kinesiology, Major of Exercise Science
Purpose: The purpose of this study was to investigate the self-
directed learning characteristics and the levels of depression,
anxiety, and stress present in ultra-endurance racing partici-
pants. Methods: Fifteen participants (male = 13, female =
2, mean age = 30.7 6 9.36 years, age range = 2047)
enrolled in the event were surveyed using the Oddi Continued
the TM
| www.nsca.com
Learning Inventory (OCLI) and the Depression, Anxiety, and
Stress Survey (DASS). Subjects prior frequency of training
leading up to the race just over 2.5 days per week (M =
2.67 6 0.89) with a range of average training sessions from 30
to 60 minutes to +120 minutes. Subjects average longest train-
ing session in preparation for the race exceeding 500 minutes in
total (M = 516.67 6 477.47 minutes) with scores ranging from
90 minutes to 1800 minutes. Subjects education level ranged
from High School to Bachelors Degree, mean falling between an
Associates and Bachelors Degree. The ofcial title of the event
was The Suck and consisted of a wide range of challenges and
obstacles with no specic emphasis on one discipline of tness.
This event was 36 hours in duration. The suck is a military term
that denes any situation where conditions are undesirable and is
a testament to the dedication of those who endure it. Results:
The overall results of the OCLI scores ranged from 101 to 149.
The average score among the racers was 127 (M= 127 613.3).
These results are consistent with past research utilizing the OCLI,
indicating that these participants possess a high level of SDL.
Results from the DASS for depression ranged from 0 to 4, for
anxiety 022, for stress 016. For depression the average was
1.067 (M = 1.067 6 1.6), for anxiety the average was 4.267 (M =
4.267 6 6.5), for stress the average was 9 (M = 9 6 5.8). These
results showed lowlevels of depression, anxiety, and stress prior to
the race in these participants. Conclusion: This study revealed that
those that participate in ultra-endurance obstacle races tend to be
self-directed learners and have low levels of depression, anxiety,
and stress prior to the race. Practical Applications: Considering
the level of SDL present in these participants it is clear that these
are individuals who take control of their individual training goals and
are purposeful in their learning. The participants showed very low
levels of depression, anxiety, and stress, which concludes that these
individuals were mentally prepared for a high demanding race.
ENDURANCE TRAINING PREVALENCE AND
PREFERENCE AMONG COMPETITIVE
MOUNTAIN BIKERS
S. M. MITCHELL,
1
M. RICHARDSON,
2
J. C. HIGGINBOTHAM,
2
H. GARY,
2
J. WINGO,
2
S. USDAN,
2
AND R. HENDERSON
2
1
University of South Alabama, Mobile, AL; and
2
University
of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL
V
_
O
2
max has been identied as a physiological contributor to
mountain bike performance. Research supports endurance train-
ing (ET) as a modality for increasing V
_
O
2
max. While studies have
examined the physiological parameters associated with success-
ful riding, little is known about how competitive mountain bikers
train to increase performance. Purpose: Therefore, the purpose
of this study was to identify the prevalence of traditional ET among
competitive mountain bikers in their effort to improve performance.
Methods: Forty competitive mountain bikers (mean 6 SD, age
25.75 6 9.12 years) responded to an online training survey.
Participants for this study were recruited by contacting groups
whose members are competitive mountain bikers (i.e., NCAA uni-
versity teams, university sports club teams, sponsored teams, pro-
fessional teams). The survey assessed several types of training,
including ET. Major responses were examined to determine the
reliability of the training survey. Cronbachs alpha value for reliabil-
ity was 0.82. Results: In-Season: Proportion of respondents par-
ticipating in ET during the in-season was 97.5%. Seventy-two
percent of riders reported trail riding only, 28% used a stationary
cycle ergometer to complement trail riding, and no riders reported
using a cycle ergometer only for ET sessions. Mean number of
weekly trail riding endurance sessions was 2.51 (SD = 1.44)
sessions. Workout sessions per week on a stationary cycle
ergometer were 1.73 (SD = 0.79) sessions. Paired samples t-test
revealed a signicant difference between the weekly number of
trail sessions and cycle ergometer sessions (t = 2.65, df = 10, p =
0.02). Off-Season: Proportion of respondents participating in ET
during the off-season was 82.5%. The percentage of riders who
participate in ET during the in-season was signicantly greater
than that during the off-season (z = 2.58, p = 0.005). Fifty-two
percent reported trail riding only, 33% reported trail riding and
a cycle ergometer, and 12% reported using a cycle ergometer
only for ET sessions during the off-season. Median number of
weekly endurance sessions spent trail riding was 2 sessions.
Median number of workout sessions per week on a cycle ergom-
eter was 2 sessions. A Wilcoxon signed rank test revealed no
signicant difference between the weekly number of endurance
trail sessions and cycle ergometer sessions during the off-season
(z = 20.30, p = 0.78). Conclusions: Among respondents,
97.5% reported participating in ET during the in-season, while
82.5% reported ET during the off-season. Based on the percep-
tion that mountain biking is an aerobically based event, these
results may not seem surprising. A greater percentage of riders
chose trail riding as a modality for endurance training and more
sessions of trail riding were conducted per week during the
in-season when compared to a cycle ergometer. These results
suggest that riders may prefer to train on equipment specic to
competition. There is also the possibility that riders simply enjoy
riding their bikes on a trail and choose to trail ride for training.
Practical Applications: ET has been shown to increase aerobic
capacity, which may lead to increases in performance while riding.
Trail riding offers the rider a training environment almost identical to
an actual competition, as well as training on the type of equipment
they will use in competition. Riders appear to prefer trail riding as
a means for improving aerobic capacity. If not already doing so,
Abstracts
the TM
coaches should consider implementing a greater number of trail
rides when looking to increase performance among their athletes.
EFFECT OF BETWEEN-INNING MUSCLE
STIMULATION ON BASEBALL PITCHERS OVER
AN ENTIRE SEASON: A PILOT STUDY
J. BLAUM,
1
D. SZYMANSKI,
1
AND C. WARREN
2
1
Louisiana Tech University, Ruston, LA; and
2
Center for
Athletic Performance and Physical Therapy
Purpose: To record live game effects of between inning mus-
cle stimulation on shoulder strength, shoulder range of motion
(ROM), and pitching velocity (PV) throughout a collegiate
baseball season. Methods: Eleven Division I intercollegiate
baseball pitchers volunteered for this study. Four pitchers were
placed in the muscle stimulation (experimental) group while 7
pitchers were in the active rest (control) group. The muscle
stimulator (DJO Global Inc., Vista, CA, USA) was used in the
experimental group. All participants were medically cleared by
team physicians prior to being involved in the study. Pitchers in
the experimental group had the muscle stimulator pads placed
on 8 locations on the throwing arm side (medial and lateral
forearm, biceps and triceps, anterior and posterior shoulder,
and trapezius and latissimus dorsi) in between every inning
they pitched during the season. Pitchers in the active rest
(control) group sat in the dugout as they normally would in
between innings. Pre-season shoulder ROM (goniometer)
and strength (Jamar dynamometer) measurements (exion,
extension, internal rotation at 908, and external rotation at
908) and PV (Stalker radar gun) were recorded in February
prior to the rst game. Pitching velocity was recorded during
every home game while ROM and strength measurements
were measured early mid-season, late mid-season, and post-
season. A 2 3 4 (group 3 season) repeated measures
ANOVA was run on each dependent variable to measure
signicance. Statistical signicance was set an alpha level of
p # 0.05. Results: Internal rotation (IR) strength was signi-
cantly different between the 2 groups when measured early
mid-season (p = 0.04). The rest of the measurements through-
out the study were not signicantly different at the p # 0.05
level. The mean PV for the control group was not statistically
different than the mean PV for the experimental group at any time
during the season. Conclusions: The most important nding of
this study was that the use of the muscle stimulator between
innings during the season did not improve baseball pitchers
ROM or PV. However, IR strength was signicantly different at
early mid-season. In discussions with the experimental group,
they agreed that they felt less discomfort throughout the game
and during the days after pitching in comparison to when they
did not use the muscle stimulator. A major limitation of this study
was the sample size and the device used to measure shoulder
strength. Practical Applications: In between inning uses of
a muscle stimulator during actual baseball games throughout
an entire season showed no signicant differences in pitchers
shoulder ROMor, in general, shoulder strength between groups.
However based on the feedback from the muscle stimulator
group, pitchers believed that use of the muscle stimulator in
between innings provided a comfort level during the game that
helped them stay warm in between innings. They believed that
this allowed them to get back to optimal throwing comfort easier
before the next inning started.
ABSTRACT STUDENT RESEARCH - ACUTE
EFFECTS OF STATIC STRETCHING, DYNAMIC
STRETCHING, AND FOAM ROLLING PRIOR TO
SIT AND REACH TEST, VERTICAL JUMP, AND
STANDING LONG JUMP
M. GENIN,
1
R. ROZENEK,
2
D. YOUNG,
2
AND
L. WILSON
3
1
California State University Long Beach;
2
CSULB; and
3
Northern Arizona University
Purpose: It has been suggested that a warm-up consisting of
dynamic stretching may have a greater benet in exercise per-
formance when compared to static stretching. These 2 modes
of warm-up have not yet been compared to self-myofascial
release with the use of a foam roller. There has been insuf-
cient research on the effect of foam rolling, however claims by
tness professionals and coaches assume that this modality
may have an effect on performance. Identifying a relationship
between self-myofascial release and performance would be of
great benet to those utilizing this modality. The purpose of this
study was to examine the acute effects of static stretching,
dynamic stretching, and foam rolling prior to the sit and reach
test, vertical jump, and standing broad jump. Methods:
Seventy two college-aged, untrained subjects (38 males, 34
females) performed static stretching (SS), dynamic stretching
(DS), self-myofascial release with a foam roller (FR), and no
warm-up prior (C) to the sit and reach test (SR), vertical jump
(VJ), and standing broad jump (SBJ). This was a randomized,
within-subject study. The order of the warm-up protocols and
tests were randomly assigned. The rst session consisted of
the warm-up protocols and jump tests familiarization. The test-
ing was performed in 4 visits, once or twice per week. Each
testing session began with a general warm-up of easy jogging
for 5 minutes at a self-selected pace. Immediately after the jog
the subject performed 3 trials of the SR, followed by 1 of the
the TM
| www.nsca.com
4 warm-up interventions including (a) SS, (b) DS, (c) FR, or (d)
C. Subjects then performed 3 SR trials immediately after the
experimental condition. Three trials of both the VJ and SBJ
tests were performed in random order after the second set of
SR trials. A post-test questionnaire was administered at the
end of each of the 4 testing sessions to gain subjective feed-
back about the warm-ups. Results: Data was analyzed using
a one-way repeated measures analysis of variance. The differ-
ence in pre and post warm-up SR measurements were statis-
tically signicant (p = 0.000) following SS, DS, and FR in
comparison to C. There were no signicant effects in VJ height
(p = 0.995), or in SBJ length following any of the warm-up
protocols (p = 0.820). Conclusions: The ndings of this study
show that SS, DS, and FR did not improve vertical jump, or
standing broad jump performance over the control. There were
signicant improvements in the sit and reach test between pre
and post-test measurements following SS, DS, and FR when
compared to C. Factors that may have inuenced these results
include duration and intensity of the warm-up protocols, train-
ing status of the subjects, as well as using different perfor-
mance measures. It was concluded that SS, DS, and FR
have no acute effects on jump performance, but may increase
low back and hamstring exibility. Practical Applications:
Static stretching, dynamic stretching, and foam rolling may
be benecial prior to exercise where exibility is pertinent to
performance. However, these methods of warm-up may not be
benecial prior to power exercises that including jumping. More
research on foam rolling prior to endurance and strength per-
formance is recommended.
SELECTED PREDICTORS OF CHAMPIONSHIP
CROSS COUNTRY RUNNING TIMES IN MALE
AND FEMALE COLLEGIATE CROSS
COUNTRY RUNNERS
J. MILLER,
1
AND E. AGRE
1
1
Oklahoma City University, Oklahoma City, OK
Purpose: The purpose of this study was to identify important
performance predictors of race time (RT) for a mens and wom-
ens cross country conference championship race. Methods:
Four female (age = 21 6 4 yrs; height = 67 6 3 in; weight =
123 6 11 lbs) and 6 male (age = 18.1 6 0.4 yrs; height = 70
6 2 in; weight = 1456 12 lbs) collegiate runners that partic-
ipated in a NAIA D-1 level conference championship volun-
teered for the study. Participants reported for testing within 1
week of the championship race. Following a 10 minuts warm
up period on a cycle ergometer, athletes were assessed for
lower body strength by the squat jump (SJ), lower body neu-
romuscular power by the vertical jump (VJ), static trunk endur-
ance by the prone (PP), right (RP) and left (LP) plank hold
times, and passive ankle range of motion by right (RDF) and
left (LDF) passive ankle dorsiexion (PAD). SJ: Hands were
placed on the hips, and the participants achieved/held a parallel
squat for 4 sec before jumping. VJ: Participants were permitted
to use a countermovement and arm swing. Athletes performed
as many jumps as necessary until 2 successive jumps were no
longer higher than the best recorded score. A 30 sec rest was
observed between all jump assessments/attempts. All jump
assessments were conducted on a contact mat (Just Jump,
Probotics, Huntsville, AL). Following a 3 min rest, the planking
assessments were conducted with the PP rst followed by the
RP or LP; the order of the RP and LP alternated with each
participant. Participants were given 1 chance to correct during
each plank and 1 min rest between bouts of planking. PAD was
conducted after the planking assessments. Participants placed
the knee of the selected leg against the wall while sliding the
heel away from the wall until just before the heel lifted. Dis-
tance from the posterior side of the heel to the wall was
recorded for both legs utilizing a tape measure placed on
the oor perpendicular to the wall. PAD scores were normal-
ized to the participants height. The difference (DD) between
PAD scores for the right and left leg was calculated. Mens
race distance was 8k (28.1 60.24 minutes) and the womens
5k (20.5 6 0.5minutes). The relationships between the pre-
dictor scores and RT were assessed using a Pearson (r)
product-moment correlation coefcient. Results: For the
men, strong and moderate strength relationships existed
between race time and the SJ (r = 20.69), VJ (r = 20.52),
DD (r = 20.45), LDF (r = 20.54), and RDF (r = 20.72). For
the women, strong and moderate strength relationships ex-
isted between race time and the SJ (r = 20.69), VJ (r =
20.63), PP (r = 20.70), RP (r = 20.75), LP (r = 20.79),
DD (r = 0.73), and RDF (r = 20.50). Conclusions: Male and
female collegiate cross country athletes could improve run-
ning performance by increasing leg strength (SJ), neuromus-
cular power (VJ), and passive ankle range of motion. Female
athletes may also improve running performance through an
increase in static trunk endurance. Practical Applications:
For both the male and female athletes an increase in lower
body strength and muscular power could provide improved
running economy, while increased PAD could create greater
impulse from longer foot contact time. Female collegiate
cross country athletes might benet from static trunk training
possibly to provide better force transfer from hip extensors
and hip abductors through the lower extremity into the
running surface.
Abstracts
the TM
EFFECTS OF PNF STRETCHING FOLLOWING
CRUSHED ICE VERSUS WETTED ICE ON
HAMSTRING FLEXIBILITY
M. MILLER,
1
J. TROIANO,
1
C. LARSEN,
1
R. RAMIREZ,
1
AND W. HOLCOMB
2
1
Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo, MI; and
2
The
University of Southern Mississippi, Hattiesburg, MI
Flexibility, which is the ability to move freely through a full range
of motion (ROM), is desired to improve performance and
decrease the likelihood of muscle injury. Proprioceptive Neu-
romuscular Facilitation (PNF) stretching is recognized as the
most effective stretching technique to improve exibility. In
addition, cryotherapy has been shown to enhance stretching
for greater improvements in exibility. Recent research has
shown that wetted ice (ice bag with added water) is a superior
form of cryotherapy. However, no study was found that
combined either crushed or wetted ice with PNF stretching
on hamstring ROM. Purpose: To determine which type of
cryotherapy agent, crushed or wetted ice bag, would produce
the greatest gains in hamstring ROM when followed by
PNF stretching. Methods: Fifteen healthy subjects aged
22.6 6 1.6 years with no history of lower leg pathologies or
sensitivity to cryotherapy volunteered to participate. Each sub-
ject underwent 3 testing sessions with treatment order
counter-balanced. The 3 treatment conditions were: crushed
ice bag (crushed ice), wetted ice bag (wetted ice) and no ice
bag (no ice). The crushed ice consisted of 2500 ml of ice
placed in a 9.5in by 18in 1-mil polyethylene Cramer bag with
the air removed to increase conformity to the hamstring. The
wetted ice bag contained 2500 ml of cubed ice along with
150 ml of room temperature water in the same sized ice bag.
The subjects baseline hamstring ROM was measured (base-
line) with a goniometer followed by 1 of the 20 minute treat-
ment sessions. At the conclusion of the treatment session,
a second ROM measurement was taken (pre-PNF). Subjects
were then stretched using a slow-reversal-hold-relax PNF
technique consisting of a ten-second passive stretch,
a ten-second isometric contraction and then a nal 30-sec-
ond passive stretch. Following PNF stretching, a nal ROM
measurement was taken (post-PNF). A repeated measures
analysis of variance (RM-ANOVA) was used to analyze the
differences in the time period (baseline, pre-PNF, post-PNF)
and treatment condition (wetted, crushed, no ice) on the
ROM of the hamstring. Results: The RM-ANOVA showed
that there was a signicant interaction effect (F (4,56) =
5.32, p = 0.001) between the time periods and condition.
Post hoc testing indicated that no ice (75.498 6 12.198)
was signicantly different than wetted ice (81.738 6
10.348) and crushed ice (81.628 6 13.198) at the pre-PNF
period. The post-PNF stretching period showed that no ice
(85.278 6 13.838) was signicantly different than wetted
ice (89.448 6 11.318) and crushed ice (89.168 6 13.788).
However, post-PNF ROM between wetted ice and crushed
ice were not statistically different. Conclusions: Using cryo-
therapy prior to PNF stretching enhances the improvements
in hamstring exibility. However, under the conditions of
this study the type of cryotherapy used did not affect the
results. Practical Applications: Strength and Conditioning
Coaches can provide a greater increase in hamstring exibil-
ity by applying ice prior to PNF stretching and those who
have lost exibility due to injury can see greater improve-
ments in ROM while also receiving the therapeutic benets
of cryotherapy.
TEST-RETEST RELIABILITY OF MUSCLE AND
TENDON LENGTHS: AN ULTRASOUND TAPE
MEASURE APPROACH
M. SCHARVILLE,
1
E. D. RYAN,
2
E. J. SOBOLEWSKI,
2
J. ROSENBERG,
1
G. E. KING,
2
AND B. J. THOMPSON
3
1
2
The University
of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; and
3
Oklahoma State
University
the TM
| www.nsca.com
Purpose: The popularity of ultrasound (US) devices to examine
muscle architecture has increased due to its ease of use and
portability. A novel technique using an ultrasound tape measure
(US-tape) method has recently been used to examine the inu-
ence of contracture on tendon and muscle lengths. However,
the consistency of these assessments warrants further investi-
gation. The purpose of the present study was to determine the
test-retest reliability for Achilles tendon (AT) and medial gas-
trocnemius (MG) length assessed using the US-tape method.
Methods: Seventeen healthy and recreationally active males
(mean 6 SD age, 20.9 6 2.2; stature, 173.6 6 6.6 cm; mass,
76.1 6 13.8 kg) volunteered for this investigation. Participants
visited the laboratory on 2 separate occasions separated by
27 days at the same time of day (62 hours). All participants
were seated in a dynamometer with their leg fully extended
and at a neutral ankle joint angle (908 between foot and leg).
A Gulick anthropometric tape measure was xed to the
B-mode US probe. Muscle-tendon unit (MTU) length was
measured from the insertion of the AT on the calcaneus to
the supercial aspect of the medial femoral condyle (tape
distance plus US image distance). AT length was measured
from the insertion on the calcaneus to the musculotendinous
junction (tape distance plus US image distance). All meas-
urements were performed by the same investigator. Follow-
ing data collection, the US depth and distance was
calculated using Image-J software. MTU and AT lengths were
calculated using Pythagoras theorem and MG length was
calculated from the difference between the MTU and AT
lengths. Test-retest reliability for AT and MG lengths were
determined using the intraclass correlation coefcients
(ICC), standard error of measurement (SEM), and minimum
difference (MD) values from Model 2, 1 per the recommen-
dation of Weir (2005). Systematic error was examined using
separate one-way repeated measures analyses of variance
(ANOVAs). Results: Test-retest reliability statistics are pre-
sented in Table 1. Conclusions: The ANOVAs indicated that
there was no systematic error between trials. Relative con-
sistency was high with ICC values ranging between 0.90 and
0.93 and the absolute consistency values were low with SEM
values (expressed as a percentage of the mean) of 3.15 and
2.54% for AT and MG length, respectively. Minimal changes
to be considered real for AT and MG lengths were 1.78 and
1.73 cm, respectively. These ndings demonstrate that the
US-tape method is a simple and reliable method for deter-
mining AT and MG lengths. Practical Applications: The
US-tape method may be an appropriate and reliable tech-
nique for future studies to examine the acute and chronic
inuences of various training routines on tendon and muscle
lengths.
PERCEIVED RECOVERY IN MAXIMAL EFFORT
STRENGTH TRAINING USING POWERLIFTS
N. T. THEILEN,
1
B. I. CAMPBELL,
2
M. C. ZOURDOS,
3
J. M. OLIVER,
4
J. WILSON,
5
J. OHALLORAN,
2
AND N. ASHER
2
1
University of South Florida, Tampa, FL;
2
University of South
Florida/Exercise and Performance Nutrition Laboratory;
3
Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, FL;
4
Department of
Kinesiology, Texas Christian University, Fort Worth, TX; and
5
University of Tampa
Fatigue is manifested following an acute bout of power-
lifting (squat, deadlift, and bench press). Ones perception
of recovery may correlate to the individuals ability to com-
plete work in the form of powerlift training. The perception
of recovery following intense training using all 3 powerlifts
has not yet been investigated. Purpose: To assess the
perceptual levels of acute neuromuscular fatigue caused
by each powerlift as a result of maximal effort strength train-
ing sessions with each powerlift. Methods: Twelve resis-
tance trained males (22.8 6 2.6 yrs; 177.1 6 6.7 cm; 83.0
6 12.6 kgs) participated in a randomized crossover design
with 3 conditions: Squat (SQ), Bench Press (BP), and
Deadlift (DL). A Perceived Recovery Scale (1-10 scale on
subjective performance ability) was used prior to each ses-
sion to assess individual fatigue. Baseline measures of per-
ceived recovery were recorded 1 week prior to training.
Subjects trained the Monday of 3 consecutive weeks using
each power lift separately (1 lift per week). Perceived recov-
ery measurements were assessed at 24, 48, and 72 hours
following each training session. Recovery measures were
compared to baseline measures to assess fatigue. Data
was analyzed via repeated measures ANOVA (p # 0.05).
Results: SQ: perceived recovery signicantly decreased
following squat training at all 3 time periods as compared
to baseline (Baseline = 8.5; 24 hours = 5.9 [p = 0.013]; 48
hours = 6.3 [p = 0.003]; 72 hours = 7.2 [p = 0.033]. BP:
Perceived recovery signicantly declined at 24, and 48
hours following BP training as compared to baseline (Base-
line = 8.5; 24 hours = 6.7 [p = 0.007]; 48 hours = 5.6 [p =
0.003]). No signicant differences in perceived recovery at
72 hours following bench press training as compared to
baseline. DL: no signicant differences in perceived recov-
ery at 24, and 72 hours following deadlift training as com-
pared to baseline. Perceived recovery signicantly declined
only at 48 hours following the deadlift intervention (Baseline =
8.5; 48 hours = 6.6 [p = 0.002]. Conclusions: Perceived
recovery was signicantly decreased for 24, 48, and 72 hours
following intense squat training. Perceived recovery was
Abstracts
the TM
signicantly decreased at 24, and 48 hours following intense
bench press training. Perceived recovery was signicantly
decreased at 48 hours following intense deadlift training.
Practical Applications: There was a signicant decrease
in the subjects perceived recovery status after squat training
for a longer period than bench press and deadlift training.
Because perceived recovery and the ability to perform phys-
ical work may be correlated, individuals may need to consider
the effects of each powerlift on perceived recovery and how it
may affect subsequent training or performance days following
training. Acknowledgments: This investigation was sup-
ported by Dymatize Nutrition Sport Performance Institute.
EFFECTS OF RESISTANCE EXERCISE ON
A NOVEL GROWTH HORMONE ASSAY SIGNAL
IN MEN
B. COMSTOCK,
1
C. DUNN-LEWIS,
1
D. HOOPER,
1
T. SZIVAK,
1
S. FLANAGAN,
1
D. LOONEY,
1
J. MALADOUANGDOCK,
1
W. DUPONT,
1
D. MCDERMOTT,
1
H. LUK,
1
R. STARON,
2
AND
W. J. KRAEMER
1
1
University of Connecticut, Storrs, CT; and
2
Ohio University,
Athens, OH
Purpose: Growth Hormone is a family of hormones that is
a greatly heterogeneous polypeptide hormone with more than
100 different variant forms presently known to exist in circula-
tion. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of
resistance exercise on different growth hormone signals in
response to heavy resistance exercise. Methods: Eleven
healthy non-resistance trained men n = 11; mean 6 SD: age
20.7 6 2.9 years, 179.6 6 7.4 cm performed a resistance
training workout with blood samples obtained pre and post
exercise. The resistance training workout consisted of perform-
ing 3 sets with 2 minutes rest and a 911 RM zone range leg
press, squat and knee extensions. Blood samples were ob-
tained pre- and immediate post (IP) and 15 minutes post work-
out for analysis of serum growth hormone (GH) using 2
different assay techniques, a bioactive (BA) and immunoreac-
tive (IR). The bioactive GH assay was determined via a rat
lymphoma cell line Nb-2 bioassay. Prior to each assay, cells
were cultured in RPMI media containing 10% fetal calf serum
(FCS) at 37 C in an environment of 5% C02 of a Forma Sci-
entic incubator. For each assay, cells cultures were split for
continued growth in RPMI and 10% FCS at a concentration of
100,000 cells per ml for limitation of 72 hours. The remainder
was washed twice at 1200 rpm in RPIm with 1% FCS and
incubated in this media known as assay media for 24 hours
prior to the assay. After 24 hours, the samples were pulsed
with a mixture of 50 ul 3H thymidine per 2 ml of assay media
warmed up to 37
B
C and incubated in the incubator for 16
hours. Following the incubation period, cells were harvested on
glass/paper lter mats and allowed to dry overnight and
counted on a Beta Plate Scintillation counter and subsequent
values determined via computer interface. A monoclonal radio-
immunoassay (RIA) was used to determine the amount of
immunoreactivity in each of the samples for determination of
immunoreactive GH using standard RIA assay methods using
a gamma counter and on-line data reduction system. A 2-way
analysis of variance (2 3 2; assay type 3 time) was used to
determine assay and exercise effects with signicance dened
at p #0.05. Results: No differences were observed in the GH
concentrations between assays at rest BA 3.7 6 0.8 mg$L
21
vs. IR 1.2 6 0.5 8 mg$L
21
. There was a signicant increase in
both the BA and IR GH concentrations in the blood following
the workout. However, interestingly the magnitude of the BA
increase was magnitude higher than the IR GH assay signal
(BA IP 13.1 6 1.3 mg$L
21
15 min- 62.2 6 12.5 mg$dL
21
vs.
IR IP 7.7 6 0.9 mg$L
21
and 15 min-22.2 6 9.0 mg$L
21
).
Conclusions: Not all assays will represent that same magni-
tude of pituitary release of GH and higher level aggregate.
Resistance exercise including whole body lifts increase pitui-
tary release of GH and the magnitude of its effect may not be
truly represented by just the IR assay responses. However,
different than other bioactive assays, the Nb-2 bioassay re-
sponded in a similar manner. Practical Applications: Theses
data underscore the basic premises of GH as an anabolic
responder to resistance exercise and indicate that the concen-
trations available for target receptor interactions may be under-
estimated with the use of only an IR assay analysis of blood
responses. Receptor variation may also be involved with ef-
fects on aggregate monomers rather than just the 22 kD mono-
mer representative of the IR assay signal.
THE EFFECTS OF ENDURANCE EXERCISE
TRAINING ON PLASMA CONCENTRATIONS OF
PROENKEPHALIN PEPTIDE F
AND EPINEPHRINE
C. DUNN-LEWIS,
1
B. COMSTOCK,
1
D. HOOPER,
1
T. SZIVAK,
1
S. FLANAGAN,
1
D. LOONEY,
1
A. STERCZALA,
1
E. WEBSTER,
1
A. BRYCE,
1
J. MALADOUANGDOCK,
1
C. GIACCHINO,
1
D. MCDERMOTT,
1
AND W. J. KRAEMER
1
1
the TM
| www.nsca.com
The adrenal medulla is a primary source of peripherally synthe-
sized and released proenkephalin fragments and catecholamines,
primarily epinephrine The purpose of this investigation was to
examine the training-related changes in plasma concentrations of
proenkephalin Peptide F and epinephrine in response to graded
exercise stress to determine if exercise training induces alterations
in the pattern and magnitude of circulating concentrations of
these hormones. Methods: Sixteen healthy men (22.4 6 4.1 yrs;
179.6 6 7.3 cm 72.3 6 6.3 kg) were matched (body size, age)
and randomly assigned to 1 of 2 groups which either performed
high intensity endurance training [E] (n = 8) or were asked
to remain just normally active (NA) (n = 8) over 3 months. A
graded treadmill exercise test with blood samples obtained at
pre-exercise, and at 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% of V
_
O
2
max
and immediately post and 15 minutes post exercise. Plasma pro-
enkephalin (107140) Peptide F immunoreactivity and epineph-
rine concentrations were examined pre-training (T-1), and after 4-
(T-2), 8- (T-3), and 12-weeks (T-4) of training. A 2-way ANOVA
with repeated measures and Tukey post-hoc analysis was use to
determine changes in exercise and training responses. Signi-
cance was dened as p # 0.05. Results: Increases were
observed in plasma epinephrine at 50%, 75%, 100% and IP with
exercise over each of the training time points for the NA group.
With training the E group by T-4 rst saw an increase in epineph-
rine at 75% of maximum and values for epinephrine were signif-
icantly higher than the NA at 100% and IP time points. For
plasma peptide F the NA group increased concentrations at at
75% and 100% and IP and 15 minutes following the treadmill
exercise with no differences observed over time. Conversely, the
E group shifted their response pattern which was identical to the
NA at T-1 and T-2 with training with the increase in Peptide F
concentrations at 50% at T-3 and T-4 during the graded exercise
test with the concentrations being signicantly higher than the
NA at this time point and signicantly lower at the 100% time
point at these training times. Recovery values were also signi-
cantly higher at 15 minutes post exercise for the E compared to
the NA group. Conclusions: This study indicates the plasma
concentrations of Peptide F and epinephrine in response to
graded exercise can be differentially altered with endurance exer-
cise training and reect what has been seen in elite endurance
athletes with higher adrenergic responses to maximal exercise
and a quicker response of opioid peptides at submaximal exer-
cise intensities. Practical Applications: These data indicate
that the adrenal medulla is trainable and earlier increases in opioid
peptides might allow for an analgesic effect to allow for the higher
adrenergic response to maximal exercise. Additionally, the higher
recovery responses of Peptide F in the E group may represent, as
has been noted in the literature, a great immune interactive
enhancement for recovery purposes after maximal exercise.
EFFECTS OF ACUTE RESISTANCE EXERCISE
AND SHORT-TERM TRAINING ON BIOACTIVE
PROLACTIN RESPONSES IN MEN
S. FLANAGAN,
1
C. DUNN-LEWIS,
1
B. COMSTOCK,
1
D. HOOPER,
1
T. SZIVAK,
1
D. LOONEY,
1
W. DUPONT,
1
E. WEBSTER,
1
A. BRYCE,
1
H. LUK,
1
D. DOMBROWSKI,
1
C. GIACCHINO,
1
D. MCDERMOTT,
1
R. STARON,
2
AND
W. J. KRAEMER
1
1
2
Ohio University,
Athens, OH
Purpose: Over the years little has been know about the role of
prolactin in men. Few data exist as to the responses of the
larger prolactin molecule measured with a bioassay. The pur-
pose of this study was to determine if the bioactive prolactin
molecule was differentially sensitive to resistance exercise or
with short term training adaptations. Methods: Sixteen men
n = 21; mean 6 SD: age 21.7 6 2.9 years, 176.6 6 6.4 cm
participated in an 8-week were randomly assigned of 1 of 3
groups including 2 progressive resistance training programs i.
e., low rep n = 9 performing 35 repetitions maximum (RM) for
4 sets of each exercise with 3 minute rest between sets and
exercises or a high repetition group (high rep, n = 7) perform-
ing 2028 repetitions RM for 2 sets with 1 minute rest or
a non-exercising control group (con n = 5). Lower body work-
outs were performed (leg press, squat and knee extension)
were performed 2 days/week for the rst 4 weeks and 3
days/week for the nal 4 weeks. The programs were designed
to be equal in volume (resistance 3 repetitions 3 sets). Blood
was sampled pre and immediately post-workout pre and post-
training. Bioactive prolactin (large form) was determined via
a rat lymphoma cell line Nb-2 bioassay. Each assay 96 well
Croning culture plate contained one 12 point standard curves-
2 rows for human prolactin. Each curve was proceded with
a well of naked FCS, serving as a maximal growth control or
background. The serum samples were analyzed in duplicate
with 2.5 ul pipeted into each well. In addition, to the sample
a 17.5 ul of assay media for a 1:8 dilution needed to keep the
sample reading within the standard curve was also assayed.
The last row of each plate contained 20 ul of B7 rat prolactin
as an internal standard. Each plate was incubated for 24 hours
at 37 and 5% Cos in the incubator. After 24 hours, the samples
were pulsed with a mixture of 50 ul 3H thymidine per 2 ml of
assay media warmed up to 37 C and incubated in the incuba-
tor for 16 hours. Following the incubation period, cells were
harvested on glass/paper lter mats and allowed to dry over-
night and counted on a Beta Plate Scintillation counter and
Abstracts
the TM
subsequent values determined via computer interface. Data were
analyzed using a 2-way analysis of variance with repeated meas-
ures and Tukey post-hoc test when appropriate. Signicance was
set at p # 0.05. Results: Prolactin (mg$L
21
): 35 RM Pre-
Training: Pre-EX-12.5 6 3.1 Post-Ex 26.8 6 8.2 Post-Training
Pre-Ex 23.2 6 5.7 Post-EX 64.5 6 4.5; 2028 RM Pre-Training:
Pre-EX 8.7 6 2.3 Post-Ex 27.2 6 4.5 Post-Training Pre-Ex
11.6 6 6.3 Post-EX 27.4 6 9.8: No Exercise Control Group
Pre-Training: Pre-EX 11.7 61.4 Post-Ex 13.3.2 61.3 Post-Train-
ing Pre-Ex 14.2 6 1.7 Post-EX 13.3.4 6 1.7. Prolactin concen-
trations signicantly increased after exercise in the exercise
groups and the post-exercise values were signicantly greater
than control group. The post-training, post-exercise prolactin con-
centrations in the higher intensity 35RM group was signicantly
greater than the low intensity group (2028 RM). Conclusions:
Prolactin concentrations in the blood are susceptible to both exer-
cise stress and high intensities of resistance exercise with short-
termtraining. The differential response comparing the heavy to the
lighter loading paradigms may well be due to immune and cyto-
kine interactions due to potentially greater muscle tissue use and
damage/repair phenomenon. Practical Applications: This
study veries that inherent differences physiologically of heavy
and light resistance exercise programs and can be seen in the
early phases of a resistance exercise in men.
RELIABILITY OF THE TURNING POINT CORE
TRAINER AS A MEASURE OF PEAK UPPER
TORSO ROTATIONAL VELOCITY, PEAK PELVIC
ROTATIONAL VELOCITY, AND PEAK PELVIC
TORSO SEPARATION ANGLE
B. J. ALSARRAF,
1
J. BROWN,
2
M. A. WALLER,
3
P. EISENMAN,
4
C. HICKS-LITTLE
5
1
Department of Physical Education and Sport, College of Basic
Education in Kuwait;
2
University of Utah, Salt Lake City,
UT;
3
Adams State University, Alamosa, CO;
4
Department of
Exercise and Sport Science, University of Utah, Salt Lake City,
Utah; and
5
University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah
Introduction: Pelvic and upper torso rotational velocities are
important contributors to the velocity that is imparted to balls
during the volleyball spike, golf drive, and baseball batting, but
the sequencing of pelvic and upper torso rotation is even more
important for imparting high velocity to a ball. Therefore, being
able to readily assess pelvic and upper torso rotational veloc-
ities as well as the sequencing of pelvic and upper torso rota-
tion would be helpful for evaluating athletes and the efcacy of
core strength training programs. The Turning Point Core
Trainer (TP), is a devise designed to quantify axial rotational
velocities and the sequencing of pelvic and upper torso rota-
tion; however, reliability data are yet to be published. The pur-
pose of the current study was to establish preliminary evidence
for the internal-consistency reliability of the TP as a measure of
select trunk rotational actions (TRA). METHODS Fourteen Divi-
sion I female collegiate volleyball players from the University of
Utah volunteered for this study (age 20.9 6 2.8 years, height
181.6 6 7.7 cm, weight 72.9 6 12.5 kg, BMI 22.0 6 3.0
kg$m
22
, body fat 22.0 6 6.3 %, playing experience 3.2 6
1.4 years). This study was approved by the Institutional Review
Board at the University of Utah. Each player, after a 10 minute
self-selected warm-up, completed 3 practice trials, and then
executed a total of 10 TRA in the TP at zero resistance. A 30
second rest period separated trials. The TP was used to
assess Peak Upper Torso Rotational Velocity (PUTRV) and
Peak Pelvic Rotational Velocity (PPRV) in deg$s
21
for each
TRA. The peak difference in the rotation angle of the pelvis
and upper torso about the bodys global x-axis was recorded
in degrees and termed the Peak Pelvic torso Separation Angle
(PPTSA). Statistical Analyses: Internal consistency reliability
of the TP was assessed by Cronbachs alpha Coefcients (a),
measurement precision was determined by coefcient of vari-
ation (CV), and standard error of measurement (SEM) was
the TM
| www.nsca.com
used to determine between subject variations. The stability was
determined by using a 2-way factor mixed (participants random
and trials xed) repeated measures factorial ANOVA. Statisti-
cal signicance set at p ,0.05. All data analyzed using PASW
Statistical software18.0 (IBM Inc., Chicago, IL, USA). Results:
The results of statistical analysis are reported in Table 1. Dis-
cussion: The results support the hypothesis that the TP has
excellent internal consistency reliability and support the use of
the TP for assessing rotational variables as part of a sports
conditioning program.
SHORT-TERM STRENGTH ADAPTATIONS
IN YOUNG ADULTS ELICITED BY MINIMAL
AND OVERLOAD RESISTANCE
TRAINING INTENSITIES
S. DORGO,
1
R. J. REED-JONES,
1
N. G. MURRAY,
1
AND P. V. AMBATI
1
1
University of Texas at El Paso
Previous research showed that morphological changes affect
muscular strength only after 6 weeks of training and that short-
term strength increases are primarily due to neuromuscular
adaptations. It is hypothesized that early strength increases
may be elicited through the practice of resistance training
movements with minimal overload. Purpose: To compare the
short-term strength changes between 3 groups of untrained
young adults training with: (a) overload resistance (OR);
(b) minimal resistance (MR); and (c) no active training (Con-
trol). Methods: Thirty-nine untrained adults, (mean 6 SD age:
23.5 6 3.9; BMI: 25.4 6 5.2) with no experience in resistance
training were assigned to the OR, MR, or Control groups using
blocked randomization. The experiment focused on 2 multi-joint
exercises, the bench press and the back squat. Subjects
strength was assessed by the 1 repetition maximum (1RM)
tests and by an isometric bench press test with relevant force
plate data collected. Subjects completed 2 training sessions
weekly with 3 sets of ten repetitions of each exercise. The OR
group used 75% of their latest measured 1RM, while the MR
group used a weightless 5 ft. PVC pipe for both exercises.
Subjects in the control group were asked to refrain from any
training during the experiment. Follow-up tests were adminis-
tered every 2 weeks. Strength data were analyzed using a gen-
eral linear mixed model and alpha level was set at p # 0.05.
Results: There were no initial strength differences between
the groups for the 1RM bench press (p .0.9419), 1 RM squat
(p = 0.9564), or isometric bench press tests (p = 0.06381).
From pre- to post-test for the 1RM bench press the OR group
improved 10.2% (p , 0.0001), the MR group improved 5.4%
(p , 0.0001), while the control group showed only minimal
(2.4%) and non-signicant (p = 0.0725) improvement. A sig-
nicant group by time interaction (p , 0.0001) was observed
suggesting a different improvement pattern across the groups.
For the 1RM back squat the OR group improved 12.1% (p ,
0.0001), the MR group improved 10.3% (p , 0.0001), while
the control group showed only minimal (5.2%) but signicant
(p = 0.0415) improvement. A signicant group by time inter-
action (p = 0.0291) was also observed, conrming the different
improvement patterns across the groups. For the isometric
bench press none of the groups showed signicant improve-
ments (p = 0.6357). The OR group showed an improving trend
(8.4%) from pre- to post-test, while the MR and Control groups
showed decrements (24.3% and 20.3%, respectively). Group
by time interaction was not signicant (p = 0.2388), suggesting
a similar response pattern across the groups. Conclusions:
According to our results training with overload intensities
appears to be superior even in the initial short time-period of
neuromuscular adaptation. Yet, practicing resistance training
movements without any training load appears to provide suf-
cient training stimulus to elicit initial strength changes in
untrained subjects. It appears that strength improvement is
test-specic, as improvements in 1RM bench press did not
transfer to signicant isometric bench press strength improve-
ment for any group, although the overload resistance group
showed a positive trend. Practical Applications: Practicing
proper exercise techniqueparticularly for multi-joint move-
mentswith minimal or no resistance overloads may provide
a safe and effective method of achieving initial strength adapta-
tions in untrained individuals.
HEAD ACCELERATION WHILE DRIVING
A LATE MODEL STOCK CAR
W. EBBEN,
1
E. J. PETUSHEK,
2
AND L. GARCEAU
3
1
UW-Parkside;
2
Michigan Technological University,
Houghton, MI; and
3
Marquette University, Milwaukee, WI
Purpose: Head and neck injuries are among the most com-
mon injuries in stock car racing. Strengthening the affected
muscles may help prevent some of these injuries and help
stabilize the head to resist fatigue associated with racing.
The purpose of this investigation was to quantify sagittal
and front plane head acceleration, and determine whether or
not these accelerations change over the course of the race.
Methods: A male stock car driver participated in this investi-
gation (height = 183.0 cm; body weight = 88.4 kg; age = 46
years). Testing included a 10 lap heat race on a 0.54 kilometer
asphalt race track. Lap times were competitive and averaged
Abstracts
the TM
16.7 seconds, as calculated via video analysis. A 50 g triaxial
accelerometer (BSL, Biopac Systems, Inc., Goleta, CA, USA)
was used to acquire data, which were collected using a multi
channel acquisition system (MP 36R, Biopac Systems, Inc.,
Goleta, CA, USA) remotely powered using a manufacturer sup-
plied DCbattery pack with data streamed continuously to a bat-
tery powered portable laptop computer. All components were
congured inside a late model stock car (Lefthander Chassis,
Rockford, IL, USA). Data were acquired at1000 Hz for the
entire duration of the race. Data were processed using low
pass lter with a cutoff frequency of 20 Hz based on power
spectral density analysis of the frequency content using the
Hamming procedure (Acqknowlege 4.1 Biopac Systems, Inc.,
Goleta, CA, USA). Peak accelerations were analyzed during
race track corner 1 entry, mid corner, and corner 2 exit and
were characterized as units of normal gravitational force
whereas 1 g = an acceleration of 9.8 m$s
22
. Data were ana-
lyzed for the rst and ninth lap. Results: Sagittal plane nega-
tive acceleration during corner 1 entry was 20.40 6 0.08 gs
on lap 1 and 2 0.47 6 0.15 gs on lap 9, which were not
signicantly different (p . 0.05). Sagittal plane positive accel-
eration during the exit from corner 2 was 0.75 6 0.03 gs
during lap 1 and 0.83 6 0.11gs on lap 9 which were also
not signicantly different (p . 0.05). However, mid corner fron-
tal plane lateral acceleration was 1.65 6 0.03 gs on lap 1 and
2.16 60.08 gs on lap 9, representing a signicant (p = 0.006)
difference. Conclusions: Asphalt late model stock car
racing produced mid corner lateral head accelerations as
high as 2.16 gs. This lateral head acceleration increased
23.6% from lap 1 to 9 which may be due to fatigue of neck
muscles. Practical Applications: Understanding the kine-
matic demands of stock car racing on the head and neck
may assist the strength and conditioning specialist in prescrib-
ing exercise to strengthen the neck to resist fatigue and poten-
tially some types of neck injuries.
THE RELATIVE CONTRIBUTION OF THE
RECTUS ABDOMINUS IS INCREASED IN
A MODIFIED SITUP COMPARED WITH
A TRADITIONAL SITUP DUE TO
TRUNK KINEMATICS
F. A. GARDIN,
1
S. LEIGH,
1
C. R. BELLON,
1
AND
W. SULLIVAN
1
1
Montclair State University, Montclair, NJ
Purpose: Core strength is a focus of many training programs
and the sit-up is a cornerstone of many of them. The tradi-
tional method of performing a sit-up is criticized for its use of
the hip exors, and an increased risk of lower back strain. A
modied version of the sit-up may increase the relative con-
tribution of the abdominals by focusing on trunk exion over
hip exion. The purpose of this study was to determine differ-
ences in abdominal and hip exor muscle activation and trunk
kinematics between the traditional sit-up and a modied sit-
up. Methods: Eighteen males completed 2 training sessions
and then a testing session consisting of performing 2 styles of
sit-ups: a traditional sit-up according to US Army regulations,
or a modied situp with the instructions push your lower
back into the oor and pull yourself up with your abdominals.
During testing subjects completed repetitions of both sit-up
styles for 30 seconds each with 10 minutes rest inbetween.
Muscle activation of the rectus abdominis (RA), external ob-
lique (EO), and rectus femoris (RF) was recorded using elec-
tromyography (EMG). Trunk kinematics were measured using
2-D videography. EMG data were ltered and normalized.
Maximum and mean activation, and integrated EMG (iEMG)
were calculated for one repetition of each sit-up style and
over the middle 10-second time window of each sit-up style.
Trunk exion was calculated as upper trunk relative to lower
trunk. Hip exion was calculated as lower trunk relative to
thigh. Statistical comparisons were made using a repeated
measures design with a = 0.05. Results: Muscle activation
and trunk kinematics were signicantly different between sit-
up styles. Max and mean activation and iEMG of the RF were
greater during 10 seconds of the traditional sit-up than the
modied sit-up. Max and mean activation of the RF were
greater during 1 rep of the traditional sit-up than the modied
sit-up. iEMG of the RF, RA, and EO was greater during the
modied sit-up than the traditional sit-up. The increase in
iEMG of the RF from traditional to midied sit-up was signif-
icantly less than the increase in iEMG of the RA and EO. Peak
trunk exion was greater in the modied sit-up than the tradi-
tional sit-up. Peak hip exion was greater in the traditional sit-
up than the modied sit-up. Conclusions: Our data suggest
that RF muscle activation decreases during a modied sit-up
and so the relative contribution of the RA and EO increases.
The workload of the contributing muscles, as measured by
iEMG, increased for all muscles during the modied sit-up when
comparing by rep. This increase was due to an increased time
per rep. The RF workload increased less than the RA and EO
workload. These results show the greater emphasis on the ab-
dominals in the modied sit-up. Our data suggest that the tradi-
tional sit-up has a focus on hip exion and the modied sit-up
has a focus on trunk exion. Trunk exion is associated with
a greater contribution from the abdominals, and may decrease
lower back load. Practical Applications: EMG is a powerful
tool to drive exercise selection. The modied sit-up maybe
the TM
| www.nsca.com
a better exercise selection when the goal is to train the abdom-
inal muscles, because it increases the workload of the abdom-
inal and hip exor muscles, and increases the relative
contribution of the abdominal muscles. The modied sit-up em-
phasizes trunk exion over hip exion, which may decrease lower
back load and decrease injury risk.
PATTERNS OF BARBELL ACCELERATION
DURING THE SNATCH IN
WEIGHTLIFTING COMPETITION
K. KIPP,
1
AND C. HARRIS
2
1
Marquette University, Milwaukee, WI; and
2
LaGrange
College, LaGrange, GA
Barbell accelerations during weightlifting exercises have
received recent attention in research studies, primarily
because barbell accelerations have been posited as efcient
means to guide and monitor lifting performance during and
across training sessions. Despite this recent attention, how-
ever, it is not clear which aspects of barbell acceleration are
most relevant for performance. Purpose: To analyze the pat-
terns of vertical barbell acceleration of the snatch during
weightlifting competition and to determine if and to what
extent these patterns are associated with snatch performance
(i.e., lift weight). Methods: Eighteen lift attempts from 6
weightlifters (mean 6 SD; mass: 97.6 6 5.5 kg; 1-RM snatch:
97.6 6 15.5 kg) were investigated during a regional weight-
lifting competition. A motion analysis system was used to track
barbell kinematic data, which were used to calculate vertical
barbell acceleration. Time-series data were normalized to
100% of lift phase, which was dened as the time interval
between barbell lift-off and the maximum height of the barbell
during the snatch. The normalized time-series data were
pooled into a single 18 3 101 (lifts 3 time points) data matrix
and entered into a pattern recognition algorithm. This algo-
rithm was used to extract principal patterns (PP) and calculate
principal pattern scores. Simple linear regressions were used
to determine the correlations between PP scores and lift
weight. Results: Lift weight was signicantly correlated with
the second extracted PP (r
2
= 0.51; p = 0.001), which cap-
tured a difference in peak barbell acceleration between the
second knee bend and 2nd pull phase of the snatch (see
gure). Conclusions: Barbell acceleration patterns are
strongly associated with lift weight in the snatch. More specif-
ically, barbell accelerations of higher weight snatches were
steadier, whereas barbell accelerations of lower weight
snatches were characterized by a greater decrease in
Abstracts
the TM
accelerations during the second knee bend and greater accel-
erations during the second pull. Practical Applications:
Higher snatch weights were associated with smoother barbell
acceleration proles. Unnecessary vertical acceleration may
point to wasted force, which should be transferred into lifting
a heavier weight (i.e., mass) rather than achieving greater bar-
bell acceleration. Weightlifting coaches should monitor verti-
cal acceleration of the barbell, with special attention on the
steadiness of the acceleration prole.
ACUTE AND ACCUMULATED FATIGUE
MEASURED BY STRETCH-SHORTENING CYCLE
FUNCTION IN YOUTH RUGBY UNION PLAYERS
DURING A 7-WEEK COMPETITION CYCLE
R. S. LLOYD,
1
J. OLIVER,
1
A. WHITNEY,
1
M. DE STE CROIX
2
1
Cardiff Metropolitan University, Cardiff, UK; and
2
University of Gloucestershire, Gloucestershire, UK
Purpose: Rugby union involves high intensity intermittent
exercise, which is known to induce neuromuscular fatigue.
Exhaustive high-intensity exercise is specically known to
negatively affect stretch-shortening cycle (SSC) function, in
particular stiffness properties of the lower limbs.
1
Fast and
slow expressions of SSC can be measured via countermove-
ment jumps (CMJ), reactive strength index (RSI) and leg stiff-
ness respectively.
2
Despite existing research highlighting the
fatiguing effects of competitive rugby league match play on
CMJ performance,
3
little is known about the acute and accu-
mulated fatigue of rugby union match play on either RSI and
leg stiffness, especially in youth players. Methods: Eleven
male youth rugby union players (age: 16.9 6 0.8 yrs, body
mass: 86.8 6 10.5 kg, stature: 176.3 6 4.6 cm) volunteered
to participate in the study. SSC function was measured using
a mobile contact mat, and variables determined included
jump height (during a CMJ), RSI (during maximal hopping)
and leg stiffness (during sub-maximal hopping). Participants
completed 2 trials of the CMJ and maximal hopping, with the
best trial being used for analysis, and a single trial of the sub-
maximal hopping test. Baseline data was collected a week
prior to the start of the 7-week competition block. Subse-
quent data collection was obtained pre-match and 1-day
post-match during weeks 1, 4 and 7 of the competition
block. Results: Players completed an average of 600 6
150 minutes of training or competition a week during the
7-week competitive cycle. Acute changes in CMJ height,
RSI and leg stiffness were generally able to demonstrate
signicant reductions in performance from pre- to post-
match (p , 0.05). Accumulated fatigue was observed via
signicant reductions in pre-match CMJ height in weeks 4
and 7, and before week 7 for leg stiffness compared to
baseline (p , 0.05). While accumulated fatigue experienced
by week 7 was associated with further acute post-match
reductions in CMJ height, leg stiffness failed to show further
acute changes. Conclusions: Data indicate that all meas-
ures of SSC function were able to determine acute neuro-
muscular fatigue following competitive match play. CMJ
height consistently showed the greatest performance decre-
ment pre- to post-match and might be the most suitable test
to measure acute fatigue. Both CMJ height and leg stiffness
showed evidence of accumulated fatigue across the compe-
tition block, however, the accumulated fatigue led to different
acute post-match responses between the 2 measures by
week 7. Practical Applications: For the long-term monitor-
ing of neuromuscular fatigue in youth rugby union players, it
is imperative that an accurate baseline measurement, which
reects a well-rested state, is obtained. It is recommended
that within a competitive cycle, coaches should consider
monitoring both slow and fast indices of SSC via regular
measurements of CMJ height and leg stiffness. This is
because while both measures are sensitive to detecting
acute and accumulated fatigue, the acute responses become
movement-specic where fatigue has accumulated.
REFERENCES
1. Kuitunen, et al. Scand J Med Sci Sports 17: 6775, 2007.
2. Lloyd, et al. J Sports Med Phys Fitness 51: 595602, 2011.
3. McLellan, et al. J Strength Cond Res 25: 10301039, 2011.
THE EFFECTS OF REACTIVE NEUROMUSCULAR
TRAINING VERSUS TRADITIONAL HIP
ABDUCTOR EXERCISE ON KNEE KINETICS IN
WOMEN DURING A DROP JUMP LANDING
S. K. LYNN,
1
M. PITTMAN,
1
B. HAMEDANI,
1
G. J. NOFFAL,
2
AND K. TSANG
1
1
California State University, Fullerton - Center for Sport
Performance - Biomechanics Laboratory; and
2
Center for Sport
Performance, California State University, Fullerton, CA
Purpose: Females experience a higher rate of knee injuries
when compared with males, with the anterior cruciate liga-
ment (ACL) being the most common injured structure. A non-
contact mechanism accounts for approximately 72% of ACL
injuries and these injuries generally occur during dynamic
tasks such as landing from a jump. A large knee abduction
the TM
| www.nsca.com
moment has been identied as a good predictor of ACL injury;
therefore, the development of exercise programs that can
decrease this abduction moment are warranted. It has been
shown that proper functioning of the hip abductor musculature
can help in reducing the frontal plane moments on the knee. One
novel method of training the hip abductors involves using a pro-
prioceptive technique for isometric stabilization or Reactive Neu-
romuscular Training (RNT). Therefore, the purpose of this study
is to investigate the effects of RNT and traditional hip abductor
training in females on the abduction moment at the knee during
a drop jump landing task. Methods: Twenty recreationally
trained female subjects (age = 22.3 6 2.5 yrs, height = 1.66
6 0.06 m, mass = 61.4 6 9.3 kg) completed the study. Follow-
ing initial testing, they were split into 3 groups: Control (C)(n =
8), Traditional Hip Abductor Training (THAT) (n = 6), and RNT
(n = 6). Training lasted 8 weeks and subjects performed their
exercises 3 times/week. The THAT group performed side lying
hip abductions (clams), while the RNT group did single leg
Romanian deadlifts with a resistance band around their knee
pulling it medially. Subjects were tested pre and post interven-
tion doing a drop jump landing onto an AMTI force plate as an 8
camera motion capture system (Qualisys) simultaneously
tracked retro-reective markers strapped securely to the sacrum,
thigh, shank and foot. Motion and force data were combined
using Visual 3D (C-Motion Inc.) software to calculate the frontal
plane knee joint moments. Mean peak external knee abduction
moments (Nm$kg
21
) were compared between the C, THAT, and
RNT groups using a 233 (Pre/Post 3 Group) mixed-model
ANOVA. Results: Results revealed a signicant Pre/Post 3
Group interaction (p # 0.05). Post hoc paired samples t-tests
then revealed only the RNT group decreased their abduction
moment following training (p # 0.05). Results are shown in
Table 1. Conclusion: RNT training was able to reduce the
knee abduction moment during a drop jump landing task,
while standard hip abduction training (side lying hip abduc-
tion) did not. Practical Applications: RNT training may be
a valuable tool to use with those athletes prone to valgus
collapse related injuries (i.e. ACL injury). Using this method
of training to help reduce the abduction moment at the knee
would have great potential applications in rehabilitation and in
reducing injury prevalence.
CAN MUSCULOTENDINOUS STIFFNESS OF THE
POSTERIOR MUSCLES OF THE HIP AND THIGH
PREDICT MUSCLE POWER OUTPUT
IN FEMALE ATHLETES AND
SIZE-MATCHED CONTROLS?
T. B. PALMER,
1
M. J. HAWKEY,
1
D. B. SMITH,
1
E. C. CONCHOLA,
1
B. M. ADAMS,
1
K. AKEHI,
1
R. M. THIELE,
1
AND B. J. THOMPSON
1
1
Musculotendinous stiffness (MTS) measures the passive mechan-
ical properties of a muscle-tendon unit and is expressed as the
slope (Nm$8
21
) of the curvilinear relationship between passive
torque (Nm) and joint angle (8) displacement. Greater MTS has
been associated with improvements in rate of force development
and consequently, may be an effective predictor of muscle power
output during high explosive-type movements (i.e., vertical jump).
Purpose: To examine the efcacy of MTS of the posterior
muscles of the hip and thigh to predict muscle power output in
female athletes and size-matched controls. Methods: Ten highly-
trained NCAA Division I female soccer athletes (mean 6 SD,
Abstracts
the TM
age = 19 6 1 yr; mass = 65 6 7 kg; and height = 166 6 5 cm)
and eleven recreationally-trained size-matched controls (age = 20
6 2 yr; mass = 63 6 9 kg; and height = 162 6 7 cm) performed
3 countermovement vertical jumps (CMJ) followed by 2 passive
straight-leg raise (SLR) assessments using an isokinetic dyna-
mometer programmed in passive mode to move the foot toward
the head at 58$s
21
. CMJ height and estimated peak power output
(Pmax) were measured during the CMJs using a jump mat and
linear velocity transducer. For each SLR, participants lied in
a supine position with the knee- and ankle-joints immobilized with
custom-built stabilizing apparatuses. All assessments were per-
formed on the right leg, while the left thigh and ankle were
secured with restraining straps. Bipolar surface electromyo-
graphic (EMG) amplitude of the biceps femoris was sampled
during each SLR. MTS was calculated during each SLR as
the slopes of the initial linear portion (phase 1) as well as the
second steeper portion (phase 2) of the angle-torque curve.
Results: There were no differences between groups for age,
height, and mass (p . 0.05). The athletes exhibited greater
MTS (Figure 1), CMJ height, and Pmax than the controls (p =
0.004-0.036). There were no group-related differences for
range of motion (ROM) or EMG amplitude (p . 0.05). MTS
increased from phase 1 to phase 2 (p , 0.001); however,
EMG remained unchanged across the ROM (p . 0.05).
There were signicant positive relationships observed
between MTS of both phases and CMJ height and Pmax
(r = 0.4830.827; p # 0.0010.027). Conclusions: These
results suggest that during the passive SLR assessments,
the TM
| www.nsca.com
MTS was greater for the athletes than controls despite no differ-
ences between groups for anthropometric measurements, EMG
amplitude, or ROM. In addition, the athletes demonstrated higher
Pmax and CMJ height than the controls, which also signicantly
correlated with MTS at phases 1 and 2. Practical Applications:
MTS of the posterior muscles of the hip and thigh is an effective
predictor of muscle power output in NCAA Division I female ath-
letes and size-matched controls. MTS may serve as an additional
performance measure to help coaches recruit and identify power-
ful female athletes and provide support for the utility of this labo-
ratory measure to translate to on the eld performance.
INTER-TESTER RELIABILITY OF THE
FUNCTIONAL MOVEMENT SCREEN
ACROSS DISCIPLINES
E. P. SCIBEK,
1
S. EDMOND,
2
AND M. F. MORAN
3
1
Sacred Heart Univeristy, Faireld, CT;
2
Univeristy of Medicine
and Dentistry of New Jersey; and
3
Sacred Heart University
Purpose: The Functional Movement Screen (FMS) is a widely
used battery of tests developed to assess the quality of funda-
mental movement patterns by movement science professionals.
Previous studies have established the inter-tester reliability of the
FMS for different levels of experience and within disciplines, but
none have examined inter-tester reliability across disciplines. The
purpose of this study was to examine the inter-tester reliability of
the FMS across the 3 movement science disciplines: athletic
training (AT), physical therapy (PT) and exercise science (EX).
Methods: Three testers, one from each discipline, evaluated
28, NCAA Division I male athletes. Each athlete performed the
7 tests of the FMS, which includes the Deep Squat (DS), Hurdle
Step (HS), In-Line Lunge (IL), Active Straight Leg Raise (ASLR),
Trunk Stability Push-Up (PU), Rotary Stability (RS), and Shoulder
Mobility (SM) tests along with clearing tests for the PU, RS, and
SM tests. Frontal plane and sagittal plane video was assessed by
each of the 3 testers. To determine inter-tester reliability, Intraclass
Correlation Coefcients (ICC) were calculated across all 3 testers
as well as between the disciplines for each of the 7 tests of the
FMS and the overall FMS scores. The scores were considered
good if ICC . 0.75, moderate if ICC = 0.50.75 and poor if ICC
, 0.5. Results: When the data from all 3 testers were combined
there was at least moderate reliability on 4 of the 7 tests as well as
the overall FMS score, with SM(ICC= 0.917) scoring the highest
and HS (ICC = 0.283) the lowest. The SM test was the only test
that had good reliability with the HS, IL, and PU having poor
reliability. The reliability between the AT/EX testers was the most
consistent, with all tests resulting in at least moderate reliability
and the overall FMS score, DS, ASLR, PU, and SM tests having
good reliability. For the AT/PT group and the PT/EX group inter-
tester reliability was moderate for the overall FMS score, RS, and
ASLR scores and good for the SM scores. Reliability for the DS
was moderate within the PT/EX group, but the remaining meas-
ures were poor within the 2 groups. The SM test had the highest
inter-tester reliability among all groups; AT/EX (ICC = 0.954),
AT/PT (ICC = 0.934) and PT/EX (ICC = 0.905). The IL test
had the lowest inter-tester reliability for the AT/EX group (ICC =
0.600) and the AT/PT group (ICC = 0.308) while the PU test
resulted in the lowest inter-tester reliability for the PT/EX group
(ICC = 0.263). Conclusions: The results indicate that there is
variation in the interpretation of movement patterns and in the
scoring of some measures of the FMS across movement science
disciplines. These differences may be the result of education and
training as well as clinical experience within the testers eld of
practice. Practical Applications: Tester discipline within the
movement sciences should be considered when comparing
FMS scores between testers.
MALES AND FEMALES PERFORM
DIFFERENTLY ON MEASUREMENTS RELATED
TO CORE STABILITY
A. WALDHELM,
1
AND L. LI
2
1
University of the Incarnate Word, San Antonio, TX; and
2
Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, GA
Purpose: Enhancing core stability has become a popular training
intervention for athletes of all sports. Unfortunately, a universally
accepted method to assess core stability has not been devel-
oped. It is widely accepted that several measurements must be
used to thoroughly assess core stability. Through a thorough lit-
erature search we have found 3 clinical assessments and 35 tests
which have been used for core stability related testing. Most
researchers have used a subset of these outcome variables. Fur-
thermore, it is unknown whether gender differences in core sta-
bility exist. Therefore, the purpose of our study was to determine
gender differences when performing 3 clinical assessments asso-
ciated with core stability and 35 tests related to 5 individual com-
ponents of core stability. Methods: Participants included 18
college-aged males and females who had not suffered an ortho-
pedic injury in the past year. The participants provided informed
consent as approved by the Institutional Review Board, prior to
testing. The 3 clinical assessments consisted of the Star Excur-
sion Test and the Frontal Plane Projection Angle of the knee
during a single leg squat and drop. The 35 specic core stability
related tests were grouped into 5 categories: strength, muscular
endurance, exibility, motor control, and function. To determine
gender differences, one-tailed independent t-tests were used for
Abstracts
the TM
each clinical assessments and tests related to core stability. Re-
sults: No signicant gender differences were identied with all 3
clinical assessments. After adjusting for body weight, males were
signicantly stronger in the isometric strength tests for trunk ex-
ion, t (34) = 2.24, p = 0.02, dominate hip extension, t (34) =
1.91, p = 0.03, and dominate, t (34) = 2.73, p , 0.01, and non-
dominate, t (34) = 3.99, p , 0.01, hip abduction. Signicant
strength differences for trunk extension, non-dominate hip exten-
sion, and bilateral hip external rotation were not noted. Also,
males performed signicantly better in a 1 minute sit up test,
t (34) = 3.85, p ,0.01. Males had signicantly longer hold times
for 2 of the 4 muscular endurance tests, right, t (34) = 2.73, p ,
0.01, and left, t (34) = 1.98, p = 0.03, side plank tests. Differ-
ences were not observed for the trunk exion or trunk extension
endurance tests. There were no signicant differences identied
with all 11 exibility tests. The results of the motor control tests
revealed females exhibited signicantly better single limb balance
with, t (34) = 2.52, p , 0.01, and without vision, t (34) = 4.27,
p , 0.01. For the functional tests, males performed signicantly
better in a 30 second squat test, t (34) = 2.06, p = 0.02 and the
hop tests for speed, t (34) = 24.93, p , 0.01, and distance,
t (34) = 3.78, p , 0.01. Conclusions: Males performed better
on measurements assessing core strength, muscular endurance
and function, while females demonstrated better motor control.
No differences were observed for the clinical assessments and
the exibility tests. Practical Applications: Current clinical as-
sessments may not be sensitive enough to test differences in
core stability between college-aged male and female. Further,
college-aged males and females perform differently on tests
which evaluate individual components related to core stability.
These results indicate males and females may require different
core stability training regiments to offset specic core stability
impairments.
CROSS-VALDIATION OF A 3D MARKERLESS
MOTION CAPTURE SYSTEM AGAINST VIDEO
AND A 3D MARKER MOTION CAPTURE SYSTEM
D. WASSOM,
1
A. C. FRY,
2
AND N. MOODIE
3
1
Dynamic Athletics, Lenexa, KS;
2
The University of Kansas,
Human Performance Laboratory, Lawrence, KS; and
3
Rockhurst University, Kansas City, MO
Purpose: The purpose of the study was to compare the
knee angle calculated from 3 different collections methods
and evaluate the validity of 3D Markerless motion capture.
Methods: One male participant was used for data collection.
The subject did 15 controlled squats in both a 3D marker and
markerless motion capture collection space. These collections
were separated due to the fact the environments are incompat-
ible for simultaneous use. Furthermore, during another testing
session 15 separate squats were collected simultaneously with
3D markerless capture and video. Only the left legs of the vide-
oed squats were used for data analysis between 3D Markerless
motion capture and video. To control the movement protocol
a standardized box was used to control depth of the squat
and well as standardized distances to the box and distance
between feet. The software specically identied the peak joint
angle of the squat as the indicator of when values were mea-
sured. The subject paused at the bottom of the squat before
rising to allow for proper time for video to be taken. Results:
The analysis showed there is no signicant difference between
the 3D markerless system and the marker based system for
the right [t (15) = 0.1720, p . 0.05] or left [t (15) = 0.0801,
p . 0.05] (knee) angles. The mean angles and SD values for 3D
Markerless system being (R- 93.568; 60.86)(L- 93.378; 61.46)
and the marker motion capture system were (R- 92.958; 61.45)
(L- 94.348; 61.48). There is also no signicant difference
between the right leg of the markerless system and the photos
[t (15) = 0.1017, p . 0.05]. The mean angle values for the 3D
markerless system and photos respectfully were (R- 86.548;
R- 85.848). Conclusions: The results of the present study indi-
cate that angles can be successfully measured by the 3D mar-
kerless motion capture system. Further research should be done
to validate other joints. Practical Applications: The use of
a 3D Markerless motion system may be benecial in reducing
set up time for an individual and tester, thus increasing the ability
to volumize collections.
THE EFFECT OF SHOULDER POSITION ON THE
THICKNESS AND FORCE PRODUCTION OF
THE INFRASPINATUS
D. WITT,
1
N. TALBOTT,
1
S. BELEN,
1
AND
E. THOMPSON
1
1
University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH
Purpose: Activity of the infraspinatus is critical for proper shoul-
der mechanics during the many shoulder movements performed
by throwers, swimmers, tennis players and other athletes. When
injured, the infraspinatus must be assessed and appropriate ex-
ercises initiated. Two commonly utilized positions and movements
for these assessments and exercises are (a) resistance of external
rotation with the arm in a neutral position; and (b) resistance of
external rotation with the arm in elevated to 908 in the plane of the
scapula (scaption). The purpose of this study is to determine if the
infraspinatus force production and thickness signicantly change
when the shoulder is moved from a neutral position to a position
the TM
| www.nsca.com
of 908 of scaption. Methods: Ten shoulders from 5 healthy
subjects were tested using ultrasound imaging (USI). With
the subject sitting, the shoulder was placed in a neutral posi-
tion and the mid-third of the spine of the scapula. Measure-
ments were repeated as the subject performed a maximal
isometric external rotation contraction against a stable dyna-
mometer and, after resting, a maximal isometric external rota-
tion contraction against manual resistance applied through
a hand held dynamometer. Force was recorded during each
contraction and a corresponding ultrasound image stored.
The process was repeated with the shoulder in a position of
908 of elevation in the scapular plane. All measurements and
images were taken 3 times. Ultrasound images were analyzed
off line with linear measurements of the infraspinatus re-
corded for each contraction. Results: The isometric force
when pushing against a stable dynamometer signicantly var-
ied between positions decreasing from 19.9 lbs when the
shoulder was in a neutral position to 13.1 lbs when the shoulder
was in 908 of scaption. A similar pattern was noted when pushing
against manual resistance with force production decreasing from
27.9 lbs in a neutral position to 19.4 lbs in the scaption position.
Although linear thickness of the infraspinatus did increase
approximately 30% from the rest to the resisted conditions, no
signicant differences were found in the thickness in the different
positions. Conclusions: Force exerted by the infraspinatus was
greater in a neutral position when manual resistance was applied.
Changes in infraspinatus thickness, as measured by USI, did not
signicantly change between the rest and the resisted conditions,
regardless of shoulder position Practical Applications: If max-
imal force production is a goal, it would be more advantageous
to exercise the infraspinatus in a neutral position than in
a position of scaption and to utilize manual resistance. Mon-
itoring infraspinatus thickness with USI is not supported as
a measurement of increased force production.
COMPARISON OF PERCENT BODY FAT AS
DETERMINED BY AIR DISPLACEMENT
PLETHYSMOGRAPHY AND TWO BODY
ADIPOSITY INDEX EQUATIONS
J. BROWN,
1
A. TRAN,
1
K. OUELLETTE,
1
L. YOUNG,
1
H. JOHNSON,
1
R. COTTER,
1
B. TREPP,
2
J. LAREAUX,
1
AND M. A. WALLER
3
1
University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT;
2
PEAK Health and
Fitness/University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT; and
3
Adams
State University, Alamosa, CO
The ability to measure body composition accurately is important
for health, tness, and sports performance. The use of less
accurate anthropometric tools may lead to misclassication of
health risk. The Body Adiposity Index (BAI) was recently
introduced as a method of predicting body composition using
hip circumference and height. Research has demonstrated
a stronger correlation between BAI and body fat, than between
body mass index (BMI) and percent body fat (PBF) in Mexican-
American and African-American Adults. A variation of the BAI
formula from the FELS longitudinal study (BAI
FELS
) has more
recently been proposed as a better predictor of body fat than
BAI. Purpose: To examine the difference in body fat percentage
using Air Displacement Plethysmography (Bod Pod) and 2 BAI
equations. We also sought to examine the level of agreement
among the various methods used to estimate body fat percent-
age. Methods: 366 healthy adults (194 = males; 172 = fe-
males; age = 37.27 6 9.94 years; height = 1.73 6 0.10 m;
body mass = 77.12 6 18.73 kg; body fat = 24.51 6 8.50 %;
waist circumference = 84.6 6 13.5 cm; hip circumference =
99.2 6 9.4 cm; and BMI = 25.39 6 4.52 kg$m
22
) volunteered
for data analysis. Air displacement plethysmography was used to
assess PBF. Prior to measurement the Bod Pod was calibrated
according to manufacturers specications and participants
were asked to void the bladder and change into skin tight cloth-
ing. A wall-mounted stadiometer was used to measure height
and an anthropometric measuring tape was used to measure hip
circumference to the nearest 0.1 cm. Body mass was measured
to the nearest 0.01 kg using an electronic scale attached to the
Bod Pod. A prediction equation was used to assess thoracic
gas volume. PBF was predicted using BAI according to the
following equation: BAI = [hip circumference/height1.5]18.
PBF was predicted for BAI
FELS
using the following equation:
BAI
FELS
= 1.26*[hip circumference/height1.4]32.85. Results:
PBF for Bod Pod, BAI, and BAI
FELS
was 24.51 68.49, 25.57 6
4.49, and 25.13 6 5.80%. Repeated Measures ANOVA found
a signicant difference in body fat percentage between meth-
ods. Bonferroni post-hoc analysis revealed BAI to be signi-
cantly lower than Bod Pod and BAI
FELS
. Signicant
correlations were greater between BAI
FELS
and Bod Pod (r =
0.71, p , 0.01) and BAI and Bod Pod (r = 0.72, p , 0.01) than
between BMI and Bod Pod (r = 0.54, p , 0.01) respectively.
Visual inspection of the plots revealed smaller mean differences
for BAI
FELS
than BAI and BMI, large limits of agreement, and
numerous points outside those limits for all comparisons. Con-
clusions: These results show BAI signicantly underestimates
PBF compared to BAI
FELS
and the Bod Pod. Furthermore,
Bland-Altman plots suggest poor agreement between BAI pre-
diction equations and the Bod Pod. Practical Applications:
The results from this study suggest the BAI
FELS
is a better pre-
dictor of PBF than BAI. However, due to the large limits of
agreement tness professionals should utilize additional assess-
ments such as waist circumference and BMI when categorizing
Abstracts
the TM
health risk. Acknowledgments: This study was supported by
PEAK Health and Fitness, University of Utah.
THE INDICES OF BONE IN RESPONSE
TO EXERCISE
K. J. HEUMANN,
1
B. WARR,
2
P. SWAN,
3
AND
B. ALVAR
4
1
Colorado Mesa University, Grand Junction, CO;
2
Military
Performance Division, U.S. Army Research Institute of
Environmental Medicine, Natick, MA;
3
Arizona State
University, Exercise and Wellness, Phoenix, AZ; and
4
Rocky
Mountain University of Health Professions, Provo, UT
Purpose: It is widely accepted that weight bearing physical
activity is benecial for bone health. The gold standard for bone
measurement is DXA (dual energy X-ray absorptiometry). To
observe changes in bone by DXA, a minimum of a 4-month
intervention is required. Serum osteocalcin (OC) (a bone for-
mation marker) and quantitative ultrasound (QUS) of the cal-
caneus may be useful as short term indicators of bone change
but the sensitivity of these indices to short term interventions
are unknown. The purpose of this study was two fold: to com-
pare monthly changes in OC and QUS in response to jumping
exercise and to evaluate the relationship between DXA, OC
and QUS. Methods: Young women with calcaneal bone
t-scores less than 1.0 were randomized into a jump training
(J) (n = 16) or control (C) group (n = 16). J consisted of a pro-
gressive routine of 1 and 2-footed jumping performed 3 days/
week for 4 months. Body composition, QUS and OC were mea-
sured at baseline, and monthly for 4 months. DXA and 24-hour
dietary recalls were completed at baseline and 4 months. A total
of 26 women were included in nal analyses. Results: No sig-
nicant differences were observed between groups at baseline in
body composition or bone variables. Monthly increases were
observed in OC in both groups but there were no signicant
differences between groups in any bone variables from baseline
to 4 months. No signicant relationships between DXA, QUS or
OC existed. Upon further analysis, when the population was
separated by median split into high- and low-physical activity
based on weekly self-report, there were signicant increases in
OCin the high active group as compared to the lowactive group.
Conclusions: Neither DXA, OC or QUS were specically sen-
sitive to the jumping intervention in this population of women.
Practical Applications: While no technique was sensitive
enough to detect acute changes in bone in response to jumping
in healthy young women, compared to DXA and QUS, OC may
be a better marker of bone changes in response to overall phys-
ical activity level. Acknowledgments: This research was funded
by the Graduate Professional Student Association at Arizona
State University and the Charles Corbin Research Fellowship.
THE IMPACT OF ACADEMIC STRESS ON
CHANGES IN STRENGTH, CIRCUMFERENCE,
AND BODY MASS DURING A 16 WEEK
STRENGTH TRAINING COURSE
D. HOLLANDER,
1
B. SIRIKUL,
1
B. WILLIAMS,
1
B. HENRY,
1
H. ROP,
1
E. BROWN,
1
M. TODESCO,
1
A. HARGETT,
1
A. LUWE,
1
D. SMITH,
1
A. FRITSCHER,
1
S. MARTIN,
1
AND E. TURNER
1
1
Southeastern Louisiana University, Hammond, LA
Purpose: To assess the impact of academic stress on strength
and body composition changes across 16 weeks in a college
sample rating different stress levels. An initial study demon-
strated that across 16 weeks, undergraduates rating low in neg-
ative stressful life events gained more strength (i.e., bench press
and leg press pre-post) as compared to their higher stressed
counterparts (Bartholomew et al., 2008) This compelling nding
would suggest that homeostasis may be compromised due
to chronic stimulation of the HPA (hypothalamic-pituitary-
adrenocortical) axis. Ergo, alterations in morphology as well as
strength could be impacted by perceived stress or allostatic
load. Methods: Sixty one subjects (21.44 6 5.25 yrs, 1.7 6
24 m, 76.3 6 23.0 kg) (38 men, 22 women) were assessed
prior to and at the end of a 16-wk moderate intensity resistance
exercise program. Stress surveys (visual analogue), body
composition (3 site-skinfold), stress surveys (visual analogue)
of academic, relationship, monetary, and overall stress, 5 circum-
ference sites; arm, chest, waist, hips, and thigh, and 38 multi-
ple-repetition maximum lifts (bench and leg press) were all
collected pre and post 16 weeks. An overall MANOVA did not
nd signicant differences between men and women across the
stress and physical measures. However, heterogeneity of vari-
ance was determined suggesting a bimodal distribution thus
subsequent analyses employed non-parametric assessments.
Individuals were then categorized as high, medium, and low
academic stress and then reassessed based on reported aca-
demic stress level. No signicant differences were observed for
changes in strength. However, a mean comparison revealed a
signicant difference for leg press strength change, t = 1.99,
p # 0.05. Specically, high academic stress demonstrated
lower strength increases for leg press (73.5 6 26.36 lbs vs.
148.18 6 24.18 lbs) compared to their lowest stress counter-
parts. The circumference measures when compared across the
academic stress category revealed that only thigh circumferen-
ces were signicantly different between groups, X
2
= 7.3,
the TM
| www.nsca.com
p # 0.05. Specically, high stress individuals had greater reduc-
tion in thigh circumference (1.65 inch decrease) as compared to
their lower stressed counterparts (0.13 inch increase and 0.06
inch decrease). Signicant differences were determined for aca-
demic stress (F = 5.08, p = 0.009), such that individuals in the
high stress group gained 2.65% body fat, while the medium and
low academic stress groups lost 1.13%and 0.91%respectively.
Conclusions: The ndings suggest that high stress negatively
strength of the lower body for our sample across 16 weeks. Only
thigh circumferences were altered as well when comparing
stress ratings. It is possible that activation of the HPA axis,
behavioral anomalies, or lifestyle changes impacted these
trends. Practical Applications: Future studies could measure
hormonal and behavioral variables to delimit inuence of patterns
related to adaptation to resistance exercise. By monitoring the
acute changes in stress (mental and physical) during training
cycles, strength coaches can work to avoid/explain unwanted
changes in body composition and minimal strength gains related
to the allostatic load experienced by their athletes.
ANTHROPOMETRIC DIFFERENCES AMONG
NCAA DIVISION I ATHLETES BY TRAINING
BIAS AND MEASUREMENT TYPE
T. KEATING,
1
B. CARROLL,
1
AND V. SANTOS
1
1
Manhattan College, New York, NY
Currently, no universally accepted standards of body composi-
tion assessment exist for athletes. Due to differences in the
various body composition compartments, certain anthropometric
measures may be better suited for certain athletic populations.
Purpose: The purpose of this investigation was, therefore, to
examine differences in a variety of anthropomentric measures
between Division I athletes and controls. Methods: Subjects
included 19 Division I athletes (11 male, 8 female, 20 6 1 yrs)
and 9 controls con (5 male, 4 female, age 22 6 1.2 yrs) Upon
data collection, the decision was made to further stratify athletes
into the following categories by training volume bias: Aerobic
AER (5 male, 4 female) and Anaerobic ANA (6 male, 4 female).
Subjects reported to the Exercise Physiology Laboratory in the
afternoon, prior to physical activity and at least 2 h postprandial
during the same 2 week period. The following measures were
assessed: height, weight, BMI, percent fat from skinfolds
SF (Jackson Pollock 3 site) and percent fat from bioelectrical
impedance analysis BIA (Omron HBF 306). The same skilled
technician performed all SF measures. Data were analyzed using
a One-way ANOVA and a paired samples t test. Results: Sur-
prisingly, no differences were found among groups for either
BMI (AER 24.2 6 2.7, ANA 24.2 6 1.8, CON 25.1 6 1.8) or
percent fat from either method (SF AER 14.9 6 4.8, ANA
14.2 6 8.7, CON 13.7 6 8.2 %fat; BIA AER 16.2 6 5.1,
ANA 16.6 6 6.2, CON 17.8 6 7.4 %fat; p . 0.05). Paired
samples correlations revealed strong agreement (r = 0.91, p #
0.05) between SF and BIA on the whole, though BIA predicted
higher (14.2 6 6.6 vs. 16.2 6 5.3 %fat). Of note, 37% of
athletes and 50% of CON classied as overweight, while falling
well within the normal range of %fat. Conclusions: It can be
concluded that either BIA or SF are acceptable techniques for
the assessment of body composition in college athletes. BMI, on
the other hand does not provide useful body composition data in
samples of non-obese college students.
BODY COMPOSITION ANALYSIS OF AIR FORCE
MEN AND WOMEN
G. LEAHY,
1
T. CROWDER,
2
J. L. MAYHEW,
3
A. E. SMITH-RYAN
4
1
Davis-Monthan Air Force Base, Tuscon, AZ;
2
United States
Military Academy, West Point, NY;
3
Truman State University,
Kirksville, MO; and
4
University of North Carolina Chapel Hill
There is widespread concern among varying branches of the
military regarding an accurate measurement of body composi-
tion, since it is considered a major factor in tness performance
tests. Various measurement techniques have been employed
by the different branches with limited support of a universal
approach. Purpose: To evaluate body composition, as mea-
sured by fat mass (FM), fat-free mass (FFM) and percent body
fat (%fat), in comparison to body mass index (BMI), of active
duty Air Force personnel. Methods: Air Force men (n = 604)
and women (n = 343) were evaluated for body composition
using air displacement plethysmography (BodPod
, Life Mea-
surement). Individuals were stratied by age, determined by
decade; with individuals ,20 yrs (n = 13) combined with the
2029 yr-old group. Height and weight were used to calculate
BMI = kg$m
22
. BMI groups were determined using the stan-
dard categories (Underweight #18.5, Normal = 18.6 to 24.9,
Overweight = 25.0 to 29.9, Obese $30). Masked obesity was
assessed as BMI ,25 when %fat was greater than the obesity
level for men ($20%) and women ($30%). Results: A 2 3 4
(Sex 3 Age Group) MANOVA produced a signicant interac-
tion effect (p = 0.001) for % fat, FM, and weight, but not FFM.
Analysis of %fat and FFM indicated increasing %fat in both
sexes until $50 yrs for men and decreasing FFM in both sexes
until $50 yrs for men. %fat was positively related to age in
both men (r = 0.16, p , 0.001) and women (r = 0.25, p ,
0.001), with no signicant difference between the correlation
coefcients (p = 0.35). The slope of the regression line for
Abstracts
the TM
age on %fat was signicantly greater for women than for men,
indicating that women gain on average 0.20 % fat/yr while men
gain 0.15 % fat/yr. Fat mass (FM) was positively correlated
with age in both men (r = 0.15, p , 0.001) and women (r =
0.16, p , 0.003), with similar regression slopes of 0.16 kg/yr
and 0.18 kg/yr, respectively. Fat-free mass had a small but
signicant negative correlation with age in women (r = 20.11,
p = 0.05), but a nonsignicant correlation in men (r = 20.04,
p = 0.28). Age was not signicantly related to weight gain in
either men (r = 0.08, p = 0.06) or women (r = 0.07, p = 0.18).
Masked obesity was noted in 7% of men and 19% of women.
In obese military subjects (classied by %fat), 10% of men and
30% of women had masked obesity. High BMI values correctly
identied 59% of obese men (.20% fat) and 44% of obese
women (.30% fat). Only 6 men and no women had BMI val-
ues $30 kg$m
22
when %fat was less than the obesity cutoff.
Conclusions: Air Force personnel tend to gain FM and lose
FFM across the age span from 20 to 50 years. This produces an
average increase in %fat of approximately 3.5% for men per
decade until 50 yrs, followed by a decrease. In women, the
increase per decade is approximately 2.5% fat across all ages.
BMI may not be sufcient for tracking changes in body compo-
sition for either sex. Practical Applications: Simple yet prac-
tical alternate methods of tracking body composition changes in
military personnel should be explored to increase sensitivity, as
well as more accurately determine health cut-off categorizations.
SEGMENTAL CHANGES IN FAT AND
SUBCUTANEOUS ADIPOSE TISSUE AFTER
A RAPID WEIGHT LOSS INTERVENTION
IN WOMEN
J. MOON,
1
C. TAI,
1
P. FALCONE,
1
L. CARSON,
1
AND M. KIM
1
1
MusclePharm Sports Science Center Research Institute,
Lexington, KY
Purpose: Compare subcutaneous adipose tissue (SAT) and
segmental fat loss after a rapid weight loss intervention in healthy
women. Methods: Fourteen women participated in the control
group (28 6 4 yr, 67.6 6 9.8 kg, 167.5 6 7.5 cm) while
23 participated in the diet group (27 6 5 yr, 69.0 6 10.5 kg,
164.0 65.5 cm). Control group subjects maintained their normal
diet; experimental subjects followed a strict 1200 calorie diet
for 21 days. Regional and SAT fat were collected pre- and
post-testing using dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA) and
skinfold calipers (respectively). Results: Signicant (p # 0.05)
reductions in chest, mid-axilla, hip, thigh, subscapular, and triceps
SAT thicknesses were observed between pre- and post-testing
for the experimental group only (20.75 to 23.25 mm). Signi-
cant (p # 0.05) reductions were also observed for DXA arms,
legs, and trunk fat between pre- and post-testing for the exper-
imental group only (186.3 to 1,032.6 g). Reductions in mid-axilla,
abdominal, hip, and thigh SAT thicknesses were all correlated
with DXA trunk fat (r 0.4940.624). Reductions in hip and thigh
SAT thicknesses were correlated with DXA leg fat (r 0.449
0.479). Conclusions: Both DXA and skinfold-based SAT meas-
urements detected fat loss after a rapid weight loss intervention
in healthy women. Subcutaneous adipose tissue measurements
of the mid-axilla, abdominal, hip, and thigh appear to be highly
correlated with total segmental values measured by DXA. How-
ever, SAT measurements of the chest, subscapular, and triceps
may independently add to DXA data. Practical Applications:
When tracking changes during a diet or exercise intervention in
women, valuable data can be obtained from both DXA and
SAT measurements independently. Practitioners and re-
searchers should consider SAT as well as segmental fat
measurements when tracking body composition changes in
women as the exact location of fat stores that will be affected
by diet and exercise are unknown and vary by individual.
Acknowledgments: This investigation was supported by
funding from MusclePharm Corporation.
PRESEASON AND POSTSEASON BODY
COMPOSITION DOES NOT CHANGE RELATIVE
TO PLAYING TIME IN DIVISION I FEMALE
BASKETBALL PLAYERS
A. L. SHIM,
1
E. LADWIG,
1
J. YOM,
1
P. CROSS,
1
AND J. BEEBE
1
1
The University of South Dakota, Vermillion, SD
Purpose: Body composition has gained a great deal of recog-
nition in a range of sports with regards to optimal physical per-
formance. As the level of body fat increases, work capacity
diminishes. The excess fat serves as deadweight and does not
assist the delivery of oxygen to muscles during exercise. The
importance of maintaining a low body fat is particularly stressed
in high intensity sports such as basketball, in which the metabolic
demands are especially high. The purpose of this study was to
determine if preseason and postseason body fat percentages
(BF%) change relative to playing time in Division I womens bas-
ketball players. Methods: Subjects for the study included 11
National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division I female
collegiate basketball athletes over the age of 18 from a Midwest
public university. The subjects underwent preseason and post-
season air displacement plethysmographytesting to get an accu-
rate measure of body fat percentages. Results: Data analyses
the TM
| www.nsca.com
looked for changes between preseason and postseason body fat
percentage. A Pearsons Correlation was performed to determine
if changes in preseason and postseason BF% changed relative
to playing time. Body fat percentage varied across preseason
and postseason (average decrease in BF%: 21.83%) but such
a difference was not signicant (t
1,10
= 1.89, p = 0.088). A
signicant relationship was found between preseason BF%
and playing time (r = 20.707) and postseason BF% and playing
time (r = 20.728). Conclusions: No relationship was found
between change in BF% and playing time. Practical Applica-
tions: Body fat tracking should be utilized preseason, in season,
and postseason to gauge on the nutritional and physical perfor-
mance level of female basketball athletes, regardless of the
amount of playing time subjected to each participant.
UTILITY OF BMI TO CORRECTLY CLASSIFY
PERCENT BODY FAT IN
OVERFAT INDIVIDUALS
A. E. SMITH-RYAN,
1
H. WINGFIELD,
2
M. WOESSNER,
2
M. N. MELVIN,
3
D. FUKUDA,
4
AND S. FULTZ
2
1
University of North Carolina Chapel Hill;
2
University of
North Carolina;
3
and
4
Creighton University, Omaha, NE
Body mass index (BMI) is often used as a eld-based assessment
of health status and obesity. Limitations exist when utilizing BMI
in heavy populations, such as football lineman and eld compet-
itors. Assessing obesity-related risk factors accurately in these
athletes could prevent future health-related comorbidities. Pur-
pose: To assess the accuracy of BMI to detect obesity when
compared to a 4-compartment (4C) body composition criterion.
A secondary purpose was to evaluate the ability of BMI to detect
differences in blood glucose, lipids and insulin. Methods: Forty-
six men (M, n = 19) and women (W, n = 27)(Mean 6 SD; Age:
37.4 6 11.6 yrs, Height: 172.7 6 10.0 cm, Weight: 94.2 6
16.4 kg, %fat: 33.2 6 5.4%) with a BMI of $ 25 kg$m
22
were
assessed for body composition using a 4Capproach. The Wang-
4C model was used to calculate percent body fat (%fat):
[FM = 2.748 (BV)0.699 (TBW) + 1.129 (Mo)2.051 (BM)],
where body volume (BV) was measured from air displacement
plethysmography, total body water from bioelectrical impedance
spectroscopy, and total bone mineral content (Mo) derived
from dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry. Subjects were catego-
rized as overweight (OW; BMI $25 kg$m
22
) or obese (OB;
BMI $ 30 kg$m
22
) and compared against the age- and sex-
matched %fat criterion classication as normal (%fat # 19 for
M; #33 for W); OW (%fat 1927% for M; 3340% for W) or
OB (%fat .27% for M; and .40% for W). Receiving operating
characteristics (ROC) analyses were used to determine optimal
OW and OB BMI cutoff points by taking into account the best
combination of sensitivity and specicity values when compared
to 4C %fat. The kappa statistic was used to test the agreement
between BMI and %fat. Results: The diagnostic agreement
between BMI and %fat for OW and OB was poor for both
men (kappa: 0.123) and women (kappa: 0.125). BMI had poor
specicity to detect OB men (36%) and women (16%). Greater
specicity occurred for the OW population (93%). BMI misca-
tegorized 79% of men and 37% of women. According to the
ROC, BMI is not a useful tool to assess overfatness (AUC =
0.471; p = 0.853) in men. A BMI of 27.0 kg$m
22
would be more
accurate for identifying OW men. For women, BMI may be useful
for %fat classications (ROC AUC = 0.183; p = 0.005) with
25.5 kg$m
22
providing 100% specicity for OW women. Inde-
pendent samples t-tests indicated signicant differences in fast-
ing blood glucose and insulin for only OB women, as dened by
%fat. Standard BMI was unable to detect differences in glucose
or insulin. Conclusions: The kappa statistic for men and women
suggests that classications are not similar for BMI and %fat.
More so, sensitivity and specicity results suggest that BMI may
be practical for OW women, but not accurate for OW men. This
data also demonstrates that higher BMI cutoffs are needed for
OW men and women to positively identify excess fat and asso-
ciated comorbidities. Practical Applications: Athletes with
higher %fat have been shown to have a greater prevalence of
obesity, resulting in associated health-risks. Because these ath-
letes also have greater muscle mass, BMI may mask obesity.
While direct measurements of %fat may not be feasible, utilizing
27 and 25.5 kg$m
22
as BMI cutoffs for men and women may be
more effective for detecting health risks in larger athletes. Direct
measurement of metabolic syndrome markers, rather than BMI,
is still recommended. Acknowledgments: Supported by the
Nutrition Obesity Research Center (P30DK056350).
ACCURACY OF FOOT-TO-FOOT
BIOELECTRICAL IMPEDANCE ANALYSIS IN
COLLEGIATE FEMALE SOCCER PLAYERS
R. SNARR,
1
J. VERDY,
2
AND M. ESCO
3
1
Auburn Univeristy Montgomery;
2
Auburn University at
Montgomery; and
3
With a strong correlation between sports performance and body
composition, assessing body fat percentage in female athletes is
crucial. Bioelectrical impedance analysis (BIA) is an inexpensive
eld measure that can be used to predict body fat percentage
(BF%). However, these types of measures raise questions as to
the accuracy and reliability of predicting BF% in female athletes,
who typically tend to have a higher lean body mass and lower
Abstracts
the TM
percentage of body fat when compared to general population
females. Purpose: The purpose of this investigation was to
cross-validate foot-to-foot BIA (FF-BIA) for predicting BF% in
female collegiate athletes by using dual energy x-ray absorptiom-
etry (DXA) as the criterion. Methods: Eighteen female collegiate
soccer players (mean age = 21.5 61.86, height = 65.89 62.22
inches, weight = 142.8 6 16.22 lbs.) volunteered to have their
BF% measured in this study. For each of the athletes, FF-BIA
was used to predict body composition and compared to DXA for
criterion purposes. Results: The mean body fat percentage
acquired from FF-BIA was 23.47 6 5.84, while the mean DXA
BF% was 27.41 6 4.23. The mean values were signicantly
different (p . 0.05). FF-BIA did not signicantly correlated with
the DXA (r = 0.28, p = 0.26) and had a standard error of estimate
(SEE) of 4.18%. Conclusions: The ndings suggest that FF-BIA
signicantly underestimates BF% in female soccer athletes
by 3.94% compared to the DXA and resulted in a high SEE.
Practical Applications: Before using FF-BIA, practitioners
should be cautious of underestimating body fat percentage in
female athletes, especially considering a large SEE. Since body
composition has a strong correlation with sports performance,
a more accurate method of predicting BF% in female athletes
may be warranted. In addition, misclassifying a female athletes
body composition could increase the risk of an eating or body
image disorder. Therefore, body fat prediction in female soccer
players via FF-BIA should be performed with caution.
A COMPARISON OF PERFORMANCE
CHARACTERISTICS IN ELITE AND SUB-ELITE
YOUTH SOCCER PLAYERS
P. COMFORT,
1
A. STEWART,
2
L. BLOOM,
3
AND
B. CLARKSON
4
1
University of Salford, Lancashire, UK;
2
Hull Football Club,
North Humberside, UK;
3
Charlton Athletic Football Club,
London, UK; and
4
Southend United Football Club, Southend-
on-Sea, UK
Optimal sprint and jump performances are essential during
soccer as these are crucial events when ball position can be
won and lost. During a soccer match up to 11% of the time is
spent sprinting, in bouts lasting 24 seconds, averaging between
10 m and 20 mwith an average of 90s recovery between sprints,
covering a total distance of approximately 650 m during a match.
Purpose: The purpose of this study was to establish whether
physical attributes can differentiate between levels of competition
in elite and sub-elite youth soccer players, which may aid in the
selection process within youth soccer. Methods: Two groups of
male soccer players from youth elite (n = 18, age 17.3 6 0.6
years) and youth sub-elite (n = 18, age 17.4 6 0.5 years) soccer
clubs performed 3 countermovement jumps, 3 squat jumps, 3
20 m sprints, and 5 repetition maximum back squats to predict
maximal strength. Players from both squads were tested mid-
season during which time both squads were training full time
with sessions comprising all of the elements of performance
including 45 (810 hrs/wk) soccer specic training sessions
per week, plus 2 (2 hrs/wk) resistance training session each
week. At the time of testing both squads were at the end of
a power meso-cycle. Results: Intraclass correlation coefcients
revealed that sprint and jump assessments were all highly reliable
(r $ 0.85, p , 0.001), excluding 5m sprint performances for the
AC squad, which showed only a moderate reliability (r = 0.69,
p = 0.01). Independent t-tests revealed no signicant differences
(p . 0.05) in the height (175.1 6 5.4 cm vs. 171.8 6 5.8 cm)
and body mass (69.5 6 6.9 kg vs. 68.1 6 5.8 kg) of elite and
sub-elite squads respectively. In contrast the elite squad demon-
strated signicant quicker sprint performances over 5 m (0.98 6
0.05 s vs. 1.02 6 0.06 s; p = 0.01) and 20 m (2.95 6 0.09 s vs.
3.06 60.15 s; p = 0.003), higher squat jump (51.8 63.9 cm vs.
37.8 6 3.8 cm; p , 0.001) and countermovement jump (55.1 6
4.5 cm vs. 38.6 6 3.9 cm; p , 0.001) performance along with
signicantly greater relative predicted maximal squat strength
(2.14 6 0.25 kg$kg
21
vs. 1.81 6 0.34 kg$kg
21
, p , 0.001)
compared to the sub-elite squad, respectively (Table 1).
Conclusions: Results suggest that strength, jump and sprint
performances differentiate between elite and sub-elite youth level
soccer players, and may be useful during athlete selection by
the TM
| www.nsca.com
coaching staff. Practical Applications: These ndings highlight
the importance of appropriate conditioning to develop strength
and power in youth soccer players as they clearly differentiated
between the 2 levels of competition.
PREDICTION OF STANDING LONG JUMP
POWER IN NCAA DIVISION IA
FOOTBALL PLAYERS
B. MANN,
1
M. BIRD,
2
P. IVEY,
3
T. JACKSON,
2
K. STUMP,
2
B. DANIELS,
2
J. L. MAYHEW,
2
AND
S. SAYERS
4
1
University of Missouri, Columbia, MO;
2
Truman State
University, Kirksville, MO;
3
Universsity of Missouri,
Columbia, MO; and
4
Physical Therapy Department,
University of Missouri, Columbia, MO
The vertical jump is a popular measurement for determining leg
power. The application of force in a single plane allows convenient
determination of power using a force plate. Various prediction
equations exist to estimate power from combinations of vertical
jump height, body mass, and standing height. Despite the
popularity of the standing long jump (SLJ), limited research has
explored the prediction of power from this test. Purpose: To
determine the feasibility of estimating SLJ power from jump dis-
tance and selected anthropometric dimensions in NCAA Division
IA football players. Methods: 58 players (Height = 184.9 6
6.6 cm; weight = 102.5 6 18.1 kg) were measured during an
off-season winter conditioning program. Measurements included
height, body mass, total lower extremity length (TLE), and shank
length (SL). TLE was measured from the greater trochanter to the
oor. SL was measured from the joint space of the knee to the
oor. Thigh length (TL) was calculated as the difference between
TLE and SL. Leg ratios of TLE/Ht and TL/SL were also calculated.
Players completed general and specic warm-ups before perform-
ing 23 maximal familiarization trials of SLJ. Following a minimum
of 5 minutes rest, each player performed 2 maximal SLJ trials from
a force plate. Each trial was separated by approximately 1 minute
rest. Vertical and horizontal forces were sampled at 1000 Hz and
used to calculate power in each direction. SLJ power was calcu-
lated from the resultant force and velocity vectors. Best SLJ and
peak power were used for analysis. Results: The 2 SLJ trials
were not signicantly different (265.2 6 25.9 and 268.2 6
25.9 cm, p = 0.07) and highly reliable (ICC = 0.944). Peak power
from the 2 trials were not signicantly different (5,068 6 939 and
5,131 6 905 W, p = 0.34) and highly reliable (ICC = 0.926).
Standing height (r = 0.40), weight (r = 0.36), FLL (r = 0.43), TLL
(0.38), and best SLJ (r = 0.52) were signicantly related (p #
0.05) to peak power. Only weight (r = 20.47) was signicantly
related to SLJ range; all other measurements had correlations only
between 20.15 to 0.04. Step-wise multiple regression selected
SLJ range and weight as the only signicant variables to predict
peak power: Power (W) = 32.49 SLJ (cm) + 39.69 Weight (kg)
7608 (R = 0.86, SEE = 488 W, CV% = 9.3%). SLJ contributed
56.8% to the known variance, while weight contributed 43.2%.
Conclusions: This is the rst study to estimate power produc-
tion from a standing long jump in athletes. Although football play-
ers produce an average SLJ that was 13%greater than previously
measured in recreationally active subjects, their peak power was
signicantly greater due largely to their greater average weight.
SLJ and body mass are similar contributors to power generation in
football. Practical Applications: SLJ and weight can be used as
effector predictors on SLJ power in major college football players.
CONCURRENT VALIDITY OF A NOVEL HEART
RATE MONITOR STRAP
D. LOONEY,
1
C. DUNN-LEWIS,
1
B. COMSTOCK,
1
D. HOOPER,
1
T. SZIVAK,
1
S. FLANAGAN,
1
A. STERCZALA,
1
W. DUPONT,
1
C. GIACCHINO,
1
E. WEBSTER,
1
D. DOMBROWSKI,
1
D. MCDERMOTT,
1
AND W. J. KRAEMER
1
1
Purpose: New Technology offers potential advantages in phys-
ically demanding environments where convenience and comfort
are important and accurate and reliable data collection is chal-
lenging. Nevertheless, it is important to validate the accuracy and
reliability of such biological monitoring systems (BMS) before
they are adopted. The purpose of the present investigation was
to assess the concurrent validity of a new heart rate monitor
across a range of exercise intensities and with a large and diverse
group of male subjects. Methods: Seventy-ve men (Age: 23 6
4 yrs; Height: 181 6 8 cm; Body Mass: 83 6 12 kg; estimated
V
_
O
2peak
3.16 6 0.63 [L$Min
21
]) volunteered and completed
a graded cycle ergometer exercise protocol while heart rate was
continuously monitored before, during, and after exercise with the
new novel multi-function heart rate monitoring device (model
blinded by abstract requirements) and the gold standard (elec-
trocardiogram). The 2-minute stages included sitting, standing,
and cycling with 35 W increments until volitional fatigue.
Results: The coefcient of determination between mean heart
rate values at each stage was R
2
= 0.99, while Pearson correla-
tions at each stage were $ r = 0.99. Heart rates during exercise
were typically within 1 beat of each other. Conclusions: The
biological monitoring system therefore represents a convenient
device for valid and reliable measures of heart rate under various
Abstracts
the TM
bodily positions and levels of exertion, including maximal exercise
intensity. It reality it was more stable than the EKG for pre-venting
signal artifacts in the EKGtracings. Practical Applications: The
use of a mobile valid monitoring system is vital for optimal mon-
itoring of training intensities with exercise programs.
SYSTEMATIC REVIEW OF CORE MUSCLE
ACTIVITY DURING PHYSICAL
FITNESS EXERCISES
J. M. MARTUSCELLO,
1
J. L. LIBOUS,
1
AND
J. M. MAYER
1
1
University of South Florida, Tampa, FL
Purpose: Core muscle strength and stability exercises are often
prescribed by strength and conditioning specialists for their ath-
letes and clients in order to enhance tness performance and
prevent injury in a variety of activities. However, an evidence-based
consensus has not been reached regarding which physical tness
exercises are most effective at stimulating the activity of the core
muscles. Furthermore, the scientic literature on this has not been
systematically reviewed. Thus, the purpose of this paper was to
systematically review the literature on the electromyographic
(EMG) activity of 3 important core muscles (lumbar multidus,
transverse abdominis, quadratus lumborum) during physical tness
exercises in healthy adults to identify evidence-based knowledge.
Methods: Major scientic databases (i.e. CINAHL, Cochrane
Central Register of Controlled Trials, EMBASE, PubMed, SPORT-
discus, and Web of Science) were searched for relevant articles
using a search strategy designed by the investigators. Physical
tness exercises were partitioned into 5 major types: traditional
core, core stability, ball/device, free weight, and non-core free
weight. Strength of evidence was assessed and summarized for
comparisons among exercise types. Results: Seventeen studies
enrolling 252 participants met the reviews inclusion/exclusion cri-
teria. The key ndings of this review with moderate levels of evi-
dence were as follows: (a) lumbar multidus EMG activity is
greater during free weight exercises compared with ball/device
exercises, and similar during core stability and ball/device exer-
cises; (b) lumbar multidus EMG activity is similar during core
stability exercise and ball/device exercises; and 3) transverse ab-
dominis EMG activity is similar during core stability and ball/device
exercises. No studies were uncovered for quadratus lumborum
EMG activity during physical tness exercises. Conclusions: This
systematic review revealed no evidence to suggest that core-
specic exercises (core stability, ball/device) result in greater
EMG activity of 3 major core muscles compared with traditional,
multi-joint free weight exercises. Practical Applications:
The available evidence suggests that strength and conditioning
specialists should focus on prescribing multi-joint free weight
exercises for their athletes and clients, rather than core-specic
exercises, in order to adequately train the core muscles. Along with
providing an adequate stimulus for the core muscles, multi-joint
free weight exercises provide additional health benets that are not
associated with core-specic exercises, which further supports the
use of free weight exercises vs core-specic exercises.
THE INFLUENCE OF CROSSFIT ON FITNESS IN
MEN AND WOMEN
B. CHURCH,
1
C. JEFFERY,
1
M. JONES,
1
A. WHEELER,
1
T. ADAMS,
1
AND J. STILLWELL
1
1
Arkansas State University, Jonesboro, AR
Purpose: CrossFit is a relatively new type of exercise that has
been growing in popularity. This form of exercise aims to improve
general tness through a variety of exercises including both body-
weight training and weight training among other non-traditional
methods. The purpose of this study was to compare tness levels
in CrossFit trained individuals with a control group who have exer-
cised with more traditional forms of exercise. A second purpose of
this study was to determine the relationship between 3 common
CrossFit exercises: 1-RM deadlift, 1 minute row for distance, and
a timed test known as Murph by CrossFit practitioners. Methods:
Thirty seven participants, both male (n = 30) and female (n = 7)
participated in the study. Participants were divided into 2 groups,
CrossFit (15 males, 4 females), which regularly exercised accord-
ing to CrossFit recommendations, and control (15 males, 3 fe-
males), which followed traditional exercise as suggested by the
American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM). Participants com-
pleted the Margaria-Kalamen Power Test, Anaerobic Step Test,
and Cooper 1.5 mile run. Means and standard deviations, along
with independent t-tests were run based on test group and sex.
Results: It was found that male CrossFit participants performed
signicantly better, t (30) = 2.21, p # 0.05 (Crosst: 1395 W6
379, Control: 1210 W 6 287), than control males on the Mara-
garia Kalamen Power Test. Although mean scores for CrossFit
participants were greater than control for the remaining tests, none
reached the signicance criterion of p # 0.05 in either male or
female participants. In addition, no signicant correlations were
observed between deadlift 1-RM, 1 minute row, and the timed
Murph CrossFit workout. Conclusions: Based on these results
the CrossFit method of training is just as effective as more tradi-
tional methods of aerobic and strength training advocated by the
ACSM. Exercise adherence is often a problem with individuals
who want to achieve minimum health standards. CrossFit appears
to be an additional type of exercise that may be used to help
individuals exercise regularly; thus, achieving adequate tness
the TM
| www.nsca.com
levels associated with optimal health. Practical Applications:
This was one of the rst studies ever on CrossFit and the main
results indicated that individuals participating in CrossFit can
achieve tness levels at or above levels compared to the general
ACSM recommendation for tness.
THE IMPACT OF LOW-LOAD TRAINING WITH
PARTIAL VASCULAR OCCLUSION ON CYCLE
ERGOMETER PEAK POWER
C. POPOVICI,
1
AND J. HOKANSON
2
1
Physical Education Department, State University of New
York at Oneonta; and
2
Kinesiology Department, State
University of New York at Cortland
Increases in muscle hypertrophy have been achieved with the
use of low-intensity (,50% 1RM) single joint resistance exer-
cises in conjunction with partial vascular occlusion of active
muscle tissues, resulting in strength increases of upwards of
40% of maximal voluntary contractions. Traditionally, similar
gains in strength have only been elicited under conditions involv-
ing high-intensity resistance training at or above 80% 1RM. Pro-
posed mechanisms for these adaptations include hypoxia-
induced additional or preferential recruitment of fast-twitch mus-
cle bers and a longer exposure of tissues to metabolic acidosis
through the shunting of venous return and the accumulation of
intramuscular H
&pl;op
ions. These mechanisms are thought to
elicit an exaggerated hormonal response than is traditionally
seen when using intensities of ,50% 1RM. To date, little
research exists examining the potential of occlusion training as
a means to improve power output. Based upon the proposed
mechanisms responsible for adaptations resulting from occlu-
sion training, such as a preferential recruitment of fast twitch
bers to perform a low resistance task; it would seem plausible
that neuromuscular gains can be made. Purpose: Based upon
these previous proposals of modied neural recruitment patterns
and increased fast twitch involvement during hypoxic conditions
created through a disruption to vascular blood ow, this study
sought to determine if partial vascular occlusion of working mus-
culature could enhance peak power on a cycle ergometer, mea-
sured using 30 second Wingate Test. Methods: 21
recreationally active college students were separated into 3
training groups: A low-load occluded group (LLO) (n = 7),
a low-load free-ow group (LL) (n = 7) and a high-load free
ow group (HL) (n = 7) and completed a 10 session, 5 week
training protocol with additional pre and post Wingate Tests. All
groups trained using the same periodized program designed to
increase peak power output. Groups trained twice per week.
Each session involved short sprint intervals at a maximum
cadence ranging in time from 4 to 10 seconds per repetition,
with 4 to 8 repetitions per session with 1:6 work to rest ratio.
Sessions last approximately 1015minutes. HL trained at 95%
of the resistance used during Wingate testing (7.125% of BW)
while the low-load groups (LL and LLO) trained at 45% of their
Wingate test resistance (3.375% of BW). LLO participants
wore 6 3 33 cm blood pressure cuffs around the proximal
segment of the thigh, just below the hip for the duration of the
training session. The cuffs were inated to 180 mmHg and the
researchers monitored this pressure. Results: Pre and post
training Wingate data was compared. Subjects in LLO and HL
both improved signicantly from pre to post testing in relative
peak power (W/kg), 14.4% and 14.1% respectively (p . 0 .05),
while individuals in LL saw no signicant improvement in relative
peak power (4.6%). LLO improved signicantly over LL (p =
0.041), while HLs improvement over LL nearly reached signi-
cance (p = 0.082). Average total work performed during training
was calculated (in Watts). After ten training sessions LLO gen-
erated an average per person total work output of 8,204W,
58.3% less than HLs 19,664W (p # 0.005). Conclusions:
Utilizing low-resistance training under partially occluded condi-
tions during sprinting on a cycle ergometer results in signicant
improvement to relative peak power output as measured during
a Wingate Test. Practical Applications: The less overall work
needed to produce signicant affects in training compared to
traditional methods indicates that occluding venous ow can
provide an efcient stimulus towards increase muscular power
for a specic movement pattern. Due to the minimal amount of
work (2 ten minute sessions per week) which resulted in signif-
icant improvements to peak-power, this training modality may be
attractive to in season athletes, if specic movement patterns
can be duplicated under occluded conditions, or as an addi-
tional training modality to any power program.
AEROBIC CAPACITY AND MUSCULAR
ENDURANCE IMPROVEMENTS WITH FOUR
WEEKS OF BATTLING ROPE HIGH INTENSITY
INTERVAL TRAINING
C. A. MCAUSLAN,
1
K. MILNE,
1
AND K. KENNO
1
1
University of Windsor, Windsor, Ontario Canada
High intensity interval training (HIIT) is a form of cardio-
respiratory training where a selected exercise, traditionally
cycling or treadmill running, is performed for a specied
amount of time (usually 1 min or less) followed by a specied
rest/recovery interval. This workout is then repeated for
a specied number of work/rest intervals typically varying
from 4 to 10 sets, 25/week, for 46 weeks of training.
Abstracts
the TM
Recently, large diameter ropes (12 inches) weighing 20 to
75 pounds called battling ropes have emerged as an alter-
native upper body interval training apparatus used to improve
the aerobic/anaerobic energy systems and muscular endur-
ance. Strength and conditioning professionals are utilizing
battling ropes with little or no published research to substan-
tiate their effectiveness as a training regiment. Purpose: To
determine the aerobic and muscular endurance responses to
a 4 week HIIT battling rope training protocol. Methods:
Thirty moderately active university aged participants (mean
age 22 yr) (15 women, 15 men) volunteered to train 3x/week,
for a 4 week HIIT battling rope conditioning program. The
training program consisted of a 30 second maximal work
interval, alternating between the double-whip and alternating
whip exercises, separated by a 60 second recovery period
for a total of 10 work/rest training rounds. Women used a 40
ft, 1.5 inch rope and men used a 50 ft, 1.5 inch rope. Pre and
post testing included handgrip strength, pushups and bent-
knee situps for muscular endurance and an arm ergometer
maximal aerobic capacity test to assess oxygen consumption
adaptations. Results: During the 4 week battling rope HIIT,
the average heart rate during the 10 work intervals was
175 bpm. Following 4 weeks of battling rope HIIT, partici-
pants improved their arm ergometer aerobic capacity 4.94%
(p # 0.05), pushup performance 23.56% (p , 0.001), bent-
knee situp performance 6.67% (p , 0.01), while handgrip
strength did not improve. Conclusions: Four weeks of battling
rope HIIT signicantly improves maximal upper body aerobic
capacity, upper body and core muscular endurance and had no
effect on handgrip strength. Practical Applications: High inten-
sity battling rope interval training protocols offer an effective, alter-
native and unique upper body training experience that strength and
conditioning professionals should consider implementing to
improve upper body aerobic capacity and muscular endurance.
RELIABILITY AND VALIDITY OF A NOVEL
FIELD-BASED HAMSTRING STRENGTH TEST
FOR ASSOCIATION SOCCER PLAYERS:
IMPLICATIONS FOR PREVENTING
HAMSTRING INJURIES
J. W. LEE,
1
P. S. YUNG,
1
H. C. CHAN,
1
AND
K. CHAN
1
1
The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Shatin, Hong Kong
Purpose: Isokinetic knee strength test is considered as a useful
method for professional soccer players to identify the risk of sus-
taining hamstring strains. However, those testing protocols were
time consuming and inconvenient. Therefore, a novel eld-based
strength test for evaluating hamstring strength was designed. The
aim of this study is to examine the reliability and validity of this test
for soccer players. Methods: Thirty amateur players (mean age =
17.2 6 1.27 years; body weight = 62.98 6 7.87 kg; height =
175.32 65.23 cm) fromHKFA 2nd division league participated in
the TM
| www.nsca.com
this study. The CUHK hamstring strength test included 3 different
modes (free mode, 15 mode, and 30 mode). The subjects started
in a kneeling position and a helper stabilized the subjects legs.
Then the subject leaned forward in a smooth and controlled man-
ner, while keeping his back and hips fully extended until the point
he has to let go with hamstrings. The free mode was tested for the
forward exion angle which the subjects cannot sustain. The 15
mode and 30 mode were tested for the time that the subjects
could hold at 15 and 30 respectively. High speed camera was
used to record the performance of the CUHK hamstring strength
tests. A motion analysis systemAPAS is used to analysis the tilting
angle and angular velocity of knee joint. Hamstring peak torque
and Hamstring to Quadriceps (H/Q) strength ratio of the isokinetic
test in 3 different patterns of speed were used as the criterion for
the validity test. The testing protocol included concentric perfor-
mance of hamstring and quadriceps muscle groups at 60 deg$s
21
(3 repetitions), 240 deg$s
21
(5 repetitions) angular speeds, and
the eccentric performance of the hamstrings at 30 deg$s
21
. All
sets of testing were separated by 1 minute of rest. Intra-class
correlation coefcient (ICC) was used to analyse the reliability
between test and retest in all 3 modes of CUHK hamstring
strength test. Correlations between the independent and depen-
dent variables were tested to screen for the potential variable
which may predict the hamstring strength. Linear regression was
used and the statistical signicance was determined at p # 0.05.
Results: The CUHK hamstring strength test 1 was the most reli-
able test (R = 0.815) among the CUHK hamstring strength test.
This test can predict the hamstring peak torque in concentric
performance at 60 deg$s
21
and 240 deg$s
21
angular speed.
The combination of angle in free mode test and body weight
can predict a larger percentage of data. Conclusions And
Practical Applications: We suggest that soccer players can
adopt this eld based test during preseason to identify hamstring
weakness. Coaches can adopt appropriate injury prevention exer-
cise for those players with hamstring weakness.
THE INFLUENCE OF AGE ON PASSIVE
STIFFNESS OF THE PLANTAR
FLEXOR MUSCLES
E. J. SOBOLEWSKI,
1
E. D. RYAN,
1
B. THOMPSON,
2
AND E. C. CONCHOLA
2
1
The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; and
2
Oklahoma State University, Applied Musculoskeletal and
Human Physiology Lab, Stillwater, OK
With a rapidly growing elderly population, it is essential to expand
our understanding of the inuence of aging on passive properties
of the musculotendinous unit. Previous studies have reported
inconsistent ndings regarding then changes in passive stiffness
and very few studies have examined these changes across the
lifespan. Purpose: The purpose of this study was to examine the
effects of aging on the passive stiffness of the plantar exors in
young, middle-aged and old men. Methods: Sixteen young
(mean 6 SD: age = 22 6 2 yr), 15 middle-aged (47 6 2 yr),
and 16 old (66 64 yr) men performed a passive stiffness assess-
ment of their right plantar exors on a calibrated isokinetic dyna-
mometer. To determine passive stiffness, the lever arm passively
dorsiexed the ankle at 5deg$s
21
starting at 208 degree of plantar
exion to the participants maximally tolerated range of motion
(MROM) at which point the dynamometer was manually stopped
by the investigator and immediately returned to the starting posi-
tion. The angle-torque curve was gravity corrected for the weight
of the footplate and t with a fourth order polynomial function.
Passive stiffness values were calculated as the slope of the
angle-torque curve at a common joint angle (108 degree of dorsi-
exion; neutral = 08 degree) and a relative joint angle (80% of
MROM) using a 200 ms epoch. All passive stiffness values were
normalized to corrected calf-girth measurements. Common and
relative angle passive stiffness values were evaluated using 2,
one way ANOVAs with post hoc Bonferroni corrected indepen-
dent t-tests. A type-1 error rate of 5% was used to determine
statistical signicance. Results: For common angle passive stiff-
ness, the older men exhibited greater stiffness values when com-
pared to the young and middle-aged men (p # 0.003).
Similarly, relative angle passive stiffness values were also
greater in the older men when compared to the young and
middle-aged men (p # 0.017). Conclusions: The results of
this study indicated that no differences were observed in pas-
sive stiffness values between the young and middle-aged men
at either a relative or common joint angle; however, both
groups exhibited lower passive stiffness values when com-
pared to the old men. Practical Applications: These ndings
demonstrated that over the course of the life span, passive
stiffness of the plantar exors increases at old age. However,
these changes appear to occur sometime after middle-age (i.e.
47 years) in healthy men. These ndings may also highlight the
importance of including training interventions in older adults to
help reduce passive stiffness.
12 WEEKS OF ORAL ATP SUPPLEMENTATION
INCREASES STRENGTH, POWER, AND LEAN
BODY MASS
J. M. JOY,
1
R. P. LOWERY,
1
J. E. DUDECK,
1
M. A. NAIMO,
1
E. OLIVEIRA DE SOUZA,
2
S. A. MCCLEARY,
1
S. I. WEINER,
1
AND
J. M. WILSON
1
Abstracts
the TM
1
University of Tampa Human Performance Lab; and
2
Laboratory of Neuromuscular Adaptations to Strength
Training, School of Physical Education and Sport, University
of Sao Paulo
*Award Winner - Outstanding Masters Student Podium
Presentation*
Purpose: Currently, there is a lack of studies examining the
effects of adenosine triphosphate (ATP) supplementation utilizing
a long term, periodized resistance-training program (RT) in
strength-trained populations. Therefore, we investigated the
effects of 12 weeks of 400 mg per day of oral ATP on neuro-
muscular adaptations in trained individuals. We also sought to
determine the effects of ATP on muscle damage, cortisol, and
performance during an overreaching cycle. Methods: The study
was a 3-phase randomized, double-blind, placebo and diet-
controlled intervention. Phase 1 was a periodized resistance-
training program. Phase 2 consisted of a 2 week overreaching
cycle in which volume and frequency were increased followed by
a 2-week taper (Phase 3). Muscle mass, strength, and power
were examined at weeks 0, 4, 8, and 12 to assess the chronic
effects of ATP; assessment of performance variables also
occurred at the end of weeks 9 and 10 (the mid and endpoints
of phase 2). Additionally, urinary 3-methylhistidine (3-MH) and
blood draws following a 12-hour fast for resting testosterone
and cortisol, C-reactive protein (CRP), creatine kinase, and cre-
atinine were obtained for weeks 0, 8, 9, 10, and 12. Blood draws
occurred at the same time of day to avoid diurnal effects. Muscle
protein degradation was measured by the ratio of urinary 3-MH:
creatinine. A Repeated measures ANOVA was used to assess
main effects in all variables. Tukey post hoc was employed to
locate where differences occurred. Statistical signicance was
determined at p # 0.05. Results: There were time, and group
3 time effects (p # 0.05) for strength (12.6% ATP vs. 5.9%
placebo) power (15.7% ATP vs. 11.6% placebo), and muscle
mass (9.4% ATP vs. 4.9 % placebo), which increased greater in
the ATP group. For the overreaching cycle, there were group 3
time effects for strength and power, which decreased to a greater
extent in the placebo group. Muscle damage, assessed by blood
CK, and muscle protein degradation were affected by training
(Time, p # 0.05). Supplementation with ATP was unable to
attenuate the increase in CK during both the initiation of training
(weeks 0 to 1) and during the overreaching cycle (weeks 9 and
10). ATP supplementation signicantly decreased muscle protein
degradation compared with placebo during the overreaching
cycle (Trt*time, p , 0.007). Supplementation with ATP did not
affect changes in C-Reactive protein, cortisol, or free or total
testosterone levels when compared with placebo supplementa-
tion. Conclusions: The collective ndings of our current study
suggest that supplementation with ATP, in combination with high
intensity, periodized RT, increases LBM, muscle mass, strength,
and power vs. a placebo-matched control. Moreover when
faced with greater training frequencies, oral ATP may prevent
typical declines in performance that are characteristic of over-
reaching. Future research should seek to elucidate the underlying
mechanisms through which ATP operates to promote improve-
ments in training adaptations.
THE EFFECTS OF A CORE STRENGTH
TRAINING PROGRAM ON FIELD TESTING
PERFORMANCE OUTCOMES IN JUNIOR ELITE
SURF ATHLETES
T. A. AXEL
1
1
California State University, Long Beach and Dean Sports
Consultants
Purpose: Competitive surng requires athletes to transfer force
from their core musculature to maneuver a surfboard successfully
with powerful, rotational movements while riding an unpredictable
waves surface. Previous research has documented aerobic and
anaerobic measurements of competitive and recreational surfers
paddling performance. However, to date no research has docu-
mented the junior elite competitive surfers core musculature and
lower body athletic performance measurements. A test-retest,
quasi-experimental design using a battery of eld tests specic
to the sport of surng was used to determine the effects of an
8-week core strength training program (CSTP) on athletic perfor-
mance measures. Methods: Nineteen junior elite surf athletes
(age 15.7 6 1.01 yrs, height 1.77 6 0.007 m, mass 64.67 6
9.08 kg) completed a pre-test, 8-week CSTP, and a post-test of
rotational power (RP), lower body power (LBP), core strength
(CS), core endurance (CE), and rotational exibility (RF). Means,
standard deviations, paired t-tests with a signicance level of p #
0.05, and effect sizes were computed. Bilateral time to peak accel-
eration, maximal acceleration, and RP were measured utilizing
a dumbbell equipped with a 3D accelerometer and an external
dynamometer. LBP was measured using a vertical jump (VJ) test.
CS was measured using a 2 kg medicine ball toss while CE was
measured via timed prone plank. RF was measured using
a dynamic trunk rotation exibility test. Each participant performed
3 trials for each test and received a minimum of 2 minutes of rest
between each trial. The trial indicating maximal performance for
each test was used in the statistical analysis. Results: The 19
participants had a signicant decrease from pre-test to post-test
in right side time to peak acceleration, t (18) = 2.38, p = 0.014, r =
0.49. There was a signicant decrease in left side time to peak
acceleration from pre-test to post-test, t (18) = 3.18, p = 0.0026, r
= 0.60. A signicant increase was found in pre-test to post-test in
left RP, t (18) =22.78, p =0.006, r =0.55. There was a signicant
the TM
| www.nsca.com
increase in right and left side CS from pre-test to post-test, t (18) =
22.75, p = 0.007, r = 0.54 and t (18) = 23.93, p = 0.0005, r =
0.68, respectively. A signicant increase was observed for CE,
t (18) = 22.05, p = 0.03, r = 0.44. In addition, a signicant
increase was observed for RF, t (18) = 25.69, p = 1.07 E-1, r =
0.80. All means and standard deviations are presented in the table.
Discussions: Results demonstrated signicant improvements in
time to peak acceleration, left RP, CS, CE, and RF. Based on
the results, we conclude implementation of the CSTP enhances
athletic performance measurements which will likely increase overall
surng performance. Practical Applications: The CSPT is an
effective training tool for surf coaches and strength and conditioning
professionals to improve strength in the core musculature and lower
body. In addition, the CSTP was designed specically for junior elite
surfers; however, the results may be applicable to all surf athletes.
HITTING A MOVING TARGET: EFFECTS OF
PHYSIOLOGICAL STRESS ON ACCURACY AND
RECALL IN POLICE FIREARMS TRAINING
S. UNRUH,
1
AND B. GOSLIN
1
1
Oakland University, Rochester, MI
Law enforcement rearms qualication and training are mea-
sured against static targets and low stress. Yet, real life deadly
force encounters involve moving targets and high stress.
Purpose: Target Focus Shooting (TFS not using the sights)
and Isosceles Shooting (IS: using the sights) were examined
for hitting a moving target at rest and after exercise stress.
Methods: Thirty-three participants were recruited from 2 inde-
pendent groups (n = 22 for TFS and n = 11 for IS). Both groups
red as often as possible at a moving target using soap-like
colored cartridges at a distance of 3.04 + 0.15 m, once at rest
and again after signicant exercise stress induced by a 30 s
Wingate bicycle test. The Wingate bicycle test involves supra-
maximal effort that increases heart rate through muscle fatigue
that is comparable to what a police ofcer may experience during
a critical incident. The target moved from right to left at
0.914 m$s
21
over a 2 m distance. A recall test was conducted
after the post-exercise session for memory of shots red and
perceived success. Performance was measured by Points (Pts)
assigned (Hit (+1); Miss (-2), Did Not Shoot (DNS) (0)), Pts;
Rounds Shot (Rnds); Hit/Total % (Hit%). A composite score
(CS) was calculated [CS = Pts 3 Rnds 3 (1OHit%)] and ana-
lyzed by a mixed design ANOVA (a , 0.05). Results: There
was no signicant shooting style effect (p = 0.37), exercise stress
had no signicant effect (p = 0.68), and there was no interaction
Abstracts
the TM
(p = 0.65). The CS means for the IS style were superior (mean +
SD: Pre-Stress 2.0 + 4.83, Post-Stress 2.63 + 4.10) to the TFS
style (mean + SD: Pre-Stress 21.21 + 13.17, Post-Stress
20.30 + 11.45) and both shooting styles deteriorated with exer-
cise stress, but not signicantly. Round placement and accuracy
was analyzed and the average Hit % at Rest (TFS: 74%; IS:
84%) was higher than Post-Exercise (TFS: 59%: IS: 73%).
Post-exercise memory recall of the number of shots and percep-
tion of the number hitting the target was quite low (TFS: 29%;
IS: 24%). Conclusions: Sighted shooting (IS) is best when
shooting at moving targets. Exercise stress causes a deterioration
of shooting accuracy, but not signicantly. Practical Applica-
tions: High intensity exercise causes deterioration in shooting
performance. Firearms training should emphasize the use of the
weapons sights, physical tness, and practice with moving tar-
gets for optimal performance.
TRENDS FROM NFL COMBINE DATA MAY
PREDICT PERFORMANCE VALUES OF FUTURE
NFL DRAFT PICKS
K. A. LEITING,
1
AND B. GLEASON
1
1
East Tennessee State University, Johnson City, TN
Purpose: The purpose of this research is to provide coaches
and athletes with minimum performance values to establish as
goals for the 2014 NFL Combine. Methodology: All subjects
were invited to compete in the
NFL Combine and their data
are available to the public. All
NFL Combine data from 1999
to 2012 have been scraped
from http://ncombineresults.
com/ncombinedata.php and all
draft pick history scraped from
http://www.n.com/draft/history/
fulldraft?position on November
27, 2012. All NFL draft picks
and their draft pick rank were
matched with NFL Combine
data from the respective year
of the athletes draft and NFL
Combine results. NFL combine
data of individuals that were not
drafted were not used for anal-
ysis. Aggregate data for each
year and position and perfor-
mance variable were graphed
and trends were established by applying the derived
slope-intercept linear equation. Peak Power is not an NFL
Combine assessment but can be derived from NFL Com-
bine data using the Sayers Power Equation. Two standard
error of estimate (SEE) was used to determine a cut-off
point that became the minimum performance value.
The minimum performance value for each position and event
for 2014 is provided. Data from 1999 to 2011 were used to
determine already known 2012 performance values as
a means of validation. Percent of non-overlapping data
was used to assess the percent success rate for this
method. The number of participants that achieved a perfor-
mance value greater than the predicted minimum for 2012
were divided by the total number of participants that were
drafted is termed success rate. Results: Minimum perfor-
mance values for each position for each event for the 2014
Combine are presented in table 1. Validation of this method
of analysis is presented in table 2, as a success rate for
each position and event. Discussions: This method of
analysis has a 6984% success rate at identifying the mini-
mum performance value depending upon position. To the
investigators knowledge there has not been an attempt to
identify performance values that increase potential draft
selection. It interesting to note the low success rate for
some variables based on position, suggesting not all NFL
Combine tests are applicable to every position. Practical
Applications: Performance values presented may be used as
a goal for strength coaches to help athletes achieve at the NFL
Combine in 2014. Achieving performance values greater than
the TM
| www.nsca.com
the minimumpresented may increase an athletes chance of draft
selection. It is suggested that this method of analysis should be
continually updated and evaluated to identify minimum perfor-
mance values for upcoming NFL Combines.
LOWER-BODY STRENGTH AND POWER
INFLUENCE PERFORMANCE IN CHANGE OF
DIRECTION TASKS
F. A. BOURGEOIS,
1
J. B. WINCHESTER,
1
R. W. BREM,
1
F. B. WYATT,
1
AND S. P. CRONIN
1
1
Midwestern State University, Wichita Falls, TX
Purpose: Previous studies have examined the relationship
lower-body strength and power has with performance in
events that require change of direction (COD). However,
there is a scarcity of investigations which have considered
the inuence strength and power have on the magnitude of
improvement in COD performance as a result of training.
Moreover, interventions selected within the literature are often
not representative of interventions used by strength and con-
ditioning professionals. Therefore, the purpose of this study
was to investigate the relationship between strength and
power and the magnitude of improvement in COD as a result
of training. Methods: Eleven collegiate athletes (age =
20.55 6 1.214 yr; height = 186.52 6 6.569 cm; mass =
108.76 6 17.433 kg) from a Division II American football
program participated in the study. Subjects were pre and
posttested in vertical jump (VJ), standing broad jump (SBJ),
peak force (PF), time to peak force (TPF), rate of force devel-
opment (RFD), one-repetition maximum back squat (1-RM
BS), hexagon test, pro agility test, and t-test. Both absolute
values along with data normalized to body mass were used for
purposes of comparison. Subjects participated in an 8 week
training program designed to increase strength, power, and
COD. Tests used to assess COD during pre and posttesting
were not used during the intervention. Results: Pretest VJ
power showed strong correlation with both absolute change
and percent improvement in the t-test (r = 20.59 and 20.58,
respectively). A strong correlation was also found between
the absolute change in SBJ and the absolute change in the
hexagon test (r = 20.51). Pretest Rel PF showed strong
correlation with both pro-agility and the t-test (r = 20.5 and
20.58, respectively). Pretest TPF and the hexagon test
showed strong correlation (r = 20.51) as did Rel 1-RM BS
and the t-test (r = 20.54). Posttest Rel PF revealed strong
Abstracts
the TM
association with both the pro agility test and the t-test (r = 20.61
and 20.81, respectively) and Rel 1-RM BS showed strong cor-
relation with performance in the t-test (r = 20.6). Conclusions:
The ndings of this investigation suggest that an athletes ability
to express strength and power may inuence subsequent adap-
tation to interventions designed to improve COD. Moreover,
adaptations in strength and power may also inuence the mag-
nitude of improvement in COD tasks. Practical Applications:
Practitioners may wish to consider sequencing their training to
focus on strength and power early in the athlete development
process in order to enhance potential adaptations in COD later
on in training. In addition, when considering the addition of COD
to the training plan, it may be appropriate to maintain focus on
increasing strength and power. Acknowledgments: This inves-
tigation was partially funded by the Midwestern State University
Graduate School.
STRENGTH AS A PREDICTOR OF THE
MAGNITUDE OF ADAPTATION FROM
POWER TRAINING
R. W. BREM,
1
J. B. WINCHESTER,
1
F. A. BOURGEOIS,
1
F. B. WYATT,
1
AND
S. P. CRONIN
1
1
Midwestern State University, Wichita Falls, TX
Although previous research generated data that suggest
stronger individuals produce more power, the effects different
strength levels have on the magnitude of power adaptation
have not been investigated thoroughly. Purpose: To deter-
mine if strength levels can be used to predict the magnitude
of adaptation that may occur from participating in a training
program designed to increase power production. Methods:
The participants in this study were eleven men [(mean 6 SD):
age 20.6 6 1.2 years; height 186.5 6 6.7 cm; mass 108.8 6
19.1 kg] who were NCAA Division II American football play-
ers. Pretest strength was assessed during performance of an
isometric mid-thigh pull (rate of force development (RFD),
peak force (PF), and time to peak force (TPF)) and via
a one repetition maximum back squat (1-RM BS). Lower body
muscular power was tested using the vertical jump (VJ) and
standing broad jump (SBJ). Sprint performance was
assessed via timing gates in a 36.58 m (40 yard) dash. Cor-
relations were established between pretest strength variables
and both absolute and relative pre-post change in power
tasks as well as sprint times and the kinetic variables of peak
velocity (PV) and acceleration derived from sprint perfor-
mance. Results: Pretest RFD was signicantly correlated
with both absolute and percent change of the 9.14 m (0 to
10 yard) sprint time (r = 20.86; r = 20.85), 18.29 m (0 to 20
yard) sprint time (r = 20.72; r = 20.71), and 36.58 m (0 to
40 yard) sprint time (r = 20.61; 20.62). The pretest 1-RM
BS was signicantly correlated with the absolute change in
VJ (r = 0.64) as well as relative improvement in VJ (r = 0.66).
In addition, pretest RFD showed signicant correlation with
both absolute and percent improvements in acceleration (r =
0.84; r = 0.87). Conclusions: Pretest RFD correlated well
with the magnitude of improvement in sprint times as well as
acceleration. According to these data, pretest RFD was the
most common statistically signicant predictor of the magni-
tude of improvement in sprinting. Moreover, 1-RM BS
showed meaningful relationships with the magnitude of
adaptation in lower body power assessed via VJ. Practical
Applications: Practitioners may wish to consider sequenc-
ing their training to focus on increasing strength early in the
athlete development process in order to enhance subse-
quent adaptations in power. Acknowledgments: This
investigation was partially funded by the Midwestern State
University Graduate School.
THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FUNCTIONAL
MOVEMENT SCREEN SCORES AND TEAM
SPORT-SPECIFIC TESTS IN ATHLETES
R. G. LOCKIE,
1
A. B. SCHULTZ,
1
C. A. JORDAN,
1
S. P. BERRY,
1
S. J. CALLAGHAN,
1
M. D. JEFFRIESS,
1
AND T. M. LUCZO
2
1
University of Newcastle/Exercise and Sport Science,
Callaghan, Australia; and
2
California State University
Monterey Bay/Department of Kinesiology
The Functional Movement Screen (FMS) is comprised of 7
actions: deep squat (DS), hurdle step (HS), in-line lunge (ILL),
shoulder mobility, active straight-leg raise (ASLR), trunk stability
push-up (TSPU), and rotary stability. These actions test how the
body moves in a proximal-to-distal fashion. The FMS is often used
to diagnose movement deciencies so as to prevent injury. Given
that these screening actions can be conceptualized in sprinting
and jumping, the FMS may also detect deciencies in team sport-
specic movements. Purpose: To determine the relationship
between individual FMS scores, as measured by the standard
21-point and research-grade 100-point scales, and team sport-
specic performance (multidirectional speed, upper- and lower-
body power, exibility). Methods: 41 teamsport athletes (32 male,
9 female) were tested over 3 sessions. Subjects were assessed in
the FMS by 2 exercise scientists in the rst session. The nal 2
sessions involved team sport-specic tests of: exibility (bilateral
and unilateral sit-and-reach [SAR]); linear (20-meter [m] sprint;
the TM
| www.nsca.com
05, 010, 020 m intervals) and change-of-direction speed (505
with turns off both feet; modied t-test with initial movements to
the left or right); and upper- (bilateral and unilateral medicine ball
chest pass [MBCP]) and lower-body (bilateral and unilateral vertical
[VJ], standing broad [SBJ], and lateral [LJ] jump; 5-bound test
[5BT]) power. Results: Pearsons correlation (r) analysis (p #
0.05) found relationships between the FMS scores and athletic
tests. A higher standard scale-scored DS related to faster 20-m
sprint (r = 20.321 to 20.351), right-foot turn 505 (r =
20.320), and right-turn t-test (r = 20.367) performance.
The DS, scored by both scales, positively correlated with
bilateral VJ and SBJ, left-leg SBJ, 5BT, and LJ off both legs
(r = 20.317 to 20.519); and MBCP (r = 20.317 to
20.427) performance. A higher standard and research-
grade scale for the left-leg ILL positively related with bilateral
VJ and SBJ, and LJ for both legs (r = 20.310 to 20.432).
The TSPU positively correlated to the bilateral and unilateral
MBCP for both scales (r = 0.347-0.547). The left-leg HS
standard score related to greater SAR (r = 0.3140.408);
the research-grade score related to slower 505 times (r =
0.3270.377), and greater SAR (r = 0.3440.393). The
ASLR for both legs, scored by both scales, related to slower
20-m sprint and 505 times (r = 0.3220.375), poorer VJ (r =
20.311 to 20.349), and greater bilateral and unilateral SAR
(r = 0.3880.592). Conclusions: Selected FMS move-
ments, scored by both the standard and research-grade
scales, related to performance in team sport athletes. This
was most noticeable for the DS, which correlated with mul-
tidirectional speed and power. The ILL also related to leg
power, while the TSPU provided an indication for upper-
body power as measured by the MBCP. These relationships
were likely due to similarities between movement mechanics
and muscle recruitment. Greater leg exibility, as measured
by the HS and ASLR, related to poorer speed and power.
Leg stiffness may be more benecial for team sport athletes,
and a eld screen of this should be developed. Practical
Applications: Individual FMS actions do relate to team sport-
specic performance. The DS, ILL, and TSPU can be used to
monitor physical deciencies that could affect speed and power.
The standard scale seems to provide sufcient information to
detect movement deciencies that could affect team sport
performance.
COMPARISON OF EXERCISE METABOLISMS
BETWEEN ATHLETES AND RECREATIONALLY
ACTIVE INDIVIDUALS AT THE POINT OF
EQUIVALENCE OF CHANGE
G. GALLIEN,
1
D. BELLAR,
2
AND L. JUDGE
3
1
University of Louisiana at Lafayette, Lafayette, La;
2
University of Louisiana at Lafayette; and
3
Ball State
Purpose: The current study assessed and compared the
number of METs at the Point of Equivalence of Change
(PEC) between athletes and recreationally active individu-
als. PEC is the point at which DCO
2
production rst
matches DO
2
consumption. It was determined by measuring
V
_
CO
2
and V
_
O
2
during a graded exercise test and nding the
rst point where the 2 were matched in change per unit time
(DVCO2/DV
_
O
2
=1). Methods: Sixteen NCAA Division 1
Track and Field Athletes and 14 active college aged stu-
dents participated in a graded exercise test to determine
their V
_
O
2
max. The PEC is determined through the third
order polynomial regression of V
_
CO
2
and V
_
O
2
followed by
solving the derivative of this function for a slope of 1. At
the PEC, the relative oxygen consumption was converted
to METs then compared. Results: A One-Way Analysis of
Variance (ANOVA) was used to compare METs at the PEC
between groups. There was signicant difference between
the MET values of the athletes compared to the MET values
of the recreationally active (F = 7.384, p = 0.011). The
athletes had a mean MET at the PEC of 9.09 6 2.21 as
compared to the recreationally active participants having
a mean MET of 6.83 6 2.34. Conclusions: These data
suggest that the athletes had signicantly elevated metabo-
lisms at the PEC compared to recreationally active individ-
uals. Practical Applications: Athletic trainers and
conditioning coaches should be aware of the differences
that exist between exercise metabolisms for athletes and
recreationally active individuals. When prescribing moderate
intensity exercise for an athletic population, professionals
must be conscious of the athletes elevated metabolisms
during exercise levels that correspond with the PEC, which
occurs at a sub-maximal intensity.
PERSONALITY TRAITS OF ULTRA-ENDURANCE,
ULTRA-DEMAND ATHLETES
J. D. LINDFORS,
1
T. J. PIPER,
1
AND
C. S. MCMILLAN
1
1
Western Illinois University, Department of Kinesiology, Major
of Exercise Science, Macomb, IL
The eld of Exercise Science, in its continuous expansion,
consequently has resulted in new populations of athletes, for
which little to no data currently exists. This research begins
to investigate a previously unexplored population of athletes
Abstracts
the TM
known for engaging in high intensity, long duration forms of
exercise. Purpose: To explore the personality traits of ath-
letes who choose to participate in ultra-endurance events,
uniquely characterized by bouts of high intensity, long dura-
tion physical activity. Fifteen participants (male = 13,
female = 2, mean age = 30.7 6 9.36 yrs, age range =
2047) enrolled in a 36-hour event were surveyed using the
Jung Typology Personality test. Prior frequency of training lead-
ing up to the race just over 2.5 days per week (M = 2.67 6
0.89) with a range of average training sessions from
(3060 min) to (120 min). Participants longest average
duration of training session in preparation for the
race exceeding 500 minutes in total (M = 516.67 6
477.47 min) with scores ranging from 90 minutes to
1800 minutes. Participants education level ranged from
High School to Bachelors Degree; mean falling between
an Associates and Bachelors Degree. Answers were ana-
lyzed and each participants survey was assigned a 4-letter
type designation of personality based upon the work of Carl
Jungs and Isabel Briggs Myers typology. Results: The
results of the traits exhibited by the sample of participants
within this study shows 2 areas of high tendency; Intuition
and Judgment, as they relate to the descriptions of trait
factors of Carl Jungs Trait Typology Test. Conclusions:
From the results of the 4-letter type designated to each
participant, differences in trait dimension average are dem-
onstrated clearly in to specic areas; Intuition and Judging.
Also demonstrated are moderate distributions toward
Thinking, within the Thinking-Feeling dimension. Slight dif-
ferences are seen towards Extraversion within the Extraver-
sion-Introversion dimension. The trait dimension of
Perceiving was not demonstrated by any of the participants.
Practical Applications: This research was conducted for
the purpose of gaining insight
into a population of athletes that
has little to no data collected
upon. The results can act as
a guide for future research to be
conducted, specically what
areas to be aware of in regard
to these athletes traits. By
identifying these and other fac-
tors within personality that pos-
sibly contribute to participation
in such strenuous and demand-
ing exercise, this population can
be better understood as well as
quantied scientically.
METABOLIC, CARDIOVASCULAR, AND
PERCEPTUAL RESPONSES TO A THERMOGENIC
NUTRITIONAL SUPPLEMENT AT REST, DURING
EXERCISE, AND RECOVERY IN MEN
H. C. BERGSTROM,
1
T. J. HOUSH,
1
D. A. TRAYLOR,
1
R. W. LEWIS JR,
1
K. C. COCHRANE,
1
N. D. JENKINS,
1
R. J. SCHMIDT,
1
J. T. CRAMER,
1
G. O. JOHNSON,
1
AND D. J. HOUSH
2
1
University of Nebraska-Lincoln; and
2
University of Nebraska
Medical Center
*Award Winner - Outstanding Doctoral Student Poster
Presentation*
Purpose: This study examined the acute metabolic, cardiovas-
cular, and perceptual responses to a thermogenic nutritional
supplement at rest, during low-intensity exercise, and recovery
from exercise in men. Methods: Twenty-one recreationally
active men (mean 6 SD; age = 23.5 6 2.6 years; height =
181.3 6 6.1 cm; weight = 85.5 6 10.5 kg; body mass index =
26.0 6 2.4) were recruited for this randomized, double-
blinded, placebo-controlled, crossover study. The nutritional
supplement capsules included 200 mg caffeine, 100 mg cap-
sicum extract, 2 mg piperine, 250 mg boswellia serrate extract,
500 mg dried ginger root, 100 mg cinnamon bark, 20 mg
niacin, and 500 mg macuna pruriens. The placebo capsules
were matched in size and appearance and contained micro-
crystalline cellulose. Each testing session consisted of 4
phases: (a) 30 minutes of initial resting measures, followed
by ingestion of the placebo or thermogenic nutritional supple-
ment; (b) 50 minutes of post-supplementation resting; (c)
60 minutes of treadmill walking (3.24.8 km$hr
21
); and (d)
the TM
| www.nsca.com
50 minutes of post-exercise resting. Energy expenditure (EE),
oxygen consumption rate (V
_
O
2
), respiratory exchange ratio
(RER), and heart rate (HR) were recorded during all 4 phases
and reported as 10 minute averages. During exercise, the rating
of perceived exertion (RPE) was recorded every 15 minutes.
Statistical analyses included separate 2-way repeated-measures
ANOVAs (condition 3 time), 1-way repeated-measures
ANOVAs, and paired t-tests (p # 0.05). Results: There were
no signicant differences for any of the measures between the
supplement and placebo during the initial 30 minute resting or
the 50 minute post-supplementation time periods. During exer-
cise, V
_
O
2
was 3 to 4% greater for the supplement than the
placebo at each 10 minute average. In addition, EE was 3 to
4% greater and RER was 2 to 3% less for the supplement than
the placebo from 20 to 60 minute. There were, however, no
differences in HR or RPE between the supplement and placebo
during exercise. Post-exercise, V
_
O
2
was 6% greater at 10 and
20 min and 5% greater at 50 min, EE was 10% greater at 10
and 20 min, HR was 4 to 5% greater at 20 and 30 min, and
RER was 4 to 6% less from 30 to 50 min for the supplement
than the placebo. Conclusions: The greater EE and V
_
O
2
values
for the supplement than placebo during exercise and post-exer-
cise resting indicated that the thermogenic nutritional supple-
ment used in the present study increased the metabolic rate. In
addition, the lower RER for the supplement than placebo sug-
gested a shift in substrate utilization and a greater reliance on
lipid metabolism. Furthermore, there were minimal changes in
HR and the supplement had no effect on RPE. Practical
Applications: These ndings suggested that the specic blend
of ingredients in the thermogenic nutritional supplement, when
combined with exercise, may increase the metabolic rate
with minimal changes in cardiovascular function and no effect
on the perception of effort. Thus, it is possible that the thermo-
genic supplement used in this study would help dieters achieve
a negative caloric balance, increase weight loss, and improve
body composition when combined with long duration, low inten-
sity exercise. Acknowledgments: This study was supported by
a clinical trial grant from General Nutrition Corporation.
THE EFFECT OF INTERMITTENT TORSO
COOLING ON THERMOREGULATION
AND PERCEIVED RECOVERY IN
BASEBALL CATCHERS
S. H. BISHOP,
1
R. L. HERRON,
2
C. KATICA,
2
G. RYAN,
3
AND P. BISHOP
2
1
Texas A&M University-Commerce, Commerce, TX;
2
The
University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL; and
3
University of
Montana Western, Dillon, MT
Purpose: A baseball catcher may have to catch in a hot
environment for up to 27 innings over the course of a 3-game
series. Cryotherapy has been shown to reduce heat and
cardiovascular strain during activity in the heat. This study
investigated the effects of intermittent cooling of the torso on
core temperature (T
re
) and subjective measures of recovery
and exertion during a simulated catching performance.
Methods: Trained college-aged male baseball catchers
(n = 6) performed simulated catching in a controlled, hot
environment (35 8C, 25% relative humidity). Two series of
3-simulated games were used to evaluate heat strain on
thermoregulation and mental acuity in baseball catchers; 1
series with torso cooling (VC) and 1 with no cooling (NC).
Rectal temperature (T
re
), heart rates (HR), perceived exertion
(RPE), recovery (PRS) were recorded. Results: A signi-
cantly smaller (p = , 0.01) mean T
re
change was seen in
VC (0.58 6 0.2 C) when compared to NC (0.98 6 0.2 C).
RPE was signicantly lower and PRS was signicantly
improved for VC compared to NC (both p # 0.05). Mean
recovery HR during VC was signicantly lower than NC in
the fth (VC = 84 6 8 bpm, NC = 90 6 9 bpm, p = 0.04),
seventh (VC = 84 6 3 bpm, NC = 92 6 7 bpm, p = 0.02),
and nineth (VC = 85 6 7 bpm, NC = 93 6 5 bpm, p = 0.01)
innings. HR during catching was signicantly lower at the
end of the VC trials when compared to NC (108 6 16
bpm vs. 120 6 19 bpm, p = 0.02). Conclusions: VC alle-
viated heat strain, cardiovascular strain, and facilitated
Abstracts
the TM
perceived recovery in catchers over a simulated 3 game
series performed in hot conditions.
DOES INGESTING A SODIUM-SODIUM CITRATE
BEVERAGE EFFECT HR, VO
2
, RER, & BLOOD
LACTATE IN PREVIOUSLY HYPOHYDRATED
SOCCER ATHLETES IN A HOT ENVIRONMENT
DURING AEROBIC EXERCISE?
J. G. CARTER,
1
K. A. BROOKS,
2
AND J. DAWES
2
1
Texas A&M University, Corpus Christi, TX; and
2
Texas
A&M University Corpus Christi
Introduction: Research has shown that many athletes are
continually in a state of dehydration. This impairs performance,
and increases the chance of heat illness occurring. Numerous
athletes have experienced some degree of heat illness, result-
ing in acute discomfort and distortion of their physiological
mechanisms. One method that has proven effective in rehyd-
rating athletes is use of a beverage containing sodium to
increase uid absorption and stimulate the thirst mechanism.
Purpose: The purpose of this study was to determine if in-
gesting a beverage containing 1,780 mg of sodium and 2,953
mg of sodium citrate would effect HR, V
_
O
2
, RER, and blood
lactate for previously hypohydrated individuals in a heated envi-
ronment during aerobic exercise. Methods: Five division 1
female soccer athletes participated in the study. The subjects
had the following descriptive statistics: Age 19 6 0.7 yr,
Height 162.3 6 4.6 cm, Weight 63.2 6 8.1 kg, %BF 23.68
6 9.2%, and V
_
O
2
max 60.2 6 5.1 ml$kg
21
$min
21
. The study
required subjects (N = 5) to run the experimental protocol
twice. Fluid intake was matched for each condition. Prior to
running to exhaustion at 70% of their V
_
O
2
max on a treadmill
in a heated chamber, the subjects were passively dehydrated
and loss 2.5% of their body mass. The subjects were given 2
hours to rehydrate via either a placebo (10 mmol Na
&pl;op
$L
21
)
or the supplement (164 mmol Na
&pl;op
$L
21
). After medical
clearance, subjects performed a graded exercise test to deter-
mine V
_
O
2
max. ACSM equations were used to determine run-
ning speed at 70% of V
_
O
2
max. Testing conditions consisted of
the subjects running at 70% of their V
_
O
2
max until exhaustion
while in a heated chamber at 908 Fahrenheit. The study em-
ployed a double-blind, repeated measure, within subject pro-
tocol. The treadmill protocol consisted of a 5 minute warm-up
(3 minutes at 40% of their V
_
O
2
max and 2 minutes at 55% of
their V
_
O
2
max), running to exhaustion at 70% of V
_
O
2
max, and
a 10 minute cool down at 3.0 mph. Every 5 minutes on the
treadmill, variables were assessed. Results: Results for varia-
bles at 70% of maximal V
_
O
2
indicated there were no signicant
differences observed between conditions pre and post exer-
cise. There were no signicant differences between conditions
for variables at the start or end of the run, and at each 5 minute
data collection point throughout the run, there was no signi-
cant difference between conditions for BLA and V
_
O
2
. There
were no signicant differences between conditions for heart
rate until the 30 minute mark. At the 30, 35, and 40 minute
marks, there was a signicant difference in HR (p # 0.05), with
the supplement trial reporting lower heart rates at each mark.
Conclusions: Heart rate was lower when hydrated with the
sodium supplemented beverage after sustained aerobic exer-
cise at 70% of V
_
O
2
max, in a hot environment. The ability to
maintain a lower heart rate may lead to increased performance
through a decreased effect of cardiovascular drift. Notably, all
of the subjects performed better on the rst treadmill session
regardless of the experimental condition (i.e. placebo or high
sodium solution). Absolute conclusions cannot be drawn from
this study. Practical Applications: Dehydration should be
a major concern for any athlete, especially for those who are
performing in hot, humid environments. Preventative methods
such as ingesting a sodium solution, frequent weigh-ins, and
continual education for the athlete should all be employed to
avoid any form of heat illness to the athlete. Practitioners
should be aware of the importance of aerobic conditioning
for an athlete while exercising in a hot environment. Knowledge
of warning signs and symptoms, and taking proper precautions
to prevent complications is of importance. Coaches should be
aware that athletes who are less conditioned are at higher risk
for heat illnesses; therefore, proper training and steps towards
acclimatization must be employed prior to training in the heat.
THE EFFECTS OF A PERSONAL OXYGEN
SUPPLEMENT DURING VIGOROUS EXERCISE
ON RESPIRATORY RESPONSES
AND PERFORMANCE
E. CORY,
1
D. BELLAR,
2
AND L. JUDGE
3
1
University of Louisiana at Lafayette, Lafayette, La;
2
University of Louisiana at Lafayette; and
3
Ball State
Personal oxygen supplements are becoming more prevalent in the
ergogenic market. The effectiveness of such products has yet to
be determined. Purpose: The purpose of this investigation was to
examine the effects a personal 90% oxygen supplement had on
a participants physiological responses and performance after use
during a horizontal run at 80% of V
_
O
2
max. Methods: The partic-
ipants for this blind, placebo controlled experiment were college
students ages 20 to 28, with a total of 11 females and 7 males
tested (n = 18). Participants rst underwent a V
_
O
2
max
the TM
| www.nsca.com
assessment (45.8 6 8.4mlO
2
/kg*min). Participants then ran 2
separate trials at 80% of their previously established V
_
O
2
Max to
exhaustion. Participants were randomly assigned an order of treat-
ment (placebo -compressed air, or oxygen supplement) that was
dosed every 5 minutes during the 2 runs to exhaustion. Results:
Performance between treatments was evaluated via a paired-sam-
ples t-test and was not found to be different (t = 1.059, p = 0.305).
Mean times were 1128.44 seconds 6 613.12 for the oxygen
trials, and 1051.27 seconds 6 449.36 for the placebo trials.
Repeated measures Anovas were used to assess the relationship
between treatments for respiratory data. Minute Ventilation (V
e
L$min
21
) data points were collected for 50 seconds after supple-
mentation for both oxygen and placebo trials, and the main effects
of treatment proved to be insignicant (F = 0.120, p = 0.734). The
analysis similarly did not reveal any signicant treatment*time inter-
action (F = 0.819. p = 0.518). Similar data points for V
_
CO
2
(L O
2
$min
21
) were also analyzed, and the main effects of treatment
(F = 0.111, p = 0.744) and the interaction effect for treatment*time
(F = 0.647, p = 0.651) were, again, insignicant. Conclusions:
The results of the study suggest that the introduction of an oxygen
supplement into the airway during vigorous exercise has no effect
on performance, was isocapnic with a placebo condition, and did
not affect ventilation even at the time directly surrounding the appli-
cation. Practical Applications: Athletes, coaches, as well as
recreational exercisers should be aware that personal, supplemen-
tal oxygen does not appear to be an effective ergogenic aid.
Acknowledgments: The authors would like to acknowledge
the support of Second Wind LLCduring the course of this project.
EFFECTS OF 8 WEEKS OF XPAND 2X PRE
WORKOUT SUPPLEMENTATION ON SKELETAL
MUSCLE HYPERTROPHY, AND LOWER BODY
STRENGTH IN RESISTANCE TRAINED MALES
J. E. DUDECK,
1
N. S. MUNNELLY,
1
R. P. LOWERY,
1
J. M. JOY,
1
E. OLIVEIRA DE
SOUZA,
2
M. A. NAIMO,
1
S. WELLS,
3
R. WILDMAN,
3
S. A. MCCLEARY,
1
E. MAX,
1
N. CARPENTER,
1
AND J. M. WILSON
1
1
University of Tampa Human Performance Lab;
2
Laboratory
of Neuromuscular Adaptations to Strength Training, School of
Physical Education and Sport, University of Sao Paulo; and
3
Dymatize Enterprises, LLC. Farmers Branch, Texas
Purpose: Dymatize
XPAND 2X is a proprietary blend com-

prised of branched chain amino acids, creatine monohydrate,
beta-alanine (CarnoSyn
), quercetin, coenzymated B-vitamins,

alanyl-glutamine (Sustamine
), and natural nitrate sources from

pomegranate and beet root extractspurported to enhance neu-
romuscular adaptations. However to date, no long-term studies
have been conducted with this supplement. The purpose of this
study was to investigate the effects of XPAND 2X on skeletal
muscle hypertrophy and lower body strength in resistance
trained males. Methods: Twenty resistance-trained males
(21.3 6 1.9 years) were randomly assigned to consume XPAND
2X or a placebo of equal weight and volume (food-grade orange
avors and sweeteners) in a double-blind manner, 30 minutes
prior to exercise. All subjects participated in an 8-week, 3-day per
week, periodized, resistance training that was split-focused on
multi-joint movements such as leg press, bench press, and bent-
over rows. Ultrasonography measured muscle thickness of the
quadriceps femoris , and strength of the leg press were deter-
mined at weeks 0, 4, and 8 of the study. Data were analyzed with
a 2 3 3 repeated measures ANOVA with LSD post hoc tests
utilized to determine where differences occurred. Results: There
was a signicant group-by-time interaction in which XPAND 2X
supplementation resulted in a signicant (p , 0.05) increase in
strength of the bench press (18.4% vs. 9.6%) compared with
placebo after 8 weeks of training. XPAND 2X supplementation
also resulted in a signicant increase in quadriceps muscle thick-
ness (11.8 % vs. 4.5 %) compared with placebo (group*time,
p #0.05). Conclusions: These results suggest that XPAND 2X
supplementation can augment adaptations in strength, and skel-
etal muscle hypertrophy in resistance-trained individuals.
RICE PROTEIN INCREASES LEAN BODY MASS,
MUSCLE HYPERTROPHY, POWER AND
STRENGTH COMPARABLE TO WHEY PROTEIN
FOLLOWING RESISTANCE EXERCISE
S. I. WEINER,
1
J. M. JOY,
1
R. P. LOWERY,
1
R. JAEGER,
2
M. PURPURA,
2
3
J. E. DUDECK,
1
N. CARPENTER,
1
E. MAX,
1
D. BROCKUNIER,
1
AND J. M. WILSON
1
1
2
Increnovo
LLC, 2138 E Lafayette Pl, Milwaukee, WI 53202; and
3
of Sao Paulo
Purpose: Consumption of moderate amounts of animal-derived
protein has been shown to differently inuence hypertrophy during
resistance training when compared with isonitrogenous and iso-
energetic amounts of plant-based protein. Objective: We aimed
to determine if high doses of rice protein isolate could increase
recovery and elicit adequate changes in body composition com-
pared to whey protein isolate if given following periodized resis-
tance-training. Methods: 24 college-aged, resistance trained
Abstracts
the TM
males were recruited for this study. Subjects were randomly and
equally divided into 2 groups, either consuming 48 g of rice or
whey protein isolate on training days. Subjects trained 3 days per
week for 8 weeks as a part of a daily undulating periodized resis-
tance-training program. The rice and whey protein supplements
were isocaloric and isonitrogenous, and they were consumed
immediately following exercise. Ratings of perceived recovery,
soreness, and readiness to train were recorded prior to and fol-
lowing the rst training session. Ultrasonography determined mus-
cle thickness, dual emission x-ray absorptiometry, and bench
press and leg press strength were recorded during weeks 0, 4,
and 8. Results: No detectable differences were present in psy-
chological scores of perceived recovery, soreness, or readiness to
train (p . 0.05). Signicant time effects were observed in which
lean body mass, muscle mass, strength and power all increased
and fat mass decreased; however, no condition by time interac-
tions were observed (p . 0.05). Conclusions: Rice protein iso-
late administration post resistance exercise decreases fat-mass
and increases lean body mass, skeletal muscle hypertrophy,
power and strength comparable to whey protein isolate.
ELECTROMYOGRAPHIC ACTIVATION OF
SUPERFICIAL MUSCULATURE DURING
A SUSPENSION INVERTED ROW AS COMPARED
TO AN INVERTED ROW
R. BRANNAN,
1
R. SNARR,
2
E. WITTE,
1
C. JENKINS,
1
AND M. ESCO
3
1
Auburn University at Montgomery;
2
Auburn University
Montgomery; and
3
Auburn University Montgomery,
Montgomery, AL
Stability, balance and coordination are all important factors
when training for specicity or mimicking activities of daily
living. Suspension training is a newer form of instability
training that can provide a way to perform typical resistance
exercises in an unstable environment. Research in stability
training has mainly focused on the effects of an unbalanced
surface and core musculature activation. Very few studies
have focused on the primary and secondary musculature
targeted during specic pulling exercises. Therefore, move-
ments such as the inverted row have a need to be examined
when an instability device is introduced to this exercise.
Purpose: The purpose of this investigation is to quantify
the differences in muscular activation during a suspension
inverted row (SIR) and a traditional inverted row (IR) across
selected supercial musculature (latissimus dorsi (LD), pos-
terior deltoid (PD), middle trapezius (MT), and biceps bra-
chii (BB)). Methods: Fifteen men (n = 12) and women (n =
3) volunteered to participate in this study. Subjects were
asked to perform 4 repetitions of both the inverted row
(IR) and suspension inverted row (SIR). For this study, the
order of the exercises was randomized. Mean peak EMG
values were recorded for each muscle group during all ex-
ercises performed. Results: The SIR provided the following
values: MT = 2.8496 6 1.54681, PD = 3.5490 6 1.61145,
LD = 3.9143 6 2.33725, BB = 3.9482 6 1.28421. IR
values were: MT = 3.0558 6 1.89448, PD = 3.4137 6
1.38606, LD = 3.7352 6 2.14528, BB = 4.4814 6
1.44295. Conclusions: This study found no signicant dif-
ferences between MT, LD, and PD activation between the
2 exercises (p . 0.05). However, IR elicited a signicantly
greater BB activation compared to SIR (p ,0.05). Practical
Applications: Practitioners should take note that the suspen-
sion and traditional inverted row provide similar activation levels,
except for the BB. Therefore, suspension training can provide
a substitution for the traditional inverted row when necessary.
However, further research is warranted to determine the affects
of suspension training on additional exercises with a strong
focus on primary and secondary movers.
ELASTIC BANDS AS A COMPONENT OF
PERIODIZED RESISTANCE TRAINING
N. CARPENTER,
1
E. MAX,
1
J. M. WILSON,
1
R. P. LOWERY,
1
J. M. JOY,
1
AND J. E. DUDECK
1
1
University of Tampa Human Performance Lab, Tampa, FL
Purpose: Variable resistance (VR) training has recently
become a more prevalent component of strength and con-
ditioning programs. Prior research has demonstrated in-
creases in power and/or strength using low loads of VR.
Typically, researchers have not practically applied VR;
wherein, the VR is applied during every session when this
may not be the case in a real world setting. However, no
study has examined using high loads of VR as a part of
a periodized training protocol. Prior research has also com-
pensated traditional load to account for the increased load
the VR provides. Therefore, our purpose is to examine VR
training within the context of a periodized training program,
and to examine a greater load of VR than has been exam-
ined in prior research without compensating for the addi-
tional load the VR applies. Methods: 14 NCAA Division II
male basketball players (91.8 6 13.2 kg, 191.4 6 12.5 cm)
were recruited for this study. Athletes were divided equally
into either a VR or control group based upon 1-repetition-
maximum (1-RM) strength. Participants underwent identical
training protocols; however, the VR group added 30% of
their 1-RM as band tension to their prescribed weight on
the TM
| www.nsca.com
the squat and bench press for 1 session per week. Thirty
percent was calculated with the bands at their longest
length, and at the zero-velocity point of the movement, the
bands provided little to no tension. Rate of power develop-
ment (RPD), peak power, and vertical jump height were
measured on a force platform. Strength in the squat, bench
press, and deadlift were measured as 1RM strength. Body
composition was measured via DXA, and vertical jump
height was measured a second time with a vertec. Measure-
ments were recorded pre and post treatment. Results: No
baseline differences were observed between groups for any
measurement of strength, power, or body composition. A
signicant group by time interaction was observed for
RPD, in which RPD was greater in VR training group post
training than in the control group. Signicant time effects
were observed for all other variables including squat 1-RM,
bench press 1-RM, deadlift 1-RM, vertical jump, and lean
mass. While there were no signicant group 3 time inter-
actions, the VR training groups percent changes and ESs
indicate a larger treatment effect in the squat and bench
press 1RM values and the vertical jump performed on the
force plate and vertec (Table 1). Conclusions: These
results suggest that when using VR as a component of
a periodized training program, power and strength can be
enhanced. Therefore, athletes whom add VR to 1 training
session per week may enhance their athletic performance.
Furthermore for strength and power oriented athletes or
practitioners, it is conceivable that VR training can be
applied in order to overcome a stagnation of progress and
break plateaus.
EFFECT OF HIP INTERNAL ROTATION
TRAINING ON RANGE OF MOTION AND
PERFORMANCE VARIABLES IN MALE
COLLEGIATE GOLFERS
T. DONAHUE,
1
D. SZYMANSKI,
1
B. STOVER,
1
A. ELUMALAI,
1
AND J. PARKS
1
1
Previous golf research has reported that increases in the range
of motion (ROM) of the shoulders and hips (focused on internal
and external rotation) as well as the torso has increased golf
club head speed (CHS) and exit-ball velocity (EBV), ultimately
increasing carry distance (CD) of the golf ball. Purpose: To
determine if 8 weeks of hip internal rotation training can
increase ROM in the hips, shoulders, and torso in the standing
and sport-specic positions. A second purpose was to deter-
mine if hip internal rotation training could improve the golf per-
formance variables of CHS, EBV, and CD. Methods: Twelve
NCAA Division I male golfers competing during the fall season
volunteered for this experiment. All subjects signed an informed
consent form according to the universitys Institutional Review
Board. Subjects had a mean age, height, and body mass of
Abstracts
the TM
20.2 6 1.5 yr, 179.6 6 7.2 cm, and 77.4 6 12.0 kg. Subjects
underwent a battery of static and passive ROM testing (seated
and supine internal and external rotation of the hip, seated inter-
nal and external rotation of the shoulder, and right and left torso
rotation standing and in the sport-specic golf stance) in addi-
tion to having the golf performance variables of driver CHS,
EBV, and CD measured using the TrackMan (Brighton, MI,
USA). TrackMan is a radar unit that measures both club delivery
and the full trajectory of the golf shot. Subjects took 5 swings
with their driver and mean values were recorded for CHS, EBV,
and CD. Range of motion testing was performed using a Base-
line Absolute Axis 3608 Digital Goniometer (Fabrication Enter-
prises, Inc., White Plains, NY, USA) and trunk ROM (standing
and sport-specic stance) were measured using a mat with
markings placed at intervals of 58. After pre-testing, subjects
were divided into 2 equal groups (treatment = 6 and control
= 6). The treatment group used the hip internal rotation devices
twice a day, 30 sec per session (3 3 10 sec) for each leg, 5
days a week for 8 weeks (total of 80 sessions) while the control
did not. All other training was the same for both groups. After 8
weeks of training, the same tests were completed by both
groups. Results: A 2-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) with
repeated measures was used to determine any pre- and post-
training differences. A statistically signicant difference (p #
0.05) was found between groups post-training in the passive
supine hip internal rotation on both the left and right leg as
well as in the shoulder internal rotation of the left arm for the
treatment group. Conclusions: Results suggest that using
the hip internal rotation devices 2 times per day, 5 times per
week for 8 weeks can improve internal rotation of the hips and
shoulder; however, there were no improvements in any of the
golf performance variables. Practical Applications: Practi-
tioners that are looking to improve internal rotation of the hips
and shoulders can use the hip internal rotation device. Further
research is needed with a greater sample size to evaluate the
effectiveness of the hip internal rotation device on making im-
provements in golf performance variables. Acknowledgments:
We would like to thank CEU Now LLC for partially funding
this study.
EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL RESISTANCE
EXERCISE VS. BODY WEIGHT RESISTANCE
EXERCISE ON THE HORMONAL RESPONSE IN
YOUNG RESISTANCE TRAINED MALES
J. HOLT,
1
S. HAYWARD,
1
J. OUTLAW,
1
B. BURKS,
2
M. STONE,
2
B. STAI,
2
E. FAILLACE,
2
B. COX,
2
A. E. SMITH-RYAN,
3
S. W. URBINA,
2
C. WILBORN,
2
AND L. W. TAYLOR
2
1
Univ of Mary Hardin-Baylor, Belton, TX;
2
Univ of Mary
Hardin-Baylor/Human Performance Laboratory; and
3
University of North Carolina Chapel Hill
*Award Winner - Outstanding Undergraduate Student Poster
Presentation*
Purpose: There are various physical tness programs which incor-
porate strength, power, speed, coordination, and endurance com-
ponents to promote physiological muscle adaptations. The acute
physiological and hormonal changes associated with these pro-
grams have not been dened by research to see if they result in
adaptations. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the acute
physiological response of a body weight resistance exercise pro-
tocol as compared to a traditional bout of resistance exercise.
Methods: Eleven resistance trained males (21.18 6 1.22 yrs,
85.23 613.2 kg, 174.3 614.5 cm, 14.8 65.9 %BF) participated
in the acute resistance exercise study using a randomized cross-
over design. Subjects engaged in either an body weight resistance
exercise workout including as many rounds as possible (AMRAP)
of 5pull-ups, 10pushups, and 15bodyweight squats over a 20min-
ute time period, or a traditional resistance exercise (TRE) workout of
bench press, smith machine squat, incline DB press, 45 leg press,
and lat pull downs (34 sets of 10 repetitions at 75% 1RM).
Venous blood draws were performed prior to (PRE) and immedi-
ately (PST), 15 minutes (15PST), and 30 minutes (30PST) post-
exercise to assess serum growth hormone (GH) and cortisol
(CORT) responses. Heart rate (HR) was also assessed at each
time points. Subjects returned 1 week later to complete the remain-
ing protocol under previously standardized conditions. Statistical
analyses utilized a 2-way ANOVA with repeated measures for heart
rate and serum hormone responses (p # 0.05). Results: A signif-
icant main effect for time (p = 0.001) was observed for CORT with
all time points signicantly elevated from PRE. A trend for signi-
cance (p = 0.060) was observed for a group by time interaction
suggesting that CORT responses were higher following TRE vs.
AMRAP. A signicant main effect for time (p = 0.001) was
observed for GHwith peak responses observed at PST with serum
levels signicantly decreasing at 15PST and 30PST (PRE:
0.538 6 0.82; PST: 25.35 6 22.37; 15PST: 19.88 6 19.09;
30PST: 14.12 6 13.52 ng$ml
21
); however, no signicant group
differences in GH were observed between TRE vs. AMRAP. Addi-
tionally, a signicant main effect for time (p = 0.0001) was
observed for HR with peak responses observed at PST with HR
signicantly decreasing at 15PST and 30PST (PRE: 69 6 10;
PST: 125.9 6 17.2; 15PST: 99.6 6 10.1; 30 PST: 92.6 6
11.4 bpm). No signicant group by time interactions (p = 0.221)
were observed for HR. Conclusions: The key ndings of this study
are that an AMRAP type of resistance exercise workout utilizing
body weight exercises can elicit a similar physiological response
(GH, CORT, and HR) as compared to a traditional bout of resis-
tance exercise at 75% of 1RM. The AMRAP protocol elicited the
the TM
| www.nsca.com
highest mean GH responses despite no signicant differences
between groups. A trend for signicance for CORT levels indicates
that the TRE elicited a slightly higher stress response. Practical
Applications: These ndings suggest that body weight resistance
exercise can produce a sufcient physiological stimulus in young
resistance trained males when compared to a TRE. Despite these
ndings, there is limited evidence to support if this acute response
would translate into similar adaptations that are observed with tra-
ditional resistance exercise. Acknowledgments: This study was
funded by a Graduate Faculty Research grant at the University of
Mary Hardin-Baylor.
AMBIENT AIR COOLING FOR EXTERNAL SOFT
BODY ARMOR IN A HOT ENVIRONMENT
G. A. RYAN,
1
R. L. HERRON,
2
S. H. BISHOP,
3
C. KATICA,
2
B. ELBON,
4
A. BOSAK,
5
AND P. BISHOP
2
1
The University of Montana - Western, Dillon, MT;
2
The
University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL;
3
Texas A&M
University-Commerce, Commerce, TX;
4
University of
Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL; and
5
Armstrong Atlantic State
University, Savannah, GA
Previously we have studied the impact of an ambient air induction
system on heat storage in concealed soft body armor (SBA) in
a hot environment (wet bulb globe temperature [WBGT] = 30 8C)
over 60 minutes of exercise. The Level II SBA is also regularly worn
in a non-concealed manner outside the shirt by law enforcement
personnel. Purpose: The purpose of this study was to investigate
the effects of adding an ambient air induction system
(;100 L$min
21
) with 1.27 centimeter standoffs to a Level II
SBA, worn externally, on heat strain and perceived comfort com-
pared to an unmodied SBA worn externally. Methods: Nine par-
ticipants (27 6 4 years) completed two 60-minute work bouts,
consisting of cycles of 12-minutes walking (1.25 L$min
21
) and
3-minutes of arm curls (14.3 kg, 0.6 L$min
21
) with a 5-minutes
rest after every other cycle in a counter-balanced manner with
control and modied external SBAs. Two-way repeated measures
ANOVAs were used to assess the mean differences for physiolog-
ical measures (core temperature, heart rate, microclimate [temper-
ature and relative humidity]). Post hoc Bonferroni analysis and
paired samples t-tests (alpha = 0.01) were conducted on omnibus
signicant ndings. Subjective measures (perceived exertion, ther-
mal comfort) were analyzed using Wilcoxon Signed Ranks Tests.
Results: No signicant differences in rectal temperature (p =
0.657), heart rate (p = 0.234), ratings of perceived exertion (p =
0.380), or thermal comfort (p = 0.107) were detected between the
SBA trial and the SBA modied with the ambient air system fol-
lowing the 60-minute work bout. The microclimate under the mod-
ied SBA was signicantly lower for the variable back temperature
at the 30-minute (p = 0.002), 45-minute (p # 0.001), and
60-minute (p = 0.001) time points and back relative humidity at
15-minute (p = 0.005), 30-minute (p = 0.009), 45-minute (p =
0.010), and 60-minute (p =0.010) time points. Overall, a reduction
of 1.2 6 0.2 8C in back temperature and 4.7 6 1.2 % rH in back
relative humidity was noted between the control and modied
SBA trials. No difference was noted in microclimate in the front
of the vest. Conclusions: While a small change in back micro-
climate existed, this change was not associated with reduced
physiological (change in rectal temperature, or heart rate) or psy-
chological (ratings of perceived exertion, or thermal comfort) strain
in individuals wearing a modied non-concealed Level II SBA in
a hot environment. Further improvements to the ambient air system
are needed to achieve reductions in physiological and psycholog-
ical strain. Additional research should be conducted to determine if
the shirt fabric (65/35 Cotton/polyester blend) impairs alleviation of
heat strain in individuals wearing external Level II SBA. Practical
Applications: The data suggest that the introduction of ambient
air was ineffective in improving physiological or psychological pa-
rameters for individuals wearing an external Level II SBA in a hot
environment. However, these ndings could be used to suggest
the need to change the fabric of both the SBA carrier and uniform
worn by law enforcement personnel to better alleviate heat strain
associated with wearing SBA in a hot environment.
EFFECT OF TESTING INTENSITY LEVEL ON THE
ACCURACY OF REPETITION PREDICTION
EQUATIONS TO ESTIMATE 1RM BEFORE AND
AFTER TRAINING IN COLLEGE WOMEN
J. L. MAYHEW,
1
A. E. SMITH-RYAN,
2
W. KEMMLER,
3
D. LAUBER,
3
AND A. WASSERMANN
4
1
Truman State University, Kirksville, MO;
2
University of
North Carolina Chapel Hill;
3
University of Erlangen, Erlangen,
Germany; and
4
University of Bayreuth, Bayreuth, Germany
The applicability of a repetitions-to-fatigue (RTF) approach to
predicting maximal strength remains controversial. Previous pre-
diction equations have shown varying degrees of accuracy in
estimating one-repetition maximum (1RM) strength levels before
and after training. While most evidence supports fewer RTF for
accurate prediction, women may be reluctant to use heavier
loads to perform their RTF and prefer using lower intensity loads.
Purpose: To determine the effect of different intensity levels of
muscular endurance repetitions on the predictive accuracy of
equations to estimate 1RM before and after training in college
women. Methods: One hundred sixty three college women
(age = 18.9 6 1.0 yrs, weight = 61.4 6 10.9 kg) were assessed
for 1RM free weight bench press and randomly assigned to 1 of 3
intensity testing groups based on %1RM (Gr 1 = 6069%,
Abstracts
the TM
n = 53; Gr 2 = 7079%, n = 47; Gr 3 = 8089%, n = 63).
Repetitions-to-fatigue (RTF) were performed 23 days following
1RM testing. Training was conducted 3X/wk for 12 wk, utilizing
a linear periodization model for all groups. Four prediction equa-
tions developed for women were applied before and after training.
Results: There was no signicant pre-training difference in age,
height, weight, or 1RM bench press among the intensity groups.
1RM improved signicantly (p # 0.05) by 22.8 6 17.7% in the
total sample following training, with Gr 1 (16.9 6 14.3%) increas-
ing signicantly less (p , 0.01) than Gr 2 (24.9 6 20.6%) and Gr
3 (26.2 6 16.9%). Gr 1 (4.7 6 6.9) signicantly increased (p ,
0.004) the number of RTF more than Gr 3 (1.0 6 5.1) but not
more than Gr 2 (2.6 65.9); Gr 2 was not signicantly different
(p = 0.17) from Gr 3. Despite these values, only 17 subjects
decreased an intensity group and 5 increased an intensity
group. At pre-training, the Cummings and Finn equation sig-
nicantly overestimated (13.7 6 4.7 kg) 1RM while the Rey-
nolds et al. (0.06 6 3.0), Mayhew et al. (20.5 6 3.0 kg), and
Tucker et al. (20.5 6 2.9 kg) equations were not signicantly
different from actual 1RM. At post-training, the Cummings and
Finn (17.7 6 4.7 kg) and Reynolds et al. (1.4 6 4.3 kg) equa-
tions signicantly overestimated 1RM while the Mayhew et al.
(0.4 6 3.5 kg) and Tucker et al. (20.6 6 3.3 kg) equations
were not signicantly different from actual 1RM. The
Mayhew et al equation had the largest number of subjects
within 610% of actual 1RM at both pre-training (65%) and
post-training (71%). The 95% limits of agreement (LOA) for
this equation were 25.4 to 5.6 kg. The best RTF range for
prediction was 710 RM at pre-training and 36 RM at post-
training. Conclusions: A periodized resistance training pro-
gram emphasizing strength development can signicantly
increase upper-body strength in previously untrained young
women. Improvements may be similar for low-, medium-, and
high-strength women. Certain repetition prediction equations
appear to accuracy for estimating 1RM bench press before and
after resistance training, with the optimal prediction in the 7-10
RMrange before training and the 36 RMafter training. Practical
Applications: Periodized resistance training programs are viable
methods for enhancing upper-body strength in young women.
Repetitions can be used to predict 1RM and appear to be better
with some others. Repetitions in the 310 RMrange may be most
suitable for prediction accuracy.
EFFECTS OF INTRA-SET REST INTERVALS ON
MUSCLE ACTIVATION AND POWER
S. A. MCCLEARY,
1
J. M. JOY,
1
J. M. OLIVER,
2
R. P. LOWERY,
1
J. E. DUDECK,
1
S. I. WEINER,
1
N. CARPENTER,
1
E. MAX,
1
D. BROCKUNIER,
1
M. A. NAIMO,
1
AND J. M. WILSON
1
1
University of Tampa Human Performance Lab, Tampa, FL;
and
2
Department of Kinesiology, Texas Christian University,
Fort Worth, TX
Recent evidence has demonstrated hypertrophic training
with intra-set rest intervals results in the ability to produce
greater power output and greater strength gains following
a 12 week periodized program. Further, no signicant differ-
ences were noted between lean mass gains when compared
to traditional hypertrophic training. However, the effect of
intra-set rest intervals on power output and the pattern of
muscle activity over a single set are unknown. Purpose:
Therefore, the purpose of this investigation was to determine
if intra-set rest intervals produces greater power output and
greater muscle activity during the back squat exercise com-
pared with traditional hypertrophic training over repetitions in
a single set. Methods: Ten trained males (21 62 yrs, 183 6
8 cm, 82.6 6 7.8 kg, 3 6 5 yrs training) performed 1 set of
10 repetitions (TRD) and 2 sets of 5 repetitions with intra-set
rest of 60 seconds (ISR) of the back squat with a load cor-
responding to 75% 1RM in a randomized crossover design.
Electromyography (EMG) activity was measured during each
repetition for the vastus lateralis (VL) and biceps femoris
(BF). Average power output was determined during each
repetition by linear position transducer. A 2 3 10 (INTER-
VENTION 3 REPETITION) repeated measures ANOVA was
used to determine differences in EMG activity and average
power output between interventions and over each repetition.
Results: An effect of repetition in VL EMG activity ap-
proached signicance (p = 0.064) with no signicant differ-
ence observed between ISR and TRD (p . 0.05). A
signicant interaction was observed in BF EMG activity, in
which post hoc analysis revealed no signicant differences.
ISR produced signicantly greater average power output dur-
ing latter repetitions (Repetition 6, 613 6 130 W vs. 541 6
117W; Rep 7, 602 6 141W vs. 536 6 124 W; Rep 8, 577
6 132 W vs. 514 6 86 W; Rep 9, 551 6 125 W vs. 485 6
71 W). Conclusions: ISR produces signicantly greater
power output during latter repetitions in a single set of hyper-
trophic squat training. However, there appears to be no signif-
icant difference in the muscle activity during the back squat
exercise. Practical Applications: The use of ISR in hypertro-
phic training is evidenced by greater power output over a single
set. Strength and conditioning professionals should incorpo-
rate intra-set rest intervals during hypertrophic phases of a train-
ing cycle, especially in programs designed for athletes involved
in power sports.
the TM
| www.nsca.com
THE PREVALENCE OF SEASONAL RESISTANCE
TRAINING AMONG COMPETITIVE
MOUNTAIN BIKERS
S. M. MITCHELL,
1
J. C. HIGGINBOTHAM,
2
M. RICHARDSON,
2
J. WINGO,
2
H. GARY,
2
S. USDAN,
2
AND R. HENDERSON
2
1
2
University
of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL
Mountain biking is characterized by intermittent bursts of power in
an effort to navigate off-road terrain. Mainstays in performance
include peak power output and power output at the lactate
threshold up to the onset of blood lactate accumulation. Resistance
training (RT) has been shown to increase muscular strength, and an
increase in strength can increase power output by increasing the
velocity and force by which a muscle contracts. While studies have
examined the physiological parameters associated with successful
riding, little is known about howcompetitive mountain bikers train to
increase performance. Purpose: Therefore, the purpose of this
study was to identify the prevalence of RT among competitive
mountain bikers in their effort to increase performance. Methods:
Forty competitive mountain bikers (mean + SD, age 25.75 + 9.12
years) responded to a nationwide online training survey. Partici-
pants for this study were recruited by contacting groups whose
members are competitive mountain bikers (i.e., NCAA university
teams, university sports club teams, sponsored teams, professional
teams). The survey assessed several types of training, including RT.
Major responses were examined to determine the reliability of the
training survey. Cronbachs alpha value for reliability was 0.82.
Results: In-Season: Fifty-ve percent of respondents reported par-
ticipating in RT during the in-season. Mean number of workout
sessions per week devoted to RT was 3.00 (SD = 1.19) days
per week. Median values of upper body and lower body training
sessions were 2 and 3 sessions per week, respectively. Off-Sea-
son: Fifty-two and a half percent of respondents reported partici-
pating in RT during the off-season. Mean number of workout
sessions per week devoted to RT was 2.76 (SD = 1.09) days
per week. Median values of upper body and lower body training
sessions per week were 2.5 and 2.0 sessions, respectively.
In-Season vs. Off-Season: Paired samples t-test revealed no sig-
nicant difference (t = 0.82, df = 15, p = 0.42) in the number of
workout sessions per week between seasons. Wilcoxon signed
rank analyses indicated no signicant difference in the number of
upper (z = 21.40, p = 0.16) and lower body (z = 21.29, p = 0.20)
workout sessions between both seasons. Further analysis indicated
no signicant difference in the percentages of riders participating in
RT between both seasons (z = 0.09, p = 0.46). Conclusions:
Based on the study ndings, RT appears to be a popular modality
of training to increase performance. In general, it appears riders are
adhering to the recommended frequency of workouts sessions per
week associated with increases in sport performance. Results from
the present study also suggest that riders incorporate upper and
lower body training sessions into their workout regimen. Overall, not
only does the percentage of participation in RT remain consistent
throughout the year, results suggest there is a certain amount of
consistency among upper and lower body training between both
seasons. Practical Applications: Technical terrain encoun-
tered during an off-road competition incorporates variables of
upper and lower body muscular strength, endurance, and
power. Resistance training has been shown to increase these
aforementioned variables. Coaches should consider imple-
menting RT into their athletes workout regimen. It is possible
the riders who participate in RT may have a competitive
advantage over those who do not.
EFFECTS OF CITRULLINE MALATE ON
REPEATED BOUTS OF LOWER-BODY
RESISTANCE EXERCISE
B. WAX,
1
K. WELDON,
1
A. N. KAVAZIS,
1
J. SPERLAK,
1
B. VICKERS,
1
K. GILLILAND,
1
AND
M. COOK
1
1
Mississippi State University, Mississippi State, MS
In the competitive arena of sports, athletes are continuously
seeking training aids and supplements that may provide them with
the competitive edge. Recently, an over-the-counter supplement
named citrulline malate (CM) has shown promise as a potential
ergogenic aid during high-intensity bouts of resistance exercise.
Purpose: The aim of the study was to investigate the ergogenic
properties of CM during a lower-body resistance training protocol.
Based on CM chemical composition and prior study, we hypoth-
esized that CM supplementation would improve muscular endur-
ance. Methods: To test our hypotheses, 12 trained males (age =
22.1 6 1.4 yr, mass = 84.8 6 10.9 kg, % body fat = 11.9 6 4.3,
height = 1.79 6 0.10 m) participated in a randomized, counter-
balanced, double blind study. Subjects were randomly assigned to
CM (8.0 g) or placebo (PL) and performed 5 sets of 60% of one-
repetition maximumof leg press, hack squats, and leg extension to
failure. One week later, participants ingested the other supplement
(CM or PL) and repeated the identical protocol. Blood lactic acid
was determined pre- and immediately post-exercise. Results: CM
supplementation did not signicantly increase repetitions in the
leg press (CM = 75.3 6 23.7; PL = 72.0 6 33.6, p . 0.05),
hack squat (CM = 38.0 6 18.3; PL = 32.1 6 12.8, p . 0.05),
leg extensions (CM = 37.7 6 10.6; PL = 35.0 6 12.9, p .
0.05), or total load volume (CM = 18822.4 6 8277.0; PL =
18171.4 6 6724.6, p . 0.05). Blood lactate was signicantly
increased (p # 0.05) post-exercise compare to pre-exercise, but
Abstracts
the TM
were not signicantly different between treatments (CM =
10.65 6 1.41; PL = 10.74 6 1.96, p . 0.05). Conclusions:
Collectively, these novel ndings suggest that CM supplementa-
tion does not increases muscular endurance during repeated
bouts of lower-body resistance exercise. Practical
Implications: Our data suggest that acute CM ingestion prior
to lower-body exercise does not provide any ergogenic effect on
resistance performance, nor does it affect lactate production or
clearance during anaerobic exercise. These ndings conict with
prior research, therefore further research is warranted.
CARDIOVASCULAR AND METABOLIC DEMANDS
OF THE TRX METABOLIC BLAST WORKOUT
WITH SUSPENSION TRAINER
R. SNARR,
1
E. WITTE,
2
J. VERDY,
2
C. JENKINS,
2
AND M. ESCO
3
1
Auburn University Montgomery;
2
Montgomery; and
3
Recent trends in tness have emphasized high-intensity resistance
training programs, functional programming, and stability training.
The TRX Metabolic Blast workout was designed to incorporate
these trends with the introduction of a suspension device to
a rapid, anaerobic workout program. However, there is very little
research about the demands these types of workouts place on the
body. Purpose: The purpose of this investigation was to deter-
mine the cardiovascular demands and metabolic cost of a high-
intensity workout with a suspension device in semi- to highly-
trained individuals. Methods: Twelve apparently healthy men (n
= 9) and women (n = 3), mean age = 24.93 6 3.73, volunteered
to participate in this study. All participants performed the TRX
Metabolic Blast, a pre-programmed, 9.25 minute metabolic work-
out, consisting of 9 exercises performed with a suspension device,
followed by a 1 minute cardio sprint on the treadmill. During test-
ing, subjects wore a portable metabolic analyzer (COS-
MEDK4b2) and a Polar heart rate monitor. The metabolic
analyzer was used to determine volume of oxygen consumed
(V
_
O
2
) and rate of caloric expenditure (kcals$min
21
). Results:
The results demonstrated that the TRX Metabolic Blast resulted
in an average heart rate of 152 6 14.17 beats$min
21
, or 85.20 6
5.64% HRmax. Additionally, the workout produced an average
V
_
O
2
of 23.92 6 3.14 ml$kg
21.
min
21
, which was 56.57 6
5.71% V
_
O
2
max. Total caloric expenditure for the Metabolic Blast
resulted in 95.57 6 18.42 kcals$min
21
, or approximately
10.33 kcals$min
21
. Overall, average MET levels for the workout
were equal to 6.83 6 0.90. Conclusions: The results of this
investigation suggest that the TRX Metabolic Blast could be
classied as moderate intensity exercise according to the estab-
lished American College of Sports Medicine guidelines. However,
the workout elicited a high percentage of HRmax, perhaps due to
the anaerobic capacity needed to perform a high volume of resis-
tance training exercises. Practical Applications: With the
increasing tness trend favoring high-intensity interval training (HIIT)
programs, the TRXMetabolic Blast generates a comparable calo-
ric expenditure to traditional modes of exercise (e.g., resistance
training (810 kcals$min
21
), running (1222 kcals$min
21
), and
cycling (1015 kcals$min
21
), etc.). However, with a moderate per-
centage of V
_
O
2
max elicited during the workout, cardiovascular
adaptations may not be seen in semi- to highly-trained individuals.
EFFECT OF HIP INTERNAL ROTATION
TRAINING ON RANGE OF MOTION AND
PERFORMANCE VARIABLES IN COLLEGIATE
BASEBALL PITCHERS
B. STOVER,
1
D. SZYMANSKI,
1
AND T. DONAHUE
1
1
Hip range of motion (ROM) is very important to allow a pitcher to
have proper pitching mechanics. During the stride phase, the
movement towards the target is started by hip abduction of the
dominant leg. As the pitcher continues down the mound, the
dominant hip internally rotates as the non-dominant hip externally
rotates. Previous research has shown that a limit in hip ROM may
have a negative effect in the ability to produce pitched ball velocity.
Purpose: To evaluate the effect of hip internal rotation training on
hip ROM and related sport-specic performance variables in base-
ball pitching. Methods: Fourteen healthy NCAA Division I colle-
giate baseball pitchers (age = 20.36 6 1.50 yr) volunteered for
testing. All subjects signed an informed consent form according to
the universitys Institutional Review Board. A Baseline Absolute
Axis 3608 Digital Goniometer (Fabrication Enterprises, Inc., White
Plains, NY, USA) was used to measure passive ROM for shoulder
internal and external rotation at 908, seated active hip internal and
external rotation, supine passive hip internal and external rotation,
and hip abduction and adduction. Deep squat was measured using
a yard stick. A Biodex (Biodex Medical Systems, Inc., Shirley, NY,
USA) was used to measure internal and external rotation at 908 of
the throwing armat 3008/sec. Flexibility was measured using a sit-
and-reach testing box. Sport-specic performance variables were
stride length and pitch velocity (PV). Stride length was measured
with a measuring tape from the front of the pitching rubber to the
back of the pitchers lead heel after each pitch. PV was measured
using Stalker Pro radar gun (Applied Concepts, Inc., Plano, TX,
USA). The velocity of 10 consecutive maximal effort fastballs with
20 seconds of rest between pitches was calculated to represent
mean PV for each subject. Participants were divided into 2 groups.
Group 1 (n = 7) used the internal hip rotation devices twice a day, 6
the TM
| www.nsca.com
days a week for 7 weeks (84 total sessions). They were instructed
to stand on 2 hip rotation devices at 1 time. Then they initiated
movement by internally rotating 1 leg from the hip for 10 seconds,
then the other hip for 10 seconds while isometrically holding the
other. They would do this twice and then internally rotate both hips
for 10 more seconds for a total of 30 seconds for both hips. Group
2 (n = 7) served as a control and did not do any internal rotation
exercises. All other training during the off season was the same for
both groups. Results: A 2-way ANOVA with repeated measure
showed that there were signicant differences (p # 0.05) within
groups for shoulder internal and external rotation, seated and supine
internal and external hip rotation, and hip abduction, but there were
no signicant differences observed between groups for any varia-
bles. Conclusions: Improvements were seen in both groups in
passive and active ROM; however, there were no signicant differ-
ences in any sport-specic performance variables. Practical
Applications: Using a hip internal rotation device twice a day, 6
days per week for 7 weeks did not improve hip and shoulder ROM
or stride length any more than the control group after 7 weeks of
training for collegiate baseball pitchers. Acknowledgments: We
would like to thank CEU Now LLC for partially funding this study.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE
ANTHROPOMETRIC ESTIMATION OF
UNILATERAL THIGH MUSCLE
CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA AND PEAK
ECCENTRIC SQUAT FORCE
J. TRAVIS,
1
M. S. STOCK,
1
AND M. LUERA
1
1
Texas Tech University,
Lubbock, TX
The results from many previous
studies indicate that the force
a muscle can produce is related
to its cross-sectional area (CSA)
rather than its volume. However,
the majority of these investiga-
tions have measured force during
single-joint isometric or concen-
tric muscle actions. Purpose:
The purpose of this study was
to use linear regression analyses
to determine the relationship
between the anthropometric esti-
mation of right thigh muscle
CSA and peak eccentric squat
force using a novel multiple-joint
strength assessment. Methods:
Nineteen resistance-trained men
(mean 6 SD age = 22 6 2 years) participated in this investiga-
tion. The subjects were engaged in a lower-body strength training
program that involved back squats and/or deadlifts. Forty-eight
hours following a thorough familiarization session, the subjects
visited the laboratory for data collection. Upon arrival, a technique
for estimating muscle CSA from anthropometric measurements
for the thigh was performed. The measurements included femur
length, thigh circumference, and 4 skinfolds (anterior, posterior,
lateral, medial). The subjects then performed 3 consecutive rep-
etitions of maximal eccentric isovelocity squats. The duration was
set to 4 seconds for each attempt, and an electrogoniometer
placed over the right knee joint ensured that each repetition
was performed through an 808 range of motion (in accordance
with the manufacturers guidelines for eccentric strength testing
[208/s]). The repetition with the greatest force values was
selected, and the highest peak in the force curve was used for
data analysis. Linear regression analyses were used to determine
the relationship between the anthropometric estimation of thigh
muscle CSA and peak eccentric squat force. Results: The
correlation (Pearson r) between these variables was r =
0.01. The regression equation was y = 0.0005 (cm
2
/N)
x + 222.9 cm
2
. Both negative and positive values were
included in the 90, 95, and 99% condence intervals
(CIs). Discussions: The estimation of unilateral thigh mus-
cle CSA from anthropometric measurements explained none
of the variance in peak eccentric squat force. We speculate
that these results could be related to the different types of
training programs used by the subjects (e.g., training primar-
ily for strength and power vs. hypertrophy) or the force con-
tributions of the musculature involved in the squat that were
Abstracts
the TM
not estimated with our anthropometric measurements (e.g.,
gluteus maximus, erector spinae, gastrocnemius, etc.).
Practical Applications: Although previous authors have
shown a linear relationship between muscle CSA vs. isomet-
ric and concentric force, no such association exists for max-
imal eccentric squats. Our ndings are specic to men with
previous strength training experience and eccentric strength
testing conditions involving a standardized movement pat-
tern and range of motion.
AN ELECTROMYOGRAPHIC COMPARISON OF
A MODIFIED PULL-UP WITH AND WITHOUT
A SUSPENSION DEVICE
E. WITTE,
1
R. SNARR,
2
C. JENKINS,
1
R. BRANNAN,
1
AND M. ESCO
3
1
Auburn University at Montgomery;
2
Auburn University
Montgomery; and
3
The use of suspension devices for performing traditional exercises
is a relatively new method of training that utilizes novel equipment
designed to challenge stability. There is very limited research
available to determine if such training inuences muscular
activation patterns compared to traditional exercise. The stan-
dard pull-up is an exercise that targets a large portion of the
upper body, but is challenging for some individuals. This
movement can be modied by placing the lower limbs on
a stable, supportive surface underneath the body while perform-
ing the pulling movement. Purpose: The purpose of this study
was to compare the electromyographic (EMG) activity of the
middle trapezius (MT), latissimus dorsi (LD), posterior deltoid
(PD), and biceps brachii (BB) during a modied pull-up (PU)
vs. a modied suspension pull-up (SPU). Methods: Fifteen
healthy men (n = 11, ages 26.82 6 4.02 years) and women
(n = 4, ages 22.25 6 0.96 years) participated in the study. All
participants completed 4 repetitions of the PU and SPU. Mean
peak EMG values were recorded and used for data analysis for
each muscle group. Results: The PU demonstrated values of:
MT = 2.53 61.33, PD = 2.67 61.24, LD = 3.49 62.07, BB =
4.69 6 1.76. The SPU elicited values of: MT = 2.35 6 1.34,
PD = 2.72 6 1.12, LD = 3.44 6 1.92, BB = 4.48 6 1.71. The
results indicated that there were no signicant differences
between PU and SPU (p . 0.05) in EMG activity of each tested
muscle. Conclusions: This study showed no signicant differ-
ence in muscle activity for the measured muscle groups (MT,
PD, LD, and BB) when performing a modied pull-up with and
without a suspension device. Further study is warranted to deter-
mine muscle activation values in smaller stabilizing muscles
while performing the PU and SPU. Practical Applications:
Practitioners should note that there are no measurable differ-
ences in muscle activation when performing a PU compared
to a SPU. Therefore, a suspension device may be used in place
of traditional stable equipment to elicit similar muscular activation
levels in the MT, PD, LD, and BB while performing a modied
pull-up.
THE ACCURACY OF BIOELECTRICAL
IMPEDANCE FOR MEASURING BODY FAT
PERCENTAGE IN INDIVIDUALS WITH
DOWN SYNDROME
B. NICKERSON,
1
A. R. RUSSELL,
1
S. BICARD,
1
A. MAHURIN,
2
AND M. ESCO
1
1
Auburn University Montgomery; and
2
Baptist Family
Residency Program
Individuals with Down syndrome (DS) have been shown to
have a higher prevalence of obesity and a different pattern of
body fat distribution compared to individuals without DS.
Predicting body fat percentage (BF%) in this special
population is important when establishing life style inter-
ventions designed to promote healthy body weight. Foot-to-
foot bioelectrical impedance analysis (FF-BIA) is a simple
and inexpensive method for predicting BF% in eld and
clinical settings. Various studies have measured the accu-
racy of FF-BIA in the general population. However, there is
very little research to date cross-validating FF-BIA in
individuals with DS. Therefore, the accuracy of inexpensive
and non-invasive eld techniques such as FF-BIA needs to
be determined. Purpose: The purpose of this investigation
was to cross-validate FF-BIA for measuring BF% in individ-
uals with DS. Methods: Twelve adults and 5 adolescents with
DS (n = 17) participated in the study. BF% was measured with
FF-BIA. Criterion BF% was determined via dual-energy x-ray
absorptiometry (DXA). Results: Mean BF% was 35.68 6
13.35 for DXA and 32.35 6 11.83 for FF-BIA (p # 0.05).
The FF-BIA signicantly correlated with the DXA (r = 0.88,
p # 0.05) and had a standard error of estimate (SEE) of
6.40%. Conclusions: The ndings suggest that on average
the FF-BIA underestimated BF% by 3.33%. FF-BIA is highly
correlated with the DXA, but has a high SEE. More research
with a larger sample size is warranted. Practical Applications:
FF-BIA is a method of measuring body fat that could become
widely used to predict BF% in individuals with DS in clinical and
tness settings due to its quick administration and non-invasive
nature. However, practitioners should consider the results of this
investigation before using the FF-BIA for measuring BF% in this
special population. It appears to underestimate BF% values and
the TM
| www.nsca.com
has a large range of standard error. Therefore, caution should be
taken when using FF-BIA to predict BF% in individuals with DS.
SPRINT MOMENTUM BUT NOT SPRINTING
SPEED DIFFERENTIATE SENIOR
INTERNATIONAL RUGBY PLAYERS FROM
JUNIOR INTERNATIONAL RUGBY PLAYERS
M. BARR,
1
AND J. M. SHEPPARD
2
1
Rugby Canada, Richmond Hill, Canada; and
2
Edith Cowan
University, Joondalup, Australia
Purpose: Speed is considered to be a highly valuable ability in
rugby union and a key component of a teams success. Sprint
momentum, the combination of sprinting velocity and body mass,
is also likely important given the large number of collisions that take
place in rugby games. There is little research, however, investigat-
ing the importance of sprint momentum in elite rugby union play-
ers. The aim of the current study was to examine the importance
of sprint momentum in differentiating playing level of elite rugby
players. Methods: Participants in this study included 38 senior
national team players (21 forwards, 17 backs) and 31 junior
(under-20) team players from the same countrys national team
(typically 11th14th place in the International Rugby Board world
rankings). In order to assess sprinting speed and sprint momentum,
each participant performed 4 40 m sprints on articial turf. Timing
gates (Brower, Utah) were set on 1 m tripods at the 0 m, 10 m, 30
m and 40 m marks. Participants began their sprint with their front
foot beside a cone 0.75 m behind the rst gate. The fastest 010
m and 3040 m sections from the sprints were kept for analysis in
order to characterize different sprint qualities. The 010 msplit was
used to analyze acceleration ability and the 3040 m section was
used to analyze maximal velocity. The times from each section
were converted into a velocity by dividing the 10 msection by the
time taken to complete it. The 010 m section was considered
Initial Sprint Velocity (ISV) and the 3040 m section was con-
sidered Maximal Sprint Velocity (MSV). In order to calculate
momentum, the velocity scores were multiplied by the body
mass of each athlete to calculate Initial Sprint Momentum
(ISM) and Maximal Sprint Momentum (MSM). A 2 3 2 ANOVA
(senior-junior 3forward-back) was used to compare body mass,
sprinting velocities and sprint momentum scores. If a signicant
F value was found, post hoc tests (Tukeys) were conducted to
obtain between-group differences. Results: The results
(Table 1) indicate signicant differences between senior and
junior players for ISM and MSM but not for ISV and MSV. Sig-
nicant differences were also found between senior and junior
players for body mass. Conclusions: The results seem to indi-
cate that body mass and sprint momentum but not sprinting
velocity differentiate between the senior and junior players. Find-
ings from the study suggest that sprint momentum and body
mass are key physical qualities to develop in young players
transitioning into senior international rugby. Longitudinal studies,
however, will be needed to conrm these ndings. Practical
Applications: When testing sprinting speed in rugby players,
strength and conditioning coaches should use 10m splits in
order to calculate sprint momentum. In addition to developing
sprinting speed, strength and condition coaches working with
elite rugby players should focus on developing sprint momentum
as it is a key physical quality.
EFFECTS OF ASSISTED JUMP TRAINING ON
VERTICAL JUMP PERFORMANCE IN NCAA DI
WOMEN VOLLEYBALL PLAYERS
T. L. BEAUDETTE,
1
A. M. DUBOIS,
1
AND
L. E. BROWN
2
1
California State University, Fullerton; and
2
Center for Sport
Abstracts
the TM
Introduction: Vertical jump performance plays an important role
in the performance of volleyball players. Assisted jumping research
has been shown to acutely increase peak vertical jump, but the
adaptations resulting from chronic assisted jump training are cur-
rently unknown. Purpose: To investigate the effects of assisted
plyometric jump training on peak jump height and net relative
impulse during bodyweight vertical jumps. Methods: Eight NCAA
Division I womens volleyball players (19.25 60.89 yrs.; 182.84 6
3.72 cm; 72.2 6 9.28 kg) performed 3 maximal baseline counter-
movement vertical jumps with arm swing followed by 4 weeks of
assisted plyometric jump training. During the rst 2 weeks, sub-
jects performed 2 sets (week 1) and 3 sets (week 2) of 10 jumps
at 30% bodyweight reduction (BWR). During the last 2 weeks,
subjects performed 2 sets (week 3) or 3 sets (week 4) of 10
jumps at 40% BWR. Subjects wore a full body harness attached
to elastic cords that were stretched from the ceiling by a rope.
Using a pulley system, the cords were pulled by the rope adjusting
the specied BWR for each trial. After 4 weeks of training, sub-
jects performed 3 maximal post vertical jumps with arm swing. All
vertical jumps were performed on an AMTI force plate sampling
at 1000 Hz. Peak jump height and net relative impulse were
calculated during each maximal vertical jump via custom Lab-
VIEW software. Results: Peak jump height signicantly (p #
0.05) increased (pre = 33.5286 6 5.34 cm; post = 35.3541 6
6.42 cm). However, there was no signicant (p . 0.278)
change in net relative impulse (pre = 2.64 6 0.17 N$s
21
$kg
21
;
post = 2.67 6 0.21 N$s
21
$kg
2
1). Conclusions: Given the
increase in peak vertical jump, assisted jump training could be
an effective training technique for improving performance in
jumping athletes. The increase in peak jump height might be
attributed to variables other than net relative impulse, which
merits further research of assisted jump training. For future
research it might be benecial to extend the length of the as-
sisted training program beyond 4 weeks and evaluate other
variables that might be contributing to increases in vertical jump,
such as force, velocity, and power. Practical Applications:
Since assisted jump training can be performed with minimal
fatigue, implementing assisted training into an ongoing training
program might increase an athletes vertical jump height without
effects of overtraining.
THE EFFECTS OF WHOLE-BODY VIBRATION
ON GROUND REACTION FORCES AND RATE OF
FORCE DEVELOPMENT IN COLLEGE
AGED FEMALES
N. C. DABBS,
1
H. CHANDER,
2
C. ALLEN,
1
J. LUNDAHL,
1
V. L. CAZAS,
2
M. HILTON,
1
M. ITALIA,
1
AND J. C. GARNER
2
1
The University of Mississippi, Oxford, MS; and
2
University
of Mississippi, Oxford, MS
Varsity and recreationally trained individuals have previously shown
to potenitate vertical jumping performance following exposure to
whole-body vibration (WBV). However, determining the optimal
rest intervals is still unclear. Purpose: The purpose of this study
was to evaluate the inuence of different rest intervals following
WBV on rate of force development (RFD) and relative ground
reaction forces (rGRF) in varsity and recreationally trained females.
Methods: Eight varsity (age 20.75 61.16 yr, mass 61.35 69.68
kg, height 168.19 6 7.73 cm) and 8 recreationally (age 22.25 6
1.83 yr, mass 64.35 6 4.64 kg, height 162.53 6 2.6 cm) trained
females completed the study using 4 visits. Visit 1 acted as a famil-
iarization visit and visits 24 involved 2 randomized conditions,
each with a 10 minute washout period between conditions.
WBV was administered on a Power plate tri-axial platform with
a frequency of 30 Hz, an amplitude of 24 mm while performing
4 bouts of 30 s of quarter squats. WBV was followed by 3 coun-
termovement vertical jump (CMVJ) with 1 of 5 different rest inter-
vals; 0 s, 30 s, 1 minute, 2 minute, 4 minute. A non-vibration control
and collapsed maximum condition were also incorporated. Depen-
dent variables of interest are rate of force development (RFD) and
relative ground reaction force (rGRF). Results: Difference in RFD
and rGRF were analyzed with a 2 37 (training status by condition)
mixed factor ANOVA. There were no signicant (.0.05) group
differences, therefore groups were collapsed. No signicant
(.0.05) interaction of training status by condition was found for
RFD or rGRF. There was a signicant (,0.05) main effect for both
RFD and rGRF. This was followed up with a least signicant dif-
ference (LSD) pairwise comparison demonstrating that collapsed
maximum values, regardless of rest interval, were signicantly
(,0.05) greater than the control condition in both RFD and rGRF.
Conclusion: This indicates that both varsity and recreationally
trained individuals are positively inuenced by whole-body vibration
exposure. However, improvements are seen following different
rest intervals suggesting strong individual differences in optimal
rest times. Practical Application: Coaches and practitioners
should test individuals optimal rest time for optimal performance
measures to ensure full jumping performance capabilities.
EFFECT OF STATIC VS. DYNAMIC WARM-UP
ON BAT VELOCITY
B. MARQUEZ,
1
L. E. BROWN,
2
J. W. COBURN,
2
G. J. NOFFAL,
2
AND L. TRUONG
2
1
Center for Sport Performance/California State University,
Fullerton; and
2
Center for Sport Performance, California State
University, Fullerton, CA
the TM
| www.nsca.com
Purpose: It is imperative that athletes properly prepare
their muscles by using effective pre-exercise warm-up rou-
tines prior to their sporting event in order to maximize per-
formance. Therefore, most athletes and coaches try to
select and perform the most desirable warm-up routines.
In baseball, there are many skills involved in being a suc-
cessful hitter with bat velocity being a major factor. The
purpose of this study was to examine the effect of static
stretching (S) vs. dynamic (D) warm-up on bat velocity.
Methods: Ten male (age 24.0 6 2.41 years, height
180.41 6 7.50 cm, and mass 87.05 6 11.25 kg) and 10
female (age 23.6 6 1.69 years, height 165.16 6 6.89 cm,
and mass 61.78 6 8.70 kg) recreational baseball and soft-
ball players gave IRB approved informed consent and par-
ticipated in this study. They completed 3 testing sessions,
on consecutive days using 3 different randomized 90 s
warm-ups (D was 3 repetitions of forward lunges with rota-
tion, standing rotations and lateral lunges; S was the same 3
exercises as D but stationary; control (C) rested). These
were then analyzed for their effect on max bat velocity. After
each condition, subjects performed 3 sub-maximal swings
followed by 30 s rest then 5 maximal swings. To measure bat
speed, subjects stood on a batters box grid and had their
rear heel position recorded to ensure body position replica-
tion on subsequent visits. The batters box grid was a 3 3 5
foot rectangle comprised of 2 inch squares, which ensured
subjects were in the same starting position for every swing.
The grid was situated in front of a custom bat velocity mea-
surement device, which consisted of 2 vertical photoelectric
sensors separated by 45 cm (the depth of home plate). The
sensors were situated so they matched with the front and
rear of a simulated home plate. Each subject positioned
themselves at the plate in the same manner as they would
in a real hitting scenario. They then swung the bat through the
device activating the 2 sensor lights in succession, which sent
signals to a data acquisition computer sampling at 10,000 Hz
(due to a high bat velocity over a short distance between sen-
sors) running customsoftware. All subjects used the same bat for
all swings. The distance was then divided by time, resulting in
average bat velocity. Results: ANOVA revealed no interactions
or main effects for condition (males D-56.04 6 9.49, S-56.98 6
9.98, C-58.61 67.14 mph; females D-43.19 66.97, S-43.08 6
6.48, C-42.02 6 8.56 mph). There was a main effect for sex with
males demonstrating greater bat speed than females. Conclu-
sions: Our results indicate that performing a 90 s warm-up
consisting of static stretching, dynamic movements, or control
demonstrates no difference in subsequent max bat speed.
Practical Applications: Therefore, players should choose the
warm-up of their preference. Future research should examine dif-
ferent durations, rest times and movements, in order to determine
an optimal warm-up for a player in the batters box prior to swing-
ing a bat with maximum speed.
EFFECT OF CLUSTER SETS ON PLYOMETRIC
JUMP PERFORMANCE
S. MORENO,
1
L. E. BROWN,
1
J. W. COBURN,
1
AND
D. A. JUDELSON
1
1
Center for Sport Performance, California State University,
Fullerton, CA
Purpose: Many sport coaches utilize plyometric training to
develop the efciency of an athletes stretch-shortening cycle.
Knowing the importance of this mechanism, it is imperative that
an optimal plyometric programdesign is administered by coaches.
Cluster sets may allow for enhanced power production due to
recovery of energy substrates. Therefore, the purpose of this study
was to determine the effect of cluster sets vs. traditional sets on
plyometric jump power (PW), ground reaction force (GRF), take-
off velocity (TOV), and jump height (JH). Methods: Twenty-six
recreationally trained men gave University approved informed con-
sent then completed 3 testing sessions (7 days apart), involving
repeated body-weight plyometric jumps with hands on hips for 3
different plyometric set congurations: traditional (2 sets of 10
with 90 seconds rest), Cluster 1 (4 sets of 5 with 30 seconds
rest), and Cluster 2 (10 sets of 2 with 10 seconds rest). All
jumps were performed on a force plate sampling at 1000 Hz
and analyzed with custom software. Results: GRF results dem-
onstrated no interaction or main effect for condition, but there
was a signicant (p # 0.05) main effect for repetition, where
repetition 1 was signicantly less than repetitions 35, 710,
1215, and 1720. For TOV, PW, and JH, there were signi-
cant interactions. TOV resulted in the following: Traditional, rep-
etition 1 was signicantly greater than repetitions 710 and 17
20, but was signicantly less than repetition 13; Cluster 1, rep-
etition 1 was signicantly less than repetitions 25; Cluster
2, there were no signicant differences. PW resulted in the
following: Traditional, repetition 1 was signicantly greater than
repetitions 410 and 1420; Cluster 1, repetition 1 was signif-
icantly greater than repetitions 710 and 1220; Cluster 2,
repetition 1 was signicantly greater than repetitions 3, 618
and 20. JH resulted in the following: Traditional, repetition 1 was
signicantly greater than repetitions 1820, but was signicantly
less than repetitions 3 and 13. For Cluster 1 and Cluster 2, there
were no signicant differences. Conclusions: These results
demonstrate that cluster sets allow for a greater maintenance
of PW, TOV, and JH when performing repeated plyometric
jumps. The 2310 condition used a work to rest ratio of 1:9,
which allowed for near-complete recovery, unlike the 435 and
Abstracts
the TM
1032 conditions. Also, there were substantial decreases in
power after the third and fth repetitions of the 2310 and
435 conditions, respectively. However, the traditional set was
the only conguration that showed signicantly greater jump
heights across repetitions. Practical Applications: Therefore,
1 should execute no more than 5 repetitions to avoid fatigue, but
greater than 2 repetitions to elicit the large eccentric loads
derived from repetitive jumps. Overall, coaches should have their
athletes perform 35 jumps with 27 and 45 seconds rest,
respectively.
HIGH INTENSITY INTERVAL TRAINING HAS
POSITIVE EFFECTS ON SKELETAL MUSCLE
HYPERTROPHY, POWER, AND
ON-ICE PERFORMANCE
M. A. NAIMO,
1
J. M. WILSON,
1
A. L. CARPENTER,
1
P. GILCHRIST,
1
B. AVERBUCH,
1
R. P. LOWERY,
1
2
J. M. JOY,
1
T. M. WHITE,
1
AND M. WELTON
1
1
University of Tampa Human Performance Lab, Tampa, FL;
and
2
of Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil
Introduction and Objective: Research has shown that high
intensity interval training (HIIT) produces greater improvements
in anaerobic power, larger increases in aerobic capacity, and
higher reductions in body fat despite signicant reductions in
training volume compared to moderate intensity, continuous
endurance exercise (traditional). In spite of the well-known
benets that have been demonstrated through research on
HIIT, very few studies have looked at the practical applica-
tions of interval training on performance in sport. Specically,
no study has ever sought to investigate the effects of HIIT on
measures of skeletal muscle hypertrophy, body composition,
power, and on-ice performance in hockey players. Therefore,
our purpose was to investigate the effects of a 4-week perio-
dized HIIT training program using the Wingate Anaerobic
Test (WanT) on measures of skeletal muscle hypertrophy,
body composition, power, and on-ice performance in colle-
giate hockey players. Methods: Twenty-4 hockey players
from The University of Tampa mens club hockey team aged
19.6 6 1.3 years, 180.0 6 7.0 cm, 79.9 6 8.3 kg, and a BMI
of 24.7 6 2.5 with at least 3 continuous years of hockey
experience participated in the study. The participants were
randomly assigned to either a traditional or interval group
during a 4 week training program in which they trained
twice per week. The traditional group performed continuous
moderate intensity cycling for 4560 minutes per session at
an intensity that was 65% of their heart rate reserve. The
interval group was involved in a periodized HIIT program in
which participants performed 410 sets of WanT at an inten-
sity of 7.510% of body weight with 24 minutes rest in
between sets. Participants performed 3 on-ice measures,
which included 6 3 9 m stops, a 33 m sprint test, and
a 127 m endurance test. In addition, participants quadriceps
muscle thickness, lean body mass (LBM), WanT peak power,
and WanT average power were all assessed pre- and post-
training. A repeated measures ANOVA was used to deter-
mine differences between groups, and a tukey post-hoc
analysis was used to locate differences. Results: Groups
differed largely in terms of average training volume per week
(27.3 min$wk
21
vs. 105 min$wk
21
). There were no signicant
training effects on LBM and body fat percentage. However,
quadriceps muscle thickness signicantly increased in the
interval group compared to the traditional group (2.1 6
1.4% vs. 21.9 6 1.2%, p = 0.01). In addition, there were
signicant group 3 time effects for both peak power (p ,
0.003) and average power (p , 0.02) in which the interval
group had greater values compared to traditional. While there
were no training effects for the 6 3 9 m stops (p . 0.13),
there was a trend for faster endurance test time to completion
(p = 0.08) and a signicantly faster sprint (p , 0.02) time to
completion for the interval group. Conclusion: These results
indicate that HIIT may be utilized by athletes in order to elicit
improvements in skeletal muscle hypertrophy and power. More-
over, these changes in skeletal muscle mass and power can be
used in order to improve performance in a sport-specic setting.
Therefore, a periodized, HIIT program is a time efcient strategy
that can be utilized by coaches and strength and conditioning
practitioners in order to improve markers of skeletal muscle
hypertrophy, power, and on-ice performance in hockey players.
POSITIONAL COMPARISON OF REACTIVE
STRENGTH INDEX IN HIGH SCHOOL
BASEBALL PLAYERS
K. SRINIVASAN,
1
R. FERRELL,
1
P. DAMRATH,
1
C. MINOR,
1
D. MEYERS,
1
S. HUSSEIN,
1
A. COLEMAN,
1
T. DUPLER,
1
AND W. E. AMONETTE
1
1
University of Houston, Clear Lake, Department of Clinical,
Health and Applied Sciences, Human Performance
Laboratory, Houston, TX
The ability to generate maximumforce in minimal time is a requisite
in most sports. Reactive strength index (RSI) is a measure of
explosive strength and is computed as the ratio of ground contact
time (GCT) and vertical jump height (VJHT). Previous research
the TM
| www.nsca.com
indicates that it may be a predictor of peak force and power
capabilities. It may be an efcient method to determine general
athletic ability, especially when time and equipment are con-
strained. Purpose: To quantify vertical jump (VJ) kinetics and RSI
from depth box jumps in high school baseball players and deter-
mine differences between playing positions. Methods: Data
were collected on 33 male high school baseball players between
the ages of 1618 yrs. The sample included 11 pitchers (PIT;
16.4 6 0.7 y; 184.3 6 5.0 cm; 78.6 6 26.1 kg; 19.2 6 12.7 %
Fat), 5 catchers (CAT; 16.2 6 0.5 y; 175.3 6 4.6 cm; 75.7 6
12.5 kg; 20.9 6 14.1 %Fat), 10 inelders (IF; 16.8 6 7.1 y;
175.0 6 8.1 cm; 68.9 6 14.2 kg; 18.7 6 7.3 %Fat), and 7
outelders (OF; 16.9 6 0.7 y; 174.5 6 7.7; 71.3 6 6.3 kg;
12.4 63.5 %Fat). Athletes completed tests in the order of height
(HT; cm), body mass (BM; kg), body composition (%Fat), a stan-
dardized warm up session, vertical jump (VJ), and depth box
jumps from 15, 30 and 46 cm. HT was determined using stadi-
ometer and BM using an electronic scale. Percent fat was deter-
mined using a 3-site skinfold assessment performed by a single
investigator. VJ was tested using a countermovement jump on
a force platform. For depth jumps, participants stood on a 15, 30,
and 46 cmbox, stepped off the box, landed on the force platform,
and quickly jumped as high as possible. VJ and depth jump
kinetic and kinematic data were collected at 400 Hz. Peak power
(VJ
PP
) was determined from VJ using the computed velocity of
the center of mass times the vertical ground reaction force. RSI
for the 15 (RSI
15
), 30 (RSI
30
), and 46 (RSI
46
) cm boxes were
computed from the depth jump data as the VJHT (cm) divided by
GCT (msec). A 1-way ANOVA was used to determine differen-
ces between playing positions in VJ
PP
, RSI
15
, RSI
30
, and RSI
46
.
Results: There were no signicant differences (p = 0.53) in VJ
PP
between PIT (66.17 6 41.4 W), CAT (52.5 6 7.3 W), IF (55.89
6 7.3 W), and OF (57.99 6 4.5 W). Likewise, RSI
15
(p = 0.47)
values between PIT (0.71 6 0.22 cm$msec
21
), CAT (0.69 6
0.17 cm$msec
21
), OF (0.89 6 0.14 cm$msec
21
) and IF (0.83
6 0.39 cm$msec
21
) were comparable. The RSI
30
(p = 0.47)
values were also in accordance with the above results with no
differences between PIT (0.75 6 0.32 cm$msec
21
), CAT (0.69
6 0.22 cm$msec
21
), OF (0.86 6 0.21 cm$msec
21
) and IF
(0.88 6 0.20 cm$msec
21
). Finally, RSI
46
(p = 0.62) values also
showed no differences between PIT (0.74 6 0.29 cm$msec
21
),
CAT (0.67 6 0.25 cm$msec
21
), OF (0.87 6 0.15 cm$msec
21
)
and IF (0.78 6 0.20 cm$msec
21
). Conclusions: General ath-
letic ability as measured using RSI and VJ kinetics are similar
between playing positions in this sample of high school baseball
players. This could be attributed to lack of or varied physical and
athletic maturity in these young athletes. Practical Applications:
RSI may be a time efcient tool for measuring athletic abilities in
sport settings. Research is needed to determine differences
amongst elite levels athletes and whether RSI scores relate to
sport specic skills such as base running speed, agility, and reac-
tive quickness.
POWER DEVELOPMENT COMPARISONS
BETWEEN POWER CLEAN VARIATIONS
AT DIFFERENT RELATIVE LOADS
T. J. SUCHOMEL
1
, AND G. A. WRIGHT
2
1
East Tennessee State University, Johnson City, TN; and
2
University of Wisconsin-La Crosse, La Crosse, WI
Exercise and load selection is vital to strength training programs.
When implementing the power clean and its variations, there is no
exception. Despite being commonly used exercises, little research
has compared the power development between power clean
variations. Purpose: To compare the peak power (PP) produced
by power clean variations at different relative loads. Methods:
Subjects included 17 athletic men with a minimum of 2 years of
training experience with the hang clean (HC) but no previous
competitive lifting experience. During 3 separate testing sessions,
each subject completed 3 maximal repetitions each of either the
HC, jump shrug (JS), or high pull (HP) at relative loads of 30%,
45%, 65%, and 80% of their 1 repetition maximum (1RM) HC on
a force platform. Thus, the comparison between exercises was
done with equated absolute loads. Vertical ground reaction forces
of the lifter plus bar system were taken directly from the force
platform and PP was calculated using forward dynamics. The
PP produced during the HC, JS, and HP at each load was aver-
aged and 12 individual PP data points (HC30, HC45, HC65,
HC80, JS30, JS45, JS65, JS80, HP30, HP45, HP65, and
HP80) were compared. A one-way repeated measures ANOVA
was used to compare the differences between the PP produced
by each exercise at each load. Results: JS30 produced the great-
est PP and was followed in order by JS45, JS65, JS80, HP45,
HP30, HP65, HP80, HC65, HC80, HC45, and HC30. PP during
JS30 was signicantly greater than HC30 (p , 0.001), HC45
(p , 0.001), HC65 (p , 0.001), HC80 (p , 0.001), JS65
(p = 0.007), JS80 (p , 0.001), HP30 (p , 0.001), HP45 (p =
0.001), HP65 (p , 0.001), and HP80 (p , 0.001). PP during
JS45 was signicantly greater than HC30 (p , 0.001), HC45
(p , 0.001), HC65 (p , 0.001), HC80 (p , 0.001), JS80
(p , 0.001), HP30 (p , 0.001), HP45 (p = 0.001), HP65
(p , 0.001), and HP80 (p , 0.001). JS65 PP was signicantly
greater than HC30 (p , 0.001), HC45 (p , 0.001), HC65 (p ,
0.001), HC80 (p = 0.001), HP65 (p , 0.001), and HP80 (p =
0.001). JS80 PP was signicantly greater than HC30 (p ,0.001),
HC45 (p = 0.016), HC65 (p = 0.001), HC80 (p = 0.007), HP65
(p = 0.016), and HP80 (p = 0.026). PP during HP30 was signif-
icantly greater than HC30 (p = 0.002), HC45 (p = 0.014), and
Abstracts
the TM
HC65 (p = 0.028). PP during HP45 was signicantly greater than
HC30 (p = 0.009), HC45 (p = 0.019), and HC65 (p = 0.037). No
other signicant relationships between conditions existed (p .
0.05). Conclusions: JS PP production was superior to both
HC and HP PP production at all loads. In addition, HP PP pro-
duction was superior to HC PP production at all loads. It is pos-
sible to produce as much, if not more, lower body power using
lighter loads and less technical power clean variations. Practical
Applications: The JS and HP appear to be superior to the HC
across the loading spectrum in athletic men and should be con-
sidered as exercises that can be used to train lower body power.
Although the HCis a highly benecial exercise, this study indicates
that the JS at all loads and the HP at loads between 3045%
1RM HC, may provide a superior stimulus to those being trained.
A practitioner should implement the HC, JS, and HP to comple-
ment each other in their strength training regimens in order to
provide varying stimuli to effectively train lower body power. Based
on the training goal of those being trained, various loading
schemes should be used to provide the optimal training stimuli.
CHANGES IN MEDIAL GASTROCNEMIUS
MUSCLE-TENDON INTERACTION WITH AN
INCREASE IN MOVEMENT FREQUENCY
J. J. MCMAHON,
1
S. J. PEARSON,
1
AND
P. COMFORT
1
1
University of Salford, Lancashire, UK
Tendons account for the majority of muscle-tendon unit (MTU)
lengthening and shortening during stretch-shorten cycle (SSC)
movements, which allows muscles to operate at more effective
velocities for producing large forces. It is unknown, however,
how muscle-tendon interaction changes with an increase in
SSC movement velocity. Purpose: To determine medial gas-
trocnemius (MG) muscle-tendon interaction across a range of
SSC movement velocities in order to inform plyometric training
practice. Methods: Resistance trained males (n = 11, 27.0 6
8.4 years, 180.8 65.8 cm, 86.3 610.2 kg) performed 3 single-
leg hopping trials on an inclined sledge at 2.0, 2.5 and 3.0 Hz in
a randomized and balanced order. Three-dimensional motion
analysis, ultrasonography of MG and ground reaction forces
were collected. For each trial, 5 consecutive hops performed
within 65% of the prescribed frequencies were analyzed. Sag-
ittal plane joint angles and moments were determined via a com-
bination of motion data, force data and inverse dynamics. Ankle
stiffness was calculated as the ratio of peak joint moment (rela-
tive to body mass) to peak joint angular displacement. MG mus-
cle-tendon unit (MTU) length was determined as a function of
shank segment length and joint angle data. MG muscle length
was calculated as MG fascicle length multiplied by the cosine of
the pennation angle. MG tendon length was determined by sub-
tracting MG muscle length from MG MTU length. The elongation
and shortening phase for each component of the MTU were
determined based on the peak MTU elongation during the con-
tact phase. A Repeated Measures ANOVA with Bonferroni post-
hoc analysis was used to compare mean differences between
frequencies (p = 0.05). Results: There were signicant (p ,
0.01) decreases in contact time
(279 6 19 ms vs. 233 6 19 ms
vs. 212 615 ms) and hop height
(6.3 6 1.2 cm vs. 3.5 6 0.9 cm
vs. 1.9 6 0.4 cm) as frequency
increased. In contrast there were
signicant (p , 0.01) increases
in ankle stiffness (0.18 6
0.03 Nm$kg
21
$deg
21
vs. 0.29
6 0.05 Nm$kg
21
$deg
21
vs.
0.40 6 0.07 Nm$kg
21
$deg
21
)
as frequency increased. The MG
muscle lengthened during the
landing phase of the hops at
2.0 Hz (3.2 6 0.8 mm), however,
it shortened at 2.5 Hz (20.6 6
20.2 mm) and at 3.0 Hz
(21.3 6 20.4 mm), resulting in
a signicant (p , 0.01) difference
between frequencies. The MG
muscle shortened signicantly
the TM
| www.nsca.com
(p ,0.01) more during the concentric phase of the hops at 2.0 Hz
(6.5 6 1.2 mm) compared to both 2.5 (2.3 6 0.7 mm) and 3.0 Hz
(2.8 6 0.7 mm) with no signicant difference in shortening
between the 2 higher frequencies. Both MG tendon (19.1 6
2.3 mm vs. 15.1 6 1.7 mm vs. 11.0 6 1.9 mm) and MG MTU
(22.3 62.6 mmvs. 14.6 62.0 mmvs. 9.8 62.1 mm) lengthening
(Figure 1) and shortening (MG tendon: 21.5 6 3.3 mm vs. 17.0 6
2.4 mm vs. 10.9 6 3.0 mm; MG MTU: 28.0 6 3.2 mm vs. 19.3 6
2.7 mm vs. 13.7 6 3.0 mm) signicantly (p , 0.01) decreased as
frequency increased. Conclusions: The MG tendon comprised
the majority of MG MTU lengthening and shortening at the higher
movement velocities (i.e. $2.5 Hz). Practical Applications: Per-
forming SSC movements at higher velocities mainly trains the
series-elastic component, whereas the neuromuscular component
is trained more at lower velocities. This study was funded by the
NSCA Foundation.
EFFECT OF WEIGHTED IMPLEMENT TRAINING
ON BAT VELOCITY OF HIGH SCHOOL
BASEBALL PLAYERS: A PILOT STUDY
D. SZYMANSKI,
1
T. DONAHUE,
1
W. TOLBERT,
1
B. STOVER,
1
A. ELUMALAI,
1
AND M. GREENWOOD
2
1
2
Texas A&M
University, College Station, TX
Success in hitting a baseball is greatly dependent upon
augmenting bat velocity (BV). Currently several weighted
devices on the market claim to increase BV after training.
Purpose: To examine the effects of 8 weeks of sport-specic
resistance training on BV of Louisiana high school baseball
players using a weighted swing implement. Methods: Twelve
high school baseball players (age = 15.8 6 0.94 yr, height =
170.7 6 6.7 cm, weight = 70.0 6 16.7 kg, %BF = 14.8 6
8.4%) volunteered for this study. Prior to training, subjects had
3 familiarization sessions with the weighted hitting device, tak-
ing 3 3 10 swings per day. On the testing day, players took 2
3 10 warm-up swings and hit tennis balls off a batting. Then
participants took 10 swings (20 seconds rest between swings)
with a modied test-bat in their normal batting stance at a base-
ball resting on a batting tee. BV was measured by a Setpro-
SPRT5A. After the pre-training testing session, participants
were randomly assigned to 1 of 2 training groups. The treat-
ment group (n = 6) took swings at a 2:1 volume ratio of the
weighted and standard bat while hitting tennis balls off a batting
tee. One-third of their total swings (1020 swings) were taken
with a 30.5 in, 48 oz weighted device, another 1/3rd of their
swings (1020 swings) were taken with a 30.5 in, 64 oz
weighted device, and the nal 1/3rd of their swings (1020
swings) were taken with their standard game bat (33 in, 30
oz) 3x/wk for 8 weeks during the off season. The control group
(n = 6) swung their standard game bat 3x/wk for 8 weeks for the
same total number of swings (3060 swings) as the treatment
group while also hitting tennis balls off a batting tee during the
off season. To determine differences between or within groups,
repeated measures analyses of variance (ANOVA) were con-
ducted on BV. Independent samples t-tests were also conducted
to compare the 2 groups in terms of percent (%) change (post-
BV minus pre-BV divided by post-BV multipled by 100) of BV (p #
0.05). Results: Repeated measures ANOVA on BV (m/s) indi-
cated that there were no statistically signicant differences
between the groups; however, both groups made signicant im-
provements (treatment p , 0.001 and control p # 0.05) in BV
after 8 wk of training. Furthermore, signicant differences, t (10) =
22.32, p = 0.04, in % change in BV, pre to post-training, were
observed between the 2 groups. Conclusions: Findings suggest
that swinging either a standard baseball bat or a combination of
weighted hitting devices and standard baseball bat in a 2:1
weighted to standard bat volume ratio signicantly improve BV
(5.71 and 10.42%) after 8 weeks of training for high school base-
ball players. Furthermore, % change increased signicantly more
(4.71%) after swinging the weighted devices and standard base-
ball bat compared to the standard baseball bat alone. Practical
Applications: Since both swing protocols produced signicant
improvements in BV in high school baseball players, high school
coaches can choose which device and program to implement. For
best results for high school players, it is recommended to use the
weighted devices and swing protocol during the off season when
players are not competing during the in-season since the volume of
total swings were taken only from a batting tee and not during live
batting practice which is a very important aspect of being a suc-
cessful hitter. Acknowledgments: Weighted devices were pro-
vided by Bats Limited (Hewitt, TX, USA).
PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION INTO THE
SUITABILITY OF AN ALTERNATIVE FORM OF
COUNTERMOVEMENT JUMP TEST ANALYSIS
FOR ATHLETE TRAINING MONITORING
R. GATHERCOLE,
1
B. SPORER,
2
T. STELLINGWERFF,
2
AND G. SLEIVERT
2
1
University of Victoria, BC, Canada/CSI-Pacic, Victoria,
BC, Canada/Sport Innovation Centre, Victoria, BC, Canada;
and
2
University of Victoria, BC, Canada/CSI-Pacic,
Victoria, BC, Canada
Purpose: The countermovement jump (CMJ) test is an ath-
lete monitoring tool used to examine neuromuscular (NM)
function and training-effects. There is uncertainty though as
Abstracts
the TM
to which components of CMJ performance are the most sen-
sitive to training-induced changes in performance. Here we
assess the suitability of the CMJ test for the detection of
induced changes in NM function, examining an alternative
form of CMJ analysis based on jump traces (aCMJ) com-
pared to more typical CMJ-derived measures (tCMJ).
Methods: 5 elite snowboard athletes (2M, 3F) performed
6 CMJ tests prior to and following a structured training block
(;4 mo.). CMJ was evaluated using the Ballistic Measure-
ment System (BMS; Fitness Technology, Australia). 20 aCMJ
variables, based on time, work and single points during the
jump, were analysed using custom-designed software, with
raw jump data extracted from the BMS. aCMJ variables (8
reported): Time: eccentric (EccT), concentric (ConT), and
total jump duration (TotT), percentage of time spent eccen-
trically (EccT%); Work: area under force-velocity trace (FV-
AUC), total area under power-time trace (PT-AUC), PT-AUC
divided by TotT (PT-AUC/TotT); Single-point: force at zero
velocity (F@0V). tCMJ variables: jump height (JH), peak
power (PP), peak velocity (PV), peak and mean force (PF,
MF). Outlier jumps were removed using standardised pro-
cedures. Coefcients of variation (CV) were calculated for
each pre and post-variable to examine whether the variability
of each variable would permit detection of training-induced
changes. Results: Signicant differences pre- to post-train-
ing (p value) were observed for aCMJ variables for time
(EccT: 20.11 s, 0.017; TotT: 20.13 s, 0.030; EccT:
25.4%, 0.002), work (FV-AUC: +994N$ms
21
, 0.002; PT-
AUC/TotT: +4.2watts$kg
21
$s
21
, 0.017) and single-point
(F@0V: +197N, 0.038). The other aCMJ and tCMJ variables
were not signicantly different. Conclusions: Compared to
the tCMJ variables, the use of aCMJ variables appear better
suited to the detection of training-induced NM changes. The
results of the aCMJ variables suggest that the effects of
training may be expressed as an altered CMJ movement
strategy rather than an altered CMJ output (i.e. jump height,
peak power). The lack of change in PT-AUC suggests that
a similar amount of work was performed during the CMJ.
However, the improved speed and time required to perform
this work indicates an enhanced performance. Practical
Applications: These results indicate that training may affect
NM strategy and the movement performed more so than end
NM output. Consequently, training-induced NM effects may
be more apparent through an analysis of aCMJ variables,
rather than more typical CMJ variables (i.e. tCMJ).
EFFECTIVE MECHANICAL ADVANTAGE OF THE
KNEE JOINT ACROSS SUMAXIMAL LOADS
WHILE PERFORMING THE CLEAN
K. KIPP,
1
AND C. HARRIS
2
1
Marquette University, Milwaukee, WI; and
2
LaGrange
College, LaGrange, GA
An increase in the load that is lifted during a weightlifting exercise
(e.g., clean) is not always associated with a concomitant increase
in torque production of the lower extremity joints. It is possible,
however, that instead of lifting heavier weights by increasing the
torque output at a joint, lifters manipulate the effective mechanical
advantage about the joint through careful control of the ground
reaction force vector. Purpose: To determine if an increase in lift
weight is associated with an increase in the effective mechanical
advantage at the knee joint. Methods: Five collegiate-level weight-
lifters (mean 6 SD; mass: 105.7 6 14.4 kg; 1-repetition maximum
(RM) clean and jerk: 127.5 624.9 kg) performed cleans at 65, 75,
and 85%of their 1-RMwhile a motion analysis systemwas used to
make kinematic measurements of the right-side hip, knee, and ankle
joints while a force plate was used to make kinetic measurements.
These measurements were combined in an inverse dynamics pro-
cedure, which was used to calculate net internal knee joint torques.
The effective mechanical advantage of the knee extensor muscle
group was calculated as the instantaneous ratio between the
moment arm of the patellar tendon about the knee joint and
the moment armof the ground reaction force vector about the knee
joint. The maximum effective mechanical advantage observed dur-
ing the entire lift phase of the clean was then extracted and used
for analysis. Non-parametric statistics were used determine the
change in maximum effective mechanical advantage across the lift
weights. The statistical signicance level was set an alpha-level of
0.05. Results: The effective mechanical advantages at the knee
joint were 1.25 6 0.45 at 65% of 1-RM, 1.43 6 0.50 at 75% of
1-RM, and 1.45 6 0.50 at 85%of 1-RM. The effective mechanical
differed signicantly between the 65% and 85% lift (p = 0.034).
There was also a trend for a different effective mechanical advan-
tage between 65% and 75% (p = 0.051). Conclusions: As lift
the TM
| www.nsca.com
weight increased from 65% to 85% of 1-RM, lifters also increased
the effective mechanical advantage of the knee extensor muscle
group. The increase in effective mechanical advantage would allow
lifters to generate greater ground reaction forces without a concom-
itant increase in the torque production and muscular effort of the
respective muscle group. This would suggest that an increase in lift
weight is partially associated with an increase in efciency of knee
joint mechanics. Practical Applications: Lifting heavier weights
appears to be partially related to the effective mechanical advan-
tage at the knee joint. Since a change in effective mechanical
advantage affects lift efciency it may present a technical element
that could be used by coaches and sports scientists to monitor and
improve weightlifting performance.
THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FAT-MASS,
FAT-FREE MASS, AND HEART
RATE VARIABILITY
R. L. HERRON,
1
S. J. CARTER,
1
H. WILLIFORD,
2
AND M. ESCO
2
1
The University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL; and
2
Auburn
University Montgomery
Heart rate variability (HRV) is a non-invasive measure of cardiovas-
cular autonomic modulation and is growing in popularity as an
important tool to monitor the physiological outcomes associated
with exercise training. Researchers have suggested a strong
association between body composition and HRV, though the
extent of this relationship remains unclear. To date, limited research
has examined the link between fat-free mass (FFM) and HRV.
Purpose: The purpose of this study was to determine the extent
of variation in HRV that could be accounted for by FFM and fat-
mass (FM). Methods: Fifty adult men (22 6 3 yr) participated in
this study. Each subject rested in the supine position while HRV
was recorded for a 5-minute period. To measure HRV, the fre-
quency domain was used to transform the electrocardiogram
into a power spectrum. The normalized area under the high-fre-
quency (0.150.40 Hz) component was recorded and analyzed
as a marker of parasympathetic modulation. The sum of skinfolds
(7 sites) was used to determine FM and FFM. Pearson product
moment correlation procedures were used to assess the rela-
tionship between HRV (i.e., high-frequency, HF) and body com-
position (i.e., FM and FFM) parameters. Results: Data are
presented as means and SD, HF 40.0 6 19.2%, FM 9.9 6
4.8 kg, and FM 72.6 67.6 kg, respectively. The results indicated
that HF signicantly correlated with FFM (0.32, p # 0.05), but
not with FM (20.18, p . 0.05). Conclusions: These data sug-
gest a signicant relationship between FFM and HRV. Interest-
ingly, a signicant correlation between FM and HRV was not
present. Practical Applications: While the results demonstrate
a signicant relationship between FFM and HRV, more research
is needed. However, clinicians should continue to emphasize
resistance training as part of a well-balanced programas a means
to increase FFM and possibly improve HRV.
RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN ATHLETIC
PERFORMANCE AND MEASUREMENTS
RELATED TO CORE STABILITY IN
YOUNG ATHLETES
A. WALDHELM,
1
L. LI,
2
AND D. HEARD
3
1
University of the Incarnate Word, San Antonio, TX;
2
Georgia
Southern University, Statesboro, GA; and
3
Athletic Republic,
Covington, LA
Purpose: Core stability training is a common intervention used to
help improve athletic performance. It is hypothesized, a strong and
stable core will allow for efcient transfer of power from the ground
through the trunk and to the upper extremities which will improve
sports performance. Unfortunately, few studies have been per-
formed to investigate the association between athletic performance
and core stability. Therefore, the purpose of our study was to
identify relationships between athletic performance tests and meas-
urements associated with core stability (MACS) amongst young
athletes. Methods: Twenty-one individuals (12 F/9 M, 13.4 6
1.2 yr) who had not suffered an orthopedic injury in the past year
were recruited from a local sports training facility. The participants
provided informed consent as approved by the local Institutional
Review Board, prior to testing. The 9 athletic performance tests
included the vertical jump, 20-yd pro shuttle run, DSQ 1234, DSQ
1432, bilateral single leg long jump (SLLJ), 10 and 20-yd dash, and
the Cunningham and Faulkner anaerobic capacity test. The 21
MACS were grouped into 5 different categories related to strength,
muscular endurance, exibility, motor control and function. One-
tailed Pearson correlation coefcient (CC) analyses were per-
formed to estimate the relationship between athletic performance
tests and MACS. Results: Overall, the relationships between the
athletic performance tests and the MACS ranged from low, r =
0.002, to high, r = 0.761 correlations. Correlations coefcients
between the vertical jump and MACS ranged from r = 20.047
to r = 0.559, and the strongest relationship observed with right hip
abduction strength. CCs ranged from r = 0.034 to r = 20.682
between the shuttle run and the MACS, and the highest correlation
was with the right single leg side plank. CCs between the DSQ
1234 and the MACS ranged from r = 20.014 to r = 20.418 with
the strongest and only signicant correlation occurring with the left
stork test. The DSQ1432 and right hip abduction strength had the
strongest relationship amongst the MACS with CCs ranging from
r = 20.112 to r = 20.575. The right SLLJ and MACS had CCs
Abstracts
the TM
ranging from r = 0.105 to r = 0.728 with right hip abduction
strength having the strongest relationship. CCs ranged from r =
0.039 to r = 0.533 between the left SLLJ and MACS, with right
single leg side plank having the strongest relationship. CCs rang-
ing from r = 20.006 to r = 20.659 between the 10-yd dash and
the MACS, and the strongest relationship was associated with the
left isometric single leg press. The 20-yd dash had only 1 signi-
cant relationship, right hip adduction strength, and CCs ranged
from r = 0.005 to r = 20.545. Last, relationships between the
Cunningham and Falkner test, which only had 10 participants,
and the MACS ranged from r = 0.002 to r = 0.761 with the
strongest relationship occurring with trunk extension endurance.
Conclusions: The overall relationships between the athletic per-
formance tests and the MACS ranged from very low to high cor-
relations and varied between performance tests. Practical
Applications: The results indicate different components of core
stability may play a role in different athletic performance of young
athletes. Therefore, exercises which improve core stability should
be included in a sports training program.
REPEATABILITY OF 3D MARKERLESS MOTION
CAPTURE AND HOW IT COULD AFFECT
BETWEEN-SESSION TESTING
D. WASSOM,
1
A. C. FRY,
2
AND N. MOODIE
3
1
Dynamic Athletics, Lenexa, KS;
2
The University of Kansas,
Human Performance Laboratory, Lawrence, KS; and
3
Rockhurst University, Kansas City, MO
Purpose: When tracking people using motion capture technology
it is important to know that when test you willing have repeatable
results. It has been shown that marker based motion capture has
variability between-session testing with a large part of the problem
due to marker placement error. Being able to remove that variable
potentially could help between-session testing. The purpose of this
study was to test the repeatability a 3D markerless motion capture
system. Methods: One subject did 16 controlled squats in the 3D
markerless motion capture space while also being videoed. A stan-
dardized box was used to control the depth of the squat as well as
standardized distances to the box and distance between feet. Col-
lections were done on 2 separate days and additionally before each
take, the subjects biomechanical skeleton was recreated. The soft-
ware specically identied the peak joint angle of the squat as the
indicator of when values were measured. The subject paused at the
bottom of the squat before rising to allow for proper time for videos
to be taken. The left knee angle was calculated at that point. The
repeatability of the 3D markerless motion capture system was then
compared to an industry accepted video standard. Results: Coef-
cient of multiple determinations (CMD) was used to statistically
evaluate the 3D Markerless motion capture system and video. The
3D markerless motion capture system showed an R
2
equal to
(0.7712), while video had an R
2
equal to (0.7692). When compar-
ing 3D markerless motion capture to video the R
2
value was
(0.9808). Conclusions: 3D Markerless motion capture is statisti-
cally repeatable, and is as repeatable as an industry standard.
Further research needs to be done to compare 3D markerless
motion capture to 3D marker motion capture. Practical Applica-
tions: 3D markerless motion capture has the potential to remove
human error from multi-session testing. With the ultimate goal of
potentially being able to improve repeatability across multi location
data sets.
INFRASPINATUS STRENGTH ASSESSMENT:
CORRELATIONS BETWEEN FORCE
PRODUCTION AND EMG ACTIVITY
D. WITT,
1
N. TALBOTT,
1
E. THOMPSON,
1
AND
S. BELEN
1
1
University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH
Purpose: Assessment of the strength of the infraspinatus is
a common component of the examination of athletes with shoulder
pain and dysfunction. Important for stabilizing the humeral head
during overhead movements and for externally rotating the humerus
during shoulder elevation, the infraspinatus is active during multiple
motions that are required by athletes during training and competi-
tion. One common method for testing and eventually exercising the
infraspinatus is resisting external rotation with the arm at the side.
For some athletes, the infraspinatus may also be exercised and
assessed with the arm elevated to 908, a position more closely
related to the overhead requirements of various sports. Determining
the force production and the related electrical activity of the infra-
spinatus in these 2 positions will provide information that can assist
in the identication of the most appropriate methods for maximizing
force in this muscle. The purpose of this study is to determine if the
infraspinatus force production and electrical activity signicantly
change when the shoulder is moved from a neutral position to
a position of 908 of elevation in the scapular plane (scaption).
Methods: Ten shoulders from 5 healthy subjects were tested
using electromyography (EMG) and dynamometry. Surface
electrodes were applied to the infraspinatus 2 inches inferior
to the mid- third of the spine of the scapula. With the subject
sitting, the shoulder was placed in a neutral position and
resting EMG recorded. Measurements were repeated as the
subject performed a maximal isometric external rotation con-
traction against a stable dynamometer and, after resting,
a maximal isometric external rotation contraction against man-
ual resistance applied through a hand held dynamometer.
the TM
| www.nsca.com
Force was recorded during each contraction and the corre-
sponding EMG activity stored. The process was repeated
with the shoulder in a position of 908 of elevation in the scap-
ular plane. All measurements and images were taken 3 times.
EMG data was ltered and rectied with mean and maximal
activity recorded during the mid 3 seconds of the contraction.
Results: Force production was signicantly greater in the
neutral position than in a position of 908 of scaption. How-
ever, EMG activity was not signicantly different in the 2 test
positions. During maximal resistance against stable resis-
tance with the arm in a neutral position, mean EMG activity
of all subjects averaged .364 mV (SD = 0.14) which was not
signicantly different from the mean EMG activity of .280 mV
(SD = 0.09) recorded in the elevated position. Force was not
signicantly correlated with EMG activity in either position.
Conclusions: The application of maximal force signicantly
changes with shoulder position but is not signicantly related
to changes in EMG activity. Practical Applications: If max-
imal force production is a goal, it would be more advantageous
to exercise the infraspinatus in a neutral position than in a posi-
tion of scaption. Monitoring infraspinatus EMG activity is not
supported as a measurement of maximal force production.
INFLUENCE OF OPPOSITION ON GAME PLAY
INTENSITY DURING WOMENS NATIONAL
LEAGUE FIELD HOCKEY
A. WHITE,
1
AND N. MACFARLANE
1
1
University of Glasgow, Lanarkshire, UK
Introduction: Anecdotally,
teams are thought to drop the
intensity of game play when com-
peting against lower level opposi-
tion and vice versa. This study
aims to demonstrate whether this
is true in national league eld
hockey. Methods: A mid-placed
team in the rst division of
a national eld hockey league
was selected for this observational
study. Sixteen female eld hockey
players (age range 1935 yrs)
were studied (giving 78 player
analyses over 8 games). Playing
activity was recorded using a 5-
Hz global positioning system.
Markers of game play intensity (i.
e. distance covered, meterage,
player load, efforts in speed zones,
percentage time in speed zones and distance covered in speed
zones) were compared in competitive matches. League position
after 8 matches in the current season determined opposition team
ranking. Results: Table 1 shows Pearson correlation coefcient
and regressions analysis results for all parameters. Distance, me-
terage and player load were all negatively correlated with opposi-
tion ranking. R-squared values for accelerations over 4 m$s
22
and
work-to-rest ratio were both greater than 50% and reached statis-
tical signicance (p # 0.05). Discussion: These data show dis-
tance covered, meterage, player load, accelerations over 4 m$s
22
and work-to-rest ratio are inuenced by the ranking of the opposi-
tion during competition. Where the ranking of the opposition is
lower then the intensity of game play in the higher ranking team
is reduced and vice versa. Practical Applications: In teamsports,
a signicant portion of training load is associated with game play
during the playing season (and perhaps more so in amateur sport).
These data suggest that higher ranked teams may drop their inten-
sity of game play against lower ranking opposition and compromise
their estimated training load during that micro-cycle. These data are
important for coaches and conditioning practitioners to consider
when periodizing training throughout a competitive season.
COMPARISON OF A HYDRAULIC RESISTANCE
TRAINING SYSTEM AND TYPICAL MUSCULAR
STRENGTH AND CARDIOVASCULAR TRAINING
PROTOCOLS IN WOMEN
L. CARSON,
1
P. FALCONE,
1
C. TAI,
1
M. KIM,
1
J. MOON
1
Abstracts
the TM
1
Lexington, KY
Many innovative exercise devices are emerging from the
traditional treadmill, bike, and weights. Some systems, such as
a hydraulic resistance platform (HRP), strive to provide a cardio-
vascular benet while adhering to a resistance exercise protocol.
It is important to determine if these types of devices can provide
the same cardiovascular benet or caloric expenditure as
traditional workouts. Purpose: The purpose of this investigation
is to determine the caloric expenditure and anaerobic demand
during a typical 30 minute workout using the HRP compared to
a standard strength training session and typical cardiovascular
training sessions lasting around 30 minutes. Methods: This
study followed a repeated measure design and consisted of
11 physically active women (30 6 4 yrs; 66.5 6 2 in;
137.5 6 13.5 lbs.) Every participant completed 4 separate exer-
cise protocols at least 48 hours apart. Each protocol lasted
30 minutes and were performed in the following order: treadmill,
elliptical, HRP, and weights. Subjects completed a choice reac-
tion time protocol as a warm up and cool down using 2 reaction
time devices. The metabolic data were captured by a portable
metabolic cart. The outcomes of interest were the rate of per-
ceived exertion, heart rate, grams of carbohydrates and fat
burned per minute, and total calories burned per minute.
Results: Regarding rate of perceived exertion, HRP
(16.3 6 1.3) was signicantly (p # 0.05) higher than tread-
mill (11.4 6 1.0), elliptical (11.5 6 1.2) and weights (13.1 6
2.3). Heart rate was signicantly (p # 0.05) higher in HRP
(136.8 6 15.5 bpm) than weights (107.5 6 18.3 bpm), but
not signicantly different compared to treadmill (132.6 6
5.1 bpm) or elliptical (132.2 6 4.4 bpm). The average grams
of carbohydrate burned were signicantly (p # 0.05) higher
in HRP (1.7 6 0.4 g$min
21
), compared to treadmill (1.2 6
0.3 g$min
21
) and weights (1.0 6 0.3 g$min
21
), but not sig-
nicantly different than elliptical (1.3 6 0.3 g$min
21
). The
grams of fat burned per minute were signicantly (p # 0.05)
higher in HRP (0.09 6 0.03 g$min
21
) than weights (0.02 6 0.01
g$min
21
), but were signicantly (p # 0.05) lower compared to
treadmill (0.3 6 0.1 g$min
21
), elliptical (0.3 6 0.1 g$min
21
). Total
calories burned per minute were signicantly (p # 0.05) higher in
HRP (7.6 6 1.4 kcal$min
21
) than weights (4.3 61.2 kcal$min
21
),
but not signicantly different compared to treadmill (7.5 6 0.8
kcal$min
21
) and elliptical (7.9 6 0.8 kcal$min
21
). Conclusions:
Though the rate of perceived exertion was increased using an
HRP, heart rate, grams of carbohydrates, grams of fat and total
calories were not signicantly different compared to running or
elliptical training lasting around 30 minutes. Practical Applica-
tions: An exercise protocol using a hydraulic resistance system
may provide cardiovascular benets similar to a typical cardio
workout, as well as the skeletal and muscular benets of a typical
weight training protocol. Acknowledgments: This investigation
was supported by funding from Surge Performance Training Inc.
LONGITUDINAL TRACKING OF MAXIMUM
SQUAT, BENCH PRESS, AND POWER CLEAN
PERFORMANCE IN MALE HIGH
SCHOOL ATHLETES
J. A. BUSH,
1
J. MCFARLAND,
2
R. HERMAN,
2
N. A. RATAMESS,
1
J. KANG,
1
S. KLEI,
1
AND
A. D. FAIGENBAUM
1
1
The College of New Jersey, Ewing Township, NJ; and
2
Hillsborough High School, NJ, Hillsborough
A growing number of young athletes are resistance training in
school- and community-based programs. While regular participa-
tion in age-related resistance training programs can enhance
muscular tness, only limited data are available on longitudinal
changes in strength and power in adolescent athletes. Moreover,
the use of 1 repetition maximum (RM) testing to assess muscular
tness in young athletes remains contentious. Purpose: To assess
the maximal muscular tness prole of healthy adolescent athletes
who participated in a strength and conditioning programover a 3-yr
period. Additionally, we assessed the level of self-reported injuries
during these 3 yrs. Methods: Performance data from15 male high
school athletes (age range 1518 yr) who participated in football
and track and eld were analyzed in this retrospective longitudinal
study. Each subjects 1 RM data on the squat, bench press and
power clean exercises which were assessed under qualied super-
vision during the offseason phase of training during a 3 yr study
period (Y1, Y2, Y3) were used for analysis. Subjects participated in
a periodized strength and conditioning programabout 3 to 4 times/
wk for 40 wks/year. The supervised training program focused on
enhancing technical prociency on various weightlifting move-
ments, plyometric drills and resistance training exercises, and the
training intensity gradually progressed to 7095% 1 RM depend-
ing on the phase of the training cycle and sport participation.
Dependent variables of strength and power over Y1-Y3 were ana-
lyzed using a GLM regression with pair-wise comparisons across
Y1-Y3. Signicance was set at p # 0.05. Results: Youth were
considered of good health: There was a signicant (p = 0.00)
increase (+19%, +13%) in 1 RM bench press from Y1-Y3 &
Y2-Y3 respectively with no signicant change from Y1-Y2 (p =
0.06). There was a signicant (p = 0.02) increase (+16%,
+15%) in 1 RM squat from Y1-Y3 & Y2-Y3, respectively, with
no change fromY1-Y2. There was a signicant (p = 0.01) increase
(+7%, +17%, 10%) in 1 RMpower clean Y1-Y2, Y1-Y3, & Y2-Y3,
respectively. No injuries resulting from 1RM testing or resistance
training were reported. Conclusion: Regular participation in
a long-term strength and conditioning program that includes
the TM
| www.nsca.com
periodic 1 RM assessments can be a safe and effective activity for
adolescent athletes provided the program is characterized by qual-
ied instruction and periodized training. While there was a signi-
cant increase in strength and power over the 3-year training period,
performance gains were most apparent during the second and
third year of training which followed the initial phase of training that
focused on developing movement pattern efciency. Data from this
longitudinal study provide useful information for youth coaches and
pediatrics researchers who monitor training-induced changes in
muscular tness and design long-termresistance training programs
for young athletes.
CONSTRUCT VALIDITY OF TRADITIONAL
AND ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF
SCORING PULL-UPS
J. CLEMONS,
1
C. THOMPSON,
2
J. GUILLORY,
3
E. ROBERTS,
3
AND K. BUTEAU
3
1
Department of Kinesiology, University of Louisiana at
Lafayette;
2
Universithy of Louisiana at Lafayette; and
3
University of Louisiana at Lafayette
Purpose: The purpose of this investigation was to examine the
construct validity of 3 different methods of scoring pull-ups (PU):
the traditional method of counting only full range of motion (ROM)
pull-ups, fractional PUs (i.e., 0.25, 0.5, 0.75 of the ROM) using the
elbowangle as a reference but without a goniometer, and PU work
(NM). Methods: Seventeen college age males (23.5 yrs.6 7.91)
enrolled in university weight training classes volunteered to partic-
ipate. The fractional PU method credited participants on the last
partial PU by awarding 0.25 points if an estimated elbow angle ,
180 but . 95 was reached. A half point (0.5) was given for elbow
angles between 958 and 858 of elbow exion (i.e.,908 6 58) and
0.75 points if elbow angles, at the point of failure, were less than
858 but short of lifting the chin above the bar. Four independent
testers scored the fractional PU to determine if inter-rater reliability
might be achieved. Only 1 PU test was necessary in that traditional
and fractional PU scores were derived simultaneously. Both tradi-
tional and fractional work were computed using the formula: PU
Work in NM = #pull-ups vertical distance in m. body mass 9.81).
Pearson correlation was used to compare scores acquired using
each method to 3 commonly accepted criterion measures: abso-
lute strength (i.e., a 1 repetition maximum [1RM] lat pull down),
relative strength (1 RM$Body Mass
21
) and relative muscle endur-
ance (i.e., repetitions to failure at 75% of the 1RM). Inter-rater
reliability for the fractional method was examined using 4 indepen-
dent testers with data analyzed using Intraclass Correlation (ICC).
The alternative hypotheses to the null were 2 tailed at a Bonferroni
adjusted alpha level of 0.0042 based on 12 relationships of inter-
est. The PU, 1RM and 75% 1RM tests were separated by no less
than 4 days and no more than a week. The 1 RM attempts were
preceded by 2 unsupervised sets of 50% and 6080% of a par-
ticipant estimated 1RM. Independent warm-ups were used for the
remaining tests. Results: Inter-rater reliability for the fractional
scoring method was excellent (ICC = 0.999). The weakest rela-
tionships were between the 1 RM and traditional and fractional
scoring methods (r = 0.28, p = 0.27); however, both correlated
strongly with relative strength (i.e., 0.86; p = 0.0000). PU frac-
tional work showed a moderate relationship (r = 0.50) with the
1RM; however, it failed to be signicant at the adjusted alpha
level. Both PU work methods correlated strongly with relative
strength but dropped to 0.82 (p ,0.0001). The strongest relation-
ship with the 1RM was found using linear regression with body
mass and fractional PU work used as co-predictors (R = 0.87; p ,
0.0001): 1 RM Lat Pull Down = (Pull-up fractional work 0.004) +
(0.733 Body Mass) + 20.672; SEE = 5.727 kg. Conclusions:
Traditional and fractional PU test scores are valid measures of
relative strength; however, they are poor indicators of absolute
strength. When pull-up scores are transformed to work; the rela-
tionship strengthens with the 1RM, but the shared variance rises to
only 25%. Traditional and fractional work; however, when consid-
ered along with body weight results in R values of 0.85 and 0.86,
respectively (p , 0.0000) and predictions that are not signicantly
different from the actual 1RM. Practical Applications: Properly
scored and interpreted, PU tests can be valid estimates of either
absolute and/or relative strength.
PERFORMANCE MOUTHPIECE IMPROVES
X-FACTOR IN YOUNG AND OLD GOLFERS
W. D. DUDGEON,
1
D. GARNER,
1
E. MCDIVITT,
1
B. HEPNER,
1
AND T. P. SCHEETT
2
1
The Citadel, Charleston, SC; and
2
College of Charleston,
Charleston, SC
Introduction: Jim McLeans X-Factor is a metric used by golf-
ers and instructors to gauge separation of the hips and should-
ers at the top of the backswing. It has been shown that a greater
X-Factor results in greater club head velocity. Fitness compo-
nents such as exibility, stability, and core strength are the major
contributing factors in loading certain torso muscles to maximize
the torso-pelvic separation. The Armourbite lower mouthpiece
(MP) has been shown to positively affect many aspects of
human performance, thus it may inuence the X-Factor. Pur-
pose: The purpose of this study was to determine the effects of
Armourbite MP use on the X-Factor. Methods: Ten collegiate male
golfers (20.9 6 0.8 yrs.) and 14 recreational golfers (30.6 6 7.0
yrs.) performed 10 drives (5 with and 5 without MP) with random
treatment order while wearing the iClub Motion Capture System
which was integrated to a PC providing results from each swing.
Abstracts
the TM
Results: The collegiate golfers had signicant differences in X-
factor (p = 0.02, 41.8 6 7.5, MP vs. 40.4 6 7.5, No MP), Max
X-Factor (p = 0.03, 45.6 6 9.1, MP vs. 43.9 6 8.5, No MP),
Shoulder Rotation at Top (p = 0.03, 290.0 6 7.1, MP vs.
287.2 6 5.9, No MP), and Max Hip Speed (p = 0.002, 461.0
6 46.7, MP vs. 449.9 6 43.3, No MP). Only with Total Hip
Rotation (p = 0.056, 108.8 6 14.2, MP vs. 106.9 6 13.9, No
MP) was there a trend for signicance with the recreational group.
There were no differences in either group individually or combined
regarding Total Shoulder Rotation, Hip Rotation at Top, and Max
Shoulder Speed. Conclusion: Data suggests that the mouth-
piece may be helpful to improve parameters of golf performance
in collegiate athletes.
COMPARISON OF A HYDRAULIC RESISTANCE
TRAINING SYSTEM AND TYPICAL MUSCULAR
STRENGTH AND CARDIOVASCULAR TRAINING
PROTOCOLS IN MEN
P. FALCONE,
1
L. CARSON,
1
C. TAI,
1
M. KIM,
1
AND
J. MOON
1
1
Lexington, KY
Strength training and cardiovascular training are 2 essential
components of a well-rounded exercise regimen; however, these
2 types of exercise are traditionally performed separately. Some
new technologies have sought to provide a cardiovascular
benet while using resistance training methods. Purpose: The
purpose of this study was to determine the caloric expenditure
and anaerobic demand during a 30 minute workout using
a hydraulic resistance system (HRS), compared to a standard
strength training session and typical cardiovascular training ses-
sions lasting around 30 minutes. Methods: Using a repeated
within-subjects design, 9 recreationally trained men (25 6 7
years; 181.6 6 7.6 cm; 86.6 6 7.5 kg) completed 4 exercise
sessions lasting around 30 minutes each. Metabolic data were
measured with a mobile metabolic system. On the rst day of
testing, subjects ran on a treadmill at 70% maximum heart rate
for 30 minutes. Before and after the running session, subjects
performed a moderate warm-up and identical cool-down session
on 2 reaction time devices. Subjects were also tested for their
1RM values and were familiarized with the HRS (Surge 360).
The next 3 sessions consisted of the same warm-up and
cool-down sessions, as well as these 3 training sessions for
30 minutes in the following order: bike at 70% maximum heart
rate, HRS, and strength training with 3 sets of 6 exercises at
70% 1RM. Food intake and exercise were identical 48 hours
prior to each testing session. Variables analyzed were heart rate,
rate of perceived exertion, calories burned, fat grams, and car-
bohydrate grams. Results: The HRS signicantly (p # 0.05)
increased calories burned per minute (12.62 62.36 kcal$min
21
)
compared to treadmill (9.48 6 1.30 kcal$min
21
), bike (9.23 6
1.25 kcal$min
21
), and weights (8.83 6 1.55 kcal$min
21
). Heart
rate also signicantly increased (p # 0.05) on the HRS
(156.0 6 9.3 bpm) compared to treadmill (137.2 6 4.6 bpm),
bike (138.1 6 5.9 bpm) and weights (137.7 6 15.8 bpm). The
rate of perceived exertion was signicantly (p # 0.05) higher with
the HRS (15.8 6 1.9) compared to the treadmill (9.9 6 1.8), bike
(10.9 61.2) and weights (12.8 62.3). The grams of carbohydrate
burned per minute were signicantly (p # 0.05) higher with the
HRS (2.98 6 0.59 g$min
21
) compared to the treadmill (1.74 6
0.44 g$min
21
), bike (1.97 6 0.45 g$min
21
) and weights (2.15 6
0.40 g$min
21
). Conclusion: The HRS signicantly increased total
calories burned, grams of carbohydrate burned, heart rate and rate
of perceived exertion in men, compared to typical cardio workouts
(running or cycling) and a weight training lasting around 30 mi-
nutes. Practical Applications: An exercise protocol using
a hydraulic resistance system may provide the cardiovascular ben-
ets of a typical cardio workout as well as the skeletal and mus-
cular benets of a typical weight training protocol.
Acknowledgments: This investigation was supported by funding
from Surge Performance Training Inc.
VALIDITY AND RELIABILITY OF CRITICAL
STROKE RATE DURING UPPER-BODY
ERGOMETRY ESTIMATED FROM
A THREE-MINUTE ALL-OUT EXERCISE BOUT
D. H. FUKUDA,
1
K. L. KENDALL,
2
A. E. SMITH-RYAN,
3
R. P. HETRICK,
4
M. E. WRAY,
5
AND J. R. STOUT
6
1
Creighton University, Omaha, NE;
2
Georgia Southern
University, Statesboro, GA;
3
University of North Carolina
Chapel Hill;
4
Fitness One;
5
Lifetime Fitness; and
6
University
of Central Florida, Orlando, FL
A 3-minute all-out exercise test (3MT) has recently shown to
provide values similar to the traditional multi-trial approach
when estimating critical power during cycling and rowing.
The critical power concept, which highlights the work-time
relationship, has also been applied to swimming and table ten-
nis to determine critical stroke rate (CSR), or the frequency
value at which exercise can be maintained for an extended
period of time with minimal fatigue. Limited research exists
regarding the work-time relationship during upper body domi-
nant exercise. Furthermore, the determination of CSR has yet
to be examined during a 3MT. Purpose: To examine the val-
idity and reliability of CSR during upper-body ergometry using
a within subject, repeated measures design. Methods:
the TM
| www.nsca.com
Fourteen recreationally active participants (mean 6 SD; age:
22.14 6 2.85 yrs; height: 177.09 6 6.57 cm; weight: 85.68
6 13.56 kg) completed 3 testing visits. All testing was con-
ducted using an upper-body ergometer (SkiErg, Concept2,
Inc., Morrisville, VT, USA) with a damper setting of 4, equivalent
to a drag factor of approximately 66. Each testing session was
separated by 2448 hrs. Visit 1 and Visit 2 included separate
3MT sessions to determine the average stroke rate (strokes
per minute; spm) over the nal 30 s of exercise (Visit 1:
CSR
3MT1
; Visit 2: CSR
3MT2
). Visit 3 consisted of 3 time trials
completed in a single day at distances of 300 m, 650 m, and
1000 m to estimate CSR using linear (total strokes vs. time;
CSR
LIN
) and non-linear (time vs. stroke rate; CSR
NL
) regres-
sion models. Repeated measures analysis of variance, with
post hoc testing, was used to determine differences in CSR
during Visits 13, as well as the average stroke rate during
30 s intervals of the 3 MTs. The intraclass correlation coef-
cient (ICC), standard error of measurement (SEM), p- val-
ues were used to assess the reliability of CSR
3MT1
and
CSR
3MT2
. Results: Estimates of CSR
3MT1
(45.6 6
6.5 spm), CSR
3MT2
(45.0 6 7.0 spm), CSR
LIN
(47.2 6
6.6 spm), and CSR
NL
(44.5 6 5.6 spm) were not signi-
cantly different (p = 0.370). The stroke rate during the Visit
1 3MT decreased from the initial 030 s interval (;60.7
spm) until the 120150 s interval (46.4 spm), and remained
constant through the nal 150180 s interval (45.3 spm).
The stroke rate during Visit 2 decreased after the initial 60s
(030 s: 60.7 spm; 3060 s: 57.7 spm) and remained con-
stant through the 60150 s intervals, then decreased further
during the nal 150180 s interval (44.7 spm). The ICC,
SEM, p-values for CSR from the 3 MTs were 0.774 3.21
spm, and 0.645, respectively. The time trial durations from
Visit 3 were 64.3 6 3.2 s for 300 m, 153.4 6 10.9 s for 650
m, and 248.2 6 77.1 s for 1000 m. Conclusion: The esti-
mation of CSR from an upper-body ergometry 3 MT demon-
strated concurrent-validity when compared to the traditional
multi-trial method. Furthermore, CSR estimation from a single
exercise bout demonstrated moderate reliability and a SEM
that was ;7% of the mean CSR values. Further research is
needed to determine if 3 minutes is the appropriate duration
of all-out exercise to produce steady-state stroke rate values.
Practical Applications: The calculation of CSR during
upper-body exercise using the 3MT may be useful in the
assessment of athletes (cross-country skiing, combat sports,
sailing), those with adapted exercise needs (wheel-chair
bound, disability), and those with limited mobility (rehabilitation,
overweight/obese). Acknowledgments: Concept2, Inc. sup-
plied the SkiErg used in this investigation.
USING THREE-MINUTE STEP TEST TO
PREDICT MAXIMAL OXYGEN CONSUMPTION IN
OLDER ADULTS
C. LEE,
1
H. HUANG,
2
Y. KUO,
2
M. LEE,
3
AND
C. CHENG
4
1
Center for General Education, National Sun Yat-sen
University, Kaohsiung, Taiwan;
2
Department of Physical
Education / National Taiwan Normal University, Taipei City,
Taiwan;
3
Department of Recreational Sports Management /
Yu Da University, Chaochiao Township, Taiwan; and
4
Department of Athletic Performance, National Taiwan
Normal University, Taipei City, Taiwan
Background: Some studies have examined the 6-minute walk
test, as a common measurement in cardiorespiratory tness, but
few studies have investigated the cardiorespiratory capacity and
physiological responses in the relation to the 3-minute step test for
older adults. Purpose: To investigate the relation between maximal
oxygen consumption (V
_
O
2
max) and physiological responses of the
3-minute step test (3MST) for older adults. Methods: Forty healthy
participants (20 males and 20 females, age: 68 6 6 yrs) without
disability, or any cognitive barriers. The participants completed this
randomized and counterbalanced experimental design, which
included the 3MST (a step cadence for 20 times/minute and step
heights for 20 cm and 25 cm), and the graded exercise test on the
treadmill. A correlation between heart rate and V
_
O
2
max was deter-
mined by Pearson correlation coefcient, and the predictive formula
of V
_
O
2
maxwas determined by linear regression analysis. To predict
tness index was using the 3MST. Results: V
_
O
2
max were 26.6 6
4.1 and 27.8 6 5.6 ml$kg
21
$min
21
in female and male, respec-
tively. There was a signicantly positive correlation, and coefcient
between V
_
O
2
max and 25 cmstep test in peak oxygen consumption
(r = 0.55, p #0.05) and in peak heart rate (r = 0.36, p #0.05), but
there was not a signicantly correlation between V
_
O
2
max and t-
ness index from HR
recovery
after 3MST (r = 20.18, p . 0.05).
Linear regression analyses identied that 3MST can explain only
1% of the HR
recovery
with a moderate standard error of estimate
(;4.8%); however, the different stages of heart rate during the
3MST can explain 36% and 40% variance for the V
_
O
2
max with
step height 20 cmand 25 cm, respectively. Conclusions: Predict-
ing the V
_
O
2
max from HR
recovery
after the 3MST might be a lower
explanation of the variation in older adults (. 65 years), thus indi-
cating the absence of a true physiological cause-effect relationship.
Practical Applications: We suggested that 3MST was not
a good method for estimating V
_
O
2
max, and increase in sample
would be necessary in the further study. Acknowledgments:
We would like to thank all participants for their effort in the study.
The study was supported by grant of NSC100-2410-H-412-007.
Abstracts
the TM
PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS OF PROFESSIONAL
RUGBY UNION USING GLOBAL POSITIONING
SYSTEMS AND INTEGRATED ACCELEROMETRY
C. MCLELLAN,
1
S. COAD,
1
D. MARSH,
2
M. LIESCHKE,
2
AND B. GRAY
1
1
Bond University, Robina, Australia; and
2
Queensland Reds
Rugby Union, Brisbane, Australia
Professional Rugby Union (RU) match-play encompassing
repeated bouts of high intensity exercise, frequent blunt force
trauma associated with high intensity impacts experienced by
players during match-play collisions that is separated by periods
of low-intensity activity. Quantication of repeated high intensity
running that includes rapid acceleration (.2.5 m$s
22
) and sprint-
ing efforts (.22 km$h
21
), and repeated high intensity impacts (.
8.0 G), provides insight into the characteristics of competitive
performance that can be used to examine the acute and short
term post-match fatigue prole of players. Global Positioning Sys-
tems (GPS) and integrated tri-axial accelerometry are currently the
predominant portable match-play analysis system used in elite
Rugby to examine the neuromuscular and physiological demands
of competition. Purpose: To determine the effect of repeated
high intensity impact on high intensity running performance in elite
RU match-play. Methods: Five (5) elite RU players whom com-
peted in the 2012 Super Rugby premiership were monitored for
the regular season period of match-play using GPS receivers and
integrated accelerometry presenting 55 data sets for analysis
(backs n = 34, forwards n = 21). Data was categorised in rst
and second halves of match-play. Correlation analyses were con-
ducted to investigate relationships between frequency of high
intensity impacts, high intensity running during each half of
match-play. Results: A signicant negative correlation was found
for high intensity impacts sustained during the rst half of match-
play and the frequency of second half sprinting movements. Spe-
cically zone 6 impacts (. 10G) experienced by players during
the rst half had a negative inuence on second half total sprint
(Zone 6) distance r = 20.42 (p #0.05), the number of sprints r =
20.31 (p # 0.05), average sprint distance r = 20.45 (p # 0.05),
and average velocity after rapid acceleration r = 20.38 (p #
0.05). No signicant correlation was found between frequency
of rst half heavy impact collisions and second half acceleration
efforts. Conclusions: The present study provides insight into the
high intensity nature of elite Rugby competition incorporating
accelerometer and GPS technology to establish key performance
indicators of match-play. The results identify signicant negative
inuence of repeated high intensity impacts experienced by play-
ers during collisions associated with offense and defense match-
play characteristics on high intensity running and sprinting proles
during the second half of match-play. Practical Applications:
Repeated blunt force trauma associated with high intensity match-
play collisions are a fundamental characteristics of elite Rugby
match-play. Accordingly, the inuence of repeated high intensity
collisions experienced by players during the rst half of competi-
tion are likely to inuence the high intensity running prole of
players during the later stages of completion. Coaches and con-
ditioning staff should therefore consider the inclusion of simulated
match-play and training activities that incorporate repeated high
intensity collisions to replicate aerobic and anaerobic energy sys-
tem demands and simulate the requirements of competition to
improve player preparedness and optimise on eld performance.
TEST-RETEST RELIABILITY OF
A COMMERCIALLY DESIGNED DEVICE FOR
ASSESSING SWAY INDEX DURING THE
MODIFIED CLINICAL TEST OF SENSORY
INTEGRATION AND BALANCE
T. B. PALMER,
1
M. J. HAWKEY,
1
R. M. THIELE,
1
D. B. SMITH,
1
E. C. CONCHOLA,
1
B. M. ADAMS,
1
K. AKEHI,
1
AND B. J. THOMPSON
1
1
There has been a recent interest in the use of commercially
designed devices for assessing sway index (SI) during the modied
clinical test of sensory integration and balance (m-CTSIB). As
a result, it may be of great importance to propose and examine the
reliability of SI using these devices in conjunction with the m-
CTSIB, so that future studies can determine the minimum sample
sizes necessary for observing real differences with adequate
statistical power. Purpose: To determine the test-retest reliability
of a commercially designed device for assessing SI during the m-
CTSIB. Methods: Seventeen NCAA Division I female soccer play-
ers (mean 6 SD, age = 19 6 1 yr; mass = 63 6 8 kg; and height
= 163 65 cm) participated in this investigation. Participants visited
the laboratory 3 times, separated by 25 days at approximately the
same time of day (62hr). During the rst visit, participants became
familiar with testing procedures. During the second and third visits,
participants performed 2 m-CTSIB assessments, with the average
of the 2 assessments being used for data analyses. For each
m-CTSIB assessment, participants removed footwear and posi-
tioned their feet on the device platform in a comfortable stance
width. Foot position was recorded using coordinates on the plat-
forms grid to ensure the same stance for each assessment. Par-
ticipants placed their hands on their hips and maintained a steady
upright posture throughout testing. Each m-CTSIB assessment
consisted of 4, 20-second stance conditions differing in somato-
sensory and visual input (condition 1eyes open rm surface, con-
dition 2eyes closed rm surface, condition 3eyes open foam
the TM
| www.nsca.com
surface, and condition 4eyes closed foam surface). SI repre-
sented the postural sway from the center point of the participants
stance and was calculated and displayed by the commercial device
for each condition. The intraclass correlation coefcient (ICC,
model 2,k), the standard error of measurement (SEM), and
the minimal difference (MD) needed to be considered real were
calculated across the nal 2 visits to asses reliability for SI during
each condition. Systematic variability in SI for each condition was
examined using separate one-way repeated measures ANOVAs.
Results: The reliability statistics for SI during the m-CTSIB as-
sessments are displayed in Table 1. Conclusions: The ANOVA
results indicated no systematic variability in SI across visits (p .
0.05). Relative consistency was moderate with ICC values rang-
ing between 0.540.79, and absolute consistency was low with
SEM values (expressed as a percentage of the mean) ranging
between 11.120.1%. MD values ranged between 0.2400.671.
Practical Applications: These ndings demonstrate that these
commercially designed devices may be reliable for measuring SI
during a m-CTSIB assessment.
STRENGTH CAPACITY IS INDEPENDENTLY
ASSOCIATED WITH LOWER CARDIOMETABOLIC
RISK IN ADOLESCENTS
M. D. PETERSON,
1
W. SALTERELLI,
2
P. S. VISICH,
3
AND P. GORDON
1
1
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI;
2
Central Michigan
University, Mt. Pleasant, MI; and
3
University of New
England, Biddeford, ME
Purpose: Emerging evidence has demonstrated a role for resis-
tance training and strength preservation in the protection against
cardiometabolic disease in adults. The purpose of this study was
to determine the sex-specic independent association between
muscular strength and cardiometabolic risk in a large cohort
(n = 1409) of sixth grade adolescents. Methods: Principal com-
ponent analysis (PCA) was used to determine the pattern of risk
clustering and to derive a continuous aggregate score (MetScore)
from the following standard cardiometabolic risk components:
waist circumference (WC), fasting glucose, blood pressure,
plasma triglycerides levels, and HDL-cholesterol. Sex-stratied risk
and MetScore were assessed using general linear models for
association with age, body composition (percent fat), cardiorespi-
ratory tness (CRF), and muscular strength capacity (normalized
for body mass). Results: In both boys (n = 663) and girls (n =
746), age, CRF, percent fat, and strength were all individually
correlated with multiple risk components, as well as the overall
MetScore. However, in the adjusted model it was normalized
strength capacity that emerged as the best predictor of MetScore
for both boys (b = 24.53; p , 0.0001) and girls (b = 23.593; p
, 0.0001). WC was the strongest loading coefcient within the
PCA-derived MetScore outcome. Conclusions: These ndings
reveal that strength-to-body mass ratio is independently associ-
ated with lower cardiometabolic risk in adolescent boys and girls.
Moreover, WC was associated with all cardiometabolic risk fac-
tors and carried the strongest loading coefcient within the Met-
Score outcome. Practical Applications: Previous research
has demonstrated the value of strength training to improve
cardiometabolic risk in adults. This current study is one of
the largest epidemiological investigations to reveal a robust
Abstracts
the TM
association between strength capacity in adolescents and an
aggregated cardiometabolic risk prole, even after adjusting
for other well-known clinical predictors, i.e., body composition
and cardiorespiratory tness. This nding serves to bolster
the importance of early strength acquisition, as well as the
simultaneous need to identify optimal behavioral interventions
to reduce risk for abdominal obesity. Acknowledgments:
Funding for this project was provided by Memorial Healthcare
Foundation, Owosso, MI.
COMPETITION PERFORMANCE BASED ON
LEVEL IN COMPULSORY FEMALE GYMNASTS
A. R. RUSSELL,
1
H. WILLIFORD,
1
G. SCHAEFER,
2
AND M. ESCO
1
1
2
Montgomery
Female artistic gymnasts in the United States (levels 1 through
6) are considered compulsory gymnasts. All gymnasts at the
same compulsory level (LV) perform the same predetermined
routines. Because LV is based on ability, even though skill
difculty increases with LV, it would be expected that all-
around competition scores (AA) would be similar for each LV.
However, many in the gymnastics community maintain that AA
varies by LV, with level 6 gymnasts scoring lower than
gymnasts in other compulsory levels, though there is currently
no scientic research to support this anecdotal hypothesis.
Purpose: The purpose of this investigation was to determine
the difference in AA between level 4, 5, and 6 compulsory
female gymnasts. Methods: Four-hundred and thirty eight
level 4 to 6 gymnasts from 4 states who competed in their
compulsory championships were randomly selected for data
analysis. The AA score for each gymnast was obtained from
www.mymeetscores.com, a public website that publishes meet
results from many USA Gymnastics sanctioned events. The AA
scores were examined across levels 4 to 6. Results: Mean AA
by level was as follows: level 4 (n = 243) 34.73 62.01; level 5
(n = 130) 34.75 6 1.55; and level 6 (n = 64) 34.78 6 1.35.
There was no signicant difference between the AA scores (p
. 0.05). Conclusions: This investigation suggests that AA
scores do not differ among compulsory female gymnasts
between levels 4, 5, and 6. Practical Applications: This
study indicates that AA is not affected by LV. As LV is deter-
mined by ability, drops in AA at a higher LV may be the result of
improper LV placement for ability. Practitioners should carefully
evaluate their athletes to insure appropriate LV placement.
PERCEIVED BELIEFS OF SAFETY PROCEDURE
DEVELOPMENT AMONG HIGH SCHOOL
ATHLETIC AND CONDITIONING COACHES
G. SCHAEFER,
1
M. ESCO,
2
A. R. RUSSELL,
2
AND
B. NICKERSON
2
1
Auburn University at Montgomery; and
2
Auburn University
Montgomery
Of the countless number of injuries occurring in high school
athletic and conditioning settings, many can be prevented
with adequate safety protocol. The safety culture within an
organization, such as a high school sports program, may
inuence the behavior of employees regarding safety and
can contribute to the incidence of injury within the program.
Purpose: The purpose of this study was to explore the per-
ceived beliefs of safety procedure development among ath-
letic and conditioning coaches within high school sports
programs. Methods: The Recreational Sports Safety Cul-
ture Questionnaire, which was a previously developed web-
based survey, was distributed to 1425 high school athletic
and condition coaches via e-mail. A total of 124 surveys were
completed (response rate 8.7%). Under the construct pro-
active safety priority, participants addressed the statement
employees are seldom asked for input when safety proce-
dures are developed. Of the 114 usable responses, 8.8%
strongly agreed, 16.7% agreed, 16.7% somewhat agreed,
14.9% somewhat disagreed, 30.7% disagreed and 12.3%
strongly disagreed. Participants also addressed the state-
ment employees get little recognition for new safety ideas.
Of the 115 usable responses to the question, 9.6% strongly
agreed, 15.7% agreed, 13% somewhat agreed, 19.1%
somewhat disagreed, 35.7% disagreed and 7% strongly dis-
agreed. Conclusions: This study showed that athletic and con-
ditioning coaches in high schools have varied beliefs of safety
procedure development. Over 38% of the coaches surveyed
feel that they get little recognition for new safety ideas. In addi-
tion, over 42% of the coaches surveyed believe their input for
new safety ideas is not solicited. Practical Applications:
Administrators of high school sports programs should be aware
of the results of this study when developing safety protocol for
their athletic and conditioning programs. Athletic and condition-
ing coaches should be respected as an integral part of establish-
ing safety procedures. Their knowledge of the dangers involved
with physical activity is vital when generating a culture of safety.
Further study is needed to investigate why so many athletic and
conditioning coaches believe that they have little input or
get little recognition for safety procedure development or new
safety ideas.
the TM
| www.nsca.com
COACHED AND PERIODIZED EXERCISE
TRAINING YIELDS SUPERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
IN LEAN BODY MASS COMPARED WITH
SELF-DIRECTED TRAINING IN HEALTH
CLUB MEMBERS
T. STORER,
1
B. DOLEZAL,
1
M. BERENC,
2
J. TIMMONS,
3
AND C. B. COOPER
1
1
Division of Pulmonary Medicine/University of California
Los Angeles;
2
Equinox Fitness Clubs; and
3
Division of
Endocrinology, Diabetes & Hypertension/University of
California Los Angeles
Background: A variety of exercise training methods are avail-
able for improving health- and performance-related tness.
However, it has not been established whether personal trainers
(coaches) applying tness club structured but individualized
exercise training to members yield superior results when com-
pared with equivalent amounts of self-directed training.
Purpose: We tested the hypothesis that subjects randomized
to a tness club personal coaching method (COACHED) would
accrue signicantly greater lean body mass (LBM) than those
randomized to directing their own training (SELF). Additionally,
we examined whether COACHED subjects would exhibit signif-
icantly greater improvements in other tness domains and with
adherence with the training regimen. Methods: Males, 3044
years who were members of a single Southern California tness
club and regularly exercised 57 days/month were randomized
to COACHED (N = 17) or SELF (N = 17) for 12-weeks of thrice
weekly training. COACHED subjects exercised under the direc-
tion of coaches who applied the clubs periodized training pro-
gram; SELF subjects were instructed to exercise 3 days/week
on their own. All subjects were informed that the primary objec-
tive of training was to increase LBM. Coaches were club
employees with BS or MS degrees in exercise science and
personal training certications. The primary outcome variable,
LBM, was assessed by dual-energy x-ray absorptiometry,
(DXA, Hologic 4500A, Bedford, MA, USA). Secondary out-
comes included leg press and chest press muscle strength by
1-RM, leg power using a vertical jump test and electronic timing
mat (Just Jump, Probotics, Inc., Huntsville, AL, USA), and aero-
bic capacity (V
_
O
2
max) measured with a portable metabolic mea-
surement system (Oxycon Mobile, Care Fusion, Yorba Linda,
CA, USA). All measurements were conducted before and after
12-weeks of training. Other than DXA, all assessments were
performed by 1 investigator (BD) in the health club setting;
DXA scanning was administered by one of the investigators
(JT) at the UCLA Gonda (Goldschmied) Diabetes Center. Both
investigators were blinded to group assignment. Results:
COACHED subjects increased LBM by 1.3 (1.5) kg, mean
(SD), while SELF subjects showed 0.0 (1.6) kg increase (p =
0.029 for the difference between groups). Similarly, signicantly
greater improvements in chest press muscle strength (42% vs.
19%), peak leg power (6% vs. 0.6%), and V
_
O
2
max (7%
vs. 20.3%) were seen in COACHED compared with SELF.
Leg press strength improved 38% and 25% in COACHED
and SELF, respectively (p = 0.14). Conclusions: We conclude
that signicantly greater increases can be accrued in LBM and
other measures of tness when tness club members are
coached by well-trained, certied, and experienced coaches
applying a systematic, periodized training program over 12
weeks. Practical Applications: While the results of this study
may seem predictable, it demonstrates for the rst time in the
real-world environment of a health and tness club setting, that
signicant improvements in LBM and other important dimensions
of health and performance-related tness are best achieved when
periodized exercise training is administered by expert coaches.
These data, therefore, lend credence to the personal training
profession wherein knowledgeable coaches using proven train-
ing methods yield superior results when compared with individ-
uals who self-train with similar objectives. Acknowledgments:
Funding: Equinox Fitness Clubs, New York, NY, USA.
ANTROPOMETRIC VARIABLES, AEROBIC
FITNESS AND REACTION TIME IN CLUB LEVEL
RUGBY PLAYERS AND TRAINED MALES
C. TAI,
1
P. FALCONE,
1
L. CARSON,
1
B. SPRADLEY,
2
K. CROWLEY,
2
A. MAGNER,
2
E. ESPOSITO,
3
M. KIM,
1
E. SERRANO,
1
J. MOON
1
1
Lexington, KY;
2
United States Sports Academy, Daphne, AL;
and
3
University of Mobile, Mobile, AL
Rugby is played in more than 100 countries, and professional
rugby leagues exist all over the world. There are 15 rugby
player positions and they each require different skills and
physiological demands. However, reaction time differences
among these position-specic athletes, as well as differences
in anthropometric and aerobic characteristics, are unclear.
Purpose: To compare physiological ability, including reaction
time, V
_
O
2
max, and muscular strength among different positions
in college level rugby players as well as to compare rugby
athletes to recreationally trained men. Methods: Thirty-six
active males ages 1835 years, including 19 rugby team play-
ers (8 rugby forwards and 11 rugby backs) and 17 trained
males participated in this study. Body composition and anthro-
pometry measurements included: height, weight, body fat, and
lean muscle mass. Aerobic capacity tests were performed on
Abstracts
the TM
a calibrated treadmill and data were measured via a metabolic
cart. Choice reaction time was measured with an audio-visual
reaction time testing device. Results: Weight and percent fat
were signicantly (p # 0.05) higher for rugby forwards (102.14
6 13.63 kg; 26.06 6 8.65 %) compared to rugby backs (76.67
611.94 kg; 13.45 65.05%) and trained males (80.58 613.39
kg; 17.42 6 5.69%). Absolute V
_
O
2
max was also signicantly (p
# 0.05) higher in rugby forwards (4.36 6 0.62 l$min
21
) com-
pared to rugby backs (3.63 6 0.45 l$min
21
) and trained males
(3.69 6 0.52 l$min
21
). Rugby players had signicantly (p #
0.05) faster reaction times (0.28 6 0.02 to 1.07 6 0.09 sec)
compared to trained males (0.31 6 0.03 to 1.10 6 0.09 sec).
Conclusions: Higher body fat, body mass and absolute aerobic
capacity appear to benet club level rugby forwards. Club level
rugby players demonstrated faster reaction times compared to
trained males. Practical Applications: Rugby players appear
to have faster reaction time than trained men. Participating in
club level rugby may enhance both aerobic performance and
reaction time over typical recreational activities. Furthermore,
rugby clubs can use this data to recruit athletes based on size
and aerobic performance as well as reaction time. Acknowl-
edgments: This investigation was supported by a grant from
MusclePharm, Inc.
A COMPARISON OF PERCEPTUAL AND
PHYSIOLOGICAL TRAINING LOADS DURING
BASKETBALL-SPECIFIC CONDITIONING
RELATIVE TO TRAINING MODE
P. TUCKER,
1
A. SCANLAN,
1
AND V. DALBO
1
1
Central Queensland University, North Rockhampton, Australia
Purpose: The monitoring of individualized athlete responses to
training stimuli is important to coaches and conditioning staff in
teamsports. Perceptual (ratings of perceived exertion (RPE)) and
physiological (heart rate) models have emerged as the most
commonly used methods to quantify training load in team sports.
To date, limited investigation has explored the use of these train-
ing load models during basketball-specic conditioning. Further-
more, no research has examined the relationship between
perceptual and physiological training load across different modes
of basketball conditioning. Therefore, the purpose of this study
was to compare perceptual training load responses with physi-
ological methods across a variety of training modes in basketball
players. Methods: Eight adult semi-professional male basketball
players (age: 26.3 6 6.7 years; stature: 188.1 6 6.2 cm; body
mass: 92.0 6 13.8 kg) participated in the study. All players were
monitored across general and specic preparatory phases of an
annual training plan. The training modes analysed included off-
court, repeated linear running and sprinting efforts (43 sampled
sessions); on-court intermittent work combined with speed and
agility drills (46 sampled sessions); and tactical/game-play con-
ditioning (37 sampled sessions). Following (;30 min) each train-
ing session, players reported their perceived intensity (Borg
CR-10 scale) of the overall session, which was used to calculate
perceptual training load (RPE 3 training duration (min)). In addi-
tion, heart rate responses were recorded across sessions and
used to calculate individual physiological training load via Bannis-
ters training impulse (TRIMP) and Edwards summated-heart
rate zones models (ZONE). Correlation analysis was used to
compare the perceptual and physiological training load methods
during the different training modes. Results: The mean percep-
tual and physiological training loads (arbitrary units) varied
between the linear (RPE: 254 6 74; TRIMP: 62 6 21; ZONE:
123 6 31), intermittent (RPE: 360 6 63; TRIMP: 62 6 19;
ZONE: 121 6 32) and tactical/game-play training modes
(RPE: 670 6 177; TRIMP: 121 6 32; ZONE: 288 6 58). Sig-
nicant (p # 0.05) correlations were observed between per-
ceptual and physiological training load models for each training
type. The strongest correlations were apparent during the lin-
ear drills (RPE-TRIMP: r = 0.53; RPE-ZONE: r = 0.75) and
tactical/game-play conditioning (RPE-TRIMP: r = 0.60; RPE-
ZONE: r = 0.63). Weaker correlations were evident during the
intermittent on-court drills (RPE-TRIMP: r = 0.38; RPE-ZONE:
r = 0.52). Conclusions: The present data support the agree-
ment between RPE and heart rate methods to quantify training
load during various modes of basketball conditioning. Notably,
weaker correlations were observed between perceptual and
physiological measures during on-court intermittent condition-
ing. This nding may be due to an increased perceptual demand
relative to cardiovascular responses during the multi-directional,
intermittent-focused drills performed during this training mode.
Practical Applications: The use of either perceptual or phys-
iological training load models by coaches and conditioning staff
can be effectively used to monitor individual training demands in
basketball team environments. If properly utilized, these practi-
ces may permit the development of more precise periodized
conditioning plans as well as the prevention of overtraining
syndrome in basketball players.
EFFECTS OF THREE RECOVERY PROTOCOLS
ON BASEBALL PITCHERS DURING
SIMULATED GAMES
C. WARREN,
1
D. SZYMANSKI,
2
AND M. LANDERS
3
1
Center for Athletic Performance and Physical Therapy,
Scottsdale, AZ;
2
3
University of Las Vegas, Las Vegas, NV
the TM
| www.nsca.com
Baseball pitching has been described as an anaerobic activity
from a bioenergetics standpoint with short bouts of recovery.
Depending on the physical conditioning and muscle ber
composition of the pitcher as well as the number of pitches
thrown per inning and per game, there is the possibility of pitchers
fatiguing during a game, which could lead to a decrease in
pitching performance. Purpose: To evaluate the effects of 3
recovery protocols: passive recovery (PR), active recovery (AR),
and electrical muscle stimulation (EMS) on range of motion
(ROM), heart rate (HR), rating of perceived exertion (RPE), and
blood lactate in baseball pitchers after throwing a simulated game.
Methods: Twenty One Division I intercollegiate baseball pitchers
(age = 20.4 6 1.4 yr, height = 185.9 6 8.4 cm, weight = 86.5 6
8.9 kg, %BF = 11.2 6 2.6) volunteered to pitch 3 simulated
5-inning games, with a maximum of 70 fastballs thrown per game
while wearing a HR monitor. ROM was measured pre, post, and
24 hour post-pitching for shoulder internal and external rotation at
90 and elbow exion and extension. HR was recorded after each
pitch and after every 30 second of the 6-minute treatment recov-
ery. RPE was recorded after the last pitch of each inning and after
completing each 6-minute treatment recovery. Immediately after
throwing the last pitch of each inning, post-pitching blood lactate
was measured. At the end of the 6-minute treatment recovery,
before the next inning started, post-recovery blood lactate was
measured. Pitchers were instructed to throw each pitch at or
above 95% of their best pitched fastball. This was enforced to
ensure that each pitcher was throwing close to maximal effort for
all 3 simulated games. All data presented represent group means.
Results: Repeated measures ANOVA indicated that the method
of recovery did not signicantly inuence ROM (p . 0.05); how-
ever, it did signicantly inuence blood lactate levels (p , 0.01),
HR, and RPE. Blood lactate levels signicantly decreased from
post-pitching to post-recovery in the EMS recovery condition, but
did not change for either the active or the passive recovery con-
ditions. RPE decreased from the post-pitching to post-recovery in
both the passive and EMS recovery methods, but did not
for active recovery. HR decreased for all conditions from post-
pitching to post-recovery. Conclusions: The use of EMS was the
most effective method at reducing blood lactate after 6 min of
recovery during a simulated game (controlled setting). Practical
Applications: Although EMS signicantly reduced blood lactate
levels post-recovery, blood lactate levels post-pitching in the sim-
ulated games were never high enough to cause skeletal muscle
fatigue and decrease pitching velocity. If a pitcher were to throw
more than 14 pitches per inning, throw more total pitches than
normal per game, and have blood lactate levels increase higher
than in the simulated games in this study, the EMS recovery pro-
tocol may be benecial to pitching performance by aiding recov-
ery. This could potentially reduce some injuries associated with
skeletal muscle fatigue during pitching, may allow a pitcher throw
more pitches per game, and may reduce the number of days
between pitching appearances.
EFFECT OF DIFFERENT NUMBER OF SETS
(TRAINING VOLUME) ON RANGE OF MOTION
IN THE SHOULDER JOINT
E. BEZERRA,
1
I
QUEIROZ,
2
G. A. PAZ,
3
M. D. MAIA,
3
H. MIRANDA,
3
AND R. SIMA
O
3
1
Federal University of Amazonas, School of Physical
Education, Manaus, AM;
2
Graduate Program at the
University Traz-os-Montes e Alto Doro UTAD, Portugal;
and
3
Federal University of Rio de Janeiro, School of Physical
Education and Sports, Rio de Janeiro, RJ
Purpose: To investigate the effect of the number of sets (train-
ing volume) on shoulder joint exibility in untrained males.
Methods: Sixty-one healthy untrained males (23 6 2 years,
81.64 6 11.97 kg; 1.7 6 0.06 m) were random divided into
3 groups: 2 sets (G2, n = 18), 3 sets (G3, n = 19) and control
group (CG, n = 24). The baseline evaluation was carried out
through anamnesis and goniometry analyses of shoulder joint.
Following this procedure, the subjects underwent 2 weeks of
familiarization in bench press (BP) and lat pull down (LPD) resis-
tance exercises. During familiarization period, 3 sessions per
week were performed through 2 sets of 1012 repetitions with
sub maximal loads adopting 2-minute rest interval between sets
and exercises. After the familiarization period, the 10 repetition
maximum (RM) test and retest was applied for BP and LPD (72
hour apart). The shoulder exibility was assessed immediately
after the resistance training session (P0), 24 h (P24) and 48 h
(P48) post-workout. The shoulder movements evaluated were
exion, extension, abduction and horizontal adduction. During
RT sessions, the G2 and G3 performed repetition maximum to
failure in BP followed by LPD with 10RM loads using 90 s rest
interval between sets and exercises. The CG did not performer
any exercise during the testing period. A one-way ANOVA with
Tukey post hoc test was applied to verify differences intra-
groups (baseline, P0, 24 h and 48 h). To analyze the differences
inter-groups the Scheffe pos hoc test was adopted (p # 0.05).
The current study was carried out following the Declaration of
Helsinki and the US Department of Health and Human Services
Policy for the Protection of Human Research Subjects (US
Code, Title 45, Part 46 Protection of Human Subjects).
Results: The G2 group showed a signicant difference in shoul-
der exion exibility among baseline (168.03 6 6.84), P24
(172.82 64.47) and P48 (173.89 66.79). The shoulder exion
exibility showed a signicant difference in G3 among P24
(165.24 6 7.59) and P48 (173.65 6 5.36). In the intergroup
analyses no signicant differences were observed in the 4
Abstracts
the TM
periods evaluated. Conclusions: These results indicating that
the shoulder exibility was only affected in exion movement
independent of the number of the sets performed. Probably
the biomechanical characteristics of the exion movement
induce changes on muscle proprioceptors responses, as well
as muscle spindles and golgi tendon organs. Practical Appli-
cations: The variability in the number sets (training volume) may
be an interesting alternative for coaches and practitioners to
improving the shoulder exibility in an acute manner, especially
during movements involving shoulders.
THE EFFECT OF A SIX-WEEK STRENGTH &
CONDITIONING PROGRAM ON DANCE
SPECIFIC MEASURES OF FLEXIBILITY AS WELL
AS SELF-PERCIEVED ABILITIES
R. KUDRNA,
1
J. MARTIN,
1
AND K. ROSE
1
1
DeSales University, Center Valley, PA
Previous research has shown that strength training and
metabolic conditioning in dancers can improve strength and
reduce fatigue while dancing. Yet many traditionally trained
female dancers fear a loss of exibility or visual aesthetics and
therefore avoid most types of strength and conditioning. There
is minimal research examining the benets and detriments of
traditional strength and conditioning methods on the unique
physical demands of dancers such as hip external rotation,
posture, and dance specic exibility. Purpose: The purpose
of this study was to examine the effects of a 6-week non-
specic strength and conditioning program on dance specic
active and passive exibility. Secondly, this study examines
changes in perceived somatic abilities and condence over
the same period of time. Methods: Fifteen female collegiate
dance majors (19.4 6 1.68 yrs of age, 59.3 6 9.4 kg, 12.8 6
3.8 hrs of class and rehearsal per week) were divided into
control (CON; n = 6) and experimental (EXP; n = 9) groups.
The EXP group participated in a 6-week strength and condi-
tioning program 2 times per week for 1 hour in addition to their
usual dance classes, rehearsals, and personal practice. The
CON group continued with their normal dance and tness
activities only. Functional hip external rotation, height of active
and passive develope in second position, and posture in rst
position, were measured in both groups before and after the 6-
week intervention. A questionnaire assessing 5 self-perceived
dance specic somatic abilities as well as condence was also
administered at the beginning and end of the study. Results:
Separate mixed model ANOVAs were performed for hip exter-
nal rotation, active and passive develope height, posture, and
items of the self-perception questionnaire. There were no dif-
ferences in functional hip external rotation or active and passive
develope height between EXP and CON (group), from pre to
post testing (time), nor were there signicant interactions
(time*group). Among the items of the self-perception question-
naire, perceived strength in dancing (F
(1,13)
= 10.023, p =
0.007) and dance specic condence (F
(1,13)
= 4.743, p =
0.048) signicantly increased over the 6-week period, but no
main effect for group or interaction (time*group) was observed.
There was a signicant interaction effect for perceived ability to
achieve and hold dance specic posture (time*group; F
(1,13)
=
9.274, p = 0.009), but no main effects for time or group. The
postural assessment of rst position showed no differences
between groups (EXP vs. CON), time points (pre vs. post),
or the interaction (time*group). Conclusions: Strength and
conditioning training in dancers did not affect hip external rota-
tion or develope height. The EXP group perceived greater ease
in achieving and maintaining proper posture in dance following
the training intervention, but actual postural assessment did not
change. In all other variables the EXP group responded simi-
larly to the CON group. Further research is needed to examine
if long-term conditioning in this manner produces any addi-
tional changes in exibility, posture, or other dance specic
abilities. Practical Applications: It appears that short-term
strength & conditioning concurrent with dance specic training
does not affect active or passive dance specic exibility but
may increase the perceived ease of dance posture.
ASSISTIVE DEVICE PROVIDES COMPARABLE
INCREASES IN HAMSTRING FLEXIBILITY AND
STRENGTH IN ELITE TRACK & FIELD
ATHLETES COMPARED TO
A TRAINED THERAPIST
C. SUTHERLAND,
1
A. KANTERS,
1
AND
D. ANDREWS
1
1
University of Windsor, Windsor, Canada
Purpose: Track and eld athletes who exhibit a lack of muscle
and tendon exibility are at a higher risk of sustaining a hamstring
injury, compared to those athletes with normal exibility. In order
to minimize the athletes risk of injury and maximize their perfor-
mance, all athletes should be implementing a structured stretch-
ing regime into their everyday training program. Proprioceptive
Neuromuscular Facilitation (PNF) stretching post training is pre-
ferred among university track and eld athletes because it has
been shown to yield greater increases in strength and range of
motion compared to static and dynamic stretching. However,
conducting PNF stretching on each individual member of a large
varsity team following daily training sessions is not always
the TM
| www.nsca.com
feasible for a teams therapist due to time constraints and limited
resources. Therefore, the purpose of this research study was to
determine if athletes who use an assistive device to facilitate
PNF stretching will have comparable increases in hamstring ex-
ibility and strength as athletes who receive PNF stretching from
the teams therapist. Methods: Thirty-three university track and
eld athletes (runners, jumpers and throwers: mean age = 22.2
yr, mass = 71 kg, height = 175 cm) participated in this study and
were purposely assigned to 1 of 3 groups: (a) PNF; PNF stretch-
ing was performed after each practice by the teams therapist
(n = 9), (b) Assistive Device; PNF stretching was performed after
each practice by the participant using a newly developed assis-
tive device (n = 14), (c) Control; did not perform any PNF
stretching (n = 10). Four repetitions of the contract-relax PNF
stretching technique was used for both the PNF and Assistive
Device group, 5 times a week for 10 weeks. Three tests were
performed pre, mid and post intervention: (a) sit and reach test
for exibility, (b) active knee extension test for muscle tightness,
(c) isokinetic leg curls for strength. A 3 (Group: PNF, Device,
Control) 3 3 (Time: Pre, Mid, Post) repeated measures ANOVA
was performed for exibility. A 3 (Group) 3 3 (Time) 3 2 (Leg:
Right, Left) repeated measures ANOVA was performed for the
active knee extension test and the isokinetic leg curls. Results:
A signicant main effect for time (p #0.05) was found for exibility,
muscle tightness, and concentric and eccentric strength across all
3 groups. All measures improved signicantly at mid and post
testing compared to pre. A signicant main effect for leg (p #
0.05) was found for muscle tightness, and concentric and eccen-
tric strength. The right leg showed a lower degree of exion and
was able to generate more force for both the concentric and
eccentric leg curls, compared to the left leg. Conclusions: The
assistive device was able to help athletes achieve equivalent im-
provements in their hamstring exibility, tightness and strength
compared to the PNF group. Although all participants increased
in hamstring exibility, tightness
and strength over the duration
of the study, there were greater
increases in the PNF and Assis-
tive Device groups compared
to the Control group. Practical
Applications: The assistive
device used in this study will
enable athletes to gain the ben-
ets of PNF stretching within
their personal training sessions
without the need to rely on sup-
port staff. Acknowledgments:
Green Shield Sports Therapy
Clinic (Dave Stoute and Kathy
Harvie), Manufacturing Solutions
Ltd. (Paul Mancini), the Downtown Windsor Business Accelerator
(Deborah Livneh) and MITACS provided support for this study.
DIFFERENCES IN LOADED-SLED SPRINT
TIMES BETWEEN FEMALE VOLLEYBALL
AND SOFTBALL PLAYERS
M. A. WALLER,
1
T. ROBINSON,
1
M. GERSICK,
1
AND D. HOLMAN
1
1
Adams State University, Alamosa, CO
Introduction: The purpose of the study was to investigate if
differences existed between 2 female power sports in regards
to loaded-sled sprint times. Resisted sprints have been studied
using towing devices (e.g. parachute) but there is a paucity of
information related to the effects of sled pushing on athletic
performance. The current study examined if any difference may
exist between 2 female power sports to determine if future
studies would need to establish specic muscular force-time
characteristics criteria for participant selection to minimize het-
erogeneity. Methods: Participants were Division II female
power athletes (Volleyball (VB) n = 9; Softball (SB) n = 5,
Body-mass = 70.71 6 5.39 kg, Height = 170.28 6 6.41
cm, Body-fat % = 17.47 6 3.62) who were tested during their
off-season training phase. Participants were tested each week
on the same day and time for 7 consecutive weeks and allowed
to miss 2 consecutive testing sessions before being removed
as a participant. Body mass was measured using a digital
scale, while body-fat % was measured using skinfold calipers.
Participants had previously used the push-sled during their
strength and conditioning program so no familiarization session
was used. Seven sprint conditions were used, with each con-
dition having a distance of 18.8 m, with 35 seconds recovery
Abstracts
the TM
between 6 sprinting bouts. Participants performed sprints
(control), sprints pushing sled-only (29.48 kg), and sprints
pushing the sled with an additional 10 kg, 15 kg, 20 kg,
35 kg, & 50 kg. Timing was completed by the same
researcher using a hand-held stop watch, which was started
on the participants rst movement and stopped upon cover-
ing the specied distance. All testing was conducted in an
indoor eld house on an rubberized ooring. Results: No
statistically signicant differences were seen between the 2
sports peak sprint times. Cronbachs alpha demonstrated
reliability (a = 0.82). Discussion: No statistical differences
were seen between female VB and SB athletes, although the
SB athletes demonstrated practically faster sprint times with
sprinting conditions $20 kg loads. These observable differen-
ces may be indicative of the SB athletes incorporating sprints
of greater than 10 m in their strength and conditioning pro-
gram. The results suggest that future sled-pushing studies
may utilize both groups in assessing the effects of sled push-
ing on sprint performance. Practial Application: Sled-push-
ing loads during strength and conditioning programs do not
need to be adjusted for the respective sports between female
volleyball or softball players.
EFFECT OF SODIUM-SODIUM CITRATE
BEVERAGE SUPPLEMENTATION ON SKIN
TEMPERATURE & SWEAT RATE IN
PREVIOUSLY HYPOHYDRATED SOCCER
ATHLETES IN A HOT ENVIRONMENT
K. A. BROOKS,
1
J. G. CARTER,
1
AND J. DAWES
1
1
Texas A&M University Corpus Christi
Introduction: Research has shown that many athletes are
continually in a state of dehydration. This impairs perfor-
mance, and increases the chance of heat-related illness.
Using sodium supplementation to increase uid absorption
and stimulate the thirst mechanism has proven effective in
rehydration. Purpose: The purpose of this study was to
determine if ingesting a beverage containing 1,780 mg of
sodium and 2,953 mg of sodium citrate would impact skin
temperature and sweat rate for previously hypohydrated in-
dividuals in a heated environment during aerobic exercise.
Methods: Five division 1 female soccer athletes partici-
pated in the study. The subjects had the following descrip-
tive statistics: Age 19 6 0.7 yr, Height 162.3 6 4.6 cm,
Weight 63.2 6 8.1 kg, %BF 23.68 6 9.2%, and V
_
O
2
max
60.2 6 5.1 ml$kg
21
$min
21
. The study required subjects
(N = 5) to run the experimental protocol twice. Fluid intake
was matched for each condition. Prior to running to exhaustion
at 70% of their V
_
O
2
max on a treadmill in a heated chamber, the
subjects were passively dehydrated and loss 2.5% of their
body mass. The subjects were given 2 hours to rehydrate via
either a placebo (10 mmol Na
&pl;op
$L
21
) or the supplement
(164 mmol Na
&pl;op
$L
21
). After medical clearance, subjects
performed a graded exercise test to determine V
_
O
2
max. ACSM
equations were used to determine running speed at 70% of
V
_
O
2
max. Testing conditions consisted of the subjects running
at 70% of their V
_
O
2
max until exhaustion while in a heated cham-
ber at 908 Fahrenheit. The study employed a double-blind,
repeated measure, within subject protocol. The treadmill pro-
tocol consisted of a 5 minute warm-up (3 minutes at 40% of
their V
_
O
2
max and 2 minutes at 55% of their V
_
O
2
max), running to
exhaustion at 70% of V
_
O
2
max, and a 10 minute cool down at
3.0 mph. Every 5-minute period on the treadmill, variables were
assessed. Results: Results for skin temperature and sweat
rate at 70% of maximal V
_
O
2
indicated that there were no sig-
nicant differences between conditions for sweat rate. One
participant doubled sweat rate during the TRS trial, although
no signicance was observed overall. There were no signicant
differences between conditions for skin temperature until the
25 minute mark. At the 25, 30, 35, and 40 minute marks, there
was a signicant difference in skin temperature (p # 0.05), with
the supplement trial reporting lower skin temperatures at each
mark. Conclusions: Skin temperature was lower when hydrated
with the sodium supplemented beverage after sustained aerobic
exercise at 70% of V
_
O
2
max, in a hot environment. The ability to
maintain a lower body temperature may lead to increased per-
formance through maintenance of blood volume and a decreased
effect of cardiovascular drift. Notably, all of the subjects per-
formed better on the rst treadmill session regardless of the
experimental condition (i.e. placebo or high sodium solution).
Absolute conclusions cannot be drawn from this study. Practi-
cal Applications: Dehydration should be a major concern for
any athlete, especially for those who are performing in hot,
humid environments. Preventative methods such as ingesting
a sodium solution, frequent weigh-ins, and continual education
for the athlete should all be employed to avoid any form of heat
illness to the athlete. Practitioners should be aware of the impor-
tance of aerobic conditioning for an athlete while exercising in
a hot environment. Knowledge of warning signs and symptoms,
and taking proper precautions to prevent complications is of
importance. Coaches should be aware that athletes who are
less conditioned are at higher risk for heat illnesses; therefore,
proper training and steps towards acclimatization must be em-
ployed prior to training in the heat.
the TM
| www.nsca.com
EFFECTS OF ANATABINE ON MARKERS OF
ECCENTRIC-INDUCED MUSCLE DAMAGE AND
DELAYED-ONSET MUSCLE SORENESS
N. D. JENKINS,
1
D. A. TRAYLOR,
1
T. J. HOUSH,
1
K. C. COCHRANE,
1
H. C. BERGSTROM,
1
R. W. LEWIS, JR,
1
R. J. SCHMIDT,
1
G. O. JOHNSON,
1
AND J. T. CRAMER
1
1
University of Nebraska-Lincoln
Introduction:Anatabine is a minor tobacco alkaloid found
in Solanaceous plants (e.g., green tomatoes, peppers,
and eggplant) and is sold as a dietary supplement for reduc-
ing the urge to smoke. Paris et al. (Eur J Pharmacol,
698[13]:145153, 2013) suggested that anatabine may
also exhibit anti-inammatory activity, however, the effects of
anatabine on markers of exercise-induced muscle damage
and delayed-onset muscle soreness (DOMS) are unknown.
Purpose: To examine the effects of anatabine on selected
markers of muscle damage and DOMS after eccentric exer-
cise. Methods: Using a double-blinded, placebo-controlled,
crossover design, 16 men (mean 6 SD age = 22 6 3 years;
body mass = 79 6 16 kg; height = 182 6 6 cm) participated
in 2 randomly-ordered conditions separated by at least a 2-
week washout. The anatabine condition consisted of consum-
ing 14 lozenges per day for 10 days, and testing took place
during days 710. The placebo condition was identical
except that the lozenges contained no anatabine. Maximal
voluntary isometric contraction peak torque (PT) of the fore-
arm exors, arm circumference, hanging arm elbow joint
angle, subjective pain ratings, and serum concentrations of
creatine kinase (CK, IU$L
21
), myoglobin (Mb, ng$ml
211
), lac-
tate dehydrogenase (LDH, IU$L
21
), and high sensitivity C-
reactive protein (CRP, mg$l
21
) were measured before (Test
1), immediately after (Test 2), and 24 (Test 3), 48 (Test 4),
and 72 (Test 5) hours after 6 sets of ten maximal, eccentric
isokinetic forearm exion muscle actions at 308$s
21
. Eight
separate 2-way repeated measures ANOVAs (condition [ana-
tabine vs. placebo] 3 time [Test 1 vs. 2 vs. 3 vs. 4 vs. 5]) with
planned pairwise comparisons dependent samples t-tests
(anatabine vs. placebo) were used to analyze the results with
an alpha level of p # 0.05. Results: There were no condition
3 time (p . 0.05) interactions, there was only 1 main effect
for condition for LDH (anatabine . placebo, p # 0.05), and
there were main effects for time (p # 0.05) for all variables
(PT, arm circumference, hanging arm elbow joint angle, sub-
jective pain ratings, CK, Mb, LDH, and CRP). For example, PT
decreased from Test 1 to Test 2 (70 614 to 41 614 Nm and
72 6 15 to 40 6 12 Nm) and then recovered to 77% and
71% of Test 1 by 72 hours after exercise similarly for anata-
bine and placebo conditions, respectively. CK increased from
Test 1 to Test 5 (219 6 395 to 6,021 6 9,204 IU$L
21
and
135 6 184 to 3,806 6 5,243 IU$L
21
) similarly for anatabine
and placebo conditions, respectively. LDH increased from
Test 1 to Test 5 (131 6 28 to 218 6 170 IU$L
21
and 112
6 24 to 154 6 71 IU$L
21
) for anatabine and placebo,
respectively, but was consistently higher (p # 0.05) during
the anatabine condition. Conclusions: Despite the charac-
teristic decreases in PT and increases in CK that were con-
sistent with previous studies on muscle damage, these data
were unable to support the hypothesis that anatabine improves
recovery after this model of eccentric-induced muscle damage
and soreness. Practical Applications: While anatabine may
be of value as a dietary supplement to reduce the urge to
smoke or for other muscle or joint conditions, it did not prove
of value for PT, arm circumference, elbow joint angle, pain scale
ratings, CK, Mb, LDH, or CRP during a 3-day period following
this model of eccentric-induced muscle damage and DOMS.
Acknowledgments: This study was supported by a clinical
trial grant from Rock Creek Pharmaceuticals.
PRACTICAL BLOOD FLOW RESTRICTION
TRAINING INCREASES MUSCLE HYPERTROPHY
DURING A PERIODIZED RESISTANCE
TRAINING PROGRAM
R. P. LOWERY,
1
J. M. JOY,
1
J. P. LOENNEKE,
2
3
M. A. NAIMO,
1
M. MACHADO,
4
J. E. DUDECK,
1
S. I. WEINER,
1
S. A. MCCLEARY,
1
AND J. M. WILSON
1
1
2
University
of Oklahoma / Neuromuscular Laboratory, Norman, OK;
3
of Sao Paulo; and
4
Laboratory of Human Movement Studies,
University Foundation of Itaperuna, Itaperuna, RJ, Brazil
Resistance training in combination with practical blood ow
restriction (pBFR) is thought to stimulate muscle hypertrophy by
increasing muscle activation and muscle swelling. Most previous
studies used the KAATSU device; however, little long-term
research has been completed using pBFR. Objective: To inves-
tigate the effects of pBFR on muscle hypertrophy. Methods:
Twenty-four college-aged male participants with a minimum of
1 year of resistance training experience were recruited for this
study. Our study consisted of a randomized, crossover protocol
consisting of individuals either using pBFR for the elbow exors
during the rst 4 weeks (BFR-HI) or the second 4 weeks
(HI-BFR) of an 8-week resistance-training program. Direct
Abstracts
the TM
ultrasound determined biceps muscle thickness was assessed
collectively at baseline and at the end of weeks 4 and 8. A
repeated measures ANOVA was used to assess any main ef-
fects. If a main effect was found a tukey post hoc was employed
to locate where differences occurred. Results: There were no
differences in muscle thickness between groups at baseline (p =
0.52). There were time (p ,0.01, ES = 0.99) but no condition by
time effects (p = 0.58, ES = 0.80) for muscle thickness in which
the combined values of both groups increased on average from
Week 0 (3.66 6 0.06) to Week 4 (3.95 6 0.05) to Week 8
(4.11 6 0.07). However, both the BFR-HI and HI-BFR increased
signicantly from baseline to Week 4 (6.9%and 8.6%, p ,0.01)
and from Weeks 4 to Week 8 (4.1%, 4.0%, p , 0.01), respec-
tively. Conclusions: The results of this study suggest that pBFR
can stimulate muscle hypertrophy to the same degree to that of
high intensity resistance training. Practical Applications: Ath-
letes and strength practitioners can use LI-pBFR in combination
with their training programs in order to elicit muscle hypertrophy
without the muscle damage incurred by heavier weight.
NORMATIVE TRAINING VOLUME AND SLEEP
HABITS OF RECREATIONAL ATHLETE WHO
SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED A 160 KM
CYCLING EVENT
J. R. HYDREN,
1
E. C. JOHNSON,
1
J. BAKER,
1
AND
L. E. ARMSTRONG
1
1
University of Connecticut Department of Kinesiology, Human
Performance Laboratory, Storrs, CT
The high level of participation in ultra endurance events by
recreational athletes may require large training volumes. Finding
the optimal training volume requires sufcient training to cause
physiological adaption without overtraining, which leads to decre-
ments in performance or injury. Purpose: To dene normal training
volume and sleep habits for successful completion of a 160 km
cycling event in recreationally active individuals and to determine if
training volume effected nish time. Methods: Fifty three subjects
(men, 47; women, 6; age, 43.6 6 8.7 yr; height, 179.5 6 7.1 cm;
weight 85.4 6 13.7 kg; body fat: men, 16 6 5.0%, women, 24.2
62.5%) completed a survey before a 160 km(100 mi) endurance
cycling event in Witchita Falls, Texas in August of 2011. Informa-
tion included: hours and rides per week, rating of perceived exer-
tion (RPE, 620 point scale) for a typical training ride for the
previous 3 months (04 wk, 58 wk, 912 wk); howmany months
since they experienced a 3 week break fromtraining; and the hours
and quality (poor, 1; good, 5) of sleep on a typical weekday (Wkd)
and weekend (Wkend) night. An investigator recorded body mass
and 3-site skinfold thickness 4812 hours before the event. The
organizer of the event provided nish times and subjects reported
the TM
| www.nsca.com
RPE at the nish. Subjects were retrospectively assigned to 1 of
3 groups (FAST, MED, SLOW) by an analysis of ride time and
nish rank order. Results: See table. During the event temper-
ature rose from 25.68 to 41.18 C with humidity of 31.8 6 15.8%
and calm winds (,7.4 kph). MED trained more hours per week
than FAST but at a lower RPE for the month leading up to the
event (p # 0.05). Finish RPE correlated with nish time, but not
with measure of training volume. Longer nights of sleep occurred
on the weekends (Wkd, 6.7 6 1.0; Wkend, 7.3 6 0.9 hr, p ,
0.001) with similar quality (Wkd, 3.7 6 0.8; Wkend, 3.8 6 0.7,
p = 0.057). Weekday-sleep-length weakly correlated with nish
time (r = 20.284, p # 0.05). Subjects reported 4.8 6 8.0 years
since the last 3+ week break in physical activity, and 96% of
subjects reported training 3 month consecutively prior to the
event. Conclsions: Exercise training intensity was higher in
the fast group and weekday-sleep-length explained a small por-
tion of the variance in nish times. Practical Applications: This
survey research provided relatively stable normal training vol-
umes across a wide range of abilities. Normal cyclist habits for
a 160 km (100 mi) endurance cycling event were in the range
(95% condence interval) of 34 rides for a total of 8.111.5
hours per week, at an RPE of 13.514.8 for 3 months prior to
the event, with 6.57.0 hours of sleep per night. Therefore, gen-
eral guidelines for training goals for those seeking to complete
a 100 mile ride should be to cycle at least 3 times a week for
a total of at least 8 hours per week, at an intensity subjectively
judged to be between somewhat hard and hard.
EFFECT OF LADDER CLIMBING ON REGIONAL
ANTERIOR PITUITARY IMMUNOREACTIVE
GROWTH HORMONE RELEASE IN MALE RATS
W. J. KRAEMER,
1
S. FLANAGAN
1
,
C. DUNN-LEWIS,
1
B. COMSTOCK,
1
D. HOOPER,
1
T. SZIVAK,
1
A. STERCZALA,
1
D. LOONEY,
1
A. BRYCE,
1
AND H. LUK
1
1
Purpose: Anterior pituitary gland (AP) somatotroph growth hor-
mone (GH) release is increased in response to resistance exer-
cise. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of
resistance exercise on regional AP in vitro GH release in male rats.
Methods: Twelve-month old Sprague-Dawley rats were randomly
assigned to 1 of 4 groups: (a) No training and no acute exercise
(NT-REST), (b) No training and acute exercise (NT-EX), (c) Train-
ing and no acute exercise (RT-REST), and (d) Training and acute
exercise (RT-EX). The resistance exercise incorporated ten
1-meter long weighted ladder climbs at an 858 angle. RT groups
trained 3 days per week for 7 weeks. After rats were euthanized,
the AP was removed and divided into 4 regions (ventral-dorsal and
left-right). For each region, unstimulated immunoreactive GH
release, % of cells containing GH, forward angle light scatter
(FALS) measures of cell size, and perpendicular light scatter
(PLS) measures of cell cytoplasmic granularity were taken.
Results: GH release was signicantly (p # 0.05) higher in RT-EX
compared to RT-REST and NT-REST in ventral regions and com-
pared to NT-REST in the left dorsal region. FALS was signicantly
lower (p # 0.05) in RT-EX compared to NT-EX in the left ventral
region. PLS was signicantly (p # 0.05) lower in RT-EX com-
pared to RT-REST and in NT-REST compared to RT-REST in the
right ventral region. Plasma GH trunk blood concentrations were:
(NT-REST) 8.9 6 2.4 mg$L
21
; (NT-EX) 15.6 6 3.4 mg$L
21
;
(RT-REST) 9.2 6 3.5 mg$L
21
; and (RT-EX) 23.4 6 4.6 mg$L
21
.
There were no signicant differences between resting values. Acute
resistance exercise (NT-EX) was accompanied by signicantly high-
er plasma GH than both resting conditions. Finally, training (RT-EX)
resulted in signicantly higher GH concentrations than acute resis-
tance exercise alone (NT-EX). Conclusions: Resistance exercise
training appears result in greater unstimulated GH release, smaller
somatotroph size, and increased granular content at rest. In addi-
tion, the amount of immunoreactive GH secreted in response to
training increases. These adaptations are not homogeneous but
region specic in nature. Practical Applications: Understanding
the basic underlying mechanisms for GH release from the pituitary
provides new insights in to the 22 kD release from the pituitary
using a model not possible in humans.
THE RELIABILITY OF ISOMETRIC FORCE-TIME
VARIABLES COLLECTED ON A PORTABLE
MID-THIGH PULL TESTING DEVICE
G. HAFF,
1
S. NIMPHIUS,
2
AND J. SHEPPARD
3
1
Centre of Excercise and Sport Science Research, Edith Cowan
University, Joondalup, Western Australia; and
2
Centre for
Exercise and Sport Science, Edith Cowan University,
3
Edith
Cowan University
Mid-thigh pull testing is a popular laboratory technique that has
consistently been proven to be a reliable method for assessing
key strength indicators related to sports performance. Due to
equipment limitations the use of this test is often limited to
laboratory-based settings and to date is not often performed in
the eld because of the limited portability of the testing
equipment. Purpose: To assess the reliability of a portable mid-
thigh pull and force-plate testing apparatus. Methods: The reli-
ability of a custom made potable mid-thigh pull testing apparatus
was tested with 23 Junior Surfers (Age = 16.3 6 1.2 y; Body
mass = 58.8 6 9.0; height = 168.2 6 7.6 cm; S7 skinfold =
Abstracts
the TM
43.5 6 17.6). All subject performed the isometric mid-thigh pull
after a dynamic warm-up and 1 familiarization trial. A total of 2
maximal effort isometric mid-thigh pulls were collected on a cus-
tom portable isometric mid-thigh pull system that was coupled
with a force platform that sampled at 600 Hz. If the PF values
achieved were .250 N from the rst trial additional trials were
performed. All Force time curves were assessed for several key
characteristics including peak force (PF), average force (AF), peak
rate of force development (PRFD), and isometric impulse from
0 to 200 ms (200IMP). Reliability was calculated with the use
of the coefcient of variance (CV%), intraclass correlation (ICC)
and 90% condence interval (90%CI) for all force-time curve
variables assessed. Acceptable reliability was determined when
a measure met both an ICC . 0.70 and a CV% , 15%.
Results: The PF was determined to be highly reliable based upon
the high ICC(ICC= 0.99, 90CI = 0.981.00; CV%= 2.2, 90%CI
= 1.83.0). AF was also found to meet the established criteria for
reliability (ICC = 0.97, 90 CI = 0.930.98; CV% = 2.2, 90%CI =
1.83.0). 200IMP was also found to meet the criteria for reliability
by demonstrating a high ICC (0.87, 90%CI = 0.730.93) and
adequate CV% (8.8, 90%CI = 7.011.9). PRFD met
the minimum criteria for the ICC (0.84, 90%CI = 0.70.92), but
failed to achieve a CV%that would be considered reliable (CV%=
20.5, 90%CI = 16.228.3). Conclusion: A portable mid-thigh
pull apparatus when employed with a portable force plate can yield
reliable PF, AF, and 200IMP values in junior surfers. Practical
Applications: Strength and conditioning professionals can reli-
ably collect PF, MF, and 200IMP data in a eld-based environment
with the use of a portable mid-thigh pull and force plate apparatus.
Since PRFD failed to reach reliability standards this assessment
should be reserved for laboratory-based assessments.
COMPARATIVE GONIOMETRY-DERIVED
Q-ANGLES FOR RELAXED VS. CONTRACTED
QUADRICEPS FEMORIS MUSCLES
L. WEISS,
1
B. DEFOREST,
1
S. NICHOLS,
1
B. SCHILLING,
1
AND M. PAQUETTE
1
1
The University of Memphis, Memphis, TN
A large or small quadriceps angle (Q-angle) is assumed to be
indicative of the presence of genu valgum (knock-knee) or genu
varum (bow-leg), respectively. Surface goniometry has been used
to measure Q-angle, but contractile state of the quadriceps femoris
(quad) muscles is not universally controlled. Purpose: To deter-
mine the respective stability reliability, precision, and comparative
difference in Q-angles using surface goniometry when the quad
muscles are either relaxed or isometrically contracted. Methods:
Twenty-eight apparently-healthy young, rested men (n = 19) and
women (n = 9), 2032 years of age (M 6 SD, 23.1 6 2.9), who
had readily-palpable anterior superior iliac spines (ASIS), were
recruited for the investigation. The Q-angle of both knees in
relaxed and contracted quad conditions was obtained on 2 sep-
arate occasions either 24 or 48 hours apart. Q-angle was oper-
ationally dened as the superior angle formed by intersecting
lines running from the ASIS to the center of the patella, and from
the center of the tibial tuberosity to the center of the patella on
each side of the body. Following landmark identication and feet
xation (i.e., taped together) in a neutral position, an extendable-
arm goniometer (Lafayette Instruments) was used to measure
the Q-angle for both left and right legs with relaxed and maximally
isometrically-contracted quad muscles. Stability reliability was
determined by intraclass correlation (ICC2-way random). Preci-
sion, or the minimum-detectable real difference, was determined
by limits of agreement (LOA95%, 2.77 X standard error of mea-
surement). Comparisons for relaxed vs. contracted conditions
were made by dependent t-tests using a Bonferroni procedure
with an adjusted a level of 0.0125 (0.05/4), while effect size
(ES) was estimated using Cohens d for repeated measures.
Results: ICCs for Q-angle measurements were as follows:
left-leg relaxed = 0.94, right-leg relaxed = 0.94, left-leg con-
tracted = 0.86, right-leg contracted = 0.91. LOA95% for esti-
mating precision were as follows: left-leg relaxed = 2.88, right-leg
relaxed = 3.18, left-leg contracted = 3.98, right-leg contracted =
3.68. During the rst session, left-leg relaxed Q-angle (M 6 SD,
12.8 6 3.958) was greater than (p # 0.001, ES = 2.4) when
contracted (10.0 6 3.888), and right-leg relaxed Q-angle (14.0 6
4.308) was greater than (p # 0.001, ES = 2.8) when contracted
(10.8 6 4.328). During the second session, left-leg relaxed Q-
angle (12.4 6 4.018) was greater than (p # 0.001, ES = 3.1)
when contracted (9.3 6 3.588), and right-leg relaxed Q-angle
(13.6 6 4.528) was greater than (p # 0.001, ES = 3.2) when
contracted (10.5 6 4.178). Conclusions: Q-angle may be reli-
ably obtained with a precision of 48 or better using surface goni-
ometry in young men and women with either relaxed or
isometrically contracted quad muscles. Furthermore, Q-angles
are greater when the quads are relaxed rather than contracted.
Practical Applications: Although reliable and reasonably pre-
cise Q-angle measurements may be obtained using surface
goniometry, standardized reporting regarding the contractile
condition of the quadriceps femoris muscles is needed in order
for meaningful comparisons to be made.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN RATING OF
PERCEIVED EXERTION, RESISTANCE
EXERCISE INTENSITY, AND FATIGUE
L. VASQUEZ,
1
J. ALLEY,
1
C. GOODMAN,
2
J. PAUL,
1
AND J. MCBRIDE
2
the TM
| www.nsca.com
1
Appalachian State Univeristy; and
2
Appalachian State
Department of Health, Leisure & Exercise Science, Boone, NC
To normalize ratings of perceived exertion (RPE) during exercise,
multiple scales have been developed which offer a practical
method to measure subjective effort. Perceived exertion has been
dened as the subjective intensity of effort, strain, discomfort,
and/or fatigue experienced during the exercise task. RPE scales
have been found to relate to intensity during aerobic exercise,
however, the relationship between RPE and resistance exercise
intensity and fatigue is unclear. Purpose: To further examine the
relationship between RPE scales to resistance exercise intensity
(% of 1 repetition maximum (1RM)) and fatigue (fatigue index) in
male subjects knowledgeable in resistance training. Methods:
Twelve subjects (age: 21.9 6 1.3 yrs, body mass: 77.8 6 8.0
kg, height: 177.9 6 6.4 cm, 1RM: 124.9 6 32.9 kg) performed
sets of a traditional back squat at 3 different intensities (50%,
70%, and 90% of 1RM) for 3 repetitions and to volitional failure
(50-3, 50-F, 70-3, 70-F, 90-3, 90-F). RPE using the Borg 620
scale was provided by the subjects immediately following each
set. All conditions were performed on a force plate in order to
provide total work per set and fatigue index was calculated as the
number of repetitions completed per set relative to the number of
repetitions completed to volitional failure. Results: The number
of repetitions (50-F = 36.6 6 9.4, 70-F = 15.6 6 5.0, 90-F = 5.9
6 2.9, p # 0.05) completed and total work (50-F = 31,224.2 6
8,148.5 J, 70-F = 15,758.3 6 7,585.8 J, 90-F = 6,003.5 6
2,180.7 J) were signicantly different between 50-F, 70-F, and
90-F although no signicant differences were found between
RPE (50-F = 16.7 6 2.2, 70-3 = 16.5 6 1.6, 90-3 = 17.4 6
1.5) and fatigue index. RPE (50-3 = 9.5 6 1.6, 70-3 = 11.7 6
1.1, 90-3 = 15.3 6 1.8) and fatigue index (50-3 = 9.1 6 1.0, 70-
3 = 21.0 6 7.0, 90-3 = 60.0 6 23.0) were signicantly different
between 50-3, 70-3 and 90-3. Conclusions: In agreement with
previous results this investigation indicates that RPE does
increase as intensity increases, but only when performing sets
to a predetermined number of repetitions. Our ndings also agree
with previous investigations that RPE must increase linearly as
a function of time (repetitions completed) because the physiolog-
ical and psychological effect of fatigue (fatigue index) and thus
does not differentiate between varying intensities. In the current
investigation, when comparing the amount of work performed, the
sets completed to a predetermined number of repetitions were
similar unlike the RPE values. Alternatively, during the sets to
volitional failure all demonstrated similar RPE values, but signi-
cantly different amounts of work. This contrast demonstrates that
RPE may have little relationship to intensity, repetitions com-
pleted, or to work, but does exhibit a strong relationship with
fatigue. Practical Applications: Performing a set of 3 repeti-
tions at 50 or 70% would have little signicance with regards to
the accepted practice of resistance training program design in
which a set at a low intensity would not be performed at the same
number of repetitions as a set at a high intensity. Without a rela-
tionship between RPE values and the sets completed to volitional
failure, we are not able to conclude that RPE can be a helpful
measure of resistance training intensity when it does not count for
fatigability during low intensity bouts of resistance training.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SQUAT STRENGTH
AND KNEE POSITION DURING DROP
JUMP LANDINGS
C. GOODMAN,
1
T. HAINES,
1
K. N. KIJOWSKI,
2
AND
J. MCBRIDE
1
1
Appalachian State University/Neuromuscular &
Biomechanics Laboratory, Department of Health, Leisure &
Exercise Science, Boone, NC; and
2
Appalachian State
University
Purpose: The purpose of this study was to identify the rela-
tionship between squat 1 repetition maximum (1RM) strength
and knee position when landing from drop jumps (DJ) of vary-
ing heights. Valgus and varus are terms to describe frontal-
plane knee positions. Valgus is considered a medial deviation
of a joint, while varus is a lateral deviation of a joint. Factors
such as lack of strength in the gluteal muscles, muscle strength
imbalances, or deciency in general lower body strength rela-
tive to body mass may be reasons behind these knee devia-
tions when squatting and landing from jumps. The concern
about valgus knee angles during jumping is due to the possible
relationship of this phenomenon to anterior cruciate ligament
(ACL) injury. Besides the acute injury of an anterior cruciate
ligament tear, valgus knee position has also be attributed to
more chronic injury such as osteoarthritis. Thus, the contribu-
tion of increased leg strength might be an important compo-
nent to maintaining knee position with drop jump landings.
Methods: Eleven male subjects completed a 15 minute famil-
iarization session to ensure they were comfortable and aware
of proper DJ protocol. DJ heights were randomized at 20 cm,
40 cm and 60 cm and a countermovement jump (CMJ) was
performed as well. Reective markers were placed on the
greater trochanter, lateral epicondyle and the lateral mallelous
of both the left and right legs to track joint locations and knee
angles utilizing 3-dimensional videography for 2 trials of each
jump type. Following the jumps a 1 repetition maximum (1RM)
in the squat was completed. Results: The squat 1RM was
signicantly correlated with the varus/valgus knee angles while
landing from jumps at 20 cm (0.867), 40 cm 0 (.863), 60 cm
(0.874) and CMJ (0.765). Subjects exhibiting a greater
Abstracts
the TM
1RM showed higher levels of knee varus when landing.
Conclusions: Previous research has identied the relationship
between absolute strength of men and women and the tendency
for females to land in a more valgus position than their male
counterparts. By establishing a signicant correlation, this data
could now be applied to future research. The varus landing
stance of males may be an important factor as to why they expe-
rience less ACL injuries every year, as a valgus knee angle has
been shown to put the ACL at an increased risk for tearing. If
strength is a determining factor for more neutral knee angles at
landing, it is possible that by gaining strength and increasing the
1 RM of an individual, values will become more normalized, point-
ing to the need for examination of a training protocol and its
effects on knee angles at landing. Practical Applications:
By improving the absolute strength of an individual, it is possible
that drop-jump landing knee angles will become more favorable,
potentially leading to a decrease in injury rates and improved
jumping, which could be related to an increase in performance
if jumping is a required part of a persons sport or activity.
QUANTIFICATION OF UNLOADING FORCE AND
INFLUENCE ON POWER OUTPUT AND IMPULSE
DURING JUMPING
J. ALLEY,
1
J. PAUL,
1
L. VASQUEZ,
1
C. JOHN,
2
AND J. MCBRIDE
3
1
Appalachian State Univeristy;
2
Appalachian State
University; and
3
Appalachian State University/
Neuromuscular & Biomechanics Laboratory, Department of
Health, Leisure & Exercise Science, Boone, NC
Purpose: Determining the load at which peak power (PP) is
maximized in human movement has been examined utilizing
3 primary models: the elbow, the bench press and the jump
squat. Some additional studies have examined the power
clean and squat. Most investigations present loading that
maximizes power output as a function of some maximal force
output measurement (i.e. maximal muscle ber isometric
force, maximal isometric elbow exion force, etc.) and has
been reported to be at a load somewhere between 25% and
45% of those measures. Determining the load at which PP
occurs during vertical jumping requires performing jumps in
unloaded conditions. This has led to difculties in interpre-
tation of the results of previous investigations due to the lack
of quantication of the unloading conditions. The purpose of
this investigation was to present the pattern of unloading in
the various conditions to elucidate its inuence on PP.
Methods: Fourteen male subjects (age = 21.5 6 1.6 yrs,
body mass = 78.7 6 8.2 kg, height 1.77 6 .056 m,
1RM = 128.1 6 24.6 kg, 1RM/body mass = 1.6 6 0.3) with
at least 2 years of resistance training experience completed
countermovement jumps (CMJ) and static jumps (SJ) at 0%,
15%, 30%, 45%, and 60% of maximal dynamic strength
(MDS = 1RM + [Body Mass Shank Mass]) in a randomized
order. All testing was performed with subjects standing on a force
plate while 2 linear position transducers attached to a bar were
utilized to produce displacement-time, force-time, velocity-time,
and power-time curves. Jump height (JH), peak force (PF), peak
velocity (PV) and peak power (PP) were measured for each jump
during the concentric phase. Relative net vertical impulse (VI)
during the propulsive phase of each jump was also determined.
A strain gauge in series with the unloading apparatus was used
to quantify unloading force. Results: The highest PP in both CMJ
and SJ was observed at 45% of MDS (0% CMJ PP = 4288.2 6
1415.1 W, 15% CMJ PP = 4761.7 6 1450.9 W, 30% CMJ
PP = 5052.9 6 1092.3 W, 45% CMJ PP = 5246.0 6 1024.5
W, 60% CMJ PP = 4922.6 6 995.8 W; 0% SJ PP = 3601.0 6
1133.3 W, 15% SJ PP = 4052.3 6 1113.2 W, 30% SJ PP =
4708.3 6 1145.2 W, 45% SJ PP = 4900.9 6 872.5 W, 60%
SJ PP = 4390.2 6 800.9 W). Unloading force ranged from
665.7 6 57.6 N at 0% of MDS to 386.5 6 51.7 N at 15% of
MDS to 86.9 6 71.9 N for 30% of MDS and varied in relation to
jump phase. There was a non-signicant correlation between
relative PP and JH (0% CMJ JH = 0.68 6 0.14 m, 15% CMJ
JH = 0.60 6 0.12 m, 30% CMJ JH = 0.46 6 0.06 m, 45% CMJ
JH = 0.37 6 0.07 m, 60% CMJ JH = 0.26 6 0.07 m; 0% SJ JH
= 0.58 6 0.13 m, 15% SJ JH = 0.51 6 0.12 m, 30% SJ JH =
0.41 6 0.10 m, 45% SJ JH = 0.34 6 0.05 m, 60% SJ JH =
0.23 6 0.06 m; r = 0.01). There was a signicant correlation
between JH and VI with all loading conditions in both the CMJ
and SJ (0% CMJ VI = 3.54 6 0.63 m$s
21
, 15% CMJ VI =
3.17 6 0.48 m$s
21
, 30% CMJ VI = 2.88 6 0.26 m$s
21
,
45% CMJ VI = 2.86 6 0.50 m$s
21
, 60% CMJ VI = 2.90 6
0.50 m$s
21
; 0% SJ VI = 3.29 6 0.43 m$s
21
, 15% SJ VI =
2.90 6 0.37 m$s
21
, 30% SJ VI = 2.65 6 0.27 m$s
21
, 45%
SJ VI = 2.65 6 0.38 m$s
21
, 60% SJ VI = 2.60 6 0.37 m$s
21
;
r = 0.61, p # 0.05). The highest VI and JHin the CMJ and SJ were
observed at 0% of MDS. Conclusions: This investigation has
again shown that PP occurs at a load of approximately 25 to
45% of maximal force capabilities. Future investigations should
attempt to quantify the amount of unloading utilized in an inves-
tigation to allow for better context for data comparison. In addi-
tion, VI actually appears to be the best predictor of JH in
comparison to PP. Practical Applications: The lack of relation-
ship between PP and JH may call into question the importance of
determining the load at which PP occurs since it does not
appear that PP relates to athletic performance in a consistent
pattern.
the TM
| www.nsca.com
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SQUAT STRENGTH
AND STATIC, COUNTERMOVEMENT AND DROP
JUMP PERFORMANCE
K. N. KIJOWSKI,
1
C. GOODMAN,
2
D. P. KNORR,
1
J. ALLEY,
3
J. PAUL,
3
C. CAPPS,
1
N. TRIPLETT,
2
AND J. MCBRIDE
2
1
Appalachian State University;
2
Appalachian State
NC; and
3
Appalachian State Univeristy
Purpose: The purpose of this study is to examine the relationship
between squat strength and jump performance. Squat strength is
indicative of overall force application and has previously shown
positive correlations with explosive movements (jumping, sprint-
ing). The jumps can be analyzed through the use of a force plate
and potentiometers, producing our variables of interest, peak
power and peak force. These variables allow consideration of
the force application and how quickly it is applied. Thus, the peak
force and peak power produced during the concentric phase of
a static, countermovement, and drop (40 cm) jump is a good
indication of overall vertical performance capabilities. Methods:
10 male subjects between the ages of 18 to 25 were recruited
from Appalachian State University with at least 2 years of prior
resistance training experience. Subjects were tested during a sin-
gle session consisting of height (183.52 6 9.01 cm) and body
mass (79.05 6 7.27 kg) measurements and then performing ver-
tical jumps and squat 1RM testing (99 6 18.38 kg). Jump testing
consisted of 9 total jumps in randomly selected order, 3 counter-
movement, 3 static, and 3 drop jumps from 40 cm. Jumps were
separated by 2530 seconds of rest, with 3 minutes of rest
between every 3 jumps. All jumps were performed on a force plate
which was utilized to calculate peak power and peak force during
the concentric phase of the jump. The subjects rested for at least
5 minutes and then started the squat testing. Subjects were al-
lowed 2 sets of 810 repetitions at 30%, 46 repetitions at 50%,
24 repetitions at 70%, and 1 rep at 90% of a recommended
1RM or 1.52.53 their bodyweight, depending on training status.
The individuals were allowed up to 34 attempts at increasing
weights to obtain a 1RM. Subjects were asked to lower the bar
to a knee angle of at least 808. Results: Squat strength was
signicantly positively correlated with peak power and peak force
during CMJ (0.62, 0.71, respectively) and SJ (0.85, 0.75, respec-
tively). However only weak relationships exist when comparing
these variables to drop jump performance (0.43, 0.06, respec-
tively). Conclusions: The positive correlations between squat
strength and peak power and force during CMJ and SJ perfor-
mance display the importance of overall squat strength. The ability
to generate more force production during squat performance
transfers to greater jumping performance. An increase in peak
power indicates a greater ability to perform explosive movements,
jumping and sprinting. The lack of relationship of these variables
displayed during the drop jump performance indicates the possible
variation in the technical aspect of the jump. This includes variation
in absorption during landing and then a quick transfer over to
jumping. Practical Applications: Increasing lower body strength
is likely to result in increased SJ and CMJ performance, however,
this relationship does not appear to relate to DJ performance.
Thus, other factors such a plyometric training may have a more
signicant inuence on DJ performance as opposed to purely
strength training.
EFFECTS OF SHORT-TERM RESISTANCE
TRAINING AND SUBSEQUENT DETRAINING ON
CONTRALATERAL STRENGTH
P. B. COSTA,
1
T. J. HERDA,
2
A. HERDA,
3
AND
J. CRAMER
4
1
California State University - San Bernardino / Human
Performance Laboratory;
2
University of Kansas / Biomechanics
Laboratory, Lawrence, KS
3
University of Kansas Medical
Center; and
4
University of Nebraska - Lincoln
Short-term resistance training has been shown to increase
muscle strength and isokinetic performance after only a few
Abstracts
the TM
days of training. However, no studies have investigated the
effects of short-termtraining on contralateral strength. Purpose:
To examine the effects of 3 days of dynamic constant external
resistance (DCER) and subsequent detraining on the contralateral
strength of the untrained limb. Methods: Thirty-one apparently-
healthy untrained men (mean 6 SD age = 22.2 6 4.2 yrs; body
mass = 77.9 612.9 kg; height = 173.9 65.4 cm) were randomly
assigned to a DCER training group or a control group. Subjects
visited the laboratory 8 times, the rst visit was a familiarization
session, the second visit was a pre-training assessment, the sub-
sequent 3 visits were for training sessions (if assigned to the
training group), and the last 3 visits were post-training assessments
1, 2, and 3 (i.e., 48 hrs, 1 wk, and 2 wks after the nal training
session). The training group performed DCER leg extension exer-
cise on the dominant leg for 3 sets of ten repetitions in each of the
3 days of training. The control group did not take part in the training
intervention. Muscle strength of the untrained leg was quantied via
a DCER 1 repetition maximum strength test (1RM). Results:There
was a signicant 2-way interaction for time 3 group (p # 0.05) for
1RM strength of the untrained leg. Post-hoc pairwise comparisons
for the marginal means indicated that 1-RM increased from pre- to
post-training assessment 1 for the training group only, and
remained elevated during post-training assessments 2 and 3
(p # 0.05) (Table 1). There were no differences in 1-RM strength
for the DCER group among post-training assessments 1, 2, and 3
(p . 0.05). No changes were found for the control group (p .
0.05). Conclusions: The primary nding of this study was that
contralateral strength can be increased with 3 days of contralateral
training. Strength in the untrained leg increased 15.6% from the
pre-training assessment after only 3 days of training the opposite
leg and remained elevated for 2 weeks of detraining. Practical
Applications: Possible strength gains from short-term resistance
training have important implications in clinical rehabilitation settings,
sports injury prevention, as well as in other allied health elds such
as physical therapy, occupational therapy, and athletic training. The
ndings from the current study suggest training an uninjured leg
might benet an injured untrained limb during short-term injury or
prior to surgical interventions.
THE EFFECT OF INITIATING A STRENGTH
PROGRAM ON LOWER BODY SPEED STRENGTH
IN ELITE SURFERS
J. M. SHEPPARD,
1
S. NIMPHIUS,
2
T. TRAN,
3
L. LUNDGREN,
3
G. HAFF,
3
AND A. M. DUNN
4
1
Surng Australia & Edith Cowan University;
2
Centre for
Exercise and Sport Science, Edith Cowan University;
3
Centre of
Excercise and Sport Science Research, Edith Cowan University,
Joondalup, Western Australia; and
4
Surng Australia
Purpose: Although surng has been a fully professional, inter-
national sport for several decades, the adoption of strength and
conditioning methods amongst the sports elite could be
described as being in its infancy. Typically, training approaches
for surng do not acknowledge a considerable strength require-
ment, instead favoring high volumes of proprioceptive training,
exibility, and endurance. To the authors knowledge, there is
no data on the effect of strength training methods with a surng
population despite previous investigations nding that speed
strength and maximal strength qualities discriminate between
higher and lower performers in competitive surfers. The purpose
of this study was to evaluate the effect of strength training on
lower body power in elite pro-junior (under 20) and professional
(World Tour) surfers over a 6 month time period. Methods:
Eleven athletes (19.5 6 2.2 years, 1.72 m 6 0.09 m, 67.3 6
8.6 kg), including 3 females and 8 males, voluntarily engaged in
formal strength training in addition to their in-water surf training
and competition. Prior to the study period, each athlete engaged
in 3 months of training to develop a minimum level of athletic
competence in major movement patterns to prepare for advance-
ment into the strength-training program, as their previous experi-
ence in strength training was minimal throughout the group.
Depending on each individuals competitive schedule, athletes
completed between 1 and 4 strength-training sessions per week
for a 6-month time period, such that they averaged 2 sessions
per week over the study duration (48 sessions). Over the training
time period, athletes were progressed on an individual basis on
the main lifts of bilateral and unilateral squat, snatch, and upper-
body push and pulling exercises, as well as accessory exercises.
Prior to and at the conclusion of the training period, athletes were
assessed for their lower body speed strength through an unloaded
jump squat performed on a force platform (500 Hz, Ballistic Mea-
surement System, Adelaide Australia), with the Peak Force (PF),
Peak Velocity (PV), and Displacement (DISP) retained as primary
variables of interest. Using population-specic typical error data for
the jump squat (PF: 37 N, PV: 0.01 m$s
21
, DISP: 0.01 m) and
a reference value for likelihood of change of 0.2 3 group SD,
smallest worthwhile change statistics were calculated to reect
the probability that observed results were clinically positive. In
addition, paired samples t-tests with an alpha of p # 0.05 and
effect sizes (Cohens d) were calculated. Results: Improvements
in PF (172 N, 12%) and PV (0.3 m$s
21
, 11%) were 97% likely to
be clinically positive and 3%likely to be clinically trivial, whilst DISP
improvements (3.5 cm, 8%) were 89% likely to be clinically pos-
itive and 11% likely to be clinically trivial. PF, PV, and DISP
changes were all considered statistically signicant and to be of
moderate to large magnitude of gain (p = 0.004, d = 0.58; p =
0.003, d = 0.92; p = 0.039, d = 0.41, respectively). Conclusions:
Strength training can positively inuence speed strength qualities
in elite competitive surfers. Pratical Applications: Considering
the TM
| www.nsca.com
that speed strength and maximal strength have been validated as
important physical qualities in competitive surfers, strength training
methods such as squats and Olympic lifting should be integrated
into the overall training of surfers, with a view to increase strength
and speed strength qualities.
EFFECT OF WARM-UP DEVICES ON BAT
VELOCITY AND PERCEPTION OF HEAVINESS
AND SPEED OF SWING OF COLLEGIATE
BASEBALL PLAYERS
D. SZYMANSKI,
1
T. DONAHUE,
1
B. STOVER,
1
D. BOYCE,
1
L. AFRICA,
1
M. GREENWOOD,
2
AND
J. BEAM
3
1
Louisiana Tech University, Ruston, LA;
2
Texas A&M
University, College Station, TX; and
3
University of New
Mexico, Albuquerque, NM
Purpose: To examine the effect of various warm-up (WU) devi-
ces on bat velocity (BV), and perception of heaviness and speed
of swing of collegiate baseball players. Methods: Twenty Divi-
sion I college baseball players volunteered for this study and were
randomly placed into 1 of 7 groups to swing 7 different WU
devices over 7 days. WU devices were a: 33 in, 30 oz standard
aluminumbaseball bat, 30.5 in, 64 oz exible weighted implement
(FW), 30.5 in, 48 oz exible weighted implement, 24 oz weighted
ceramic cylinder (added to standard bat), 12 oz dynamically
weighted plastic cylinder (added to standard bat), 39.5 in, 15
oz end loaded WU device, and 39.5 in, 15 oz dynamic WU
device. After a 10 minute active, dynamic WU, players took 2
310 practice swings with a standard bat, and then sat on a bench
in the batting cage area for 5 minutes. A BatMaxx 5500 then
recorded WU device velocity for 6 consecutive swings. Immedi-
ately after the WU swings, players subjectively rated the heavi-
ness of the WU device to the standard bat. Then, once in the
batters box, players swung the standard baseball bat 2 times
comfortably before the experimental trials. A SetPro SPRT5A
recorded standard BV from 3 maximal effort swings with 20-
seconds of rest between swings while hitting a baseball off a bat-
ting tee. Subjects were not allowed to practice swinging between
trials. Immediately after each of the 3 swings, players subjectively
rated how fast they swung the standard bat. The testing order of
different devices was randomly assigned to each group. Each
subject was tested on 7 days, using 1 device per day. Results:
As expected, there was a signicant difference (p # 0.05)
between all of the WU devices swing velocities compared to
the standard bat WU swing velocity. There was a signicant
within-subjects main effect for the WU opinion of heaviness of
bat data. After comparing each value to the standard bat heavi-
ness rating, all WU devices had signicantly different ratings than
the standard bat WU heaviness rating. One-way repeated meas-
ures ANOVA indicated no signicant differences between the
mean BV after using any of the 7 WU devices. The only signi-
cant within-subjects main effect for the speed of swing rating
compared to the standard bat was the 64 oz FW. Conclusions:
Although all of the WU devices swing velocities were different
than the standard BV in the on-deck circle and they also sub-
jectively felt different than the standard bat, results indicate that
WU devices varying from 15 to 64 oz did not change mean BV of
a standard 33 in, 30 oz baseball bat for collegiate baseball play-
ers. Practical Applications: Based on BV, players can use any
of the 7 WU devices in the on-deck circle and maintain their BV.
Therefore, personal preference as to which WU device to use in
the on-deck circle is recommended. The advantage of the WU
with a weighted device was thus psychological and not physio-
logical. Acknowledgment: We would like to thank Momentus
Sports (Mount Pleasant, IA, USA) and Bats Limited (Hewitt, TX,
USA) for partially funding this study.
IS THERE A PACING STRATEGY DURING A 505
CHANGE OF DIRECTION TEST
IN ADOLESCENTS?
S. NIMPHIUS,
1
T. SPITERI,
2
L. SEITZ,
1
E. HAFF,
1
AND G. HAFF
3
1
Centre for Exercise and Sport Science, Edith Cowan
University;
2
Centre for Exercise and Sport Science Research,
Edith Cowan University; and
3
Centre of Excercise and Sport
Science Research, Edith Cowan University, Joondalup,
Western Australia
One basic tness component often measured in a testing
battery is change of direction (COD) ability. The ability for an
adolescent to change direction has had minimal focus in health
or sport science research in comparison to other common
tness components. A common test for COD is the 505 COD
test that is intended for a high velocity running entry followed by
a 180 degree change of direction. This test requires a great deal
of eccentric strength especially when entering at a high velocity.
Purpose: To examine if adolescents use a pacing strategy to
handle the difcult change of direction during the 505 COD test.
Methods: Twenty male and 19 female adolescents (age: 13.4
6 0.4 years; height: 161.8 6 6.7 cm; body mass: 59.9 6 11.1
kg) volunteered to participate in this study. Maximal acceleration
ability was assessed using the 10 m split froma 30 m sprint. The
traditional 505 test was used to assess COD ability. Reliability of
10 m sprint times and COD performance were assessed by
intraclass correlation coefcient (ICC) and coefcient of varia-
tion (CV). The presence of a pacing strategy was assessed by
comparing the 10 m sprint split time to the 10 m split prior to the
Abstracts
the TM
505 change of direction by a paired t-test and magnitude of
effect (ES). Further, the relationship between COD decit (505
time minus 10 m sprint time) relative to COD performance was
examined by Pearsons product moment correlations with 90%
condence intervals (90%CI) using log-transformed data.
Results: There was a high level of reliability of 10 m sprint time,
10 m split in the 505 and 505 times in these adolescents (ICC:
0.820.91; CV: 2.13.5%). The 10 m split during a 505 entry
was signicantly slower than the 10 m split of a 30 m sprint (p ,
0.001, ES = 0.55) with adolescents reducing their time by
4.05% 6 3.77% in anticipation of entering the 505 portion of
the COD test. In addition, there was a very strong relationship
(r = 0.78, 90%CI: 0.65 to 0.87) between COD decit and 505
performance. Conclusions: The results demonstrate that some
adolescents slow their entry running velocity even before enter-
ing the 505 portion of the test where performance time is
derived in the traditional 505 test. Further, the assessment of
the COD decit is an indicator of actual COD ability by inher-
ently controlling for sprint ability. Although COD decit explains
approximately 60% of the variance in 505 time it seems to be
a more specic measure of isolating COD ability with respect to,
instead of despite their individual speed capabilities. Practical
Applications: Some adolescents may use a pacing strategy
when faced with a difcult COD task and their ability to change
direction can be assessed independent of their speed by
expressing it as a COD decit.
THE COMBINED EFFECTS OF EXERCISE, DIET,
AND A MULTI-INGREDIENT DIETARY
SUPPLEMENT ON BODY COMPOSITION
AND ADIPOKINE CHANGES IN
OVERWEIGHT ADULTS
S. M. ARENT,
1
P. DOLAN,
1
J. PELLEGRINO,
1
H. LOPEZ,
2
T. ZIEGENFUSS,
2
A. WALKER,
1
AND S. WOELLER
1
1
Rutgers University, Human Performance Laboratory, New
Brunswick, NJ; and
2
Center for Applied Health Sciences
While many supplements are promoted for weight and fat loss
benets, very few of them undergo nished-product research to
examine efcacy. Purpose: To determine the effect of a dietary
supplement containing raspberry ketone, capsaicin, caffeine,
garlic, and Citrus aurantium on body composition, hip and waist
girth, and adipokines in conjunction with an 8-week diet and
exercise program. Methods: Overweight males and females
(N = 30; M
age
= 38.2 + 10.3 yr, M
weight
= 88.12 + 16.0 kg,
M
%BF
= 38.3 + 7.6%) completed this randomized, placebo-
controlled, double-blind study. Subjects consumed 4 capsules
per day of the supplement (EXP; n = 15) or placebo (PLA; n =
15). Following baseline testing, both groups underwent 8 weeks
of daily supplementation, a calorie restricted diet (500 kcal ,
RMR 3 1.4), and 3 session per week of supervised progressive
exercise training. Training consisted of 3 sets of 57 resistance
training exercises at an intensity of 90100% 10RM followed by
30 min of aerobic exercise at an intensity of 7085%HRR. Body
composition (via BOD POD), hip and waist girth, as well as
select adipokines (adiponectin, resistin, leptin, IL-6) were
assessed at baseline, week 4, and post-intervention (T1, T2, &
T3). Results: Signicant decreases in weight (22.3 + 3.5 kg,
p , 0.001), fat mass (23.5 + 2.4 kg; p , 0.001), and %BF
(23.4 + 2.2%, p , 0.001), and a signicant increase in LBM
(1.6 + 2.0 kg; p , 0.001) were seen from T1 to T3. Waist
(28.7 + 5.8 cm, p , 0.001) and hip (26.2 + 6.3 cm, p ,
0.001) girth were also reduced. There were no signicant Group
differences (p . 0.53) for the body composition or girth meas-
urements, though the Time x Group interaction approached sig-
nicance for waist girth (p = 0.10). Signicant decreases in IL-6
(p = 0.018), leptin (p = 0.005), and resistin (p = 0.011) were
seen from T1 to T3 across groups. There was also a signicant
Time 3 Group interaction for adiponectin (p = 0.038), with EXP
displaying a 46% increase in adiponectin from T1 to T3 while
PLA remained stable. There were no other signicant Group
effects (p . 0.30). Changes in leptin were positively correlated
with changes in weight (r = 0.46, p = 0.015) and waist girth (r =
0.39, p = 0.04), and approached signicance for correlations
with changes in LBM (r = 0.35, p = 0.068), FM (r = 0.36, p =
0.058), and hip girth (r = 0.37, p = 0.054). Conclusions: The
exercise and diet program produced signicant improvements in
body composition, FM, LBM, and girth. With the exception of
waist girth, these changes were not enhanced by supplementa-
tion with EXP. It is possible that intensity of the program and
degree of caloric restriction mitigated potential supplement
effects. The signicant improvements in adipokines support the
utility of exercise, diet, and fat loss for impacting inammatory
biomarkers. Reductions in leptin were associated with changes
in weight loss variables and imply improved sensitivity. Despite
no Group differences for body composition, the improvement in
adiponectin with EXP suggests a unique health mechanism.
Practical Applications: A combined resistance training and
aerobic exercise program, coupled with dietary intervention, suc-
cessfully improves body composition, girth, and adipokine status
in overweight individuals. Though the addition of the proprietary
supplement did not enhance most body composition changes, it
did increase positive adaptations in adiponectin which could
have important health implications. Acknowledgments: Fund-
ing provided by Ultimate Wellness Systems, Inc.
the TM
| www.nsca.com
DOES INGESTING A SODIUM-SODIUM CITRATE
BEVERAGE PROVIDE RAPID REHYDRATION
FOR ATHLETES GIVEN 2 HOURS TO
REHYDRATE AFTER LOSING 2.5% OF THEIR
BODY MASS VIA PASSIVE DEHYDRATION?
K. A. BROOKS,
1
J. G. CARTER,
2
AND J. DAWES
1
1
Texas A&M University Corpus Christi; and
2
Texas A&M
University, College Station, TX
Introduction: Research has shown that many athletes are con-
tinually in a state of dehydration. This impairs performance, and
increases the chance of heat-related illness. Using sodium sup-
plementation to increase uid absorption and stimulate the thirst
mechanism has proven effective in rehydration. Purpose: The
purpose of this study was to determine if ingesting a beverage
containing 1,780 mg of sodium and 2,953 mg of sodium citrate
would increase the rehydration rate for previously hypohydrated
individuals prior to exercising in a heated environment during
aerobic exercise. Methods: Five division 1 female soccer ath-
letes participated in the study. The subjects had the following
descriptive statistics: Age 19 6 0.7 yr, Height 162.3 6
4.6 cm, Weight 63.2 68.1 kg, %BF 23.68 69.2%, and V
_
O
2
max
60.2 6 5.1 ml$kg
21
$min
21
. The study required subjects (N = 5)
to run the experimental protocol twice. Fluid intake was matched
for each condition. Prior to running to exhaustion at 70% of their
V
_
O
2
max on a treadmill in a heated chamber, the subjects were
passively dehydrated and loss 2.5% of their body mass.
The subjects were given 2 hours to rehydrate via either a pla-
cebo (10 mmol Na
&pl;op
$L
21
) or the supplement (164 mmol
Na
&pl;op
$L
21
). After medical clearance, subjects performed
a graded exercise test to determine V
_
O
2
max. ACSM equations
were used to determine running speed at 70% of V
_
O
2
max. Test-
ing conditions consisted of the subjects running at 70% of their
V
_
O
2
max until exhaustion while in a heated chamber at
908Fahrenheit. The study employed a double-blind, repeated
measure, within subject protocol. The treadmill protocol consisted
of a 5 minute warm-up (3 minutes at 40% of their V
_
O
2
max and
2 minutes at 55%of their V
_
O
2
max), running to exhaustion at 70%
of V
_
O
2
max, and a 10 minute cool down at 3.0 mph. Every
5-minute period on the treadmill, variables were assessed.
Results: Results indicated that there were no signicant differ-
ences between conditions for hydration time. There were no sig-
nicant differences between conditions for urine specic gravity
between conditions pre exercise or during weight cutting. A sig-
nicant difference (p # 0.05) in USP between conditions was
found post exercise, with the supplement trial reporting a higher
USP value. Conclusions: Skin temperature was lower when
hydrated with the sodium supplemented beverage after sustained
aerobic exercise at 70% of V
_
O
2
max, in a hot environment. The
ability to maintain a lower body temperature may lead to increased
performance through maintenance of blood volume and
a decreased effect of cardiovascular drift. Notably, all of the sub-
jects performed better on the rst treadmill session regardless of
the experimental condition (i.e. placebo or high sodium solution).
Absolute conclusions cannot be drawn from this study. Practical
Applications: Dehydration should be a major concern for any
athlete, especially for those who are performing in hot, humid
environments. Preventative methods such as ingesting a sodium
solution, frequent weigh-ins, and continual education for the ath-
lete should all be employed to avoid any form of heat illness to the
athlete. Practitioners should be aware of the importance of aero-
bic conditioning for an athlete while exercising in a hot environ-
ment. Knowledge of warning signs and symptoms, and taking
proper precautions to prevent complications is of importance.
Coaches should be aware that athletes who are less conditioned
are at higher risk for heat illnesses; therefore, proper training and
steps towards acclimatization must be employed prior to training
in the heat.
EFFECTS OF A SODIUM-SODIUM CITRATE
BEVERAGE ON SUBSEQUENT RUN TIME TO
EXHAUSTION & RPE IN PREVIOUSLY
HYPOHYDRATED SOCCER ATHLETES IN A HOT
ENVIRONMENT DURING AEROBIC EXERCISE
J. G. CARTER,
1
K. A. BROOKS,
2
AND J. DAWES
2
1
Texas A&M University, College Station, TX; and
2
Texas
A&M University Corpus Christi
Introduction: Research suggests that many athletes are in
a chronic state of dehydration. This may not only impair perfor-
mance, but also increases the risk of experiencing a heat-related
illness. One method shown to be effective in rehydrating athletes is
the use of a beverage containing sodium to increase uid absorp-
tion and stimulate the thirst mechanism. However, it has yet to be
determined if a supplement containing sodium and sodium citrate
is as effective. Purpose: The purpose of this study was to deter-
mine if ingesting a beverage containing 1,780 mg of sodium and
2,953 mg of sodiumcitrate would increase subsequent run time to
exhaustion and lower RPE in previously hypohydrated individuals
during aerobic exercise. Methods: Five (n = 5) division I female
soccer players (19 6 0.7 yr, Height 162.3 6 4.6 cm, Weight
63.2 6 8.1 kg, %BF 23.68 6 9.2%, and V
_
O
2
max 60.2 6
5.1 ml$kg
21
$min
21
) participated in this study. Subjects were pas-
sively dehydrated in a heated chamber, until they experienced
a 2.5% loss in body mass. Subjects were then given 2 hours to
rehydrate via a placebo (10 mmol Na
&pl;op
$L
21
) or the supplement
(164 mmol Na
&pl;op
$L
21
). A double-blind, repeated measure,
within subject protocol was utilized. Each individual performed
Abstracts
the TM
the testing protocol twice, receiving either the treatment or pla-
cebo. The treadmill protocol consisted of a 5 minute warm-up
(3 minutes at 40% of their V
_
O
2
max and 2 minutes at 55% of their
V
_
O
2
max), running to exhaustion at 70%of V
_
O
2
max, and a 10 min-
ute cool down at 3.0 mph. Every 5 minutes on the treadmill,
variables were assessed. Results: RPE and run time to exhaustion
at 70%of maximal V
_
O
2
are summarized in Table 1.0. No signicant
differences were observed between conditions for run time to
exhaustion or RPE. Conclusions: These ndings suggest that
rehydrating with a beverage containing 1,780 mg of sodium and
2,953 mg of sodium citrate does not increase subsequent
run time to exhaustion or lower RPE in previously hypohy-
drated individuals during aerobic exercise at 70% of V
_
O
2
max. Practical Applications: Dehydration is a major con-
cern for athletes, especially those who are performing in hot,
humid environments. Sodium containing drinks may lead to
quicker rehydration due to greater thirst mechanism stimulation.
EFFECT OF AN ACUTE INTAKE OF VESPA
AMINO ACID MIXTURE ON PHYSIOLOGIC
RESPONSES DURING CYCLE
ERGOMETER EXERCISE
G. EHLERS,
1
K. EITING,
1
A. ISAACKSON,
1
D. FECHT,
1
C. HAYNES,
1
A. PAWLAK,
1
B. PAPE,
1
A. REIMER,
1
C. STROSINA,
1
J. YAGGIE,
1
R. ZAPORSKI,
1
AND R. NELSON
1
1
Concordia University Wisconsin, Mequon, WI
The ingestion of amino acid supplements to improve perfor-
mance is not a new phenomenon. An amino acid mixture
(VAAM) based upon the composition of Asian Giant Hornet
(Vespa mandarinia) larva saliva is currently being marketed as
an ergogenic aid with claims of enhancing fatty acid utilization,
reducing blood lactate accumulation and increasing time to
fatigue during cardiovascular endurance exercise. VAAM is
a blend of 17 amino acids and is sold as a powder that can be
mixed in water or sports drinks. Most research has not
supported the use of amino acid supplementation as a means
of enhancing endurance performance, making the potential of
the proprietary blend of VAAM interesting but needing more
conclusive research. Purpose: The purpose of this study was
to examine the effect of an acute intake of VAAM on 30 minutes
of submaximal cycle ergometer exercise at an intensity just
under the ventilatory threshold (VT). Methods: A double-
blinded, randomized, placebo controlled, counterbalanced
design was used. The placebo was similar to the VAAM in
color, smell, taste, consistency and caloric quantity. Both pla-
cebo and VAAM were mixed in 8 ounces of water. Sixteen
physically active college-age individuals (5 female, 11 male,
mean age = 21.06 6 1.34 years) volunteered. All participants
completed 4 cycle ergometer exercise sessions including
a maximal exercise test (to determine ventilatory threshold
and submaximal workload), a familiarization session (to allow
adaptation to equipment and submaximal workload), and 2
30 minute cycling sessions (1 taking a placebo and 1 taking
a VAAM supplement). Results: Two way repeated measures
ANOVA revealed no signicant differences when comparing
the VAAM and placebo groups on the following physiological
variables: V
_
O
2
(33.34 6 4.18 vs. 33.57 6 4.23
ml
$
kg
21
$min
21
, p = 0.238), respiratory exchange ratio (0.95
6 0.04 vs. 0.94 6 0.05, p = 0.737), blood lactate (3.37 6
2.29 vs. 3.57 6 2.3 mmol$L
21
, p = 0.725), exercise heart rate
(164.5 vs. 163.7 beats$min
21
, p = 0.444) and total caloric
the TM
| www.nsca.com
expenditure (255.60 6 111.15 vs. 255.77 6 111.72 kilocalo-
ries, p = 0.918). Wilcoxon Sign Ranks Tests revealed no sig-
nicant differences in median Borg Scale ratings of perceived
exertion at 10 minutes (12.5 vs. 13, p = 0.124), 20 minutes
(15 vs. 15, p = 0.174) and 30 minutes (15.5 vs. 15.5, p =
0.942) of exercise. Conclusions: An acute, single dose of
VAAM did not signicantly affect physiological responses during
cycling exercise performance at intensities just below the VT.
Practical Applications: An acute dose of this VAAM supple-
ment was not shown to be an effective ergogenic aid for the
enhancement of submaximal performance during 30 minutes of
cycling. Whether an increase in dosage based on body weight
or a loading regimen over several weeks would change the
results of this study remains to be evaluated. Time to fatigue
was not evaluated in this study and is another potential question
to evaluate. Cyclists interested in a product that will assist with
cardiovascular endurance performance should consider studies
such as this 1 prior to making ergogenic aid decisions.
EFFECTS OF HIGH-INTENSITY INTERVAL
TRAINING AND B-ALANINE
SUPPLEMENTATION ON THE
ELECTROMYOGRAPHIC FATIGUE THRESHOLD
A. HERDA,
1
A. E. SMITH-RYAN,
2
K. L. KENDALL,
3
T. J. HERDA,
4
J. STOUT,
5
AND J. T. CRAMER
6
1
University of Kansas Medical Center;
2
University of North
Carolina Chapel Hill;
3
Georgia Southern University;
4
University of Kansas / Biomechanics Laboratory, Lawrence,
KS;
5
University of Central Florida; and
6
University of
Nebraska-Lincoln
B-Alanine (BA) supplementation has been reported to improve
intramuscular buffering capacity during high intensity exercise.
In conjunction with high-intensity interval training (HIIT), BA
could theoretically prolong the duration of exercise or reduce
the relative intensity of the activity. Purpose: The purpose of
the present study was to determine the effect of HIIT with or
without BA supplementation on the Electromyographic fatigue
threshold (EMG
FT
) in healthy college-aged women. Methods:
Forty-four healthy women [mean 6 SD; age (yrs): 21.8 6 3.7;
height (cm): 166.5 6 6.6; body mass (kg): 65.9 6 10.8] were
randomly assigned to 1 of 3 treatment groups: BA (n = 14),
placebo (PL, n = 19), or control (CON, n = 11). The BA and PL
groups performed HIIT on the cycle ergometer 3 times per
week for a total of 6 weeks. EMG
FT
was assessed at baseline
(pre), after 3 weeks of training (mid), and after 6 weeks of HIIT
(post). For the EMGFT assessment, each participant per-
formed a discontinuous incremental cycle ergometer test to
determine their EMG
FT
. Four, 2-minute work bouts (ranging
from 75250 W) were completed starting at each participants
power output at VT and increasing 25 W each consecutive
work bout. A bipolar surface electrode arrangement, placed
over the right vastus lateralis was used to record EMG ampli-
tude, averaged over 10 s epochs during each cycling bout. The
4 power outputs were plotted as a function of 4 EMG slope
coefcients, with the y-intercept dened as the EMG
FT
. A 2-
way mixed factorial ANOVA [time (pre vs. mid vs. post) 3
treatment (BA vs. PL vs. CON)] was used to analyze EMG
FT
.
Results: The results of the ANOVA indicated there was no
signicant interaction (p = 0.31), main effect for time (p =
0.40), nor was there a main effect for treatment group (p =
0.79). Conclusions: The present study indicated no changes
in EMG
FT
regardless of training or supplementation status. The
lack of change could be attributed to the lower relative inten-
sities used during the EMG
FT
in the groups that completed
HIIT, where the workload during an exercise bout was not great
enough to elicit a positive slope across the 4, 2 minute bouts.
Practical Applications: Although HIIT has been reported to
improve cardiovascular tness in a time-efcient manner com-
parable to traditional endurance training, it may not be effective
in improving the onset of the EMG
FT
. Acknowledgments:
This investigation was supported by FSI Nutrition, Inc. Omaha,
Nebraska.
EVENING PROTEIN CONSUMPTION
AND EXERCISE: HEALTH AND
PERFORMANCE OUTCOMES
M. J. ORMSBEE,
1
A. W. KINSEY,
1
W. R. EDDY,
1
T. A. MADZIMA,
1
L. B. PANTON,
1
AND J. KIM
1
1
Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL
Common perception is to limit caloric intake in close proximity to
nocturnal sleep as it may promote adverse effects on cardiome-
tabolic health and body composition. However, a paucity of data
exist that investigate nighttime macronutrient intake and health
and performance outcomes. Purpose: To compare the effects of
carbohydrate (PLA), whey protein (WP), or casein protein (CP)
when consumed prior to nocturnal sleep and combined with exer-
cise training on metabolism, body composition, cardiovascular
health, appetite, and strength. Methods: Forty-seven sedentary,
overweight and obese adults (BMI $25 kg$m
22
) participated in
this double blind, placebo-controlled study. Participants were
stratied by gender and % body fat into 1 of 3 groups: PLA
(n = 14; men, 4; age, 28.1 6 7.9 yrs, mean 6 SD), WP (n =
16; men, 3; age, 30.3 6 6.2 yrs), CP (n = 17; men, 3; age,
30.1 6 6.4 yrs). For 4 weeks, participants consumed their
Abstracts
the TM
respective supplements (PLA, 150 kcals/serving; WP, 150 kcals/
serving; CP, 140 kcals/serving) as the last caloric beverage at
least 2 hours after dinner and no more than 30 minutes prior to
sleep. Participants also completed supervised exercise (3x/week;
2 days of resistance exercise and 1 day of high-intensity cardio-
vascular exercise). Pre and post training measurements of anthro-
pometrics, body composition (dual energy X-ray absorptiometry),
resting metabolic rate (indirect calorimetry), appetite (visual ana-
logue scales for hunger, desire to eat, and satiety), fasting lipids
and glucose (Cholestech LDX), hormonal responses (leptin, C-
reactive protein, insulin, insulin-like growth factor-1, cortisol, adi-
ponectin), and one-repetition maximum (1-RM) strength for upper
and lower body were completed. A one-way ANOVA was per-
formed to examine group differences at baseline. A 3 3 2
repeated measures ANOVA was used to evaluate changes in
dependent variables. When appropriate, Tukeys post hoc com-
parisons were performed to locate differences. Values are means
6 SE. Results: No group differences in age, height, weight, and
% body fat were present at baseline or after the intervention.
Signicant time effects indicating decreased body fat (baseline,
44.7 6 0.1 %; post, 44.5 6 0.1 %), increased lean body mass
(baseline, 52.0 6 0.1 kg; post, 56.2 6 0.1 kg), increase in 1-RM
(baseline, 111.4 6 1.6 kg; post, 127.6 6 1.7 kg), increased
satiety (baseline, 31.5 6 2.3; post, 38.6 6 2.54) and decreased
adiponectin concentrations (baseline, 6126.8 6 162.2 ng$ml
21
;
post, 5610.2 6 162.2 ng$ml
21
) were measured. No changes
were observed in any other blood variables regardless of group.
Conclusions: Exercise training for 4 weeks increases lean body
mass, strength, and satiety in sedentary, overweight and obese
individuals. More importantly, macronutrient choice and caloric
intake (;150 kcals) in close proximity to nocturnal sleep over 4
weeks does not negatively impact body weight and body compo-
sition, despite common perception, when coupled with an exer-
cise regimen. Practical Applications: Trainers and coaches
may be able to advocate small single macronutrient meals prior
to sleep in overweight and obese clients, however, much more
research is needed to elucidate all possible benets to nighttime
eating and in different populations. Acknowledgments: Our
participants, Golds Gym
, Jim Burtoft and Zack Muller. This

study was supported by the FSU CRC grant and the NSCA
Young Investigator Award to MJO.
EFFECTS OF A PERSONAL OXYGEN
SUPPLEMENT ON PERFORMANCE DURING
REPEAT WINGATE ASSESSMENTS
M. SARTORI,
1
D. BELLAR,
1
AND L. JUDGE
2
1
University of Lousiana at Lafayette; and
2
Ball State
In many sports the ability to intermittently work at high intensities
without degradation in performance is important for success. It is
therefore important to study supplements that might benet
repeated high intensity activity. Purpose: Peak and mean power
from the Wingate test were compared to determine if a personal
oxygen supplement can enhance performance during repeat
Wingate tests. Methods: Ten college aged students partici-
pated in this investigation (n = 10). Two Wingate tests
separated by 30 seconds were performed twice in a counter-
balanced fashion. Half of the participants received the oxygen
treatment during the rst Wingate test, and the other half
received the oxygen treatment during the second Wingate test.
Adequate recovery time was provided between bouts of
repeated Wingates. Participants who performed the Wingate
with the supplemental canister of Oxygen (95% Oxygen, 4L)
were dosed liberally between Wingates. The participants in
the control group remained seated on the cycle until the 30
seconds had elapsed. Results: Analysis of the mean power
produced during Wingate testing resulted in signicant main
effects for treatment (F = 6.283, h
p
2
= 0.411, p = 0.033).
The peak power generated during the Wingate testing did not
result in a main effect for treatment (F = 2.34, h
p
2
= 0.207, p =
0.160). No signicant interaction effects for treatment *time
were found for either mean or peak power (p . 0.05).
Conclusions: The control treatment resulted in a higher mean
relative power (4.6 watts/kilogram) than the supplemental oxy-
gen condition (4.4 watts/kilogram). This suggests that personal
oxygen supplementation is not effective during repeat Wingate
tests as an ergogenic aid, and may be detrimental to perfor-
mance. Practical Applications: Strength and conditioning pro-
fessionals are interested in methods to assist athletes in
recovering faster, however; it appears that personal supplemental
oxygen is not an effective treatment for enhancing recovery
between periodic high intensity activity and may reduce perfor-
mance. Acknowledgments: The authors would like to acknowl-
edge the contribution of Second Wind LLC to this project.
EFFECTS OF CAFFEINE ON THE RELIABILITY
OF EMG AMPLITUDE AND FREQUENCY FOR
THE BICEPS BRACHII
M. TREVINO,
1
J. W. COBURN,
2
L. E. BROWN,
2
D. A. JUDELSON,
2
AND M. H. MALEK
3
1
Exercise Physiology Lab, California State University,
Fullerton, CA;
2
Center for Sport Performance, California State
University, Fullerton, CA; and
3
Wayne State University,
Detroit, MI
Purpose: The purpose of this study was to determine the inu-
ence of caffeine on the reliability of electromyographic (EMG)
the TM
| www.nsca.com
amplitude and frequency of the biceps brachii. Methods: Four-
teen men (22 6 2 y, 173 6 7 cm, 85 6 12 kg) came to the
laboratory 4 times. Visit 1 served as a familiarization visit. During
visits 2, 3, and 4, subjects ingested their assigned drink (0, 5, or
10 mg of caffeine per kg of body mass in a randomized, repeated
measures design), rested for 60 minutes, and performed 3 max-
imal isometric muscle actions of the elbow exors for the deter-
mination of EMG amplitude and frequency. Results: The results
indicated high intraclass reliability coefcients for each of the 3
EMG amplitudes (R = 0.936, 0.965, and 0.961) and EMG fre-
quency conditions (R = 0.917, 0.888, and 0.839) for the 0, 5,
and 10 mg$kg
1
of body mass caffeine conditions, respectively.
Conclusion: Its concluded that EMG amplitude and frequency
may be reliably determined from the biceps brachii following
ingestion of either 0, 5, or 10 mg$kg
1
of body mass of caffeine.
Practical Applications: Researchers and practitioners inter-
ested in measuring neuromuscular responses to caffeine can
do so reliably using EMG.
BINGE DRINKING FOLLOWING HEAVY
ECCENTRIC RESISTANCE EXERCISE: EFFECT
ON MUSCLE POWER
J. L. VINGREN,
1
N. IDEMUDIA,
1
C. CREGAR,
1
A. A. DUPLANTY,
1
R. G. BUDNAR,
1
AND D. W. HILL
1
1
University of North Texas, Denton, TX
Purpose: To investigate the effect of alcohol on explosive
performance measures during recovery from heavy eccentric
resistance exercise. Methods: Ten healthy men (Mean 6 SD:
24 6 2 years, 180 6 6 cm, 86 6 13 kg) completed 3 identical
acute heavy resistance exercise tests (AHRET) separated by 1
week. The AHRET consisted of 4 sets of 10 repetitions of
eccentric smith machine squats at 110% of 1-repetition max-
imum (1-RM) with 4 min of rest between sets. The rst AHRET
session was used as preconditioning and no performance
measures were obtained. The second and third AHRET ses-
sions were used for the experimental protocol. On these 2
visits participants consumed a drink containing either alcohol
(EtOH; 1.086 g of alcohol per kg lean mass; 82122 ml total)
or Placebo (no alcoho) from 1030 minutes post-AHRET. The
participants were blinded to conditions and the order of con-
ditions was counter-balanced. Blood alcohol concentration
(BAC) was measured using a breathalyzer. Before the AHRET
(PRE), and 24 and 48 hours post AHRET, participants per-
formed 3 consecutive vertical jumps on a forceplate, 20 yard
shuttle runs, and 20 yard sprints, all at maximal effort. Muscle
soreness was measured using analog scales at PRE and 24
and 48 hours. Results: BAC peaked 6090 min post-exercise
in all participants (0.11 6 0.02 g$dl
211
) on alcohol ingestion
days. No effect (p . 0.05) of alcohol was found for vertical
jump peak power (EtOH, PRE: 55 611 W$kg
21
, 24 h: 51 66
W$kg
21
, 48 h: 51 6 7 W$kg
21
; Placebo, PRE: 49 6 15
W$kg
21
, 24 h: 51 6 6 W$kg
21
, 48 h: 53 6 6 W$kg
21
),
vertical jump height, shuttle run time or 20 yard sprint time.
Leg soreness increased moderately from PRE (EtOH: 0.7 6
0.9; Placebo: 1.0 6 1.2) to 24 hours (EtOH: 2.4 6 0.7;
Placebo: 2.1 6 0.6) with no difference between conditions.
Conclusions: A moderate-high BAC does not appear to affect
explosive lower body power capability 24 and 48 hours follow-
ing a heavy eccentric squat session that induces moderate
muscle damage. Practical Application: Moderate alcohol
consumption post exercise may not inuence lower body sore-
ness or power performance in the short term recovery period.
SUPPLEMENTAL CITRULLINE MALATE
ENHANCES RESISTANCE TRAINING
PERFORMANCE IN TRAINED MALES
B. WAX,
1
K. LUCKETT,
1
J. MILLER,
1
A. THIGPEN,
1
H. E. WEBB,
1
A. N. KAVAZIS,
1
AND
J. TOWNSEND
1
1
Mississippi State University, Mississippi State, MS
Ergogenics intended to improve muscular endurance and
performance have been utilized as early as 500400 B.C. In
this regard, an amino acid combination consisting of L-citrulline
and malate are being promoted as providing an ergogenic
effect on muscular endurance during athletic performances.
Purpose: The aim of the study was to investigate the ergo-
genic properties of citrulline malate (CM) during a resistance
training protocol. Based on CM chemical composition and
prior study, we hypothesized that CM supplementation will
improve muscular endurance. Methods: To test our hypothe-
ses, 15 trained males (age = 23.73 62.28 yr, mass = 86.91 6
9.37 kg, height = 178 66.73 cm) participated in a randomized,
counterbalanced, double blind study. Subjects were randomly
assigned to placebo CM (8.0 g) or (PL) and performed 3 sets
of chin-ups, reverse chin-ups, and push-ups to failure. One
week later, participants ingested the other supplement (CM
or PL) and performed the identical exercise protocol. Blood
lactic acid and heart rate were determined pre- and immedi-
ately post-exercise. Results: CM supplementation increased
repetitions in chin-ups (CM = 32.93 6 6.04; PL = 29.26 6
7.65, p # 0.05), reverse chin-ups (CM = 32.8 6 7.40; PL =
26.93 6 5.56, p # 0.05), push-ups (CM = 100.73 6 36.73;
PL = 91.2 6 36.98, p # 0.05), and total trial repetitions (CM =
166.46 6 43.99; PL = 147.4 6 47.67, p # 0.05). Blood
Abstracts
the TM
lactate was signicantly increased (p # 0.05) post-exercise
compare to pre-exercise, but were not signicantly different
between CM and placebo. Self-report measures of RPE did
not reveal any signicant interaction effects, and revealed only
a main effect for time with RPE increasing equally across time
in both conditions. Further, a signicant interaction effect was
revealed for systolic blood pressure, a signicant condition
effect for diastolic blood pressure, and a signicant time effect
for HR. Post-hoc analysis revealed that SBP responses were
more elevated in the placebo condition during recovery.
Conclusions: Collectively, these novel ndings suggest that
CM increases muscular endurance during upper body resis-
tance exercise. Practical Implications: Our data suggest
that acute CM ingestion prior to resistance exercise may pro-
vide an ergogenic effect by increasing muscular endurance
and mitigating demands on the cardiovascular system, yet fur-
ther research is warranted.
SELECTING A RESISTANCE ASSESSMENT
METHOD AND AN OPTIMAL LOAD USING
REGRESSION MODELS
J. ANNING,
1
C. LEFEVER,
1
AND B. JENSEN
1
1
Slippery Rock University, Slippery Rock, PA
Purpose: The purpose of this study was to develop an objec-
tive approach for professionals to select the most appropriate
resistance assessment method along with an optimal training
load based on resistance training backgrounds. Methods:
Following IRB guidelines, 70 college resistance training stu-
dents (19 men and 51 women; 20 untrained, inexperienced
group; 29 untrained, experienced group; 21 trained, experi-
enced group) completed the at bench press using 3 resis-
tance assessment Methods: (a) Body Weight (Baechle and
Groves, Weight Training: Steps to Success, second Edition),
(b) 10RM, and (c) 1RM. Students also completed question-
naires seeking their descriptive and resistance training back-
ground information. Stepwise regression analyses used sex,
body weight [BW], and resistance training characteristics (sta-
tus [TS], frequency [TF], intensity [TI], experience [TE], bench
press experience [BPE]) to develop models for resistance
assessment method selection and optimal load predictions.
Results: The stepwise regression analysis developed the fol-
lowing resistance assessment method selection model (scale
of 13): 20.426 + 0.49 (Sex)0.072 (TS) + 0.185 (TI) +
0.534 (TE) + 0.993 (BPE)0.002 (BW) (r
2
= 0.941). The
models to predict optimal loads in pounds for each assessment
method included the following: (a) Body Weight Method =
158.156 77.889 (Sex) + 6.925 (TS) + 8.933 (TE) + .214
(BW) (r
2
= 0.891), (b) 10RM Method = 162.521103.319
(Sex) + 0.355 (BW) + 10.426 (TS) + 17.597 (TF) + 17.188
(BPE)10.436 (TI) (r
2
= 0.92), (c) 1RM Method = 173.107
103.357 (Sex) + 0.493 (BW) + 11.207 (TS) + 15.954 (TF)
10.500 (TI) (r
2
= 0.905). Conclusions: These stepwise
regression models appear to be useful in identifying the appro-
priate resistance assessment method prior to estimating an
optimal load based on resistance training status and experi-
ence. Practical Applications: Referring to the important var-
iables identied through stepwise regression analyses,
professionals will know what questions are necessary to deter-
mine resistance training status and experience. This informa-
tion can then be used to select an appropriate assessment
method and load prior to designing a resistance training
program.
COMPARISON OF ONE REPETITION MAXIMAUM
BACK SQUAT UNDER BAREFOOT AND
SHOD CONDITIONS
B. BUSKETTA,
1
AND E. BAYER
1
1
Manhattan College, New York, NY
Debate exists over the merit of barefoot training in general;
even less clear are the potential advantages of barefoot
resistance training. Purpose: The purpose of this investiga-
tion was, therefore, to compare 1 repetition maximum 1RM
back squat strength under barefoot and shod conditions.
Methods: Subjects included 16 Division I athletes (8 male,
8 female, 20 + 1.2 yrs). None of the subjects had signicant
barefoot training experience. Over the same 2-week period,
each reported to the weight room on 2 separate occasions
for 2 counterbalanced 1RM back squat assessments. On 1
occasion, subjects were tested barefoot B; on the other,
each wore standard running shoes S (sequence counterbal-
anced). An identical warm-up and 1RM assessment protocol
were used throughout all testing. A paired samples t test
(SPSS software) was used to compare 1RM means across
conditions. Results: No signicant differences in 1RM were
revealed (B 233.1 + 75.2, S 235.6 + 79.4, p . 0.05). No
adverse events were reported. Conclusions: It can be con-
cluded that, in college age subjects, na ve to B training, no
advantage in terms of force production through the lower
body can be discerned. Future research will be required to
evaluate other potential benets/risks (proprioception, kine-
matics, injury risk). Practical Application: Strength
coaches, personal trainers, athletic trainers and physical
therapists are advised that no clear benet, in terms of lower
body force production, seems to be derived from B training.
the TM
| www.nsca.com
As no deleterious effects were noted here, the judgment
of the professional may determine the appropriateness of
B training in a given setting.
THE ACUTE EFFECTS OF CONCURRENT
TRAINING ON PERCEIVED EXERTION AND
STRESS DURING STRENGTH
TRAINING SESSIONS
G. DEAKIN,
1
AND K. DOMA
2
1
Institute of Sport and Exercise Science, James Cook
University. Cairns, Australia; and
2
Institute of Sport and
Exercise Science, James Cook University, Cairns, Australia
Purpose: Concurrent training has been shown to impair
strength training adaptation. The acute hypothesis contends
that residual fatigue generated from previous endurance train-
ing sessions may impair muscular contractility during subse-
quent strength training sessions. Whilst studies have examined
this acute effect on individual strength training sessions on the
same or following day, there have been limited investigations of
the quality of multiple strength training sessions during a typical
concurrent training week. Methods: Sixteen male and 8 female
moderately trained runners who were familiarized with strength
training were evenly separated into concurrent training (CON)
and strength training (ST) groups. The CON group undertook
6 running sessions on consecutive days and 3 strength training
sessions on alternating days (St1, St2 and St3, respectively).
On days when strength training and running sessions were
combined, a 9 hour recovery period was provided. For the
ST group, the participants undertook strength training sessions
on alternating days only. The running sessions consisted of
3 incremental stages (i.e. 70-, 90- and 110% of their ventilatory
threshold) on the treadmill with 2 minutes of recovery
in-between each stage. The rst stages were 10 minutes in
duration whilst the third consisted of 3 intervals (i.e. 1: 1 work
to rest ratio) followed by a run to exhaustion. The strength
training session consisted of incline leg press, leg extension
and leg curls with each exercise performed at 6 repetition
maximum. There were 3 minutes rest in-between each set
and exercise. Rating of muscle soreness (RMS) and muscle
fatigue (RMF) were measured prior to each strength training
session. Rating of perceived exertion (RPE) was measured at
the completion of each of the rst 3 sets during the incline leg
press exercise then reported as an average value. Blood lac-
tate was collected immediately following each strength training
session. A 2-way (group 3 session) repeated measures
ANOVA was used to examine differences. Results: A group
3 session interaction effect was found for RMS and RMF
(p #0.05) and a main effect for session found for blood lactate
and RPE (p # 0.05). Specically, RMS and RMF were signif-
icantly greater for the CON than the ST group and that these
parameters during St2 and St3 were signicantly greater than
St1 for the CON group (p # 0.05). For the CON group, RPE
and blood lactate were signicantly greater during St2 and St3
than St1 (p # 0.05). However, blood lactate was signicantly
less during St2 and St3 compared to St1 for the ST group (p
, 0.05). Conclusions: Concurrent training increases the
physiological stress and perception of effort in subsequent
strength training sessions despite a 9 hour recovery period,
a scenario that is not found when performing strength training
sessions alone. Practical Applications: Due to the accumu-
lative effects of fatigue with moderate to high intensity concur-
rent training sessions, strength and endurance training
sessions with similar intensity and volume to the current study
should be performed on alternating days to allow sufcient
recovery and optimize the quality of each training session. In
addition, ratings of perceived exertion, soreness and fatigue
can be used to monitor the level of recovery during a concurrent
training program.
ASSESSEMENT OF BODY COMPOSITION AND
PERFORMANCE MEASURES DURING
A COMPETITIVE VOLLEYBALL SEASON IN
COLLEGIATE FEMALE ATHLETES
S. HAYWARD,
1
J. OUTLAW,
1
J. HOLT,
1
K. RALPH,
1
B. BURKS,
2
S. W. URBINA,
2
C. WILBORN,
2
AND L. W. TAYLOR
2
1
Univ of Mary Hardin-Baylor, Belton, TX; and
2
Univ of Mary
Hardin-Baylor/Human Performance Laboratory, Belton, TX
Purpose: Throughout the course of an athletic competitive sea-
son, an athlete pushes their body to perform at their peak. The
general goal of in-season conditioning is to maintain as much
lean muscle mass as possible thus preserving the performance
associated with the lean mass. Thus the purpose of this study
was to observe the physiological changes that occur over the
course of a season utilizing collegiate female anaerobic athletes
to assess if their current in-season training is maintaining perfor-
mance and body composition. Methods: Ten Division III female
volleyball players (18.8 6 1.03 yrs, 65.36 6 11.6 kg, 170.4 6
8.6 cm, 21.39 6 5.1 %BF) participated in a pre-season and
post-season assessments. Subjects were tested prior to the sea-
son (PRE) consisting of DEXA, a standing vertical jump (VJ), and
a 3-step approach VJ (3-SVJ) to mimic an approach for hitting
during competition. In-season training consisted of resistance
training (2 days/week) and sport-specic workouts, practices,
Abstracts
the TM
and competitions designed by the coaching staff. Subjects
repeated all testing at the completion of the season (POST).
Statistical analyses utilized a paired t-test to compare all
dependent variables from PRE to POST (p # 0.05). Results:
A signicant decrease from PRE to POST (p = 0.03) was
observed for change in lean body mass (PRE: 45.01 6 7.0
kg vs. POST: 44.13 6 6.47 kg) which contributed to the
observed signicant (p = 0.03) increase in body composition
(%BF). POST body composition measured as percent body fat
via DEXA increased to 22.33 6 4.74 from PRE 21.39 6 5.11.
A slight statistical trend (p = 0.08) was observed for increases
in fat mass (PRE: 13.11 6 5.3 kg vs. POST: 13.56 6 5.24 kg)
over the course of the season. No signicant differences were
observed for the dependent variables body mass (PRE: 65.4 6
11.6 kg vs. POST: 65.3 6 11.4 kg), VJ (PRE: 21.45 6 1.83
inches vs. POST: 21.94 6 1.45 inches), or 3-SVJ (PRE: 23.1
6 2.28 inches vs. POST: 23.39 6 1.96 inches). Conclusions:
The primary ndings of this study suggest despite the high vol-
ume of activity and training that is present during a competitive
collegiate volleyball season, signicant decrements in body com-
position are observed as indicated by increases in %BF and
decreases in lean muscle mass with no change in body mass.
With no observed decreases in both VJ and 3-SVJ, it could be
suggested that the volleyball related activities and conditioning
can prevent performance decrements in lower body power.
Practical Applications: The results of this study can be trans-
lated to help know that a higher intensity resistance training
program may be benecial to implement to help negate the
decrease in muscle mass over the course of a season. Also
dietary protein and nutritional considerations could also help
abate the decreases in muscle mass, although these factors
were not assessed here. The practical application is the addi-
tional knowledge for strength and conditioning specialists when
prescribing proper in-season training to programs specic to
collegiate level womens volleyball.
COMPARISON OF ON-CAMPUS AND
OFF-CAMPUS SUMMER TRAINING ON
STRENGTH PERFORMANCE OF COLLEGE
FOOTBALL PLAYERS
M. HEINECKE,
1
AND J. L. MAYHEW
2
1
Winston-Salem State University, Winston-Salem, NC; and
2
Truman State University, Kirksville, MO
Anecdotal evidence suggest that football players have better
results in their summer training if they remain on-campus
under the supervision of a strength and conditioning spe-
cialist in preparation for the fall season. The supposition is
that those who are not under the guidance of a strength and
conditioning specialist may not reach the same intensity in
their training and thus will not achieve the same strength
gains as those who stay on-campus. Purpose: To assess
the changes in 1RM strength performance during summer
training in college football players for those who remain on-
campus and those who do not. Methods: Eighty eight
NCAA Division II college football players (height = 185.0 6
7.4 cm, weight = 102.2 6 22.8 kg) self-selected into groups
that stayed on-campus for 90% of the summer (ES, n = 16),
50% of the summer (PS, n = 25), and 0% of the summer
(NS, n = 47). 1RMs for bench press and squat were per-
formed at the beginning of summer and again prior to Fall
training camp. Each player performed individually prescribed
resistance training programs thorough out the summer based
on pre-summer maximal strength measurements. Results:
Height (p = 0.43) and weight (p = 0.89) were not signi-
cantly different among the 3 groups. Although initial BP was
not signicantly different among the 3 groups (p = 0.25), SQ
was signicantly higher (p ,0.01) in ES (228.6 653.5 kg) than
in PS (189.6 622.1 kg) and NS (181.9 629.0 kg). Due to the
differences at pre-training, ANCOVA was used to determine
differences in BP and SQ values, holding pre-training scores
constant. The ES (BP = 9.9 6 6.0 kg, SQ = 29.7 6 18.2 kg)
and PS group (BP = 8.2 6 5.9 kg, SQ = 23.3 6 15.7 kg)
made signicantly greater improvements (p , 0.001) than the
NS group (BP = 1.6 6 6.0 kg, SQ = 4.3 6 15.8 kg). Two-way
ANOVA indicated that the ES group and PS group made sig-
nicantly greater percent improvement in SQ (15.7 6 8.0% and
11.9 6 7.7%, respectively) than in BP (6.9 6 4.3% and 6.2 6
4.1%, respectively). Both ES and PS groups made signicantly
greater percent improvements than NS (BP = 0.8 6 4.1% and
SQ = 0.9 6 7.6%). Conclusions: Whether it is due to a better
routine of training or greater motivation, resistance training under
the supervision of a strength and conditioning specialist on-
campus, even for part of the summer, appears to have a greater
impact of strength development than when players leave cam-
pus. Practical Applications: Strength improvements made by
college football players over the summer appear to be substan-
tially greater when part or all of the training time is spend on-
campus under the direction of a strength and conditioning
specialist.
USE OF A LOW INTENSITY OCCULSION SET TO
ENHANCE POST ACTIVATION POTENITION IN
A STRENGTH TASK: A PILOT STUDY
G. W. KERBY,
1
T. J. PUJOL,
1
AND A. L. HOWARD
1
1
Southeast Missouri State University, Cape Girardeau, MO
the TM
| www.nsca.com
Purpose: Post activation poten-
tiation has been a common
means of positively augmenting
power and strength prior to ath-
letic competition. Conditions
encountered during occluded
weight lifting provide a favorable
intramuscular environment to
facilitate augmentation of strength
and may be able to serve as
a potentiating activity. The intent
of this study is to compare the
effectiveness of a low intensity
occluded set as a means of post
activation potentiation to tradi-
tional potentiation methods. Methods: Eleven (20 61 y) normal
weight (BMI: 22.68 6 1.5 kg$m
22
) female collegiate soccer
players participated in 3 separate data collections: determining
predicted 1RM (P1RM), traditional post activation potentiation
(TPAP), and occluded post activation potentiation (OPAP).
Traditional and occluded methods were randomized, and each
subject participated in all 3 data collections. Practical occlusion
was chosen to create ischemic conditions in the muscle by
utilizing elastic knee wraps placed around the proximal thigh.
Subjects performed reps occluded at 30% 1RM to volitional
fatigue. Repetition maximum was then conducted 810 minutes
post potentiation. Traditional potentiation involved 2 potentiating
sets at 80% 1RM for 5 repetitions. Repetition maximum was
then conducted 810 minutes post potentiation. A statistical
analysis was conducted using SPSS v19.0 statistical software
package. Statistical signicance was set at p # 0.05. Results:
A repeated measures statistical analysis indicated a signicant
difference in mean work performed between P1RM and TPAP
(1122.27J vs. 1883.18J) (p , 0.001). A signicant difference
was found comparing mean work performed between P1RM
and OPAP (1122.27J vs. 1755.00J) (p , 0.001). No signicant
difference was found when comparing mean work performed
between OPAP to TPAP. Conclusions: Occluded potentiation
yields similar results to traditional potentiation utilizing only a
fraction of the load and volume. Practical Appications: When
utilizing an occluded set as a means of potentiation substantially
reduced loads (2030%) appear to be as effective in augment-
ing strength in subsequent tasks. Consequently the volume and
strain placed on the muscle is reduced, thereby potentially low-
ering the risk of muscular strain, fatigue and injury during the
potentiating activity. This may be useful for athletes returning
to competition post injury as they can achieve their desired out-
come for a strength task while reducing the strain placed on the
muscle.
A COMPARISON OF STRENGTH AND POWER
MEASURES BETWEEN MALE ARMY RESERVE
OFFICER TRAINING CORPS CADETS AND
DIVISION ONE MALE AND FEMALE
SPORT TEAMS
K. A. LEITING,
1
AND J. REED
1
1
East Tennessee State University, Johnson City, TN
Purpose: The purpose of this research is to identify differen-
ces and similarities between male Army reserve ofcer training
corps (ROTC) cadets and athletes of various division 1 sports.
Methodology: 98 athletes (mens soccer, womens soccer,
mens tennis, womens tennis, baseball, womens volleyball, and
mens golf) and 23 male cadets performed a series of static jumps
(SJ) or countermovement jumps (CMJ) unloaded, (pvc pipe) or
loaded (20 kg barbell) across their shoulders. Participants also
performed an isometric mid-thigh pull on a force plate to assess
maximal strength and rate of force development (RFD). A one-way
ANOVA with post-hoc Bonferroni adjustment was used to deter-
mine statistically signicant differences. Results: Baseball players
were statistically signicantly stronger and had a higher jump
height in all conditions compared to male ROTC cadets. Mens
soccer players were statistically signicantly stronger maximally
and alometrically scaled and had a higher jump height in 0 kg
SJ and 20 kg CMJ. Blackwelder, (1982) suggested that an alpha
greater than 0.50 indicates that 2 groups are considered similar.
Womens soccer players are considered statistically similar to male
ROTC cadets in measures of alometrically scaled IPF and rate of
force development (RFD). Mens golf players are considered sta-
tistically similar to male ROTCcadets on all performance measures
except 20 kg SJ and CMJ as mens golf did not perform that jump
condition. Womens volleyball and mens tennis players are con-
sidered statically similar to male ROTC cadets on all performance
measures. See table 1. Discussions: Most military tasks have
Abstracts
the TM
been identied as strength dependent and Army training is based
on warrior tasks and battle drills although, most ROTCand active
duty training is based on aerobic capacity and muscular endur-
ance. ROTC cadets and soldiers are a product of their physical
tness training. This data suggests disconnect between Army
physical tness training and tasks soldiers are expected to perform.
It is commonly accepted that females are typically weaker than
male counterparts due to less body mass and specically muscle
mass. This data suggests male ROTC cadets lack strength and
power when compared to athletes. Practical Applications:
Physical tness training for Army ROTC cadets and active duty
soldiers should increase emphasis on strength training activities
similar to athlete training programs.
EFFECTS OF DIFFERENT REST INTERVAL
BETWEEN ANTAGONIST PAIRED SETS ON
REPETITION PERFOMANCE AND
MUSCLE ACTIVATION
M. D. MAIA,
1
G. A. PAZ,
1
E. BEZERRA,
2
R. SIMA
O,
3
AND H. MIRANDA
1
1
Education and Sports, Rio de Janeiro, RJ;
2
Federal University
of Amazonas, School of Physical Education, Manaus, AM;
and
3
Federal University of Rio de Janeiro
Purpose: The purpose of this study was to investigate the
effects of different rest intervals between antagonists paired set
training (APST) in the number of
repetitions completed and
muscle activation. Methods: Fif-
teen recreationally trained men
(22.5 6 1.9 years, 174 6 10,1
cmand 24.3 62.14 kg) with pre-
vious resistance training (RT)
experience (3 6 0.8 years) par-
ticipated as subjects in this study.
In the rst and second test ses-
sion was applied the 10 repeti-
tion maximum (RM) test and
retest for lying leg curl (LC) and
seated leg extension (LE) resis-
tance exercises (48 h apart). In
6 non-consecutive days were
applied the 6 experimental proto-
cols: (a) Traditional protocol (TP)
one set of repetition to failure on
LE; (b) One set of LCfollowed by
a set of LE without rest interval
(PWR); (c) Thirty seconds rest interval between LC and LE (p
0.30); (d) One-minute rest interval between paired sets (P1); (e)
Three-minutes rest interval between paired sets (P3); and (f) Five-
minutes rest interval between paired sets (P5). The number of
repetitions and electromyographic (EMG) activity of vastus later-
alis (VL), vastus medialis (VM) and rectus femoris (RF) muscles
were recorded during the LE set during each protocol. The root
mean square was computed during each set and normalized
through by the percentage of maximal voluntary isometric con-
traction (% MVIC). The current study was carried out following
the Declaration of Helsinki and the US Department of Health and
Human Services Policy for the Protection of Human Research
Subjects (US Code, Title 45, Part 46 Protection of Human Sub-
jects). A one-way ANOVA with repeated-measures followed by
LSD post hoc test was used to evaluate differences in repetition
performance and muscle activation (p # 0.05). Results: Signif-
icant increase in repetitions performance were observed for
PWR (14 6 1.3), P.30 (13 6 1.2) and P1 (13 6 1.7) compared
to TP (10 6 0.4). The P.30, P3 (11 6 1.6) and P5 (11 6 2.3)
also showed signicant difference for PWR (Figure 1). Similar
results were observed between P3 and P5 compared to P.30, as
well as, among P3 and P5 for P1. The RF activation showed
a signicantly increasing during PWR (75.9 6 9.8%) when com-
pared to TP (70.1 6 10.9%), P3 (74. 2 6 12.1%) and P5 (69.2
6 13.9%), and also for P.30 compared to TP, P3 and P5. No
differences were observed among TP, P1, P3 and P5. Similar
results were observed for VM during PWR (90.2 6 12.1%)
compared to TP (86 6 10.1%), P.30 (82.3 6 11.1%), P1
(84.2 6 10.3%), P3 (81.2 6 10.3%) and P5 (80 6 12.1%).
Additionally, no signicant differences were found for VL.
the TM
| www.nsca.com
Conclusions: Signicantly greater muscle activation was evi-
dent for the agonist muscles (e.g. VM and RF) following the
antagonist manipulating (e.g. LC) protocol versus the TP. The
number of repetitions completed without rest interval and with
1 minute to 30s-rest intervals during APST was signicantly
higher when compared to 3 and 5-minutes rest intervals. Prac-
tical Applications: Therefore, there is justication for practi-
tioners to experiment shorter rest intervals between APST
which may be associated to agonist enhancement on repeti-
tion performance and muscle activation.
EFFICACY OF THE NFL-225 TEST TO TRACK
CHANGES IN 1RM BENCH PRESS FOLLOWING
TRAINING IN NCAA DIVISION IA
FOOTBALL PLAYERS
B. MANN,
1
S. BIRD,
1
AND J. L. MAYHEW
2
1
University of Missouri, Columbia, MO; and
2
Truman State
University, Kirksville, MO
The NFL-225 test is a premier method of evaluating upper-
body resistance performance in college football players.
Although debate continues centered on whether the test is
a measure of strength or muscular endurance, numerous
investigations have attested to the potential of the NFL-225
test to estimate 1RM bench press. However, no studies have
assessed the efcacy of the NFL-225 test to track changes in
1RM strength across a training program. Purpose: To deter-
mine the accuracy of the NFL-225 test for determining
changes in 1RM bench press in NCAA Division IA college
football players following training. Methods: Over a 4-year
period, players (n = 203) were assessed before and after
a 6-week off-season short mesocycle resistance program for
1RM bench press and repetitions completed with 102.3 kg
(225 lbs). Test sessions typically occurred within 1 week of
each other. Results: 1RM bench press increased from pre-
training (147.5 6 20.6 kg) to post-training (151.7 6 22.0 kg)
for the composite sample, although there was considerable
variability in the change scores ranging from a decrease of
24 kg (218%) to an increase of 31 kg (25%). The effect size
was considered trivial (ES = 0.20). 66% of players increased
their 1RM by 5.3 6 4.5%, 6% remained the same, and 18%
decreased by 5.9 6 4.6%. The change in strength was not
signicantly related to initial 1RM (r = 20.05), initial body mass
(r = 20.11), or change in body mass (r = 0.07). In the 46
players (22%) who gained 10 kg or more in 1RM, the improve-
ment was also not signicantly related to initial 1RM (r =
20.19), initial body mass (r = 0.02), or change in body mass
(r = 0.03). However, in the 15 players (7%) who decreased by
10 kg or more in 1RM, the change was signicantly related to
initial body mass (r = 0.57), indicating that the greater the
decrease in body mass, the greater the decreased in 1RM
following training. NFL-225 repetitions increased from pre-
training (14.2 6 6.5) to post-training (15.2 6 6.7) for the com-
posite sample, ranging from 26 to 8 repetitions. The effect size
was considered trivial (ES = 0.15). 60% of players increased
NFL-225 repetitions by 2.3 6 1.6 repetitions, 17% remained
the same, and 23% decreased by 1.9 6 1.3 repetitions. NFL-
225 prediction equations had higher correlations with 1RM
before training (ICC .0.97) than after training (ICC .0.85).
Conclusions: Short-term resistance training in major college
football players is capable of minor improvement in strength
and muscle endurance in college football players. The change
in strength may be negatively related to the change in muscle
endurance. Practical Applications: Heavy resistance train-
ing may alter the association between muscular strength and
muscular endurance in college football players and render the
NFL-225 test less effective in predicting the change in 1RM
bench press strength following training.
INFLUENCE OF BODY BUILD AND INITIAL
STRENGTH LEVEL ON STRENGTH GAIN
FOLLOWING RESISTANCE TRAINING IN
COLLEGE MEN
J. L. MAYHEW,
1
A. SMITH-RYAN,
2
W. KEMMLER,
3
D. LAUBER,
3
AND A. WASSERMANN
4
1
Truman State University, Kirksville, MO;
2
University of
North Carolina;
3
University of Erlangen, Erlangen, Germany;
and
4
University of Bayreuth, Bayreuth, Germany
Previous investigation has suggested that genetic predispo-
sition of body build may inuence the gains in lean tissue and
muscle strength resulting from resistance training. Purpose:
To determine the effect of body build on the increase in
upper-body strength and fat-free mass (FFM) resulting from
periodized resistance training in college men. Methods: Two
hundred seven college men were assessed for 1RM free
weight bench press and 3-site skinfold percent body fat (%
fat) prior to and following 12 weeks of periodized resistance
training. Fat mass (FM) and fat-free mass (FFM) were calcu-
lated from %fat values. Body build distribution was divided in
thirds (slender = SL, average = AV, and solid = SO) based on
the regression of FFM/Ht
2
on FM/Ht
2
as reported by Van
Etten, Verstappen and Westerterp (Med Sci Sports Exerc,
26:515-521, 1994). Strength level was divided in thirds
(low = LS, average = AS, and high = HS) based on percentile
distribution of 1RM bench press. Results: At pre-training,
body build groups were signicantly different (p , 0.001) on
Abstracts
the TM
all variables (FM, FFM, %fat, Ht, Wt) except age (p = 0.19). SL
(58.1 6 10.8 kg) and AV groups (63.5 6 13.8 kg) were not
signicantly different in absolute strength (p = 0.08), but were
signicantly lower than the SO group (69.6 6 16.4 kg). Rel-
ative strength for SL (0.93 6 0.17 kg$kg
21
) and AV (0.90 6
0.18 kg$kg
21
) were not signicantly different (p = 0.83), but
were signicantly higher than the SO (0.79 6 0.16 kg$kg
21
).
Strength groups were signicantly different only in body mass
(p , 0.002) and FFM (p , 0.001). LS (51.2 6 5.1 kg) and AS
groups (64.2 6 3.5 kg) were not signicantly different in abso-
lute strength but were signicantly lower than the HS group
(84.7 6 12.7 kg). LS group (0.77 6 0.12 kg$kg
21
) was signif-
icantly lower in relative strength than AS (0.86 6 0.16 kg$kg
21
)
which was signicantly lower than the HS group (1.06 6 0.16
kg$kg
21
). Following training, there were no signicant differen-
ces among the body build groups for the gain in absolute
strengths (SL = 7.0 6 5.6, AV = 7.6 6 6.9, SO = 8.3 6 6.0
kg) or relative strength (SL = 0.09 6 0.09, AV = 0.10 6 0.09,
SO = 0.09 6 0.007 kg$kg
21
). There was no signicant differ-
ence among the strength groupsin absolute strength gain (LS =
8.1 6 6.6, AS = 8.1 6 5.6, HS = 6.4 6 6.5 kg), but the HS
group made signicantly less gain in relative strength (0.06 6
0.08 kg$kg
21
) compared to LS (0.11 6 0.09 kg$kg
21
) and AS
(0.10 6 0.08 kg$kg
21
). Conclusions: Neitherbody build nor
initial strength level appear to inuence upper-body strength
gains resulting from a short-term periodized resistance training
program in young men. Practical Applications: Although train-
ing specicity is of known importance to sport-specic strength
gains, results from the current study suggest that all body types
will respond in a similar fashion to resistance training.
THE RESISTANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF
SUSPENSION TRAINING SYSTEMS AT
DIFFERENT ANGLES AND DISTANCES FROM
THE HANGING POINT
D. MELROSE,
1
AND J. DAWES
2
1
Texas A&M University-Corpus Christi; and
2
Texas A&M
University Corpus Christi
The resistance or load utilized during resistance exercise is
the cornerstone for appropriate exercise prescription. Sus-
pension training systems (STS) are generally constructed out
of adjustable straps hanging from a central point, a foot sling
and/or hand grip on the terminal ends. The degree of
resistance encountered by users of STS depends on the
manipulation of gravitational pull. These manipulations are
achieved by modifying strap length, angles, and body
positions. To date, load characteristics of STS have not been
investigated. Purpose: The purpose of this project was to
investigate the effect of body angle and distance from the
STS hanging point on the percentage of body mass resis-
tance experienced by users. Methods: Thirty-two college-
aged participants (14 females, 18 males) were used as
subjects (age 24.06 6 6.69 yrs, HT 172.53 6 6.36 cm,
WT 79.0 6 17.55 kg, BMI 26.59 6 5.27 kg$m
22
, BF%
15.09 6 9.84). The STS was connected to an analog dyna-
mometer hung from a standard power rack cross-bar. A
proprietary frame was installed on the oor between the
power-rack uprights. The frame was sectioned into 30.48
cm increments to allow measurement of resistance beyond
the hanging point of the STS. A proprietary goniometer
(183 cm in length) was used to achieve specic body angles
during the data collection. Testing began with subjects plac-
ing their feet on the oor frame directly below the hanging
point of the STS. Holding onto the STS handles, the subjects
were instructed to lean back to 608 as conrmed by the goni-
ometer aligned between the ankles and shoulders. Resis-
tance readings were taken from the scale dynamometer
connected to the STS. Resistance measurements were also
taken at 458, 308, and 158. The subject would then move back
to each 30.48 cm increment from the hanging point and mea-
sure resistance at each angle until maximum STS lengths had
been attained. At 608, 6 increment measurements were made.
At 458, 5 increment measurements were made. At 308, 4
increment measurements were made, and 158 allowed only
3 increment measurements. Results: Across all increments,
the resistance at 608 was 28.55 6 0.85 kg (36.13 6 1.07%)
of the subjects body mass. The prediction equation for this
angle is: y = 0.3693x + 2.2697. At 458, the resistance was
40.05 6 0.51 kg (50.69 6 1.30%) of the subjects body
mass. The prediction equation for this angle is: y = 0.5086x +
1.9822. At 308, the resistance was 51.54 6 1.46 kg (65.24 6
1.85%) of the subjects body mass. The prediction equation for
this angle is: y = 0.6306x + 2.8325. At 158, the resistance was
59.76 6 1.54 kg (79.68 6 2.06%) of the subjects body mass.
The prediction equation for this angle is: y = 0.7154x + 4.569.
Resistance measurements varied inconsequentially (6 1.82%)
between the extremes of each increment from the hanging point
of the STS. Conclusions: As the degree of angle changes from
608 to 158, the amount of resistance (percentage of body mass)
encountered by the user is increased. Changes in distance away
from the hanging point do not affect the percentage of body
mass the individual must resist. Practical Applications: With
known averages of body mass resistance at different angles,
resistance can be more accurately predicted and prescribed
to STS users based on situational needs.
the TM
| www.nsca.com
EFFECTS OF DIFFERENT ANTAGONIST
MANIPULATION PROTOCOLS ON REPETITION
PERFORMANCE AND MUSCLE ACTIVATION
G. A. PAZ,
1
M. D. MAIA,
1
V. LIMA,
2
C. OLIVEIRA,
1
E. BEZERRA,
3
R. SIMAO,
1
AND H. MIRANDA
1
1
Education and Sports, Rio de Janeiro, RJ;
2
Castelo Branco
University, Laboratory of Exercise Biodynamics, Rio de
Janeiro, RJ; and
3
Federal University of Amazonas, School of
Physical Education, Manaus, AM
Purpose: To investigate the acute effects of manipulating the
antagonist musculature (pectoralis major) on subsequent max-
imal repetition performance and muscle activation during
a seated row (SR) exercise. Methods: Fifteen recreationally
trained men (22.4 6 1.1 years, 175 6 5.5 cm and 76.6 6
7 kg) performed 4 experimental protocols in a randomized
crossover design: (a). Traditional Protocol (TP)one set to rep-
etition failure of the SR exercise; (b). Antagonist Stretching
(AS)one set of static stretching for the pectoralis major fol-
lowed by 1 set of the SR; (c). Proprioceptive Neuromuscular
Facilitation for the antagonist (PNFA)followed by 1 set of the
SR; and (d). Antagonist Preloading (AP)1 set of the bench
press (BP) to repetition failure followed by 1 set of the SR. The
maximal repetitions and the electromyographic (EMG) signal
were recorded for the latissimus dorsi (LD), biceps brachii
(BB), triceps brachii lateral head (TL) and pectoralis major
(PM) during the SR exercise. The one-way Anova followed by
LSD post hoc was applied to evaluate the differences among
protocols and variables (p # 0.05). The current study was
carried out following the Declaration of Helsinki and the US
Department of Health and Human Services Policy for the Pro-
tection of Human Research Subjects (US Code, Title 45, Part
46 Protection of Human Subjects). Results: The number of
maximum repetitions performed during BP in the AP protocol
was 9.9 6 0.4 repetitions. Signicant differences in repetition
performance were observed between the AP condition vs. the
TP (p = 0.0001), PNFA (p = 0.0001) and AS (p = 0.045)
protocols during SR exercise (gure 1). Signicant differences
in repetition performance were also observed between the AS
condition vs. the TP (p = 0.0001) and PNFA (p = 0.0001)
protocols. No signicant differences in repetition performance
were observed between the PNFA and TP protocols. During
the SR exercise, LD muscle activation was signicantly higher
for the AP versus the TP (p = 0.0001) and PNFA (p = 0.0001)
protocols; signicantly higher activation was also demon-
strated for the AS vs. the TP (p = 0.036) and PNFA (p =
0.004) protocols. Similarly, BB muscle activation was signi-
cantly higher for the AP vs. the TP (p = 0.0001) and PNFA (p =
0.0001) protocols; signicantly higher activation was also
found for AS vs. the TP (p = 0.001) and PNFA (p = 0.007)
protocols. However, for the antagonist musculature, no signif-
icant differences were observed in muscle activation for PM
and TL muscles between protocols during the SR exercise.
Abstracts
the TM
Conclusions: These results suggest that either pre-loading
(AP) or pre-stretching (AS) of the antagonist musculature might
facilitate an increase in repetition performance for the agonist
musculature versus traditional resistance exercise done without
preparatory antagonist manipulation. Practical Applications:
The results of the current study can be applied using conven-
tional RT machines, often used for the majority of athletes and
the general population. Exercise models performed using a recip-
rocal antagonist/agonist protocol, as in the current study, may
also be less time-consuming and could be useful in clinical prac-
tice as well as sports performance training.
NO EFFECT OF GRADUATED COMPRESSION
SLEEVES ON MUSCLE POWER
M. C. PEREIRA,
1
M. SAULO,
1
R. VALDINAR,
1
M. ANDRE,
1
J. CARMO,
1
L. E. BROWN,
2
AND
M. BOTTARO
1
1
University of Brasilia, Brasilia, Brazil; and
2
Center for Sport
Introduction: Investigations have demonstrated that lower-body
compression garments can enhance jump power and running
economy. Thus, athletes of many different sports wear graduated
compression sleeves during games and training to enhance per-
formance. Recently, the use of upper-body compression gar-
ments has become popular in sports that require muscular
strength, endurance, and power. However, studies on the effects
of these compression sleeves on muscular performance still
need to be performed. Purpose: Thus, the aim of this study
was to investigate the effects of graduated compression sleeves
on elbow exor power. Methods: Twenty-two resistance trained
males (age: 23.9 6 5.2 years; body mass: 79.2 6 9.9 kg; height:
176.1 6 6.3 cm) were randomly assigned to 1 of 2 groups: 1)
graduated compression sleeves (CS, n = 9) or placebo sleeves
(PS, n = 13). Arm circumference was used for the correct size of
graduated compression sleeve. The placebo sleeve was visually
similar to the compression sleeve but without the capacity for
compression. Subjects performed 4 sets of 10 unilateral maximal
elbow exion concentric/eccentric reciprocal actions with their
dominant arm. They were seated in a chair with their arms draped
over a preacher curl bench. All exercise was performed on a Bio-
dex System 3 isokinetic dynamometer at 120
8
s
21
with 1 minute
rest between sets. Data were sampled at 100 Hz and were ana-
lyzed via Biodex software. Average power (W) was calculated for
each set of concentric and eccentric actions. A 2 3 4 (group 3
set) mixed factor repeated-measures ANOVA was used to com-
pare groups across sets (CS vs. PS). Results:There was no
signicant interaction but there were signicant (p # 0.05) main
effects for set for both concentric and eccentric actions. For con-
centric actions, power signicantly decreased across sets for both
PS (set 1: 54.5 6 14.6 W , set 2: 43.5 6 9.3 W , set 3:
40.9 611.3 W ,set 4: 36.1 69.2 W) and CS (set 1: 51.8 6
7.9 W,set 2: 36.9 65.3 W,set 3: 31.9 66.32 W,set 4:
29.3 6 8.7 W). Similarly, power signicantly decreased across
sets for eccentric actions, PS (set 1: 92.4 6 20.2 W ,set
2: 71.7 614.9 W,set 3: 55.6 613.5 W,set 4: 46.1 6
13.8 W) and CS (set 1: 97.7 6 12.4 W , set 2: 74.1 6
12.4 W,set 3: 53.9 6 9.3 W, set 4: 48.4 6 12.1 W).
Conclusions: Our ndings suggest that the use of graduated
compression sleeves during elbow exion exercise has no effect
on muscle power output for either concentric or eccentric
actions. These results indicate that graduated compression
sleeves commonly worn by athletes and tness enthusiasts dur-
ing training and competition do not contribute to improved mus-
cle power of resistance trained men during elbow exor exercise.
Practical Applications: Although graduated compression
sleeves did not enhance power, they also did not hinder power.
Therefore, coaches and athletes may use graduated compres-
sion sleeves at their preference for others purposes.
THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE NUMBER
OF WEEKLY PRACTICE HOURS AND
COMPETITION PERFORMANCE OF
COMPULSORY FEMALE GYMNASTS
A. R. RUSSELL,
1
H. WILLIFORD,
1
G. SCHAEFER,
2
AND M. ESCO
1
1
2
Montgomery
Female artistic gymnasts in the United States (levels 1 through 6)
are considered compulsory gymnasts. All gymnasts at the same
compulsory level perform the same predetermined routines.
While the skills and routines for each level are clearly outlined,
there are no regulations or instructions regarding the appropriate
number of training hours per week for gymnasts at a particular
level. Thus, the number of hours gymnasts train each week is
determined by individual gymnastics clubs, and varies widely
from gym to gym. Purpose: The purpose of this investigation
was 2-fold: rst, to determine if there is a correlation between
number of weekly practice hours (WPH) and all-around compe-
tition scores (AA) of compulsory female gymnasts, and second,
to determine if there was a signicant difference in WPH
between gymnasts grouped by quintiles based on AA.
Methods: The 2012 State Championships all-around scores
(AA) from 438 level 4 to 6 gymnasts from 4 states who com-
peted in their compulsory championships were randomly
the TM
| www.nsca.com
selected for data analysis. All scores were obtained from www.
mymeetscores.com, a public website that publishes meet results
from many USA Gymnastics sanctioned events. The number of
weekly practice hours (WPH) for each gymnast was obtained
from practice schedules posted on public websites of the gyms
that the gymnasts represented at their respective state cham-
pionships. Pearson product correlation was used to determine
the relationship between WPH and AA. In addition, the sample
was grouped into quintiles based on competition scores as fol-
lows: Q1 (AA = 32.0 61.2); Q2 (33.9 6 0.3); Q3 (35.0 60.3);
Q4 (35.8 6 1 0.2); and Q5 (36.9 6 0.5). One-way analysis of
variance with follow-up procedures was used to evaluate differ-
ences in WPH between the groups. Results: There was a small
signicant correlation between WPH and AA (r = 0.12, p #
0.05). The mean (6 SD) WPH for each group were as follows:
8.1 62.6 (Q1); 8.5 62.7 (Q2); 9.4 63.4 (Q3); 9.5 63.4 (Q4);
and 8.9 63.3 (Q5). There was a signicant main effect for WPH
between the groups (p # 0.05, Cohens d = 0.19). Follow up
procedures showed no signicant difference between Q1 and
Q3 (p # 0.05) There was no signicant difference in WPH
between Q3 and Q1, and no signicant difference in WPH
between Q2, Q4, and Q5. WPH for Q2, Q4, and Q5 was
signicantly greater than WPH for Q3 and Q1. Conclusions:
This study found a signicant correlation between WPH and AA
in compulsory female gymnasts. Furthermore, there was a signif-
icant difference based on AA. Results indicated an overall small
effect size. Practical Applications: Practitioners should be
aware of the results of this study when determining weekly prac-
tice time for compulsory female gymnasts. The association
between WPH and AA is small. Further study is needed to inves-
tigate the relationship between the number of practice hours and
performance outcomes of compulsory female gymnasts.
EFFECTS OF THREE WEEK PRESEASON
STRENGTH AND CONDITIONING PROGRAM ON
A PROFESIONAL SOCCER TEAM
M. SILVA,
1
AND L. ARELLANO ACERO
2
1
Claremont Graduate University, Claremont, CA; and
2
Club
America, Mexico City, Mexico
Participation in professional soccer requires an optimal tness
level because the physical demands of the sport. Therefore
preseason conditioning programs play an important role in the
athletic success of participants. Because the nature of the
game, many professional soccer teams during preseason
conditioning program put special emphasis on cardiovascular
endurance, speed, strength and power aiming to improve
athletic performance during competition. Purpose: to investi-
gate the effects in physical performance before and after 3 week
preseason strength and condition program for an under-20 pro-
fessional soccer team competing in the Mexican soccer league.
Methods: a total of 18 males (mean 6 SD: age 19.4 6 0.7
years) served as subjects for this study. Participants underwent
to a condition program with major emphasis on cardiovascular
endurance, speed muscular strength, and power. The rst week
of the conditioning program consisted of 2 practice sessions per
day for 6 days and 1 day of rest, and on the second and third
week, the frequency decreased to 1 practice session per day and
1 day of rest after 6 practice sessions. Before and after the
conditioning program, a battery of eld tests was administered
to each of the participants to measure cardiovascular endurance,
muscular strength, and power. The eld tests utilized were verti-
cal jump (VJ), 30 meters run, 1 repetition maximum (1RM) bench
press, 1RM squat, and 1 kilometer run. The subjects participated
in 2 days of testing before and after preseason. On day 1 par-
ticipants performed the vertical jump and the 30 meters run, and
on the second day IRM bench press, 1RM squat and 1 kilometer
run. A paired-samples t-test was used to determine if any signif-
icant difference (p # 0.05) existed before and after the 3 week
strength and conditioning program. Results: Statistical analysis
showed no signicant difference (p # 0.05) in power (VJ), speed
(30 meters run) and leg strength (1RMsquat). Signicance differ-
ences (p # 0.05) were observed for cardiovascular endurance
(1 kilometer run) and upper body strength (1RM bench press).
Conclusions: these results show that a 3 week conditioning
program was effective in improving the cardiovascular endurance
and upper body strength of professional soccer players, but not
effective in improving speed, leg strength and power. Practical
Applications: The ndings of the present study indicate that a 3
week preseason conditioning program provides sufcient stimu-
lus to improve cardiovascular endurance and upper body
strength but has no effect on leg strength, power and speed.
A COMPARISON OF RAPID FORCE
PRODUCTION AND TIME-TORQUE
CHARACTERISTICS IN ADOLESCENT MALES VS
YOUNG ADULT MALES
D. B. SMITH,
1
E. C. CONCHOLA,
2
B. J. THOMPSON,
1
T. PALMER,
1
R. THIELE,
1
A. WARREN,
1
K. AKEHI,
1
AND M. HAWKEY
1
1
Oklahoma State University; and
2
Oklahoma State
University, Applied Musculoskeletal and Human Physiology
Lab, Stillwater, OK
The ability to produce force or torque is related to human
performance and the ability to produce force or torque rapidly
may be even more related to human performance. Rapid force
Abstracts
the TM
and time torque characteristics can be measured during the
completion of a maximal isometric muscle action. During the 1RM
isometric muscle action we can obtain peak torque (PT) and rate
of torque development (RTD) across specic time periods while
the muscle is contracted. Purpose: The purpose of this study is
to compare maximal and rapid muscle force characteristics of
adolescent males vs. young adult males. The study is designed
to examine the effects of maturation on strength and rapid force
development. Methods: Twelve adolescent males (mean 6 SD,
age = 11.6 + 0.9 yr; mass = 52.5 618.9 kg; and height = 152.3
6 10.2 cm) and 26 young adult males (mean 6 SD, age = 24.9
6 3.0 yr; mass = 118.6 6 11.3 kg; and height = 178.3 6 7.0
cm) reported to the laboratory 1 time for testing. The testing
session lasted approximately 45 minutes. During the testing ses-
sion the subjects completed a 5 minute warm-up on a cycle
ergometer. Maximal isometric strength testing was performed
on the dominant leg using a Biodex System 4 isokinetic dyna-
mometer. The participants were seated with stabilizing straps
placed over the trunk, hip, and thigh and the axis of rotation of
the lever arm was aligned with the axis of rotation of the knee
joint. For leg extension testing the lever arm was positioned at
60 8 below the horizontal plane and for the leg exion testing the
lever arm was positioned at 30 below the horizontal plane. Each
participant performed 23 isometric maximal voluntary contrac-
tions (MVCs) lasting 34 seconds with the leg extensors and
exors with a 1 minute rest period between muscle actions and
3 minutes of rest between muscle groups. Testing order was
randomized to control for any effects of fatigue. PT and RTD
at specic time periods (PeakRTD, RTD30 ms, RTD50 ms, and
RTD100200 ms, RTD1/6MVC, RTD1/2MVC) were collected
for each subject and comparisons were made between the 2
groups (adolescents vs young adults). Results: A one-way
ANOVA was used to compare the collected performance varia-
bles between the 2 groups. For leg extension there was a signif-
icant (p # 0.05) difference between the 2 groups for every
variable tested with the young adults having greater PT, and
higher PeakRTD, RTD30, RTD50, and RTD100-200. When nor-
malized to strength the 2 groups were also signicantly (p #
0.05) different at RTD1/6MVC and RTD1/2MVC. For the leg
exors, similar results were found across all variables except for
there was no signicant (p . 0.05) difference between the 2
groups at RTD1/2MVC. Conclusions: The ANOVA results indi-
cated that the young adult males appear to be able to develop
force more rapidly than adolescent males. The young adult males
performed better for all variables for the leg extenders, and all of
the variables with the exception of the relative RFD at 1/2MVC
for the leg exors. Practical Applications: These ndings indi-
cate that there are differences between adolescent and young
adult males in the ability to rapidly produce torque which are
primarily related to strength differences between the 2 groups.
This appears to be related to developmental changes in muscle
size and possibly neural factors associated with strength in-
creases that occur with maturation which could affect functional
performance.
A COMPARISON OF THE MODIFIED
SINGLE-LEG SQUAT AND THE BACK SQUAT IN
NCAA DIVISION I BASEBALL ATHLETES
F. SPANIOL,
1
R. BURNETT,
1
J. DAWES,
2
AND
B. MCQUEEN
1
1
Texas A&M University-Corpus Christi; and
2
Texas A&M
University Corpus Christi
Purpose: The purpose of this study was to compare the
effects of performing the Modied Single-Leg Squat (MSLS)
versus the Back Squat (BS) on rotational power, lower-body
strength, and leg-power in NCAA Division I Baseball Athletes.
Methods: Thirty-ve Baseball student-athletes completed an
8-week resistance training protocol consisting of either the
MSLS or the BS. The Rotary Power Test was used to deter-
mine rotary power (RP). Bilateral strength (BLS) was measured
using a BS 3 repetition-max (RM) test; unilateral strength (ULS)
was measured using a MSLS 3 RM test. Bilateral (BLP) and
unilateral leg power (ULP) were assessed via vertical jump
testing on a HYTEK force plate. Subjects were randomly
divided into 2 groups, which were further sub-categorized
based on position (pitchers and position players). Both groups
were required to perform the same resistance-training pro-
gram; however, 1 group was assigned the MSLS as the pri-
mary lower-body strengthening exercise whereas the other
group was assigned the BS. The 8-week off-season training
protocol consisted of a 4-day/ week upper and lower body
split-routine. Both the MSLS and BS exercises were progressed
in a linear fashion, beginning with 50%of each subjects 1RMfor
10 repetitions per set (R/S) for 4 sets in weeks 17, and ulti-
mately progressing to 90% of each subjects 1RM for 3 (R/S) for
5 sets in week 8. Load assignments per set and desired repe-
titions ranges were similar for each group. Results: Paired
t-tests were used to determine statistical differences between
pre and post-testing for each variable in both groups. Indepen-
dent t-tests were also used to analyze any mean differences
between the groups post-test scores; signicance was deter-
mined at the p # 0.05 level. The MSLS group improved signif-
icantly from pre-testing in RP (p = 0.03), ULP with the right leg
(p = 0.04), ULS (p # 0.01) and BLS (p # 0.01). There were no
signicant differences between groups on any of the perfor-
mance variables. Conclusions: These results suggest that
both the MSLS and BS exercises are effective in increasing
the TM
| www.nsca.com
lower-body strength. However, only the MSLS group revealed a
statistically signicant difference in RP and ULP from pre to post
test. Thus, it appears the MSLS exercise may be a more appro-
priate exercise for increasing baseball athletic performance.
Practical Applications: Results indicate that both unilateral
and bilateral closed-kinetic chain, lower body strength training
exercises may be viable options for increasing bilateral and unilat-
eral leg strength. Only the unilateral strength exercises increased
rotational power and unilateral power of the right leg in this study.
The additional hip and knee stability requirements, in addition to
the strengthening of hip and knee extensors, make the MSLS
a valuable exercise for comprehensive lower-body development.
A COMPARISON OF THE EFFECTS OF
PLYOMETRIC AND RESISTANCE TRAINING ON
LOWER BODY MUSCULAR PERFORMANCE IN
RECREATIONALLY TRAINED MALES
M. T. WHITEHEAD,
1
T. P. SCHEETT,
2
M. R. MCGUIGAN,
3
AND A. V. MARTIN
4
1
Stephen F. Austin State University, Nacogdoches, TX;
2
College of Charleston, Charleston, SC;
3
Sports Performance
Research Institute New Zealand, Auckland, New Zealand;
and
4
Louisiana State University Shreveport
Purpose: The purpose of this study was to compare the ef-
fects of 8 weeks of separate plyometric and resistance training
programs on lower body muscular performance. Methods: A
convenience sample of 30 recreationally active, apparently
healthy, low-risk males aged 21.3 6 1.8 years, height 177.3
6 9.4 cm, mass 80.0 6 2.6 kg, body fat 16.1 6 1.2 % vol-
unteered and participated in this investigation. Participants
were grouped and participated in progressive plyometric or
resistance training twice per week for 8 consecutive weeks
or a control group that did not participate in any training.
Performance tests were administered prior to and following
the training period and included measures of vertical jump,
one-repetition maximal back squat, 20-meter sprint, and agility.
Results: Analysis of variance followed by post hoc analyses
was performed in order to determine signicant differences
between the groups. Data were converted to pre-post change
in order to account for initial between group differences, and
statistical signicance set at p 0.05 for all analyses. Signif-
icant differences between the groups following the 8-week
training period were indicated for vertical jump, and one-repe-
tition maximal back squat with no between group differences
found for 20-meter sprint or the agility run. Post hoc analyses
indicated that the plyometric training program resulted in
greater improvement in vertical jump 17.15 6 10.60 vs.
5.87 6 4.82 vs. 0.71 6 1.62 % for the plyometric, resistance
training, and placebo groups, respectively. No differences were
found between the plyometric and resistance training groups
for one-repetition maximal back squat. Conclusions: These
data indicate 8 weeks of either plyometric or resistance training
results in improvements in measures of lower muscular perfor-
mance with no apparent impact on speed or agility, and that
plyometric training has a greater inuence on vertical jump than
resistance training. Practical Applications: In an effort to
optimize performance and maximize time spent training
coaches, trainers and athletes are continuously seeking effec-
tive training methods. Questions frequently arise as to which
training method is best for a given performance parameter.
Plyometric training programs similar in duration and intensity
to the one used in the current study should result in an
improvement in vertical jumping ability. Both plyometric and
resistance training appear to result in improvements in lower
body muscular performance in untrained men.
USING NON-TRADITIONAL STRENGTH
TRAINING TO SUPPLEMENT OFF SEASON
TRAINING IN DIV III COLLEGE
FOOTBALL PLAYERS
G. A. WRIGHT,
1
K. SCHULTZ,
2
R. MONROE,
2
AND
J. DETTWILER
2
1
University of Wisconsin-La Crosse; and
2
University of
Wisconsin-LaCrosse
Non-traditional strength training typically involves exercises
such as heavy tractor tire ips, pushing and pulling heavy
sleds or cars, lifting sandbags, and other heavy objects.
Biomechanical analysis of many of these types of non-
traditional exercises has been performed to describe the
kinematics and kinetics involved. However, while many
strength and conditioning coaches use this type of training
for their athletes, no previous study has investigated how
using these types of training tactics may affect the changes in
strength, speed, and power normally produced during an off
season. Purpose: The purpose of this investigation is to
determine the efcacy of supplementing non-traditional (NT)
strength training with traditional (T) strength training per-
formed by college football players. Our intention is to deter-
mine if the use of NT training may replace 1 T training sessions
per week. Methods: Forty-six Division III college football play-
ers were recruited for the study. All subjects played at least 1
season and participated in traditional strength training under
the direction of the Strength and Conditioning Staff. Subjects
were assigned to a NT group (n = 23) made up of offense and
defensive linemen, tight ends, linebackers or a T group (n = 23)
Abstracts
the TM
made up of offensive (running backs, wide receivers, quarter-
backs) and defensive (defensive backs) skill positions. All sub-
jects participated in a 12 week off-season training program
consisting of block periodization. Speed, agility, energy sys-
tem development (ESD) and strength training made up the
program with 1 day per week (d/wk) speed, 1 d/wk agility, 1
d/wk ESD and 4 d/wk strength training (2 upper, 2 lower
body). The only difference between the 2 training groups
was that the NT group substituted Strongman type exercises
for the second lower body strength workout. Exercises used
for the NT training included various sandbag lifts, heavy sled
pulls and pushes, heavy ropes, weighted carries, and ipping
of a weighted implement. These exercises were periodized
similar to the rest of the training for each block (high volume
vs. high load). Pre and post testing included football specic
tests of strength, speed and power: 10 meter weighted sim-
ulated sled drive (45 kgs) for time, standing vertical jump, push
press throw peak power (60 kg), and repeat Pro Agility test
(10 3Pro Agility; 1 every 30 sec). Results: Improvement was
observed in both groups for all tests. Independent t-tests indi-
cated there were no signicant differences observed between
groups between pre and post testing (% change) for the 10
meter sled drive (T = 24.7% 6 7.9%, NT = 22.2% 6 7.7%;
p = 0.29), push press throw power (T = 11.0 6 9.4%, NT =
11.8 6 12.4%; p = 0.81), Pro Agility Total Time (T = 22.3 6
3.5%, NT = 22.0 6 3.2%; p = 0.84), Pro Agility Best Time
(T = 22.2 62.9%, NT = 21.6 63.9%; p = 0.57), and vertical
jump (T = 6.4 6 4.4%, NT = 3.3 6 5.8%; p = 0.11).
Conclusions: The substitution of a non-traditional strength
training session at the expense of one less weight room ses-
sion per week does not decrease the amount of strength,
speed, and power improvement during an off-season football
training program. Practical Applications: The results of this
study indicate that NT training does not need to be an addi-
tional training session during a microcycle. This type of training
activates most muscle groups trained for football, therefore
could replace 1 training session per week during either a split
routine or total body training sessions.
GLUCOSE AND LACTATE RESPONSES TO PEAK
TREADMILL TESTING IN PATIENTS
RECOVERING FROM A TRAUMATIC
BRAIN INJURY
W. E. AMONETTE,
1
P. LEA,
2
B. MASEL,
3
M. SHEFFIELD-MOORE,
2
R. J. URBAN,
2
AND
K. A. MOSSBERG
2
1
University of Houston - Clear Lake, Department of Clinical,
Health, and Applied Sciences, Human Performance Laboratory,
Houston, TX;
2
University of Texas Medical Branch; and
3
The
Transitional Learning Center, Galveston, TX
Patients with a traumatic brain injury (TBI) experience numer-
ous impairments post injury including neuroendocrine dys-
function, reduced aerobic capacity (V
_
O
2
), and early onset of
anaerobic threshold (AT). Moderate duration exercise,
above AT utilizes glucose as a primary substrate for energy
production; thus, glucose utilization may be essential for
patient with a TBI. Purpose: To compare the serum glucose
and lactate responses to graded treadmill exercise in
patients with a TBI and age-matched healthy controls. Methods:
Eight patients with a TBI (TBI; 31.3 6 1.6 y, 177.8 6 3.6 cm,
96.1 6 5.5 kg) and 8 age- and gender-matched healthy controls
(CON; 30.6 6 2.1 y, 173.2 6 2.7 cm, 85.6 6 6.8 kg) partici-
pated. Cause of injury in the TBI group included motor vehicle
accidents (n = 2), blunt head trauma (n = 1), injury from a fall
(n = 1), and injuries resulting from detonation of an improvised
explosive device (n = 4). Participants could safely ambulate on
a treadmill at 5.3 km$h
21
and had few if any motor impairments.
TBI and CON performed a single peak exercise test on a tread-
mill. Subsequent to an overnight fast, a venous catheter was
inserted into the antecubital vein (08000830 h) before 1 hour
of quiet sitting. The participants were connected to an auto-
mated metabolic cart and 3-lead EKG system 10-minutes prior
to exercise. Five mL of blood (BASE) was drawn into a sterile
tube immediately prior to participants performing a single speed
(5.3 km$h
21
) modied Balke-Ware protocol that had been
tested for reliability in patients with a TBI. Patients exercised to
peak, which was conrmed by volitional failure, V
_
O
2
plateau, and
RER of .1.10. Five mL of blood was drawn post-exercise
at minutes +0, +10, +20, +30, and +60. After exercise, blood
was centrifuged at 3000 RPM for serum separation and stored
at 2808. In batch, serum glucose and lactate were determined
using chemiluminescence. Results: No signicant differences in
peak RER were evident between groups (CON = 1.2 60.1; TBI
= 1.2 6 0.1). Within CON, lactate was elevated compared to
BASE (p # 0.05) at minutes +0 (D5.7 mmol$L
21
), +10 (D10.1
mmol$L
21
), +20 (D7.5 mmol$L
21
), and +30 (D4.8 mmol$L
21
).
Lactate was elevated in TBI at minutes +0 (D7.8 mmol$L
21
),
+10 (D7.2 mmol$L
21
), +20 (D5.0 mmol$L
21
), and +30
(D3.2 mmol$L
21
). At minute +10, lactate was greater (p =
0.03) in CON (11.9 6 1.4 mmol$L
21
) compared to TBI
(8.9 6 1.4 mmol$L
21
). Within CON, serum glucose was lower
than BASE at minute +0 (D-12.9 mg$dL
21
), but at no other time
point. Conversely, glucose was elevated in TBI at minutes +0
(D12.5 mg$dL
21
), +10 (D18.9 mg$dL
21
), +20 (D14.4
mg$dL
21
), and +30 (D11.8 mg$dL
21
). Glucose was lower
(p = 0.009) in the CON compared to TBI at minutes +0
the TM
| www.nsca.com
(CON = 76.7 6 4.8 mg$dL
21
; TBI = 98.9 6 7.1 mg$dL
21
) and
+10 (CON=86.5 64.1 mg$dL
21
; TBI =105.3 68.2 mg$dL
21
).
Conclusions: These data indicate a clear difference in the glu-
cose response to exercise in patients recovering from a TBI com-
pared to CON. Poor glucose uptake could be due to deciencies
with insulin-receptor sensitivity, reduced insulin response, or re-
ductions in the insulin independent mechanisms of glucose uptake
resulting from exercise. Research is needed to determine if these
differences are the result of TBI or a sedentary lifestyle adopted
post injury. Practical Applications: Along with improving aerobic
capacity, exercise practitioners should prioritize and implement
training programs that improve glucose utilization in patients recov-
ering from a TBI. Acknowledgments: This work was supported,
in part, by the Fannie Kempner Adoue Endowment and NIH grant
R01-HD046570 to Dr. Mossberg.
THE EFFECT OF MATURATION ON STRENGTH
AND DETRAINING ADAPTATIONS IN 11 TO 15
YEAR OLDS
J. CRONIN,
1
J. OLIVER,
2
AND B. CONTRERAS
1
1
Sport and Performance Research Institute New Zealand/
AUT University, Auckland, New Zealand; and
2
Cardiff
Metropolitan University, Cardiff, UK
Purpose: Knowledge of when to apply an optimal training
stimulus during athlete development is essential for effective
programming and improving athletic performance. Major
morphological and neural changes are occurring during
growth and maturation, which could play an important role
to training adaptations and rate of decay in performance.
However, the research investigating the effect of maturity
on strength training dose-response relationship and decay
in athletic performance is still lacking in youth Methods:
Thirty-three males performed an 8-week strength program
twice per week followed 8-week detraining. The maturity sta-
tus of the athletes was determined using years from PHV to
split them into 3 maturity groups for analysis: Pre PHV (21.7
6 0.4 y; n = 10), Mid PHV (20.2 6 0.4 y; n = 11) and Post
PHV (1.0 6 0.4 y; n = 12). Training consisted of 4 exercises
(3 31012 repetitions) that aimed at developing both bilat-
eral and unilateral horizontal and vertical force production.
Exercise progression was based on increasing load but also
movement complexity. At baseline, post training and detrain-
ing, the participants completed a 30-m sprint, horizontal
jump, and ballistic concentric squats on a supine squat
machine at 5 different loads relative to body mass in a rand-
omised order: 80%, 100%, 120%, 140% and 160%. From
the ballistic protocol, one-repetition maximum (1RM) and
force-velocity-power proles were determined using the
load-velocity, force-velocity and load-power relationships.
Standardized differences within and between groups were
assessed via magnitude-based inference statistics, with
clear effects dened by acceptable 90% condence inter-
vals. Results: The training effect on sprint time (22.1% to
24.7%) and power measures (6.5 to 20%) was meaningful
for all groups but a small training effect advantage was
observed for the Mid and Post PHV groups as compared
to Pre PHV. The change in 1RM (9.4%) was only meaningful
for Post PHV and differed to a small effect (6.5%) to the
other 2 groups. The small shift in velocity capability
(2.7216%) across the groups was greater by a moderate
effect in Pre PHV compared to Post PHV (4.4%). The decay
in 1RM and power was trivial to moderate across the groups
(20.5% to 26.5%), the detraining effect smaller for Mid and
Post PHV compared to Pre PHV subjects. Decay in sprint
performance was only meaningful in Post PHV (0.6 to 0.9%).
Conclusions: The strength-training program was benecial
in improving vertical strength, vertical and horizontal power,
acceleration and maximal speed across different maturity
groups but the magnitude of the training and detraining effects
were maturity dependent. The maturity-specic adaptations to
strength training and detraining have important implications for
optimal training emphasis periods during growth and maturation.
Practical Applications: Strength training was more benecial
at enhancing vertical power and 10-m time in Mid and Post PHV
compared to Pre PHV. Rather than strength training, activities
providing a velocity stimulus may be more valuable for athletes
prior to PHV to develop power and speed. Regardless, practi-
tioners should include bilateral and unilateral vertical and horizon-
tal force production exercises to optimally enhance all aspects of
explosive performance and maintenance programs should be
planned to reduce rate of decay, especially in Pre and Post
PHV subjects. Acknowledgments: The investigators would like
to thank Will G. Hopkins for his advice on the statistical analysis
of this project.
METABOLIC DEMAND DURING MULTI-MODAL
UPPER EXTREMITY EXERCISE IN PEOPLE
WITH SPINAL CORD INJURY
G. DURAN-MONGE,
1
B. CLIFT,
1
AND N. EVANS
1
1
Beyond Therapy, Shepherd Center, Atlanta, GA
Purpose: Spinal cord injury (SCI) often results in immediate
and permanent disability. Individuals who suffer a SCI often
become less physically active due to reduced ambulatory
capacity, decreased activation of skeletal muscle, and limited
access to adaptive exercise activities. As a result, those with
Abstracts
the TM
SCI are more likely to become sedentary, expend fewer daily
calories, and develop secondary health complications such
as obesity, Type II diabetes, and cardiovascular disease. In
order to counteract the deleterious effects of reduced phys-
ical activity, it is imperative that individuals with chronic SCI
continue to be physically active and exercise professionals
have a full understanding of the physiologic and metabolic
demands of specic exercise activities in order to optimize
training outcomes for those with SCI. The purpose of this
project was to quantify the metabolic demands associated
with 3 specic exercise activities performed by subjects with
SCI. Methods: Data was obtained from 5, male subjects
aged 29 to 58 years with paraplegia resulting from SCI. All
subjects completed 3, 30 minute exercise sessions includ-
ing: (a) ropes training, (b) hand cycle ergometry, and (c)
boxing. One exercise session was completed per week to
allow for adequate recovery between sessions. Metabolic
testing was performed to determine exercise energy expen-
diture (EE) and relative V
_
O
2
during each session. Due to the
intense nature of the exercise, we hypothesized that 30 mi-
nutes of ropes training would elicit the highest exercise EE
and relative peak V
_
O
2
compared to boxing and hand cycle
ergometry. Results: Mean EE for each 30 minute exercise
activity was 145.7 6 47.3 kilocalories (ropes), 139.0 6 26.9
kilocalories (boxing), and 144.3 6 44.1 kilocalories (hand
cycle ergometry). A between group analysis revealed no sig-
nicant difference (p = 0.96) in EE between exercise modal-
ities. In addition, there were no signicant differences (p =
0.39) observed in relative peak V
_
O
2
between exercise modal-
ities, however, for all but 1 subject, the ropes training exer-
cise elicited the highest relative peak V
_
O
2
compared to
boxing and hand cycle ergometry. Conclusions: Based on
preliminary results, it appears that the average caloric expen-
diture for 30 minutes of either ropes training, boxing, or hand
cycle ergometry is relatively similar between exercises
among this small sample of subjects with SCI. Therefore, it
would seem that each of these activities would be equally
valuable in facilitating a modest daily caloric expenditure and
could be used in conjunction with other exercise modalities
to promote lifelong physical health. However, the ropes train-
ing protocol in this study may prove to have additional car-
diovascular benet above and beyond that of boxing and
hand cycle ergometry based on the intense nature of the
activity and the fact that the highest peak V
_
O
2
values among
all but 1 subject were observed during the ropes training
sessions. Additional research with a much larger sample size
is needed to elucidate whether a real and meaningful differ-
ence in metabolic demand truly exists between these exer-
cise modalities. Practical Applications: Data obtained from
this study can be used to help individuals with disabilities
and exercise professionals identify those exercises that
may elicit the greatest cardiovascular benet and greatest
overall EE to facilitate caloric balance and reduction of
secondary health complications following chronic SCI.
Acknowledgments: Thanks to the Shepherd Center and
the Beyond Therapy Department for their support and con-
tinued commitment to improve the quality of care for individ-
uals with disabilities.
THE PREVALENCE OF LOW BACK PAIN
IN THE RECREATIONAL WEIGHT
TRAINING POPULATION
W. J. HANNEY,
1
M. J. KOLBER,
2
AND P. PABIAN
1
1
University of Central Florida, Orlando, FL; and
2
Nova
Southeastern University, Fort Lauderdale, FL
Purpose: An estimated 45 million Americans participate in
some form of weight training (WT) on a regular basis. Data
from the National Health Interview Survey conducted by the
Centers for Disease Control found that nearly 20% of adults
ages 18 to 65 participate in some form of WT 2 or more
times a week. Although the benets of resistance training
have been well documented, participation is not without risk.
A signicant number of injuries associated with WT have
been reported in the literature with approximately 25% of
those being severe enough to seek medical attention. Pre-
vious reports indicate that WT participants sustain, on aver-
age, 2.6 injuries per 1000 hours of activity. Low back pain
(LBP) and or injury has been reported at a rate of 0.43 per
100 hours of participation and appears to be one of the more
common sites of injury among WT participants. Previously
reported injury rates among WT participants have generally been
inclusive of a competitive population and there is little information
with regards to LBP in the recreational WT population. Therefore,
the purpose of this study was to identify the point and period
prevalence rates of LBP in the recreational WT population.
Methods: Individuals between the ages 18 to 59 were recruited
to participate. Subjects participated in weight training 2 times per
week for at least 1 year. Information was collected via in person
surveys and included age, height, body mass, and gender. Par-
ticipants were asked if they are currently experiencing LBP (point
prevalence) or have had an episode in the past 6 months or 1
year. Results: Point prevalence of LBP in the recreational weight
training population was approximately 10.5% while the 6-month
prevalence was 28% and 1-year prevalence was 41.5%. See
Table. Conclusions: Point prevalence of LBP in recreational
weight trainers in this study was lower than the general popula-
tion, which has been estimated to be as high as 28.4%. Also
the TM
| www.nsca.com
approximately 28% of the subjects in our study had a 6-month
period prevalence of LBP where it has been reported to be has
high as 48.9% in the general population. Finally, the 1-year recur-
rence rate of LBP has been reported to be as high as 80% while
our study demonstrates reports to be 41.5%. Our ndings sug-
gest that recreational WT participants have lower reports of LBP
than the general population. Practical Applications: While LBP
prevalence rates have been reported to be a signicant problem
in the competitive WT population the results of our study show
that the point prevalence, 6 month and 1 year period prevalence
of LBP among recreational WT is below the general population. It
seems the 1-year prevalence rates are much lower than the gen-
eral population. Perhaps participation in a recreational weight-
training program is protective for episodes of LBP evident by
the lower rates. Prospective based studies are needed to deter-
mine if indeed recreational WT mitigates risk for LBP.
ACCURACY OF THE BODY ADIPOSITY INDEX
FOR ESTIMATING BODY FAT IN INDIVIDUALS
WITH DOWNS SYNDROME
B. NICKERSON,
1
A. R. RUSSELL,
1
S. BICARD,
1
A. MAHURIN,
2
AND M. ESCO
1
1
2
Baptist Family
Residency Program
The Body Adiposity Index (BAI) was recently developed as
a method to predict body fat percentage (BF%) by using only
the variables of hip circumference and height. The simplistic,
non-invasive nature of BAI makes it an attractive option for
estimating adiposity in individuals with Downs syndrome
(DS), who may feel threatened by more elaborate equipment.
However, the BAI was previously validated within groups from
the general population. The accuracy of the BAI for individuals
with DS remains questionable since body fat is distributed
differently in this special population compared to individuals
without DS. Purpose: The purpose of this study was to
cross-validate the BAI in individuals with DS using dual-energy
x-ray absorptiometry (DXA) as the criterion measure. Methods:
Twelve adults and 5 adolescents with DS (n = 17) participated
in the study. Height was measured with a wall-mounted stadi-
ometer and hip circumference was measured horizontally at the
maximal extension of the gluteus maximus. The BAI method was
used to predict BF% with the following equation: BAI-BF% =
([hip circumference/height
1.5
] 18). Criterion BF% was deter-
mined via DXA. Results: The mean BF% obtained from the
DXA was 35.7 6 13.4 and predicted from the BAI was
39.4 6 11.2 (p = 0.06, Cohens d = 0.30). The BAI signi-
cantly correlated with the DXA (r = 0.83, p # 0.05) and had
Abstracts
the TM
a standard error of estimate (SEE) of 7.8%. The method of
Bland-Altman revealed that the 95% limits of agreement ranged
from 11.2% below to 18.6% above the constant error (CE) of
3.7%. Conclusions: The ndings of this study suggest that
BAI overestimated BF% by 3.7% compared to the criterion.
Though the mean difference between the 2 BF% measures
was not quite signicant, the effect size was moderate. In
addition, the BAI resulted in a high SEE of 7.8% and the limits
of agreement were large. Practical Applications: The BAI has
the potential to become widely used in clinical and tness set-
tings. Practitioners who design healthy lifestyle strategies for
individuals with DS should consider the results of this investi-
gation before using the BAI for predicting BF%. It appears to
provide overestimated values and may result in a large range of
individual error. Therefore, the BAI should be used with extreme
caution when predicting BF% in individuals with DS.
MEASUREMENTS OF REACTION TIME DOES
NOT DIFFER BETWEEN FUNCTIONAL FITNESS
GROUPS IN OLDER ADULTS
S. PAULSON,
1
AND M. GRAY
2
1
Shippensburg University, Shippensburg, PA; and
2
University
of Arkansas, Fayetteville, AR
Research suggests reaction time (RT) slows as 1 ages.
Conversely, some individuals display a resistance to age-
related declines in RT due to maintenance of physical
tness. Purpose: The purpose of this study was to assess
differences in RT measurements between low and high
functionally t older adults. Methods: Nineteen older adults
volunteered to complete a computer based RT assessment
and a power stair climb test (PSCT) to measure functional
tness. Relative power from the PSCT was used to create
the 2 functional tness 2 groups; low (n = 8, age: 73.8 6
6.9 yrs; height: 1.64 6 0.16 m; mass: 76.56 6 15.51 kg;
body fat: 38.11 6 7.88%) and high (n = 11, age: 70.5 6
5.6 yrs; height: 1.64 6 0.14 m; mass: 72.72 6 15.15 kg; body
fat: 33.58 6 6.54%). All subjects passed the Mini Mental State
Examination and were free fromuncontrolled cardiovascular, met-
abolic, and pulmonary disease. Anthropometric measurements
and a dual energy x-ray absorptiometry were completed prior
to testing. A 10-min computerized test was used to measure
simple reaction time (SRT), choice reaction time (CRT), sequen-
tial reaction time 1 (SEQ1), and sequential reaction time 2
(SEQ2). For the PSCT, each subject was instructed to ascend
a set of 9 steps as quickly and as safely as possible for 3 trials.
The subjects began at the bottom of the rst step and a stop-
watch was started on the commend Go. Time ended when
both of the subjects feet touched the landing. The best time
the TM
| www.nsca.com
was used for analysis. Data were analyzed using a one-way AN-
OVA. Results: There was no statistically signicant difference
between the functional tness groups on SRT, CRT, SEQ1, or
SEQ2 (p . 0.05). See Table 1. Conclusions: The results of the
study suggested there was not a difference between levels of
functional tness on various measurements of RT in older adults.
Practical Applications: Health tness professionals working
with an aging population may be working toward the goal of
improving functional tness. While functional tness as it is an
important aspect of quality of life of older adults, it appears not to
inuence RT. Previous studies have found improvements in RT
with high-velocity and functional training programs. Thus, it is
essential to recognize the inuence functional tness training
may have on measurements of RT.
THE INFLUENCE OF TRANSCRANIAL DIRECT
CURRENT STIMULATION ON MAXIMAL FORCE
PRODUCTION IN PARKINSONS DISEASE
B. POSTON,
1
E. HEISLER,
2
R. WALSH,
1
AND
J. ALBERTS
2
1
Cleveland Clinic-Las Vegas, Lou Ruvo Center for Brain
Health, Las Vegas, NV; and
2
Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, OH
Transcranial direct current stimulation (TDCS) is a non-invasive
brain stimulation method that has recently been used as
a modality to acutely increase maximum force production in
healthy young adults and stroke patients. Previous studies have
also shown that TDCS may improve some aspects of motor
function in Parkinsons disease (PD) such as the rate of motor
skill acquisition and the speed of gait. Purpose: To determine
the inuence of acute application of TDCS on the maximum
force production capacity of hand muscles in PD. Methods:
The study was a sham-controlled, cross-over experimental
design and 6 subjects diagnosed with idiopathic PD partici-
pated in the study. Each subject completed 2 experimental
sessions each separated by a washout period of 7 days. Sub-
jects received either real TDCS or SHAM stimulation on a given
day with the order of presentation of the conditions counter-
balanced. Subjects performed 3 maximal voluntary contrac-
tions (MVCs) in an index nger abduction task and a pinch
grip task before (Pre-tests) and after (Post-tests) application
of both real TDS and SHAM stimulation. Real TDCS was
applied continuously to the area of the scalp overlying the hand
area of the contralateral motor cortex of the primarily affected
hand for 20 minutes at a current strength of 2 milliamps. SHAM
stimulation was applied in the same experimental settings for
20 minutes and conducted according to a well-established
protocol that elicits the same sensations on the surface of
the scalp as real TDCS application. Thus, subjects could not
distinguish between real TDCS and SHAM stimulation. MVC
force was measured before and after application of TDCS in
both the index nger abduction and pinch grip tasks. MVC
force was quantied as the average maximum force produced
during the 3 MVC trials for each task. Results: The increase
in MVC force between the Pre- and Post-tests was greater
(; 10.0%) following application of real TDCS compared to
SHAM stimulation (; 0.3% force increase) in the index nger
abduction task. In the pinch grip task, MVC force was
increased (;5.5%) between the Pre- and Post-tests in the real
TDCS condition, but decreased (; 2.0%) in the SHAM con-
dition. Conclusions: Collectively, these ndings suggest
that a single application of TDCS can acutely increase the
maximum force production capacity of hand muscles in PD.
Practical Applications: TDCS may represent a new adjunct
intervention strategy to acutely increase force production in
healthy adults and in patients with movement disorders. Fur-
thermore, TDCS devices are relatively inexpensive, easy to op-
erate, portable, and extremely safe. However, further research
is needed to determine the optimal parameters of TDCS to
improve force production and to examine the extent to which
chronic TDCS application (weeks or months) may improve
force production in healthy adults, well-trained athletes, and
in patients with movement disorders. Acknowledgments:
The Lincy Foundation.
MICROCLIMATE UNDER SOFT BODY ARMOR
DURING MODERATE PHYSICAL EXERTION
G. A. RYAN,
1
R. L. HERRON,
2
S. H. BISHOP,
3
C. KATICA,
2
B. ELBON,
4
A. BOSAK,
5
AND P. BISHOP
2
1
The University of Montana - Western, Dillon, MT;
2
The
University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL;
3
Texas A&M
University-Commerce;
4
University of Alabama; and
5
Armstrong Atlantic State University, Savannah, GA
Better understanding of the heat strain that law enforcement
personnel face while wearing concealed soft body armor
(SBA) can be used to help improve comfort and safety and
benet both the ofcer and the public. Purpose: The purpose
of this study was to characterize the microclimate (micro-
WBGT) under a concealed Level II SBA during 60-minute of
moderately intense work at 2 separate macro-WBGTs (26 8C
and 30 8C), and to establish WBGT corrections to allow pre-
diction of heat strain in an individual wearing a concealed
Level II SBA. Methods: Nine volunteers (27 6 4 yr) outtted
with a standard law enforcement uniform and a traditional con-
cealed Level II SBA, worked in a moderately warm environment
(WBGT = 26 8C). Each participant performed cycles of
Abstracts
the TM
12-minutes of walking (1.25 L$min
21
) and 3-min of arm curls
(14.3 kg, 0.6 L$min
21
) with a 5-min rest after every other cycle,
for a total of 60-min. This trial was compared to a previously
completed 60-min work bout at WBGT of 30 8C. A 2-way
repeated measures ANOVA with Post hoc Bonferroni and paired
samples t-test analysis was conducted using the variables temp
and time. Results: Results indicated a greater difference
between macro- micro-WBGTs existed at 26 8C (8.9 8C differ-
ence) compared to the 30 8C (6.2 8C difference) macro-WBGT.
This represents a 26% increase in micro-WBGT at the macro-
WBGT of 26 8C and a 17% increase in micro-WBGT at the
macro-WBGT of 30 8C. A modied simple linear regression pre-
diction model was established for mean Micro-WBGT for each
macro-WBGTs after the plateau point at the 30-min mark. The
derivation regressions at 26 8C (R
2
= 0.99), and 30 8C (R
2
=
0.99) indicate that micro-WBGT could be predicted for each 15-
min time at both macro-WBGTs tested for individuals doing
moderate intensity (300 Kcals$hr
21
) work wearing concealed
Level II SBA. Conclusions: This research supports previous
studies suggesting WBGT adjustments are needed due to
micro-WBGT elevation for the formulation of safe threshold limit
values for individuals wearing concealed Level II SBA. A WBGT
adjustment of about 610 8C, depending on the macro-WBGT,
may be necessary to ensure safety of the individual wearing
a concealed SBA. However, the degree to which intensity of
work play a role in affecting this correction has yet to be tested.
Future research should focus on various macro-environments
and intensities of work to further improve the accuracy of the
WBGT corrections and to start to establish a prediction model.
Practical Applications: This research is the rst step in at-
tempting to quantify the effect of macro-WBGT on individuals
wearing concealed SBA. The ndings from this research can
begin to be applied to law enforcement personnel and other
individuals, including athletes, who are required to wear non-
permeable, concealed, protective equipment in hot environments.
PREDICTION OF MILITARY RELEVANT
OCCUPATIONAL TASKS IN WOMEN FROM
PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE COMPONENTS
T. SZIVAK,
1
B. NINDL,
2
J. MALADOUANGDOCK,
1
C. DUNN-LEWIS,
1
B. COMSTOCK,
1
D. HOOPER,
1
S. FLANAGAN,
1
D. LOONEY,
1
W. DUPONT,
1
D. DOMBROWSKI,
1
AND W. J. KRAEMER
1
1
2
Army Institute of
Public Health, Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD
Purpose: This study sought to determine through multiple
regression analysis which measures were most predictive for
a repetitive box lifting task (RBLT) and for a load bearing task
(LBT) (i.e. 2 mile, 34.1 kg rucksack carry) in 113 women (23 6
4 yrs, 165 6 7 cm, 64 6 10 kg). Methods: The RBLT con-
sisted of the maximum number of boxes (20.45 kg) that could
be lifted from the oor to a height of 1.32 m within a 10 min
period (subjects were required to move between 2 boxes 2.4
m apart between lifts). The LBT consisted of the minimum time
to traverse 2 miles while carrying a 34.1 kg military style ruck-
sack. Independent variables (IVs) included body mass, height,
magnetic resonance imaging assessed leg cross-sectional
area, muscular strength 1RMs (squat, bench press, high pull,
boxlift), lower body explosive power (mechanical power
assessed via jump squats), muscular endurance (# of pushups
in 2 min and # of squat repetitions at a controlled rate with
a 45 kg load [squat endurance test]) and aerobic capacity as-
sessed from a 2 mile run (2MR in secs). Results: The mean 6
SD (range) for the RBLT (# of repetitions) was 86 6 23
(20159) and for the LBT (in seconds) was 2054 6 340
(13073447). The following equations were generated (p #
0.05): RBLT (# of repetitions) = 57.4 + 0.2 (peak jump power)
+ 0.4 (# of pushups in 2 min) + 0.15 (# of repetitions during the
squat endurance test) + 1.39 (1RM boxlift in kg)0.04 (2MR in
seconds) [R = 0.81; SEE = 14]; LBT (in seconds) = 18314.28
(# of repetitions during the squat endurance test) + 0.95
(2MR in seconds)13.4 (body mass) [R = 0.73; SEE = 232].
Conclusions: The fact that the 2MR and squat endurance test
entered into both equations illustrates their utility as potential
predictors for successful military occupational performance.
Practical Applications: These data suggest that women can
augment their performance in physically demanding occupations
by participating in conditioning programs targeting both muscular
strength and endurance.
INFLUENCE OF REST INTERVALS FOLLOWING
ASSISTED JUMPING ON PEAK VELOCITY, RATE
OF VELOCITY DEVELOPMENT & RATE OF
FORCE DEVELOPMENT
V. L. CAZAS,
1
L. E. BROWN,
2
J. W. COBURN,
2
A. J. GALPIN,
2
J. J. TUFANO,
3
J. C. GARNER,
1
N. C. DABBS,
4
AND H. CHANDER
1
1
University of Mississippi, University, MS;
2
Center for Sport
Performance, California State University, Fullerton, CA;
3
Edith Cowan University, Joondalup, Australia; and
4
The
University of Mississippi
The outcome of an athletes vertical jump is crucial in sports.
If an athlete can increase their peak velocity, rate of velocity
development or rate of force development during this explo-
sive movement, vertical jump height may increase. Assisted
the TM
| www.nsca.com
jumping, an over-speed concept, is a relatively new method to
optimize vertical jump performance. Research is needed to
investigate how to optimally manipulate programing variables
to achieve the best training effect. Purpose: To determine the
effect of rest intervals on peak velocity (V
p
), rate of velocity
development (RVD) and rate of force development (RFD) follow-
ing assisted jumping. Methods: Twenty healthy recreationally
trained males (age: 22.85 61.84 yr, height: 179.44 65.99 cm,
mass: 81.73 6 9.51 kg) attended 5 sessions. For all sessions,
subjects performed the same dynamic warm up then executed 1
set of 5 consecutive assisted jumps at 30% body weight reduc-
tion. Assisted jumping was performed with subjects standing on
a force plate sampling at 1000 Hz. They wore a full body har-
ness attached to elastic bands which were attached to a rope
passed through pulleys on the ceiling. They then rested for
30 seconds (C0.5), 1 (C1), 2 (C2), or 4 (C4) minutes, followed
by 3 body weight jumps with no assistance. Baseline jump (CB)
height was measured without preceding assisted jumps.
Results: All force plate data wascollected and analyzed via
custom software. ANOVA revealed that V
p
, RVD and RFD dem-
onstrated no signicant difference in any of the conditions. (V
p
,
CB: 3.73 6 .29 m$s
21
, C0.54 Collapsed x,: 3.77 6 0.30
m$s
21
), (RVD, CB: 14.78 6 2.84 m$s
22
, C0.54 Collapsed
x,: 15.30 6 3.25 m$s
22
), (RFD, CB: 6643.13 6 2902.00
N$s
21
, C0.54 Collapsed x,: 6989.99 6 2667.29 N$s
21
)
Conclusions: It appears there is no difference between CB
and all other conditions. These rest intervals may not acutely
enhance V
p
, RVD or RFD. Practical Applications: However,
despite not enhancing V
p
, RVD or RFD athletes who are explor-
ing various warm-up methods could utilize the 5-assisted vertical
jumps, as it did not hinder performance.
THE EFFECT OF LOW LOAD GLUTEAL
ACTIVATION EXERCISES ON SPRINT
PERFORMANCE IN ELITE
SKELETON ATHLETES
D. W. CHAPMAN,
1
T. CANNON,
2
L. EARLES,
3
AND
E. BERNOTAS
3
1
Olympic Winter Institute of Australia, Docklands, Australia;
2
Australian Catholic University; and
3
Australian Skeleton
team, Docklands, Australia
Purposes: To determine whether the addition of low load glu-
teal activation exercises to the current warm-up protocol of an
elite skeleton athlete cohort would improve 30 m upright sprint
and sport specic bent-over sprint performance. Methods: 30 m
sprint times using an electronic timing system were recorded
while athletes either sprinted in an upright normal position or
in a bent-over position pushing a simulated skeleton sled during
morning and afternoon testing sessions using the control (no
gluteal activation) or experimental intervention (gluteal activation).
The series of low load gluteal exercises were performed in
sequence with 1 set of 10 repetitions performed for each exer-
cise. During the exercises each athlete was instructed to maintain
a neutral spine and verbal cues were used to help achieve
activation of the gluteal muscles. Subjects were consistently
instructed to engage the gluteal muscle group throughout the
exercise movements. The gluteal exercise program was per-
formed under supervision of the team Physiotherapist taking
approximately 10 minutes to complete. The 7 low load gluteal
exercises were double leg bridge, side lying hip abduction, quad-
ruped lower extremity lift, side lying gluteal clam in 60 8, prone
single leg hip extension, body weight squats, hip abduction in
quadruped (re hydrant). Results: Morning upright 30 m sprint
times in the control intervention were signicantly (p , 0.01, ES
= 0.33) faster than in the experimental intervention (4.041 6
0.1269 s for control vs 4.159 6 0.1300 s for experimental).
Afternoon upright 30 m sprint times in the experimental interven-
tion were signicantly (p , 0.001, ES = 0.24) faster than in the
control intervention (4.152 6 0.1361 s for control vs 4.048 6
0.1367 s for experimental). Afternoon bent-over 30 m sprint
times showed no statistical difference (p = 0.07, ES = 0.29)
between control or experimental interventions (4.905 6 0.1903
s for control vs 4.743 6 0.2173 s for experimental). Comparison
of control and experimental interventions over time highlighted
that upright 30 m sprint time was signicantly (p , 0.01)
improved in the morning and afternoon sessions respectively
(4.041 6 0.1269 s for control AM vs. 4.152 6 0.1361 s for
control PM; 4.159 6 0.1300 s for experimental AM vs. 4.048 6
0.1367 s for experimental PM). Bent-over 30 m sprint perfor-
mance showed a 19.5% decrement when compared to upright
sprint times (4.908 6 0.1065 s for bent-over vs. 4.100 6
0.06211 s for upright). Conclusions: The results indicate that
the addition of low load gluteal activation exercises in this athlete
population can improve upright/bent-over 30 m sprint perfor-
mance, regardless of the inuence of diurnal uctuations.
Practical Applications: The ease of implementation with mini-
mal risk of injury to the athlete suggest that low load gluteal
activation exercises should be incorporated as the standard
pre-competition warm-up protocol for skeleton athletes.
DETERMINING PERFORMANCE DECREMENTS
DURING SQUAT JUMPS PERFORMED WITH
VARIOUS LOADS
P. COMFORT,
1
C. GRAY,
1
J. ROGERS,
1
AND
M. THOMASSON
1
1
University of Salford, Lancashire, UK
Abstracts
the TM
The optimal power load for squat jumps (with no countermove-
ment) has been shown to be lower than the loads usually
recommended for power training using Olympic lifts. Lower relative
loads during squat jumps may permit the performance of addi-
tional repetitions prior to the onset of fatigue compared to heavier
loads. Purpose: To identify the occurrence of decrements in
performance, dened as a statistically signicant decrease in peak
power or jump height, during squat jumps with various loads.
Methods: Male collegiate athletes (n = 16; 22.5 6 1.5 years,
178.5 6 7.2 cm, 72.85 6 8.59 kg, 1 repetition maximum (1-RM)
back squat = 129.6 69.75 kg). Participants performed sets of ten
repetitions of squat jumps, using 5 loading conditions as deter-
mined by their best 1-RM performance (0, 10, 20, 30, 40% 1-RM
back squat). The loading conditions were allocated in a randomized
and balanced order, with 56 min rest permitted between sets.
Squat jump performances were assessed using a ballistic mea-
surement system incorporating a force plate (sampling at 600 Hz)
to record the vertical ground reaction force and thelinear position
transducer (LPT) to record vertical displacement of the bar. To
determine peak power, velocity of the centre of gravity (COG) of
the system (barbell + body) was calculated from vertical ground
reaction force (Fz) time data, based on the relationship between
impulse and momentum, in which impulse is equal to the changes
in momentum (forward dynamics approach). Power applied to the
system was calculated as the product of velocity of the COG of
the system and Fz at each time point. Results: Repeated meas-
ures analysis of variance (RMANOVA) revealed no signicant dif-
ferences (p . 0.05) in peak vertical ground reaction force (vGRF),
peak power or displacement, between repetitions in each loading
conditions (Table 1). A further RMANOVA, including Bonferroni
post-hoc analysis, demonstrated that peak power output
(3760.57 6 1014.45 W) occurred in the 0% 1-RM loading con-
dition, which was signicantly (p # 0.01) greater than the 30%
1-RM (2964.13 6 913.62 W) and 40% 1-RM (2809.15 6
626.98 W) conditions, although this was not statistically (p #
0.05) greater than the 10% 1-RM (3483.33 6 839.27 W) or
20% 1-RM (3238.13 6 839.27 W) conditions. Conclusions:
These ndings indicate that when performing squat jumps (with
no countermovement) with a load #40% 1-RM back squat, $10
repetitions can be completed without inducing fatigue. Practical
Applications: When incorporating squat jumps (using relative low
loads) into power training programs, it may be benecial to recom-
mend repetition ranges of $10, as this study found no decrements
in performance below this repetition range.
THE RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF OPEN- AND
CLOSED-SKILL AGILITY PERFORMANCE FOR
SELECTION AS A STARTER IN ADULT MALE
BASKETBALL PLAYERS
V. DALBO,
1
A. SCANLAN,
1
AND P. TUCKER
1
1
Central Queensland University, North Rockhampton, Australia
Purpose: Open-skill agility qualities have yet to be described
in adult male basketball players. Further, the importance of
open- and closed-skill agility for team selection remains
unknown. Thus, this study aimed to: (a) describe the open-
and closed-skill agility of adult male basketball players and
(b) compare these properties between starting and non-start-
ing players. Methods: A cross-sectional between-group
design was used. Six starting (mean 6 SD: playing time,
30.1 6 8.8 min; age, 30.5 6 4.8 yr; height: 192.1 6
the TM
| www.nsca.com
7.7 cm; body mass: 100.5 6 15.0 kg; V
_
O
2
max, 48.4 6
6.6 mL$kg
21
$min
21
) and 6 non-starting (4.3 6 3.6 min;
21.3 6 5.0 yr; 185.7 6 7.4 cm; 94.4 6 17.9 kg; 50.6 6 3.9
mL$kg
21
$min
21
) state-level basketball players completed mul-
tiple trials for the Change of Direction Speed Test (CODST)
and Reactive Agility Test (RAT). Results: No statistically sig-
nicant between-group differences were evident for CODST
movement time (starters: 1.652 6 0.047 s; non-starters:
1.626 6 0.040 s, p = 0.68; effect size = 0.24) or RAT deci-
sion-making time (starters: 110.7 6 11.0 ms; non-starters:
147.3 6 14.2 ms, p = 0.08; effects size = 1.18). Starters
possessed signicantly faster RAT movement times than non-
starters (2.001 6 0.051 s vs. 2.182 6 0.040 s; p = 0.02; effect
size = 1.61). Conclusions: Our ndings suggest that closed-
skill agility properties are similarly developed in starting and non-
starting players. In contrast, facets of open-skill agility perfor-
mance such as anticipation, visual scanning, pattern recognition,
and situational knowledge, might be central distinguishing qual-
ities for team selection in basketball. Practical Applications:
The development of perceptual and cognitive components of
agility performance might be important in distinguishing starting
from non-starting players in basketball. Basketball coaching
and conditioning staff should incorporate sport-specic reactive
training drills for all players during the annual conditioning plan.
IMPACT OF 3% DEHYDRATION ON
INTERMITTENT SPRINT PERFORMANCE
J. DAVIS,
1
K. ALLEN,
1
M. LAURENT,
2
M. GREEN,
3
N. STOLWORTHY,
1
T. WELCH,
4
AND M. NEVETT
1
1
University of Montevallo, Montevallo, AL;
2
Bowling Green
State University, Bowling Green, OH;
3
University of North
Alabama, Florence, AL; and
4
University of South Florida,
Tampa, FL
Purpose: Hypohydration of 2% has been shown to impact
aerobic exercise but the critical level in which anaerobic per-
formance is affected has been suggested to occur at a higher
level of dehydration. This study examined the effects of 3%
dehydration on intermittent sprint performance and perceptual
measures. Methods: Eight collegiate baseball players com-
pleted the intermittent sprints either dehydrated (DY) of 3%
body mass or euhydrated (EU). All participants body mass
was reduced by 3% via exercise in the heat with controlled
uid intake occurring 1day prior to the trial. Participants com-
pleted 24 3 30meter sprints, divided into 3 bouts of 8 sprints
with 45 sec rest between each sprint and 3 min each bout.
Perceived Recovery Status Scale (PRS) was recorded prior to
the start of each trial. Heart rate (HR), RPE (010 Omni scale),
and Perceived Readiness Scale (PR) was recorded after every
sprint and session RPE (S-RPE) was recorded 20 min after
completing the entire bout. Results: Results from a 2 (condi-
tion) 33 (bout of sprints) repeated measures ANOVA revealed
a signicant main effect of condition on average sprint time
(p = 0.03), HR (p , 0.01), RPE (p = 0.01), and PR (p =
0.02). Post-hoc follow-ups show signicantly faster average
sprint times during the EU vs. DY trial during the second
(4.87 6 0.29 vs. 5.03 6 0.33 s; p = 0.01) and third bout of
sprints (4.91 60.29 vs. 5.12 60.44 s; p = 0.02). HR was also
found to be signicantly lower for EU during the second bout
(158 vs. 168 bpm; p = 0.05) and third bout (161 vs. 171 bpm;
p = 0.01). Post-hoc measures also show signicantly
decreased (p # 0.05) feelings of recovery (PRS) prior to exer-
cise and increased (p # 0.05) perceptual strain before each bout
(PR) during the second and third bouts of repeated sprint work
(i.e., RPE and PR) and following the total session (S-RPE) in the
DY condition. Conclusions: Dehydration impaired sprint perfor-
mance, decreased perception of recovery status prior to exercise,
increased perceived exertion, and elevated heart rate. Results high-
light the importance of adequate hydration during intermittent sprint
performance. Practical Applications: Deleterious effects of
dehydration are not limited to endurance-based sports. Athletes
in intermittent sports are encouraged to pay special attention to
hydration during practices without ignoring potential day to day
uid decits. Acknowledgments: No sources of funding were
used to assist in the preparation of this abstract. The authors have
no conicts of interest that are directly relevant to the content in
this abstract.
ASSISTED JUMP TRAINING MAY ALTER
TEMPORAL MECHANICS DURING BODYWEIGHT
JUMP PERFORMANCE
A. M. DUBOIS,
1
T. L. BEAUDETTE,
1
AND
L. E. BROWN
2
1
California State University, Fullerton; and
2
Center for Sport
Introduction: It has been demonstrated that performing assis-
ted vertical jumps (a form of overspeed training) acutely im-
proves vertical jump performance through a potentiating effect
that increases velocity at take off. However, assisted jumping
may also affect limb kinetics of the jump by altering the time
intervals between peak force, peak power and peak velocity.
Given these acute changes in vertical jump performance, it is
possible that assisted vertical jump training could chronically
affect temporal vertical jump mechanics. Purpose: To investi-
gate the effects of assisted jump training on temporal jump
Abstracts
the TM
mechanics during body weight
vertical jumps. Methods: Eight
NCAA Division I womens volley-
ball players (19.25 6 0.89 yrs;
182.84 6 3.72 cm; 72.29 6
9.28 kg) performed 3 maximal
baseline countermovement verti-
cal jumps with arm swing fol-
lowed by 4 weeks of assisted
plyometric jump training.
Throughout assisted jump train-
ing, subjects wore a full body
harness and were connected to
a resistance band pulley system
hanging from the ceiling that
reduced their body weight as
the bands were pulled tight. Dur-
ing the rst 2 weeks, subjects
performed 2 sets (week 1) and 3 sets (week 2) of 10 jumps
at 30% bodyweight reduction. During the last 2 weeks, subjects
performed 2 sets (week 3) or 3 sets (week 4) of 10 jumps at
40% body weight reduction. After training, subjects performed
3 maximal post countermovement vertical jumps with arm swing.
All jumps were performed on an AMTI force plate sampling at
1000 Hz. The time at peak force, peak power and peak velocity
were calculated during each maximal jump via custom LabVIEW
software and the time deltas between 1) peak force and
peak power (DFPTIME), 2) peak force and peak velocity
(DFVTIME) and 3) peak power and peak velocity (DPVTIME)
were calculated. Results: There were no signicant differences
between DFPTIME (pre = 0.098 6 0.122 s; post = 0.065 6
0.092 s; p = 0.378), DFVTIME (pre = 0.140 6 0.122 s; post =
0.107 6 0.092 s; p = 0.382) or DPVTIME (pre = 0.041 6
0.003 s; post = 0.045 6 0.003 s; p = 0.613) from baseline
to post test. Conclusions: Although there were no signi-
cant differences in time deltas, there was a noticeable trend
towards decreasing time intervals between (a) peak force and
peak power and (b) peak force and peak velocity. Given that
the athletes trained for a relatively short period of time, this
trend suggests that assisted jump training could alter the
mechanics of the jump and might lead to temporal decreases
that could improve vertical jump performance. Practical
Applications: Altering temporal mechanics of the jump
may lead to improvement in vertical jump performance, mak-
ing assisted vertical jump training a potential training tool for
athletes that are dependent on vertical jumping for success in
their sport. Therefore, it is suggested that assisted plyometric
jump training be incorporated into a jumping athletes training
routine.
ELECTROMYOGRAPHY ACTIVITY OF THE
GLUTEUS MEDIUS AND GLUTEUS MAXIMUS
MUSCLES USING A GOLF SPECIFIC POWER
HIP TRAINER IN COLLEGIATE GOLFERS
J. GHIGIARELLI,
1
K. SELL,
1
J. NG,
1
AND
A. ROTHSTEIN
1
1
Hofstra University, Hempstead, NY
Low handicap golfers are reported to have increased pelvic
rotational speed as well as increased gluteus medius and
maximus strength compared to high handicap golfers. This has
resulted in an increased emphasis to be placed on golf specic
strength training programs and the development of innovative
training tools for helping establish a foundation of exibility and
strength. No study has investigated the muscle activity of the golf
specic power hip trainer (GSPHT) in comparison to traditional
golf training exercises. Purpose: To examine muscle activation
of the right and left gluteus medius and gluteus maximus muscles
during 4 different hip rotational exercises: (a) medicine ball rota-
tional throws, (b) resisted downswing using an elastic band, and
(c) an open and closed stance bout with the GSPHT. Methods:
Six male (age 20 6 0.8 yr, mass 73 6 10 kg, handicap 1 6 1)
and 5 female (age 20.6 6 0.5 yr, mass 68 6 15.6 kg, handicap
5 63) division 1-A golfers completed 4 separate training sessions
consisting of 2 sets of 15 repetitions of the medicine ball throw,
resisted elastic band tubing, GSPHT closed, and GSPHT open
exercises. At the beginning of each training session, maximum
voluntary isometric contraction (MVIC) manual muscle testing for
the gluteus medius and gluteus maximus muscles were performed
to record maximum electromyography (EMG) activity. The EMG
amplitude of each muscle response during each exercise was
the TM
| www.nsca.com
expressed as a percentage of the maximum EMG amplitude for
that muscle. %MVIC of each muscle response was analyzed to
assess the level of muscle activity simulating the downswing phase
movement of each exercise. Results: The medicine ball and hip
trainer closed position produced the most overall muscle activation
of 41.2% and 34.2% respectively, with emphasis on the right
gluteus medius and gluteus maximus. The greatest relative %peak
EMG was observed in the right gluteus medius (56.6%) for hip
trainer closed and right gluteus maximus (53.5%) for medicine ball
throws. Conclusions: The GSPHT does effectively isolate the
gluteus medius muscles specically when twisting in the closed
position against a spring loaded resistance. The medicine ball
rotational throws recruits more overall hip muscle activation which
is due to the heavier loading that can be provided by the resistance
of the ball and the athlete is able to engage more muscle activity
due to the nature of the exercise. Practical Applications: The
GSPHT can be an effective tool to increase gluteus medius
strength which will allow more rotational velocity during the
downswing phase of the golf swing. Subsequently this may lead
to increased club head velocity and increased driving distance.
REPEATED MEASURES OF PEAK POWER,
VERTICAL JUMP, AND MOOD STATE IN
NCAA-DI WOMEN, BASKETBALL PLAYERS
DURING PREPARATORY AND COMPETITIVE
TRAINING PERIODS
M. T. JONES,
1
G. L. COLEMAN,
1
T. RUSBASAN,
1
AND S. WALLS
1
1
George Mason University, Fairfax, VA
Purpose: Previous research has studied changes in power out-
put or mood during competitive seasons. The current study was
designed to investigate whether or not changes occur in peak
power, vertical jump, or mood state over the course of 9-week
(wk) preparatory and 11-wk competitive training periods in colle-
giate basketball (BB) athletes. Methods: Demographic data (M +
SD) were obtained from 14 NCAA-DI women athletes age: 20.5
6 1.1 yr; height: 175.9 6 6.6 cm; weight: 70.7 6 9.9 kg; BMI:
22.8 6 2.3 kg$m
22
; and %fat: 19.6 6 6.3%. Countermovement
vertical jump height (CMVJ), peak power (PP), and mood state
were measured each wk at the same time and day for the 6-wk
off-season (OS) training and 3-wk pre-season (PS) periods. In BB
season (IS), measures were limited to wk 1116, 18, and 20.
Subjects were divided into starters (S, n = 7) and non-starters
(NS, n = 7) based upon total minutes played during the BBseason
(S . 57% vs. NS , 45% total game minutes). A force plate
(AMTI, Inc.) and Vertec (Sports Imports) were used concurrently
to measure PP and CMVJ, respectively. Athletes were skilled
jumpers who were instructed to jump as high and quickly as pos-
sible with knees and ankles extended. Power was calculated from
vertical ground reaction force (F
z
) and the center of mass vertical
acceleration (COM
vel
). Athletes were given 3 CMVJ attempts sep-
arated by 1 min each. To assess mood state changes athletes
completed the Brief Assessment of Mood (BAM), which measures
6 affective states: (a) tension (TEN), (b) depression (DEP), (c)
anger (ANG), (d) vigor (VIG), (e) fatigue (FAT), and (f) confusion
(CON), and is a commonly used method for assessing mood. Data
were analyzed as percent change from OS-wk 1 measures. Two-
way repeated measures ANOVAs were used to analyze PP, CMVJ,
and the 6 BAM affective states between groups. Alpha level was
set at p # 0.05 for ANOVAs, and p , 0.10 for Bonferroni tests
due to the high number of pairwise comparisons required for the
20-wk period. Results: PP increased 6.2% (p = 0.001) from
OS-wk 1 to OS-wk 6 (3860 + 523.1 vs. 4097.8 + 553.4 watt)
for all athletes. No changes occurred between S and NS groups
for PP and CMVJ over the OS, PS, or IS periods. Of the 6 BAM
affective states, signicant changes between groups were found
for TEN (NS . S, p = 0.001), VIG (NS . S, p = 0.009), and FAT
(S . NS, p = 0.001) while DEP, ANG, and CON remained
unchanged. Bonferronis post-hoc test showed ratings of FAT for
NS were lower in wk 7 (p = 0.051), wk 11 (p = 0.064), wk 16 (p =
0.034), and wk 18 (p = 0.072) compared to S. Conclusions:
Mood state has been shown to be sensitive to changes in train-
ing load and, therefore, can be indicative of how well an athlete
adapts to changes in training programming. In the current study,
all athletes improved PP over the 6-wk OS training period with
no further increase found in the PS and IS periods. During PS
and IS, the S group exhibited greater change in the negative
descriptor of FAT. The NS displayed higher values in the positive
descriptor of VIG. This may be a result of S having more negative
feelings in their response to the increased training load as PS
progressed into the IS period. Practical Applications: The
administration of the BAM to team members might give prior
indication of actual team performance. These results support
the usefulness of monitoring psychological and physical markers
for preparatory and competitive training periods. Training load
can then be adjusted and adequate recovery methods provided
as necessary.
THE IMPACT OF THE 1RM POWER CLEAN ON
POST ACTIVATION POTENTIATION OF USING
OVERWEIGHT IMPLEMENTS IN THE OVERHEAD
BACK SHOT PUT THROW
L. W. JUDGE,
1
D. BELLAR,
2
B. CRAIG,
3
E. GILREATH,
4
S. CAPPOS,
5
E. WANLESS,
1
AND
C. ETHREDGE
6
Abstracts
the TM
1
Ball State University/School of PE, Sport, and Exercise
Science, Muncie, IN;
2
University of Lousiana at Lafayette;
3
Ball State University/Human Performance Laboratory,
Muncie, IN;
4
Indiana State University/Department of
Athletics, Terre Haute, IN;
5
University of Iowa; and
6
University of Louisiana at Lafayette, Lafayette, La
Although the value of strength to shot putting appears undispu-
table, several authors have recommended that explosive power
is actually a more important physical characteristic. Debate
about the effectiveness of post activation potentiation (PAP) is
mostly attributed to the characteristics of the conditioning
activity (CA) and the training status of the subjects. Purpose:
To examine the relationship between 1RM in the power clean to
the acute effects of heavy and light implements on subsequent
OHB shot put performance. Methods: The participants
included 41 athletes (20.9 6 1.18yrs) from 2 NCAA Division I
schools (n = 23 male, n = 18 female). Participants reported to
the eld on 4 separate occasions. On the rst visit, participants
became familiar with the technique of the OHB throw. On the
second through forth visits, participants warmed up (;15 min of
dynamic stretching) and then completed 3, maximal effort, OHB
throws with a competition shot put. Each attempt was preceded
by 1 of 3 randomly assigned treatments. The treatments
included 3 OHB throws with a shot 1 kg heavier or 1 kg below
the standard weight, or the competition weight (7.26 kg men, or
4 kg women). Mean distance for OHB throw and fatigue was
examined post treatment (control, light shot put warm up, heavy
shot put warm up) via Repeated Measures ANOVA with Bon-
ferroni corrected post hoc analysis. The relationship of strength
to the treatments was examined via Pearsons Bivariate Corre-
lations. Results: Statistical analysis by Pearsons bivariate cor-
relations revealed that the change in average performance
between the heavy warm-up and the control condition was
related to the 1 RM power clean for the athlete that was re-
ported by the coach (r = 0.338, p = 0.045), but not the squat
(p = 0.302, p = 0.068) or the bench press (r = 0.271, p = 0.10).
Change between the light warm-up and control was not related
to any 1RM numbers reported by the coach of the athlete (r ,
0.155, p . 0.359). Results of the repeated measures ANOVA
demonstrated a signicant main effect for treatment in regard
to average distance (F = 6.276, p = 0.003). The heavy shot
put warm-up resulted in the greatest mean performance
(14.39 m 6 1.82) followed by the light shot put warm up
(14.18 m 6 1.68) and the control (14.15 m 6 1.70). Post
hoc testing suggested that the heavy shot put warm-up resulted
in signicantly better mean OHB performance than either the
light shot put warm-up (t = 2.983, p = 0.0048, ES = 0.472,
Power = 0.901) or the control shot put warm-up (t = 3.349, p =
0.0018, ES = 0.513, Power = 0.939). Conclusions: In mod-
erately trained collegiate athletes, the use of heavy shot puts as
part of the pre-activity warm-up does enhance OHB perfor-
mance. The change in average performance between the heavy
warm-up and the control condition was related to the 1 RM
power clean. Practical Applications: Athletes with a resistance
training background can utilize the concept of PAP in training
and competition to improve performance in throwing events.
ASSESSMENT OF UPPER BODY ANAEROBIC
POWER AND CAPACITY IN COMPETITIVE
MALE CURLERS
D. M. KIVI,
1
D. W. SMITH,
1
AND A. D. BLANDO
1
1
Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Canada
Sweeping is one of the most physically demanding skills in the
sport of curling, requiring balance, coordination, strength, and
endurance. The purpose of sweeping is to increase the distance
the stone will travel down the ice, and to reduce the amount of
lateral deection or curl. Two members of the team at a time are
responsible for sweeping, which is performed directly in front of
the stone. They may be required to sweep for up to 26 seconds
per shot at a maximal effort. This is then followed by 30180
seconds of recovery while the opposing team is delivering their
stone. Players may sweep up to 6 stones per end, for ten ends
during a game. Effective sweeping is characterized by a rapid
back-and-forth movement of the broom head combined with
a large downwards force. To date, no research has been con-
ducted to examine the upper body anaerobic performance char-
acteristics of curlers. Purpose: The purpose of this study was to
examine the upper body anaerobic power and capacity in com-
petitive male curlers. Methods: Twelve male curlers (age: 18.2
6 1.2 yrs, height: 179.0 6 7.5 cm, mass: 73.7 6 10.0 kg) were
recruited to participate. All had previously participated in regional,
provincial, or national curling events, and players from each of the
4 positions on the team (lead, second, third, and skip) were
included. The participants rst completed a standardized warm-
up, which involved 5 minutes of pedalling at a self-selected pace
with 5-second maximal effort sprints at 2, 3, and 4 minutes
against a resistance of 3% body mass. Starting from a cadence
of 60 revolutions per minute, the participants performed the
30-second upper body Wingate anaerobic test at a maximal
effort. Testing was completed using a cycle ergometer which
had been modied for the upper body, with the resistance set
at 4.0% of body mass. Relative peak power, average power, and
fatigue index were measured, along with the amount of time that
a power output greater than 90%, 80%, and 70% of peak power
was sustained. Results: The mean relative peak power and
average power for all participants were found to be 5.37 6
0.72 W$kg
21
and 4.48 6 0.65 W$kg
21
, respectively. The
the TM
| www.nsca.com
mean fatigue index was 37.27 6 7.79 %. Over the duration of
the test, the participants were able to sustain power outputs
greater than 90% of peak power for an average of 12.4 6 2.6
sec, greater than 80% for 18.9 6 3.2 sec, and greater than 70%
for 24.1 6 3.4 sec. Conclusions: This research provides insight
into the upper body anaerobic performance of competitive male
curlers. The results suggest that curlers are capable of working at
greater than 90% of their peak power for approximately half the
time that the stone is travelling down the ice, and greater than
70% of their peak power while sweeping over full length of the
ice. Practical Applications: Because curlers may be required
to sweep at maximal efforts for prolonged periods of time, an
understanding of upper body anaerobic power and capacity
can assist with the development of curling-specic training pro-
grams. Athletes and coaches may also use this information to
help develop strategies to optimize sweeping performance dur-
ing competitive play by knowing the amount of time that near
maximal power outputs can be sustained. Acknowledgments:
This study was funded by the Northern Ontario Curling
Association.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 5, 10, AND 40 YARD
SPRINTS AND STANDING LONG
JUMP PERFORMANCE
D. P. KNORR,
1
C. GOODMAN,
2
C. CAPPS,
1
B. ASHWORTH,
1
M. MORTON,
1
K. N. KIJOWSKI,
1
N. TRIPLETT,
1
T. ERICKSON,
3
AND J. MCBRIDE
2
1
Appalachian State University;
2
Appalachian State
NC; and
3
Appalachain State
Running performance consists of a combination of aerobic and
anaerobic capabilities varying based on the distance of the
event. It is also may be dependent on factors relating to lower
body power. Lower body power is commonly assessed by var-
ious modes of jumping tests. Purpose: The purpose of this
study was to determine if there was a correlation between 5,
10, and 40 yard sprints and standing long jump performance.
Methods: Participants in this investigation visited the Holmes
Convocation Centers Neuromuscular & Biomechanics Labora-
tory (NBL) for 2 testing sessions. The 2 sessions were sepa-
rated by at least 48 hours. On Day 1 height and weight was
obtained for each subject. In addition, sprint times of the 40 yard
dash as well as 5 yard and 10 yard splits were measured using
an infrared timing system (Brower Timing Systems, Draper, UT)
performed on a standard track surface. On day 2 participants
came in and randomly performed a set of standing long jumps.
Results: There were strong negative correlations between stand-
ing long jump performance and 5 yard (20.86), 10 yard (20.87),
and 40 yard (20.68) sprint performances. Conclusions: The
lower body power associated with standing long jump perfor-
mance may be a good predictor of short sprinting performance
of up to 40 yards. Practical Applications: Training for lower
body power with movements such as the standing long jump
may help maximize performance in sprinting during different
sporting events.
RELIABILITY OF ISOKINETIC PARALLEL
BACK SQUAT
H. KOBAYASHI
1
1
Sapporo International University, Sapporo, Japan
The purpose of the present study was to examine the reliability of
isokinetic parallel back squat to determine if repeated measures
on the same subjects yielded reliable results. Eight male subjects
performed parallel back squat on 5 occasions. The subjects
performed 6 squat tests using the BTE-Primus at angular
velocities of 30, 60, 90, 120, 150 and 180 degree per second.
Absolute measures of peak power per revolution were recorded.
Analyses of variance (ANOVAs) were performed to analyze the
mean data between 6 squat tests, while intraclass correlation
coefcients (ICCs) were performed for reliability. The intraclass
correlation coefcients (ICCs) for the eccentric phase of squat
exercise ranged from 0.850.92 while for the concentric phase
of squat exercise of ICCs values showed under 0.80 except at
a speed of 308$s
21
. To obtain reliable power data, more familiar-
ization seems to be needed when they perform modied versions
of common multijoint strength tests. The marked differences in
reliability resulting from variation in the concentric phase of squat
exercise suggests that the reliability of a test needs to be rees-
tablished when it is modied, before it is used to assess subject
strength performance. Acknowledgments: This work was sup-
ported by MEXT KAKENHI Grant Number 12863320.
INVESTIGATION OF THE NSCA MINIMAL
READINESS STANDARDS FOR MUSCULAR
FITNESS, BALANCE AND PERFORMANCE OF
PLYOMETRIC EXERCISE IN
COLLEGE ATHLETES
J. E. KOVALESKI,
1
G. PALSSON,
2
J. J. SCHWIND,
1
S. M. MITCHELL,
1
W. LIU,
1
L. R. GURCHIEK,
1
AND R. J. HEITMAN
1
Abstracts
the TM
1
2
Stykkisholmur
Fitness Center
The NSCA guidelines specify that prior to beginning high-
intensity lower-body plyometric training, the athlete should be
able to minimally squat 1.5 3 bodyweight (BW), be able to
perform 5 squat repetitions with 60% BW in 5 seconds or less,
and performthe 30-second single leg standing half-squat without
falling. The pre-training evaluation data supporting these minimal
standards for plyometric training are based on evidence obtained
mostly from observational studies and practitioner experience.
These standards also appear to be based on the premise that
both men and women possess equal strength, speed, and bal-
ance prerequisites prior to plyometric training. Purpose: To
determine the percentage of college athletes who met
the minimal readiness standards for plyometric training and to
examine differences between athletes who passed and failed
the readiness standards using the vertical jump (VJ) as a plyomet-
ric performance indicator. Methods: Forty-four male (99.8 6
19.3 kg; 185.4 6 8.2 cm; 209.2 6 43.8 kg 1-RM squat) and
32 female (68.1 6 8.3 kg; 179.7 6 11.2 cm; 161.9 6 66.0 kg
1-RM squat) NCAA Division I football, basketball, soccer, and
volleyball athletes, aged 19 to 23 years participated. Each sub-
ject performed the 1.5 3 BW back squat, the 5-repetition back
squat at 60%BW, and the 30-second single-leg half squat. Jump
height (cm) was measured using an accelerometer for the single-
and double-leg VJ and from a depth jump performed from an 18
inch high box. The athletes who passed and failed the readiness
standards were compared for differences in jump performance
using Independent samples t-tests. Results: All male and female
athletes successfully completed the 30-second single-leg half
squat for balance. Forty-two (96%) of the 44 male athletes and
12 (38%) of the 32 female athletes were able to squat 1.5 3
BW. The double- and single-leg and depth jump heights were not
signicantly different (r $ 0.05) between males who passed and
failed the 1.5 3 BW squat. Whereas, the female athletes who
squatted 1.5 3 BW jumped signicantly higher than those who
did not (double-leg: 33.8 6 6.3 cm vs. 28.9 6 5.0 cm, r = 0.02;
single-leg: 22.2 6 3.9 cm vs. 18.7 6 3.3 cm, r = 0.01; depth
jump: 52.6 6 9.0 cm vs. 47.2 6 5.9 cm, r = 0.049). Seventeen
(39%) of the 44 male athletes and none of the 32 female athletes
completed 5-reps of the back squat at 60% BW in less than
5 seconds. No additional statistical analyses for the female ath-
letes were performed using this readiness standard because
none of the women passed this readiness standard. No signi-
cant difference (r $ 0.05) for the males who passed and failed
the 60% BW squat was found for either the double- or single-leg
jump heights. Whereas, the male athletes who passed the 60%
BW squat performed the depth jump signicantly better than
those who did not (72.3 6 11.6 cm vs. 65.9 6 8.3 cm, r =
0.04). Conclusions: This research identied that the 30-second
half-squat balance test and the 1.5 3 BW back squat are effec-
tive discriminators of readiness for male and female athletes. The
60% BW back squat was found to be an appropriate indicator of
readiness for the male athletes, but not for the female athletes
because none of the female athletes passed this readiness stan-
dard. Practical Applications: A revised back-squat speed stan-
dard with a greater discriminating power should be developed to
assess plyometric readiness in female athletes. These ndings
have implications for injury prevention when evaluating readiness
prior to implementing high-intensity plyometrics.
SELECTED PREDICTORS OF VOLLEYBALL
PLAYING ABILITY IN FEMALE COLLEGIATE
VOLLEYBALL PLAYERS
J. MILLER,
1
AND B. J. ALSARRAF
2
1
Oklahoma City University, Oklahoma City, OK; and
2
Department of Physical Education and Sport, College of Basic
Education in Kuwait
Purpose: Selecting valid assessments to evaluate the effective-
ness of a training program on actual on court volleyball playing
performance is a challenge for the strength and conditioning
professional. Additionally, assessment selection for the purpose
of talent identication for volleyball playing ability is equally impor-
tant and challenging for the volleyball coach. The purpose of this
study is to examine the strength of the relationship between the
assessments: single response squat (SJ), vertical (VJ) and
approach jump (AJ), and passive ankle dorsiexion (PAD) with
a quantied coachs rating (CR) of volleyball playing ability.
Methods: Eight female collegiate volleyball players (age =
19.5 6 1.3 yrs; height = 68 6 3 in; weight = 158 6 15 lbs)
volunteered for the study. All testing took place within a week of
the last volleyball match of the season. Upon arriving for testing
athletes performed a 5 min general warm up on the cycle ergom-
eter. Following the general warm up participants performed mul-
tiple sets of low intensity jumps including 2 sets of the SJ and VJ.
Following the warm up period the order of assessment was SJ,
VJ, AJ and right (RDF) and left (LDF) PAD. For the SJ, hands
were placed on the on hips and the participants achieved/held
a parallel squat for 4 second before jumping. There was no hold
time with the VJ and participants were permitted to use a coun-
termovement and arm swing. The AJ was performed by the par-
ticipants utilizing the 3-step volleyball specic approach before
jumping. Athletes performed as many jumps as necessary until 2
successive jumps were no longer higher than the best recorded
score. A 30sec rest was observed between all jump assess-
ments/attempts. All jump assessments were conducted on a con-
tact mat (Just Jump, Probotics, Huntsville, AL, USA). PAD was
assessed after jump assessments utilizing a tape measure placed
the TM
| www.nsca.com
on the oor perpendicular to a wall. With shoes removed, ath-
letes placed the knee of the selected leg against the wall while
sliding the heel away from the wall. The distance from the pos-
terior side of the heel to the wall was measured and recorded for
both legs, PAD scores were normalized to the athletes height.
The difference between PAD scores for the right and left leg was
calculated to assess asymmetry. CR of the athletes volleyball
playing ability was provided by the athletes volleyball coach in
response to a standardized question which quantied volleyball
playing ability using a 10pt scale (10 = superior, 1 = inferior). All
jump scores were analyzed as absolute and relative values (rel-
ative to bodyweight and body mass index). SJ, VJ, AJ and PAD
scores were correlated with the CR using a Spearmans rank
correlation (r). Results: Moderate strength correlations existed
between CR and the AJ (r = 0.51) and AJ/BMI (r = 0.32), and
right (r = 20.34) and left (r = 20.55) PAD. Conclusions: The
AJ appears to be the best predictor of general volleyball playing
ability when playing ability is quantied by a volleyball coach.
Additionally, some passive ankle stiffness may be important in
jumping ability and also contribute to a reduction contact time
with the ground during changes of direction yielding improved
general performance in the sport of volleyball as assessed by
a volleyball coach. Practical Applications: The sport-specic
AJ is the best predictor of general volleyball playing ability as
determined by a volleyball coach and therefore may be an impor-
tant assessment when evaluating potential collegiate volleyball
players. The AJ may also serve as a measure that can effectively
mediate the degree of transfer from a strength and conditioning
training program to actual volleyball playing ability.
POST-ACTIVATION POTENTATION EFFECTS
FROM ACCOMMODATING RESISTANCE
COMBINED WITH HEAVY BACK SQUATS
ON 10-YARD SPRINT TIME
C. REYES,
1
AND J. VAN DORIN
2
1
Concordia University, Portland, OR; and
2
School of Physical
Therapy/Northern Illinois University, DeKalb, IL
Purpose: Applying accommodating resistance through the
use of elastic bands combined with traditional plate-loaded
resistance has been demonstrated to be effective in improving
neuromuscular attributes that are important for performance in
many different sports and activities. The purpose of this study
was to determine if 10-yard sprint performance can be acutely
enhanced after several sets of heavy back squats with or with-
out the addition of elastic bands. Methods: Twenty recreation-
ally resistance-trained males (age 23.3 6 4.4 years; height:
178.9 6 6.5 cm; weight: 88.3 6 10.8 kg) performed pre-post
testing on 10-yard sprinting time, as measured by an electronic
timing system. Three different interventions were implemented
in randomized order between pre-post 10-yard sprints to
manipulate sprint time. On 3 days, separated by at least
72 hours, subjects either rested for 5 minutes (CTRL), per-
formed 5 sets of 3 repetitions at 85% of their 1RM with stan-
dard weight load (STND), or performed 5 sets of 3 repetitions
at 85% of their 1RM, with 30% of the total resistance coming
from elastic band tension (BAND) between pre-post 10-yard
sprint testing. Post-testing for 10-yard sprint time occurred
immediately after the last set of the heavy squats (Post-
Immediate) and on every minute for 4 minutes after the last
set of heavy squats (Post-1 min, Post-2 min, Post-3 min, and
Post-4 min). Results: Repeated-measures ANOVA statistical
analyses revealed no signicant changes in sprint time across
post-testing times during the CTRL and STND condition. But
during the BAND condition, when comparing the Post-Test
Immediate sprint time to Post-4 min, 10-yard sprint time signif-
icantly decreased by 3.5% (p = 0.002). Conclusions: The
unique accommodating resistance of bands, combined with
the high neural stimulation of heavy back squats, could create
an optimal acute post-activation potentiation effect to increase
neuromuscular performance. Practical Applications: Since
a key to a successful start in a sprint is explosive strength,
practitioners and athletes can utilize accommodating resis-
tance combined with heavy lifting to properly prime the neuro-
muscular system. This type of neuromuscular preparation could
be viewed as an innovative method of warming-up athletes
needing high explosive strength.
RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN IMPULSE AND
PEAK POWER, PEAK VELOCITY, AND PEAK
FORCE IN ADOLESCENT SURFERS
T. T. TRAN,
1
L. LUNDGREN,
2
G. HAFF,
2
R. NEWTON,
3
S. NIMPHIUS,
4
AND J. M. SHEPPARD
5
1
Hurley Surng Australia & Centre for Exercise and Sport
Science, Edith Cowan University;
2
Centre of Exercise and Sport
Science Research, Edith Cowan University, Joondalup, Western
Australia;
3
Centre for Exercise and Sport Science, Edith Cowan
University, Joondalup, Western Australia;
4
Centre for Exercise
and Sport Science, Edith Cowan University; and
5
Surng
Australia & Edith Cowan University
Introduction: Countermovement jumps are a quick perfor-
mance assessment commonly used by strength coaches and
sport scientists to measure lower body explosive power. Pre-
vious research has stressed take-off velocity or peak force to
increase vertical jump height (JH). Further, previous research
has shown that impulse (IMP) can predict jump height however
Abstracts
the TM
there is no research that examines the relationship between
IMP and the common jump variables of peak power (PP),
peak velocity (PV), peak force (PF) in adolescent surfers.
Purpose: To examine the relationship between IMP and
PP, PV and PF during the vertical jump in adolescent surfers.
Methods: Twenty-eight competitive surfers (Females = 11,
Males = 17) participated in this investigation. They were sep-
arated into 2 age groups (younger: , 16 yrs, n = 13; older: $
16 yrs, n = 15) to determine if the strength in the relationship
between IMP and PP, PV and PF varied by age. Subjects
performed 3 self-selected countermovement jumps (CMJ)
with a wooden dowel in contact on the back of the shoulders
throughout each CMJ. A linear position transducer (LPT) was
attached to the wooden dowel to measure PV and a portable
force plate to measures of force. The subjects were
instructed to jump as high as possible. The best trial for each
subject was used to assess the relationship between IMP and
PP, PV, and PF (during the concentric phase of the jump).
Pearson production moment correlation with 90% condence
intervals of the log-transformed data was determined.
Strength of the relationship was based on: trivial, ,0.10;
small, #0.100.29; moderate, 0.300.49; large, 0.500.69;
very large, 0.700.89; and nearly perfect, $0.90. Results:
The relationship between IMP and PP, PV and PF were all
deemed to be very large for the older adolescent group.
Further the relationship between
IMP and PP and PF were very
large for the younger adolescent
group. However, for the younger
adolescent group, there was only
a small relationship between IMP
and PV (Table 1). Conclusions:
Although, just a correlation,
these results demonstrated a
very strong relationship exists
between IMP with PP, PV, and
PF for older adolescent surfers.
However, the only small rela-
tionship between IMP and PV for young adolescent surfers
may imply that younger adolescent surfers may have a jump
technique that is not conducive to using an LPT to measure
PV. A false PV for inexperienced or younger adolescents may
occur due to excessive forward trunk bend during the jump.
Therefore, the PV value for these younger adolescents could be
indicative of the velocity their trunk not the system mass
velocity. This might explain the lack of relationship between
IMP and PV in the younger adolescent surfers. Practical
Applications: Strength coaches and sports scientists
should consider the implication of jump technique when
using an LPT. Specically, the amount of trunk exion should
be observed if an LPT is in use.
COMPARISON OF MUSCLE RECRUITMENT
DURING BENCH PRESS EXERCISE WITH
ELASTIC BANDS VS.
A FIXED-BAR TREJECTORY
C. CAPPS,
1
J. CALATAYUD,
2
S. BORREANI,
2
J. COLADO,
2
D. MOYA,
2
AND F. MARTIN
2
1
Appalachian State University, Boone, NC; and
2
University of
Valencia, Valencia, Spain
the TM
| www.nsca.com
The push-up and bench press are traditional exercises
normally used to strengthen the trunk and upper extremities.
Resistance training is commonly performed with expensive
and specic equipment whereas elastic bands may allow
a feasible alternative to performing resistance training at
home. However, there is a lack of evidence regarding muscle
recruitment during push-ups with additional elastic load and
their possible comparison with the bench press. Purpose:
The aim of the study was to compare muscle activation of the
pectoralis major and anterior deltoid while performing 6RM
push-ups with elastic bands and a 6RM bench press in
a Smith machine. Methods: Thirty eight physically t and
healthy male and female subjects took part in a randomized,
within-subject design study. Loads were adjusted during
push-ups with the addition of elastic bands, and during the
bench press with additional weight so that subjects could
perform only 6 maximal repetitions (6RM). Different colors
(gold, silver and/or blue) and length of the elastic bands were
adjusted to reach maximal effort. Each subject used a stan-
dardized grip width (biacromial + 50%), range and speed of
movement. Correct body position was conrmed with a laser
goniometer. The respective 6RM loads (bands or weights)
were determined on a different day, prior to the main testing
sessions involving the electromyography. The order of the
elastic bands and bench press conditions were counter-bal-
anced. The best of 2 maximum voluntary isometric contractions
(MVIC) for each muscle was evaluated for normalization purposes.
Pectoralis major (PEC) and Anterior deltoid (DELT) muscular
activities were recorded and the mean and peak root mean square
values were calculated. Surface electromyography activity was
analyzed during the entire 6 repetitions. All values, expressed as
the mean and peak %MVIC of
both muscles were compared
using a paired samples t-test. Sig-
nicance level was set at p #
0.05. Results: No signicant dif-
ferences were found between
both conditions for PEC [mean:
t (33) = 0.093, p = 0.927; peak:
t (33) = 20.040, p = 0.968] and
DELT [mean: t (36) = 1.185, p =
0.244; peak: t (36) = 0.084, p =
0.934]. Results are reported in
Table 1. Conclusions: Perform-
ing a 6RM set of push-ups with
elastic bands resulted in similar
muscle activation to performing
a 6RM set of bench press in
a Smith machine. Practical
Applications: Push-ups with
elastic bands are a feasible and cost-effective alternative to
traditional bench press exercise, especially in relatively untrained
individuals. In the early stages of a training program, subjects
can benet from this training modality and may prefer the con-
venience to traditional equipment. Another application may be in
the elderly, and in either case, until strength levels increase to
the point where traditional exercises are warranted.
MUSCULAR ACTIVATION DURING PUSH-UPS
PERFORMED ON SUSPENSION TRAINING
DEVICES WITH DIFFERENT TYPES
OF ANCHORING
T. HAINES,
1
F. MARTIN,
2
S. BORREANI,
2
J. CALATAYUD,
2
D. MOYA,
2
AND J. COLADO
2
1
Appalachian State University/Neuromuscular & Biomechanics
Laboratory, Department of Health, Leisure & Exercise Science,
Boone, NC; and
2
University of Valencia, Valencia, Spain
Suspension devices for physical conditioning have increased
the available tools of the professionals that use devices to
cause instability. Suspension devices can anchor from a single
point or from 2 points, and the effect on the body may differ.
Purpose: To compare agonist and lumbopelvic muscular
activation during push-ups performed on suspension training
devices with different anchoring points. Methods: Twenty-nine
physically t and healthy subjects took part in the investigation.
Muscular activation was evaluated in Triceps Brachii, Upper
Trapezius, Anterior Deltoid, Clavicular Pectoralis, Rectus Ab-
dominis, Rectus Femoris, Lumbar Erector Spinae and Gluteus
Abstracts
the TM
Maximus during execution of 3 repetitions of the push-up exer-
cise at low height, using 2 different suspension devices. Sur-
face electromyography was recorded and the average root
mean square values were calculated for each condition and
muscular group. The conditions were counter-balanced. The
maximum isometric voluntary contraction (MIVC) was evalu-
ated for the normalization of the electromyographic signal. All
values, expressed as the % MIVC, were compared using a Stu-
dents paired t-test analysis. Signicance level was set at p #
0.05. Results: Differences between each condition are shown
in Table 1. Conclusions: Push-ups performed with a suspen-
sion device with 1 anchoring point induce signicantly greater
activation in the Triceps Brachii and Upper Trapezius; however,
push-ups performed with a suspension device with 2 anchor-
ing points induce signicantly greater activation in the Anterior
Deltoid and Clavicular Pectoralis. Practical Applications:
The dual anchoring point conguration appears to mimic the
bench press better while the single anchoring point congura-
tion appears to necessitate more use of the upper back mus-
culature, which may be counterproductive to the training
goals. These results could help to determine which type of
suspension device should be used depending on the primary
training purpose.
THE USE OF ASYMMETRIES IN UNILATERAL
LEG POWER FOR MOVEMENT SCREENING IN
FEMALE TEAM SPORT ATHLETES
R. G. LOCKIE,
1
A. B. SCHULTZ,
1
T. M. LUCZO,
2
S. P. BERRY,
1
M. D. JEFFRIESS,
1
S. J. CALLAGHAN,
1
AND C. A. JORDAN
1
1
University of Newcastle/Exercise and Sport Science,
Callaghan, Australia; and
2
California State University
Monterey Bay/Department of Kinesiology, Seaside, CA
Movement screens are commonly used to assess movement
deciencies in athletes. The Functional Movement Screen
(FMS) is comprised of 7 actions: deep squat (DS), hurdle
step (HS), in-line lunge (ILL), shoulder mobility, active straight-
leg raise (ASLR), trunk stability push-up (TSPU), and rotary
stability. However, without the requisite experience, the FMS is
hard to administer. Multidirectional (vertical, horizontal, lateral
movement planes) unilateral jumps, and between-leg jump
asymmetries, are also used for screening. The relationship
between an established screening protocol such as the FMS,
and unilateral jump asymmetries, has not been investigated.
Purpose: To determine the relationship between FMS scores
and leg power asymmetries as measured by unilateral vertical,
standing broad and lateral jump performance. Methods:
14 female team sport athletes were tested over 2 sessions.
Subjects were assessed in the FMS by 2 exercise scientists in
the rst session. The vertical, standing broad and lateral jump
tests were completed in the second session. Percentage
between-leg asymmetries for each jump condition were also
calculated (powerful legweaker leg/powerful leg 3 100).
Subjects were also split into 2 groups (lesser and greater
asymmetry) depending on the jump asymmetry that had the
strongest relationship to the FMS. Results: Spearmans cor-
relation (r) analysis (p # 0.05) found signicant relationships
between the FMS scores and jump asymmetries. A 1-way anal-
ysis of variance (p # 0.05) determined between-group differ-
ences, and effect sizes (ES) were calculated. Unilateral vertical
jump asymmetry correlated with the right-leg ILL (r = 20.536),
TSPU (r = 20.615), and overall score (r = 20.551). Subjects
were split into lesser (n = 9) and greater (n = 5) vertical jump
asymmetry groups. The TSPU had a signicant between-group
difference (lesser = 2.44 6 0.73; greater = 1.40 6 0.89; ES =
1.28). There were large, non-signicant, effects for the DS
(lesser = 1.78 6 0.83; greater = 1.00 6 0.00; ES = 1.33),
and right-leg ILL (lesser = 2.44 60.51; greater = 2.00 60.00;
ES = 1.22). Conclusions: The between-leg asymmetry in uni-
lateral vertical jump performance had the strongest relation-
ships to selected scores within the FMS; the TSPU, right-leg
ILL, and overall score. When subjects were split into groups
of lesser or greater vertical jump asymmetry, there was a sig-
nicant difference in the TSPU, and moderate-to-large effects
for the differences in DS, right-leg ILL, and overall score, with
the lesser group performing better each time. The relatively
small sample for this study may have contributed to only 1
signicant between-group difference being found. Nonethe-
less, as shown by relationships to the TSPU and ILL, and the
between-group differences, athletes with lesser asymmetries
possess a more stable trunk, mobile hip, knee, and ankle
joints, and appropriate muscle activity through the entire
body. Practical Applications: This research provides
further support for the use of unilateral vertical jump perfor-
mance for screening, particularly when considering between-
leg asymmetries. By comparing unilateral vertical jump asym-
metries to the FMS, coaches now have an indication of the
mechanical characteristics present in female team sport ath-
letes with lesser between-leg power asymmetries as mea-
sured by unilateral vertical jump performance. To reduce leg
power asymmetries, female team sport athletes require a sta-
ble core, and must ensure balanced mobility and strength for
both legs.
the TM
| www.nsca.com
THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN 1RM SQUAT,
BODY FAT, AND POWER IN NCAA DIVIDSION 1
FOOTBALL LINEMEN
B. H. JACOBSON
1
1
Training for lower body strength and power consists of squats
and power cleans and is assessed by 1RMs and vertical jump
distance (VJ). Studies involving soccer have found notable
correlations between max half squats and sprint performance
and VJ suggesting that squats may enhance lower body power.
While power and strength has received noteworthy attention, no
studies have focused on D1 linemen. Purpose: The aim of this
study was to determine the association between 1RM squat
(SQ), (%F), and the VJ in offensive (OL) and defensive (DL)
football linemen. Methods: Following IRB approval, data span-
ning a 4-year period was collected and analyzed. A total of 160
observations inclusive of body mass, height, %F, 1RM squat, and
VJ were compared. Descriptive means for OL and DL included:
mass 131.7 kg (290.3 lbs.), height 191.1 cm (75.25 in), 22.6%
fat, 63.5 cm (25.0 in. VJ), and 232.1 kg (511.8 lb.) SQ. Results:
Based on correlational analysis, a weak relationship existed
between VJ and 1RM squat (r = 0.10) and a negative relationship
was found between VJ and %F (20.37). Additionally a signicant
relationship between body mass and %F was found. Results
yielded a stronger correlation between VJ and SQ (r = 53) fol-
lowing control for %F Conclusions: On the larger scale athlete,
%F is a compromising factor in power output as demonstrated by
the VJ. Large athletes with less fat tended to parallel results in the
association between 1RM SQ and VJ found in soccer players.
Practical Applications: The implication that %F hinders power
production and that lean muscle mass promotes power produc-
tion in extremely large athletes serves as further evidence that fat
reduction should be prioritized in the conditioning of OL and DL.
EFFECT OF CAFFEINE ON POWER-DURATION
RELATIONSHIP DURING 3-MIN
ALL-OUT EXERCISE
C. CHENG,
1
W. HSU,
2
M. SHIH,
1
T. CHEN,
1
AND
C. LEE
3
1
Department of Athletic Performance, National Taiwan
Normal University, Taipei City, Taiwan;
2
Graduate Institute
of Sports Training, Taipei Physical Education College,
Songshan District, Taipei; and
3
Center for General Education,
National Sun Yat-sen University, Kaohsiung City, Taiwan
Purpose: The ergogenic effects of oral caffeine on aerobic
and anaerobic performance, which both are important ele-
ments for team sport athletes, remain controversial. Caffeine
may enhance excitation-contraction coupling stems by
decreasing plasma potassium (K
&pl;op
) concentration during
prolonged exercise, but not during high-intensity exercise.
The 3-min all-out exercise test (3MT) has been developed
to simultaneously estimate critical power (CP) and the cur-
vature constant for severe exercise (W
0
). Therefore, this
study examines the effects of acute caffeine ingestion on
the 3MT performance and plasma ion concentrations in bas-
ketball players. Methods: Fifteen male Division I collegiate
basketball players (age, 20 6 2 years; height, 188 6 6 cm;
weight, 84 6 12 kg; V
_
O
2
max, 52 6 6 ml$kg
21
$min
21
) were
recruited and completed 2 trials separated by at least 1
week: caffeine (CAF, 6 mg$kg
21
of caffeine) and placebo
(PL, identical number of capsules containing cellulose) con-
ditions. Visit one served as familiarization. During visit 2, sub-
jects performed an incremental cycling test to determine the
resistance of 3MT. During the following visits, subjects per-
formed CAF or PL trial in a randomized crossover design.
One hour after ingesting capsules, subjects performed the
3MT on a cycling ergometer to estimate the CP and W
0
.
Blood samples for sodium (Na
&pl;op
), K
&pl;op
, pH, and lactate
(La) concentrations were drawn at pre-test, 1 hour after in-
gesting capsules, and 5-min after the 3MT. The oxygen
uptake (V
_
O
2
) and heart rate (HR) were continuously mea-
sured during the 3MT. Paird-samples t tests and repeated
measures 2-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) with Bonfer-
roni post-hoc tests were used to compare all variables
between trials. Results: The W
0
in CAF (13.4 6 3.0 kJ)
was signicantly higher than that in PL (12.1 6 2.7 kJ, p #
0.05). No signicant differences were found in CP (CAF vs.
PL, 242 6 37 vs. 244 6 42 W), peak and mean power, total
work, and peak V
_
O
2
(CAF vs. PL, 48 6 8 vs. 49 6
6 ml$kg
21
$min
21
) between 2 trials. Peak HR in CAF
(172 6 7 bpm) was signicantly higher than that in PL
(165 6 8 bpm, p # 0.05). From the start to the end of the
3MT, the pH dropped from ;7.40 to ;7.17 (p # 0.05) with-
out signicant differences between trials. Signicant trial 3
time interaction was observed for the La. The La concentra-
tion after 3MT in CAF (11.3 6 2.6 mmol$L
21
) was signi-
cantly higher than that in PL (9.8 61.8 mmol$L
21
, p #0.05).
There was no signicant interaction effect for [Na
&pl;op
]. The
[K
&pl;op
] at 1-hour after ingesting caffeine was signicantly
lower than that in PL (CAF vs. PL, 3.87 6 0.22 vs. 3.99 6
0.30 mmol$L
21
, p # 0.05). Conclusions: These results indi-
cate that caffeine ingestion might not enhance CP; however,
it could prevent a rise in resting plasma [K
&pl;op
] and improve
the work capacity when power output exceeds the CP. The
increases in the accumulation of La and elevation of HR
resulted from caffeine should also be considered during
Abstracts
the TM
intense exercise. Practical Applications: Caffeine may
affect the physiology of excitation-contraction coupling, thus
beneting subsequent performance during severe intensity
exercise, although it does not appear to improve aerobic
capacity. Acknowledgments: This study was funded by
Aim for the Top University Plan of National Taiwan Normal
University and the Ministry of Education, Taiwan.
THE EFFECTS OF A PERSONAL OXYGEN
SUPPLEMENT ON RECOVERY AND COGNITIVE
FUNCTION AFTER EXHAUSTIVE EXERCISE
D. BELLAR,
1
E. CORY,
2
AND L. JUDGE
3
1
University of Louisiana at Lafayette;
2
University of
Louisiana at Lafayette, La; and
3
Ball State University,
Muncie, IN
Personal oxygen supplements have recently been introduced
to the ergogenics marketplace and have yet to be evaluated for
physiological or performance based effects. Purpose: The
purpose of this investigation was to examine the effects a per-
sonal 90% oxygen supplement had on a participants recovery
from a run at 80% of V
_
O
2
max and post exercise cognitive
performance. Methods: The participants for this blind, pla-
cebo controlled experiment were college students ages 20
to 28, with a total of 11 females and 7 males tested (n =
18). Participants rst underwent a V
_
O
2
max assessment
(45.8 6 8.4 mlO
2
$kg
21
$min
21
). Participants then ran 2 sep-
arate trials at 80% of their previously established V
_
O
2
max to
exhaustion. Psychomotor Vigilance Testing was performed
before and after each trial for 5 minutes. Participants were
randomly assigned an order of treatment (placebo -com-
pressed air, or oxygen supplement) that was administered
immediately at the exhaustion and 2 minutes into the cool-
down. Results: Repeated measures Anovas were used to
assess the variables of interest during the rst 2 minutes after
exhaustion. Analysis of heart rate data did not result in any
signicant main effects or treatment (F = 0.321, p = 0.582)
or treatment by time interaction effects (F = 0.794, p = 0.646).
Mean Heart rate during recovery was 162.7 bpm 6 4.0 for the
oxygen treatment and 160.8 bpm 6 4.1 for the placebo. Anal-
ysis of V
_
CO
2
during recovery resulted in similar ndings as there
were no signicant main effects for treatment (F = 0.952, p =
0.344) or interaction effects for treatment3time (F = 0.595,
p = 0.832). Results of the Psychomotor Vigilance Testing
again did not reveal any signicant main effects for treatment
(F = 0.556, p = 0.467) or treatment3time interaction effects
(F = 0.501, p = 0.489) for mean reaction time over the 5 minute
test. Similar results for main effect for treatment (F = 0.403,
p = 0.535) and treatment3time interaction (F = 0.2634, p =
0.125) were found when minor lapses in attention were ana-
lyzed. Conclusions: The results of the study suggest that
personal oxygen supplements do not enhance exercise recov-
ery or cognition during exercise recovery as compared to pla-
cebo. Practical Applications: Athletes, coaches, as well as
recreational exercisers should be aware that personal, supple-
mental oxygen does not appear to be an effective exercise
recovery strategy. Acknowledgments: The authors would like
to acknowledge the contribution of funding and supplies by
Second Wind LLC to this research project.
AN EXAMINATION OF THE STRETCHING
PRACTICES OF DIVISION I, II, AND III
COLLEGE FOOTBALL PROGRAMS IN THE
UNITED STATES
E. WANLESS,
1
L. W. JUDGE,
1
D. BELLAR,
2
D. PIERCE,
3
B. CRAIG,
4
D. LEE,
3
AND
C. ETHREDGE
5
1
Ball State University/School of PE, Sport, and Exercise
Science, Muncie, IN;
2
University of Louisiana at Lafayette;
3
School of Physical Education, Sport and Exercise Science, Ball
State University;
4
Ball State University/Human Performance
Laboratory, Muncie, IN; and
5
University of Louisiana at
Lafayette, La
Research pertaining to pre-activity warm-up and stretching and
post-activity stretching has evolved over the past few decades.
Purpose: The purpose of this study was to examine the pre
and post-activity stretching practices of Division I, II, and III
football programs to determine whether stretching practices
are inuenced by divisional status and certication. Methods:
A 31-item survey instrument was developed and used to col-
lect data from 103 males and 1 female coach ranging in age
from 24 to 67 years (M = 42.59, SD =9.47). The questionnaire
was designed to gather demographic, professional, and edu-
cational information, as well as specic usage pre- and post-
stretching by the coaches. Results were initially computed
using all responses collectively to produce descriptive results
for the whole sample. Subsequently, items of interest were
analyzed for differences by key demographic variables (ie.
age, division, and certication) and applicable frequency
counts were compared statistically via Pearsons chi-square
and Kruskal-Wallis analysis in order to assess potential differ-
ences. Particular items of interest included CSCS certication.
Signicance was set a priori to alpha , 0.05 for all analyses,
and all statistical analyses were performed using SPSS version
20.0. Results: Coaches typically prescribed a combination of
the TM
| www.nsca.com
static and dynamic stretching activities (n = 57) or exclusively
dynamic stretching activities (n = 45) prior to practice or
games. The results of the Pearsons Chi Square analysis dem-
onstrated signicant differences in the answers to 3 questions
of interest based upon the CSCS certication status of the
individual. The majority (90.9%) of non-CSCS certied
coaches strongly agree (p # 0.05) that post-activity exibility
helps to improve performance. The overall responses were
demonstrated to be signicantly different (x
2
= 8.851, p #
0.05) likely driven by the higher percentages of non-certied
coaches that responded with strongly agree or agree. Signi-
cant differences in responses to exibility preventing injuries
were reported by CSCS certication status (x
2
= 16.924, p =
0.01). The majority of the non-CSCS certied individuals (p #
0.05) reported strongly agree (53.2%) whereas among CSCS
certied individuals the most frequent answer was undecided
(36%). Kruskal-Wallis analysis revealed the length of the pre-
activity exibility is inuenced by divisional level (x
2
=6.276,
p = 0.043). Division III coaches were the least likely to use the
shorter stretching time of less than ten minutes compared to
Division I and II coaches. Conclusions: The results of this study
indicate that divisional status and certication may inuence how
well research guidelines are followed. Further research is
needed to delineate how these factors affect coaching decisions.
Practical Applications: The results of this study demonstrate
the necessity for football coaches to re-evaluate their methods,
perhaps aligning them with the existing research.
THERMAL STRESS FOR WOMENS ISLAMIC
ATHLETIC CLOTHING IN VARIOUS
AMBIENT ENVIRONMENTS
K. ALLEN,
1
J. DAVIS,
1
M. LAURENT,
2
P. BISHOP,
3
M. GREEN,
3
N. STOLWORTHY,
1
T. WELCH,
4
AND
M. NEVETT
1
1
University of Montevallo, Montevallo, AL;
2
Bowling Green
State University, Bowling Green, OH;
3
University of Alabama,
Tuscaloosa, AL; and
4
University of South Florida, Tampa, FL
Purpose: Traditional Islamic laws and customs prohibit Muslim
women from wearing revealing sports attire. Some countries have
allowed Muslim women to participate in sports but women must
adhere to Islamic laws and remain covered during competition. The
impact of Islamic clothing covering much of the surface area of the
body on heat stress is unclear. This study examined rectal temper-
ature (T
rec
), mean skin temperature (T
sk
), and perceptual response
of females wearing Islamic athletic clothing (IC) vs. traditional soc-
cer uniform(SC). Methods: Female volunteers (N = 8) completed
a treadmill V
_
O
2
peak test and then, in a randomized, counter-bal-
anced order, 4 intermittent running bouts (45 minutes total) at
31.1
o
C and 35.5
o
C in IC and SC. Immediately after the intermit-
tent running bouts participants ran at 85%V
_
O
2peak
until volitional
exhaustion or core temperature termination. Session RPE (SRPE)
and thermal sensation (TS) were recorded following each bout.
Results: A MANOVA reveals a signicant main effect for heat (p =
0.01) and clothing condition (p = 0.01). Univariate post-hoc meas-
ures for heat condition show signicantly higher TS (6.6 vs. 6.2;
p = 0.02), weight lost (0.94 vs. 0.82 kg; p = 0.02) with lower time
to exhaustion (TTE) (49: 10 vs. 52: 17 min; p , 0.01) during the
35.5
o
Cvs. 31.18Ccondition. There were no signicant differences
found in the change of mean T
rec
(p = 0.41) or T
sk
(p = 0.79)
throughout the bout, or SRPE (p = 0.09) between heat condi-
tions. With respect to clothing, post-hoc measures show signif-
icantly higher SRPE (7.6 vs. 6.8; p = 0.01), TS (6.5 vs. 6.2; p =
0.02) and weight lost (0.94 vs. 0.82 kg; p = 0.01) in IC vs. SC.
There were no signicant differences in change of T
rec
(p =
0.85), mean T
sk
change (p = 0.63) throughout the bout or
TTE (p = 0.12) between IC and SC. Conclusions: IC clothing
appears to have no detrimental effects on heat strain (T
rec
, T
sk
)
compared to a traditional soccer uniform during exercise. IC did,
however, produce greater subjective discomfort and greater
sweat rate despite no difference in physiological variables. Prac-
tical Applications: Within the context of this study it appears
Muslim garb does not offer a greater threat to thermal balance
compared to traditional soccer clothing. Acknowledgments:
No sources of funding were used to assist in the preparation
of this abstract. The authors have no conicts of interest that are
directly relevant to the content in this abstract.
Abstracts
the TM

Absctrac Congreso NSCA

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Absctrac Congreso NSCA

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ABSTRACTS

BIOMECHANICAL ANALYSIS OF A FATIGUE

XPAND 2X is a proprietary blend com-

), quercetin, coenzymated B-vitamins,

), and natural nitrate sources from

, Jim Burtoft and Zack Muller. This

You might also like